METRIS RECEIVABLES INC
S-3/A, 1997-05-02
ASSET-BACKED SECURITIES
Previous: TREX MEDICAL CORP, 10-Q, 1997-05-02
Next: UBS PRIVATE INVESTOR FUNDS INC, 497, 1997-05-02



<PAGE>
   
     AS FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION ON MAY 2, 1997 
                                                    REGISTRATION NO. 333-23045 
    
===============================================================================
                      SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                            WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

                             --------------------
   
                               AMENDMENT NO. 2 
                                      TO 
    
                                   FORM S-3 

                            REGISTRATION STATEMENT 
                                    UNDER 
                          THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 
                             --------------------
                             METRIS MASTER TRUST 
                (Issuer with respect to Offered Certificates) 

                           METRIS RECEIVABLES, INC. 
                  (Originator of the Trust described herein) 
            (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter) 

                 DELAWARE                             41-1810301 
      (State or other jurisdiction of              (I.R.S. employer 
       incorporation or organization)            identification number) 
                             --------------------
                               4400 BAKER ROAD 
                                  SUITE F470 
                             MINNETONKA, MN 55343 
                                (612) 936-5077 

 (Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of 
                  registrant's principal executive offices) 
                             --------------------
                            JILL B. BARCLIFT, ESQ. 
                            600 SOUTH HIGHWAY 169 
                                  SUITE 1800 
                           ST. LOUIS PARK, MN 55426 
                                (612) 525-5090 

   (Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area 
                         code, of agent for service) 
                             --------------------
                                  COPIES TO: 
                                                    
ANDREW M. FAULKNER, ESQ.   MICHAEL P. SHERMAN, ESQ.    RENWICK MARTIN, ESQ. 
 SKADDEN, ARPS, SLATE,    FINGERHUT COMPANIES, INC.     BROWN & WOOD LLP 
  MEAGHER & FLOM LLP           4400 BAKER ROAD        ONE WORLD TRADE CENTER 
   919 THIRD AVENUE         MINNETONKA, MN 55343           58TH FLOOR 
  NEW YORK, NY 10022           (612) 932-3585          NEW YORK, NY 10048 
    (212) 735-2853                                       (212) 839-5319 
                             --------------------
                         
   APPROXIMATE DATE OF COMMENCEMENT OF PROPOSED SALE TO THE PUBLIC: As soon 
as practicable on or after the effective date of the Registration Statement. 

   If the only securities being registered on this Form are to be offered 
pursuant to dividend or interest reinvestment plans, please check the 
following box. [ ]

   If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered 
on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities 
Act of 1933, other than securities offered only in connection with dividend 
or interest reinvestment plans, check the following box. [ ]

   If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering 
pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following 
box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier 
effective registration statement for the same offering. [ ]

   If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) 
under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act 
registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement 
for the same offering. [ ]

   If delivery of the prospectus is expected to be made pursuant to Rule 434, 
please check the following box. [ ]
                             --------------------
<PAGE>

                      CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE 
===============================================================================
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                 PROPOSED MAXIMUM   PROPOSED MAXIMUM    AMOUNT OF 
     TITLE OF EACH CLASS OF       AMOUNT TO BE  OFFERING PRICE PER AGGREGATE OFFERING  REGISTRATION 
  SECURITIES TO BE REGISTERED      REGISTERED    CERTIFICATE (1)       PRICE (1)          FEE(2) 
- ------------------------------- -------------- ------------------ ------------------ -------------- 
<S>                             <C>            <C>                <C>                <C>
6.87% Asset Backed 
 Certificates, Series 1997-1, 
 Class A .......................  $616,250,000         100%           $616,250,000     $186,742.42 
- ------------------------------- -------------- ------------------ ------------------ -------------- 
7.11% Asset Backed 
 Certificates, Series 1997-1, 
 Class B .......................  $106,250,000         100%           $106,250,000     $ 32,196.97 
- ------------------------------- -------------- ------------------ ------------------ -------------- 
Total ..........................  $722,500,000         100%           $722,500,000     $218,939.39 
- ------------------------------- -------------- ------------------ ------------------ -------------- 
</TABLE>
    
===============================================================================
   
(1)     Estimated solely for purpose of calculating the registration fee. 
(2)     Previously paid. 
    

   THE REGISTRANT HEREBY AMENDS THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT ON SUCH DATE OR 
DATES AS MAY BE NECESSARY TO DELAY ITS EFFECTIVE DATE UNTIL REGISTRANT SHALL 
FILE A FURTHER AMENDMENT WHICH SPECIFICALLY STATES THAT THIS REGISTRATION 
STATEMENT SHALL THEREAFTER BECOME EFFECTIVE IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 8(a) 
OF THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 OR UNTIL THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT SHALL 
BECOME EFFECTIVE ON SUCH DATE AS THE COMMISSION, ACTING PURSUANT TO SAID 
SECTION 8(a), MAY DETERMINE. 
===============================================================================
<PAGE>
   
PROSPECTUS 

                             METRIS MASTER TRUST 
     $616,250,000 6.87% ASSET BACKED CERTIFICATES, SERIES 1997-1, CLASS A 
     $106,250,000 7.11% ASSET BACKED CERTIFICATES, SERIES 1997-1, CLASS B 
    

                                          DIRECT MERCHANTS CREDIT CARD BANK, 
   METRIS RECEIVABLES, INC.                     NATIONAL ASSOCIATION 

        TRANSFEROR                                   SERVICER 
                             --------------------
   
   Each of the 6.87% Asset Backed Certificates, Series 1997-1, Class A (the 
"Class A Certificates") and each of the 7.11% Asset Backed Certificates, 
Series 1997-1, Class B (the "Class B Certificates," and, together with the 
Class A Certificates, the "Offered Certificates") will represent an undivided 
interest in the Metris Master Trust (the "Trust") created pursuant to a 
Pooling and Servicing Agreement among Metris Receivables, Inc., as transferor 
(the "Transferor"), Direct Merchants Credit Card Bank, National Association, 
as servicer (the "Servicer") and The Bank of New York (Delaware), as trustee 
(the "Trustee"). The fractional undivided interests in the Trust represented 
by the Class B Certificates will be subordinated to fund certain payments 
with respect to the Class A Certificates as described in "Description of the 
Offered Certificates--Application of Collections," "--Reallocated Principal 
Collections," and "--Investor Charge-Offs." The property of the Trust 
includes a portfolio of receivables (the "Receivables") generated or acquired 
from time to time in the ordinary course of business in a portfolio of 
MasterCard(Registered Trademark) or other revolving consumer credit card 
accounts (the "Accounts"), all monies due or to become due in payment of such 
Receivables and the benefit of funds on deposit in certain accounts, 
including the Pre-Funding Account (as defined herein). Certain capitalized 
terms used herein are defined in the "Glossary of Terms" beginning on page 
106 herein. 
                                                      (continued on next page) 
    

   POTENTIAL INVESTORS SHOULD CONSIDER, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE INFORMATION 
SET FORTH IN "RISK FACTORS" SET FORTH BEGINNING ON PAGE 28 HEREIN. 
                             --------------------

  THE OFFERED CERTIFICATES REPRESENT INTERESTS IN THE TRUST ONLY AND DO NOT
   REPRESENT INTERESTS IN OR RECOURSE OBLIGATIONS OF THE TRANSFEROR, METRIS
   COMPANIES INC., DIRECT MERCHANTS CREDIT CARD BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
    OR ANY AFFILIATE THEREOF. AN OFFERED CERTIFICATE IS NOT A DEPOSIT AND
        NEITHER THE OFFERED CERTIFICATES NOR THE UNDERLYING ACCOUNTS OR
         RECEIVABLES ARE INSURED OR GUARANTEED BY THE FEDERAL DEPOSIT
           INSURANCE CORPORATION OR ANY OTHER GOVERNMENTAL AGENCY.

 THESE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED BY THE SECURITIES AND
      EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION NOR HAS THE
          SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES
           COMMISSION PASSED UPON THE ACCURACY OR ADEQUACY OF THIS
             PROSPECTUS. ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A
                              CRIMINAL OFFENSE.
   
===============================================================================
                                                         PROCEEDS TO 
                           PRICE TO      UNDERWRITING        THE 
                           PUBLIC(1)       DISCOUNT    TRANSFEROR(1)(2) 
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Per Class A 
 Certificate............   99.99535%        0.300%        99.69535% 
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Per Class B 
 Certificate............   99.98348%        0.325%        99.65848% 
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total...................  $722,453,792    $2,194,063     $720,259,729 
===============================================================================
(1)    Plus accrued interest, if any, from May 8, 1997. 
(2)    Before deduction of expenses estimated to be $860,000. 

   The Offered Certificates are offered by the Underwriters as described in 
"Underwriting," subject to prior sale, when, as and if issued to and accepted 
by the Underwriters and subject to approval of certain legal matters by 
counsel for the Underwriters. The Underwriters reserve the right to reject 
orders in whole or in part. It is expected that the Offered Certificates will 
be delivered in book-entry form on or about May 8, 1997 through the 
facilities of The Depository Trust Company, Cedel Bank, societe anonyme and 
the Euroclear System. 
    

UNDERWRITERS OF THE CLASS A CERTIFICATES 

BEAR, STEARNS & CO. INC. 
                         CHASE SECURITIES INC.
                                              NATIONSBANC CAPITAL MARKETS, INC. 

UNDERWRITER OF THE CLASS B CERTIFICATES 

BEAR, STEARNS & CO. INC. 
                             --------------------
   
                 The date of this Prospectus is May 1, 1997. 
    

<PAGE>
(continued from previous page) 

   Concurrently with the issuance of the Offered Certificates, the Trust will 
issue the Asset Backed Certificates, Series 1997-1, Class C (the "Class C 
Certificates"), which may be privately placed, and will issue the Asset 
Backed Certificates, Series 1997-1, Class D (the "Class D Certificates," and, 
together with the Class C Certificates and the Offered Certificates, the 
"Certificates") to the Transferor. The Class C Certificates and the Class D 
Certificates are not being offered pursuant to this Prospectus. The Offered 
Certificates, the Class C Certificates and the Class D Certificates 
constitute "Series 1997-1". The fractional undivided interests in the Trust 
represented by the Class C Certificates will be subordinated to fund certain 
payments with respect to the Offered Certificates and the fractional 
undivided interests in the Trust represented by the Class D Certificates will 
be subordinated to fund certain payments with respect to the Class C 
Certificates and the Offered Certificates. See "Description of the Offered 
Certificates--Application of Collections," "--Reallocated Principal 
Collections," and "--Investor Charge-Offs." The Transferor will own the 
remaining undivided interest in the Trust not represented by the Certificates 
and any other investor certificates issued by the Trust, which retained 
interest will be represented by the Exchangeable Transferor Certificate (as 
defined herein). The Transferor from time to time may offer other series of 
certificates that evidence undivided interests in certain assets of the Trust 
by exchanging a portion of its interest in the Trust therefor. Only the 
Offered Certificates are being offered hereby. 

   
   Interest will accrue on the Class A Certificates at the rate of 6.87% per 
annum (the "Class A Certificate Rate"). Interest will accrue on the Class B 
Certificates at the rate of 7.11% per annum (the "Class B Certificate Rate"). 
Interest with respect to the Certificates will be paid on June 20, 1997 and 
on the 20th day of each month thereafter (or, if any such 20th day is not a 
business day, the next succeeding business day) (each a "Distribution Date"). 
Principal with respect to the Class A Certificates and the Class B 
Certificates is scheduled to be distributed on the April 2002 Distribution 
Date (the "Expected Final Payment Date"), but may be distributed earlier or 
later under certain circumstances described herein. Principal payments will 
not be made to Class B Certificateholders unless and until the Class A 
Invested Amount is paid in full. See "Maturity Considerations" and 
"Description of the Offered Certificates--Pay Out Events." 
    

   There currently is no secondary market for the Offered Certificates, and 
there is no assurance that one will develop or, if one does develop, that it 
will continue until the Offered Certificates are paid in full. 

   CERTAIN PERSONS PARTICIPATING IN THIS OFFERING MAY ENGAGE IN TRANSACTIONS 
THAT STABILIZE, MAINTAIN, OR OTHERWISE AFFECT THE PRICE OF THE OFFERED 
CERTIFICATES. SUCH TRANSACTIONS MAY INCLUDE STABILIZING AND THE PURCHASE OF 
OFFERED CERTIFICATES TO COVER SYNDICATE SHORT POSITIONS. FOR A DESCRIPTION OF 
THESE ACTIVITIES, SEE "UNDERWRITING" HEREIN. 

                                2           
<PAGE>
                        REPORTS TO CERTIFICATEHOLDERS 

   Unless and until Definitive Certificates (as defined herein) are issued 
(which will occur under the limited circumstances described herein), monthly 
and annual reports, containing information concerning the Trust and prepared 
by the Servicer pursuant to the Pooling and Servicing Agreement (as defined 
herein), will be sent on behalf of the Trust to Cede & Co., as nominee of The 
Depository Trust Company ("DTC") which will be the only registered holder (a 
"Certificateholder") of the Offered Certificates. See "Description of the 
Offered Certificates--Book-Entry Registration," "--Reports to 
Certificateholders" and "--Evidence as to Compliance." Such reports will not 
constitute financial statements prepared in accordance with generally 
accepted accounting principles. None of Metris Companies Inc., Direct 
Merchants Credit Card Bank, National Association, or any successor servicer 
intends to send any of its financial reports to Certificateholders or to the 
owners of beneficial interests in the Offered Certificates ("Certificate 
Owners"). The Transferor will file with the Securities and Exchange 
Commission (the "Commission") such periodic reports with respect to the Trust 
as are required under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the 
"Exchange Act"), and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder 
for so long as the Offered Certificates are outstanding. 

                            AVAILABLE INFORMATION 

   Metris Receivables, Inc., as originator of the Trust, has filed a 
Registration Statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the 
"Securities Act"), with the Commission on behalf of the Trust with respect to 
the Certificates offered pursuant to this Prospectus. For further 
information, reference is made to the Registration Statement and amendments 
thereof and exhibits thereto, which are available for inspection without 
charge at the public references facilities maintained by the Commission at 
450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549; 7 World Trade Center, Suite 
1300, New York, New York 10048; and Citicorp Center, 500 West Madison Street, 
Suite 1400, Chicago, Illinois 60661. Copies of the Registration Statement and 
amendments thereof and exhibits thereto may be obtained from the Public 
Reference Section of the Commission, 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 
20549, at prescribed rates. In addition, the Commission maintains a Web site 
at "http://www.sec.gov" that contains information regarding registrants that 
file electronically with the Commission. Periodic reports with respect to the 
Trust that have been filed under the Exchange Act and the rules and 
regulations of the Commission thereunder and other information filed by the 
Transferor can be inspected and copied at the public reference facilities 
maintained by the Commission referred to above. 

               INCORPORATION OF CERTAIN DOCUMENTS BY REFERENCE 

   All reports and other documents filed by the Transferor, on behalf of the 
Trust, pursuant to Section 13(a), 13(c), 14 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act 
subsequent to the date of this Prospectus and prior to the termination of the 
offering of the Certificates shall be deemed to be incorporated by reference 
into this Prospectus and to be part hereof. Any statement contained in a 
document incorporated or deemed to be incorporated by reference in this 
Prospectus shall be deemed to be modified or superseded for purposes of this 
Prospectus to the extent that a statement contained in this Prospectus or in 
any subsequently filed document which also is or is deemed to be incorporated 
by reference in this Prospectus modifies or supersedes such statement. Any 
such statement so modified or superseded shall not be deemed, except as so 
modified or superseded, to constitute a part of this Prospectus. 

   The Transferor will provide without charge to each person to whom a copy 
of this Prospectus is delivered, on the written or oral request of any such 
person, a copy of any or all of the documents incorporated herein by 
reference, except the exhibits to such documents (unless such exhibits are 
specifically incorporated by reference in such documents). Written requests 
for such copies should be directed to Metris Receivables, Inc., 4400 Baker 
Road, Suite F470, Minnetonka, Minnesota 55343. Telephone requests for such 
copies should be directed to Metris Receivables, Inc. at (612) 936-5077. 

                                3           
<PAGE>
                              OTHER INFORMATION 

   Upon receipt of a request by an investor who has received an electronic 
Prospectus from an Underwriter or a request by such investor's representative 
within the period during which there is an obligation to deliver a 
Prospectus, the Transferor or such Underwriter will promptly deliver, or 
cause to be delivered, without charge, a paper copy of the Prospectus. 

   The distribution of this Prospectus and the offering of the Offered 
Certificates in certain jurisdictions may be restricted by law. Persons into 
whose possession this Prospectus comes are required by the Underwriters to 
inform themselves about and to observe any such restrictions. 

                                4           
<PAGE>
                              PROSPECTUS SUMMARY 

   The following summary is qualified in its entirety by reference to the 
detailed information appearing elsewhere in this Prospectus. Certain 
capitalized terms used herein are defined in the "Glossary of Terms" 
beginning on page 106 or elsewhere in this Prospectus. Unless the context 
requires otherwise, certain capitalized terms, when used in this Prospectus, 
relate only to the Certificates and not to other certificates which may exist 
from time to time. 

OFFERED CERTIFICATES ..........  $616,250,000 aggregate principal amount of 
                                    Class A Certificates and $106,250,000 
                                    aggregate principal amount of Class B 
                                    Certificates are being offered hereby. 

                                 The Offered Certificates represent interests 
                                    in the Trust only and do not represent 
                                    interests in or recourse obligations of 
                                    Metris Companies Inc. ("Metris"), Direct 
                                    Merchants Credit Card Bank, National 
                                    Association ("Direct Merchants Bank"), the 
                                    Transferor, or any affiliate of any of 
                                    them. 

                                 The Class B Certificates will be 
                                    subordinated to fund certain payments with 
                                    respect to the Class A Certificates as 
                                    described herein. See "Description of the 
                                    Offered Certificates--Subordination of the 
                                    Class B Certificates." 

   
OTHER CERTIFICATES ............  $72,250,000 aggregate principal amount of 
                                    Class C Certificates and $55,250,000 
                                    aggregate principal amount of Class D 
                                    Certificates are being issued concurrently 
                                    to the Transferor. The Trust has 
                                    previously issued two other Series. See 
                                    "Annex I: Other Series" for a summary of 
                                    the terms of these other Series. The 
                                    Transferor from time to time may create 
                                    other Series of certificates that evidence 
                                    undivided interests in assets of the Trust 
                                    (other than any Enhancement for, or 
                                    Collections allocated initially to, any 
                                    other Series), by exchanging a portion of 
                                    its interest in the Trust. Only the 
                                    Offered Certificates are being offered 
                                    hereby. 
    

TRANSFEROR ....................  Metris Receivables, Inc. (formerly Fingerhut 
                                    Financial Services Receivables, Inc.) is 
                                    the Transferor. The principal executive 
                                    offices of the Transferor are located at 
                                    4400 Baker Road, Suite F470, Minnetonka, 
                                    MN 55343, telephone number (612) 936-5077. 
                                    See "The Transferor." 

SERVICER ......................  Direct Merchants Bank will be the initial 
                                    Servicer. The principal executive offices 
                                    of the Servicer are located at 1455 West 
                                    2200 South, Salt Lake City, Utah 84119, 
                                    telephone number (801) 974-4699. A 
                                    substitute Servicer may be appointed in 
                                    certain circumstances. See "Description of 
                                    the Offered Certificates--Certain Matters 
                                    Regarding the Transferor and the 
                                    Servicer." 

TRUSTEE .......................  The Bank of New York (Delaware), is the 
                                    Trustee. Under certain circumstances 
                                    specified herein, the Transferor and the 
                                    holders of the Certificates will have the 
                                    right to remove the Trustee. See 
                                    "Description of the Offered 
                                    Certificates--The Trustee." 

                                5           
<PAGE>
CREDIT CARD ORIGINATORS .......  The Credit Card Originators are Direct 
                                    Merchants Bank and its successors or 
                                    assigns under the Bank Purchase Agreement 
                                    or any other transferee of Accounts from 
                                    Direct Merchants Bank. In addition, Credit 
                                    Card Originators may include any other 
                                    originator of Accounts that enters into a 
                                    receivables purchase agreement with Direct 
                                    Merchants Bank, Metris (or any successor 
                                    to or assignee of Metris that is a party 
                                    to a receivables purchase agreement with 
                                    the Transferor) or the Transferor in 
                                    accordance with the provisions of the 
                                    Pooling and Servicing Agreement, from time 
                                    to time. 

TRUST .........................  Metris Master Trust, formerly known as 
                                    Fingerhut Financial Services Master Trust 
                                    (the "Trust"), was formed pursuant to the 
                                    Pooling and Servicing Agreement, which has 
                                    been supplemented by the Supplements 
                                    thereto relating to the Previously Issued 
                                    Series and will be supplemented by the 
                                    Series 1997-1 Supplement relating to the 
                                    Certificates and the Supplements 
                                    applicable to any other Series that may be 
                                    issued in the future. See "The Trust." 

                                 As more fully described below and elsewhere 
                                    herein, the Trust's assets include the 
                                    Receivables (the "Receivables") that arise 
                                    under certain MasterCard(Registered 
                                    Trademark) accounts and may arise under 
                                    VISA(Registered Trademark)(1) and other 
                                    revolving consumer credit card accounts 
                                    (the "Accounts") and the proceeds thereof 
                                    arising under the Accounts from time to 
                                    time. Collections on the Receivables are 
                                    deposited into the Collection Account 
                                    maintained in the name of the Trust and 
                                    allocated on each business day between 
                                    collections on Finance Charge Receivables 
                                    ("Finance Charge Collections") and 
                                    Collections received with respect to 
                                    Principal Receivables ("Principal 
                                    Collections"). Finance Charge Collections 
                                    and Principal Collections are allocated on 
                                    each business day among the Transferor 
                                    Interest and the respective interests of 
                                    the certificateholders of each Series 
                                    issued and outstanding from time to time 
                                    in accordance with the Pooling and 
                                    Servicing Agreement and applicable 
                                    Supplements. In general, in accordance 
                                    with such allocations and the provisions 
                                    of the Pooling and Servicing Agreement and 
                                    the applicable Supplements, (i) Finance 
                                    Charge Collections and certain other 
                                    amounts are applied on each business day 
                                    to fund interest on the certificates of 
                                    any Series then outstanding, to pay 
                                    certain fees and expenses, to cover 
                                    investor default amounts, to reimburse 
                                    investor charge-offs and to make required 
                                    payments to the Transferor, and (ii) 
                                    Principal Collections and certain other 
                                    amounts are applied on each business day 
                                    to fund principal on the certificates of 
                                    any Series then outstanding, except that 
                                    during any revolving period applicable to 
                                    a Series, Principal Collections otherwise 

- ------------ 
(1)   Mastercard(Registered Trademark) and VISA(Registered Trademark) are 
      federally registered servicemarks of Mastercard International Inc. and 
      VISA USA Incorporated, respectively. 


                                6           
<PAGE>
                                    allocable to the certificateholders of 
                                    such Series are paid to the holder of the 
                                    Exchangeable Transferor Certificate or, 
                                    with respect to amounts allocated to any 
                                    class of certificates of such Series which 
                                    are not retained by the Transferor, paid 
                                    to the certificateholders of any other 
                                    Series then outstanding. See "Description 
                                    of the Offered Certificates--Application 
                                    of Collections--Payment of Fees, Interest 
                                    and Other Items." 

   
TRUST ASSETS ..................  The Trust assets include (i) all Receivables 
                                    generated or acquired from time to time by 
                                    Direct Merchants Bank satisfying certain 
                                    criteria described herein (see 
                                    "Description of the Offered 
                                    Certificates--Eligible Receivables"), (ii) 
                                    all funds to be collected from Obligors in 
                                    respect of the Receivables (which shall 
                                    not include fees and charges for insurance 
                                    and insurance type products), (iii) all 
                                    right, title, and interest of the 
                                    Transferor in, to, and under the Purchase 
                                    Agreement and the Bank Purchase Agreement, 
                                    (iv) the benefit of funds on deposit in 
                                    certain bank accounts maintained for the 
                                    benefit of certificateholders of each 
                                    Series, including the Excess Funding 
                                    Account, (v) the benefit of funds on 
                                    deposit in certain bank accounts 
                                    maintained for the benefit of the 
                                    Certificateholders, including the 
                                    Pre-Funding Account and the Principal 
                                    Funding Account, (vi) Recoveries, and 
                                    (vii) proceeds of the foregoing. The 
                                    Offered Certificates will not have the 
                                    benefit of any Enhancement other than the 
                                    subordination of the Class B Certificates, 
                                    Class C Certificates and Class D 
                                    Certificates for the benefit of each Class 
                                    of Certificates with an earlier 
                                    alphabetical designation as described 
                                    above. The Trust assets do not currently 
                                    include interchange fees received by 
                                    Direct Merchants Bank in connection with 
                                    the Receivables, but such fees may be 
                                    included as Trust assets at some future 
                                    date. 
    

                                 Pursuant to the Bank Purchase Agreement, 
                                    Metris purchases from Direct Merchants 
                                    Bank all of the Receivables arising from 
                                    time to time under Accounts. See 
                                    "Description of the Purchase 
                                    Agreements--Purchases of Receivables." 

                                 Pursuant to the Purchase Agreement, the 
                                    Transferor purchases from Metris all of 
                                    the Receivables arising from time to time 
                                    under Accounts. See "Description of the 
                                    Purchase Agreements--Purchases of 
                                    Receivables." 

                                 Direct Merchants Bank, Metris or the 
                                    Transferor may, from time to time, enter 
                                    into similar receivables purchase 
                                    agreements with other Credit Card 
                                    Originators. 

                                 Pursuant to the Pooling and Servicing 
                                    Agreement, the Trans feror automatically 
                                    transfers to the Trust all of its right, 
                                    title and interest in and to the 
                                    Receivables purchased by it pursuant to 
                                    the Purchase Agreement. See "Risk 
                                    Factors--Transfer of the Receivables; 
                                    Insolvency Risk Considerations" for a 
                                    discussion of certain legal considerations 
                                    relating to such transfer. 

                                7           
<PAGE>
RECEIVABLES ...................  The Receivables consist of amounts owing on 
                                    MasterCard credit cards and may include 
                                    amounts owing on other revolving credit 
                                    cards, including VISA credit cards (see 
                                    "Description of the Offered 
                                    Certificates--Eligible Receivables"). The 
                                    Receivables in the Trust are divided into 
                                    two components: Principal Receivables and 
                                    Finance Charge Receivables. At any time, 
                                    "Finance Charge Receivables" means all 
                                    amounts billed from time to time to the 
                                    Obligors on any Account in respect of 
                                    Periodic Finance Charges, overlimit fees, 
                                    late charges, returned check fees, annual 
                                    membership fees and annual service 
                                    charges, if any, transaction charges, cash 
                                    advance fees and similar fees and charges 
                                    (excluding fees and charges for insurance 
                                    and insurance type products and 
                                    interchange fees), plus Recoveries, 
                                    investment earnings on amounts credited to 
                                    the Excess Funding Account and Discount 
                                    Option Receivables, if any. "Principal 
                                    Receivables" equals all other Eligible 
                                    Receivables. 

                                 All new Receivables arising in the Accounts 
                                    are purchased by Metris from Direct 
                                    Merchants Bank pursuant to the Bank 
                                    Purchase Agreement and subsequently are 
                                    purchased by the Transferor from Metris 
                                    pursuant to the Purchase Agreement and 
                                    thereafter will be automatically 
                                    transferred to the Trust. Accordingly, the 
                                    amount of Receivables fluctuates from day 
                                    to day as new Receivables are generated 
                                    and as existing Receivables are collected, 
                                    written off as uncollectible, or otherwise 
                                    adjusted. 

COLLECTIONS ...................  The Servicer deposits all collections of 
                                    Receivables in the Collection Account 
                                    ("Collections"). The Collections on the 
                                    Receivables received on any business day 
                                    are allocated by the Servicer between 
                                    Principal Collections and Finance Charge 
                                    Collections in accordance with the 
                                    definitions thereof. All such amounts are 
                                    then allocated in accordance with the 
                                    respective interests of the 
                                    Certificateholders, the certificateholders 
                                    of any other Series, and the holder of the 
                                    Exchangeable Transferor Certificate in the 
                                    Principal Receivables and in the Finance 
                                    Charge Receivables in the Trust. See 
                                    "Description of the Offered 
                                    Certificates--Allocation Percentages." 

ALLOCATION OF TRUST ASSETS ....  The Trust's assets will be allocated among 
                                    the Class A Certificateholders' Interest, 
                                    the Class B Certificateholders' Interest, 
                                    the Class C Certificateholders' Interest, 
                                    the Class D Certificateholders' Interest, 
                                    the interest of the Certificateholders of 
                                    the Previously Issued Series and any other 
                                    Series issued pursuant to the Pooling and 
                                    Servicing Agreement and applicable 
                                    Supplements, and the Transferor Interest. 
                                    The interest of the certificateholders of 
                                    any class of any Series in the assets of 
                                    the Trust will be limited to the 
                                    certificateholders' interest for such 
                                    class and Series, and such 
                                    certificateholders will not have any 
                                    recourse against any assets of the Trust 
                                    other than those allocated to such 

                                8           
<PAGE>
                                    certificateholders' interest pursuant to 
                                    the Pooling and Servicing Agreement and 
                                    any applicable Supplement. The Transferor 
                                    Interest represents the right to the 
                                    assets of the Trust not allocated to the 
                                    Certificateholders' Interest or the 
                                    interest of the certificateholders of any 
                                    other Series issued pursuant to the 
                                    Pooling and Servicing Agreement and 
                                    applicable Supplements. The principal 
                                    amount of the Transferor Interest will 
                                    fluctuate as the amount of Receivables in 
                                    the Trust, the invested amount of each 
                                    Series (including the Variable Funding 
                                    Certificates) and the amounts on deposit 
                                    in the Excess Funding Account and the 
                                    Pre-Funding Account change from time to 
                                    time. See "Description of the Offered 
                                    Certificates--General," "--Variable 
                                    Funding Certificates," "--Excess Funding 
                                    Account" and "--Pre-Funding Account." 

                                 The Class A Certificates will evidence 
                                    undivided interests in the assets of the 
                                    Trust allocated to the Class A 
                                    Certificateholders' Interest and will 
                                    represent the right to receive from such 
                                    assets funds up to (but not in excess of) 
                                    the amounts required to make payments of 
                                    interest on the Class A Certificates at 
                                    the Class A Certificate Rate, the payment 
                                    of principal to the extent of the Class A 
                                    Invested Amount (which may be less than 
                                    the aggregate unpaid principal amount of 
                                    the Class A Certificates, in certain 
                                    circumstances, if the Investor Default 
                                    Amount exceeds funds allocable thereto and 
                                    the Class B Invested Amount, the Class C 
                                    Invested Amount and the Class D Invested 
                                    Amount are reduced to zero) and amounts on 
                                    deposit in the Pre-Funding Account 
                                    allocated to the Class A Certificates. See 
                                    "Description of the Offered 
                                    Certificates--Subordination of the Class B 
                                    Certificates," "--Pre-Funding Account," 
                                    "--Allocation Percentages" and "--Investor 
                                    Charge-Offs." 

                                 The Class B Certificates will evidence 
                                    undivided interests in the assets of the 
                                    Trust allocated to the Class B 
                                    Certificateholders' Interest and will 
                                    represent the right to receive from such 
                                    assets funds up to (but not in excess of) 
                                    the amounts required to make payments of 
                                    interest on the Class B Certificates at 
                                    the Class B Certificate Rate, the payment 
                                    of principal to the extent of the Class B 
                                    Invested Amount (which may be less than 
                                    the aggregate unpaid principal amount of 
                                    the Class B Certificates, in certain 
                                    circumstances, if the Investor Default 
                                    Amount exceeds funds allocable thereto and 
                                    the Class C Invested Amount and the Class 
                                    D Invested Amount are reduced to zero) and 
                                    amounts on deposit in the Pre-Funding 
                                    Account allocated to the Class B 
                                    Certificates. See "Description of the 
                                    Offered Certificates--Subordination of the 
                                    Class B Certificates," "--Pre-Funding 
                                    Account," "--Allocation Percentages" and 
                                    "--Investor Charge-Offs." 

                                 The Class C Certificates will evidence 
                                    undivided interests in the assets of the 
                                    Trust allocated to the Class C 
                                    Certificateholders' Interest and will 
                                    represent the right to receive from such 

                                9           
<PAGE>
                                    assets funds up to (but not in excess of) 
                                    the amounts required to make payments of 
                                    interest on the Class C Certificates at 
                                    the Class C Certificate Rate, the payment 
                                    of principal to the extent of the Class C 
                                    Invested Amount (which may be less than 
                                    the aggregate unpaid principal amount of 
                                    the Class C Certificates, in certain 
                                    circumstances, if the Investor Default 
                                    Amount exceeds funds allocable thereto and 
                                    the Class D Invested Amount is reduced to 
                                    zero) and amounts on deposit in the 
                                    Pre-Funding Account allocated to the Class 
                                    C Certificates. See "Description of the 
                                    Offered Certificates--Subordination of the 
                                    Class B Certificates," "--Pre-Funding 
                                    Account," "--Allocation Percentages" and 
                                    "--Investor Charge-Offs." The Class C 
                                    Certificates are not being offered hereby. 

                                 The Class D Certificates will evidence 
                                    undivided interests in the assets of the 
                                    Trust allocated to the Class D 
                                    Certificateholders' Interest and will 
                                    represent the right to receive from such 
                                    assets funds up to (but not in excess of) 
                                    the amounts required to make payments of 
                                    principal and interest (if any) to the 
                                    extent of the Class D Invested Amount. The 
                                    Class D Certificates are not being offered 
                                    hereby. 

                                 The aggregate amount of Receivables in the 
                                    Accounts as of February 28, 1997 was 
                                    $1,721,916,478 comprised of $54,268,861 of 
                                    Finance Charge Receivables and 
                                    $1,667,647,617 of Principal Receivables. 
                                    The "Initial Invested Amount" will be 
                                    equal to the sum of (i) an amount equal to 
                                    the initial principal balance of the Class 
                                    A Certificates less the Class A Percentage 
                                    on the Closing Date of the initial deposit 
                                    to the Pre-Funding Account, plus the Class 
                                    A Percentage of any withdrawals from the 
                                    Pre-Funding Account during the Funding 
                                    Period in connection with increases in the 
                                    aggregate amount of Principal Receivables 
                                    in the Trust; (ii) an amount equal to the 
                                    initial principal balance of the Class B 
                                    Certificates less the Class B Percentage 
                                    on the Closing Date of the initial deposit 
                                    to the Pre-Funding Account, plus the Class 
                                    B Percentage of any withdrawals from the 
                                    Pre-Funding Account during the Funding 
                                    Period in connection with increases in the 
                                    aggregate amount of Principal Receivables 
                                    in the Trust; (iii) an amount equal to the 
                                    initial principal balance of the Class C 
                                    Certificates less the Class C Percentage 
                                    on the Closing Date of the initial deposit 
                                    to the Pre-Funding Account, plus the Class 
                                    C Percentage of any withdrawals from the 
                                    Pre-Funding Account during the Funding 
                                    Period in connection with increases in the 
                                    aggregate amount of Principal Receivables 
                                    in the Trust; and (iv) an amount equal to 
                                    the initial principal balance of the Class 
                                    D Certificates. The Invested Amount will, 
                                    except as otherwise provided herein, 
                                    increase up to a maximum amount of 
                                    $850,000,000 (the "Full Invested Amount") 
                                    during the Funding Period, remain fixed at 
                                    the Full Invested Amount during the 
                                    Revolving Period and decline thereafter 
                                    during any Amortization Period or 

                               10           
<PAGE>
                                    Early Amortization Period as principal is 
                                    paid on the Certificates. The Invested 
                                    Amount is subject to increase during the 
                                    Funding Period to the extent amounts are 
                                    withdrawn from the Pre-Funding Account and 
                                    paid to the Transferor in connection with 
                                    the addition of Principal Receivables to 
                                    the Trust or, at the end of the Funding 
                                    Period, deposited in the Excess Funding 
                                    Account. During the Accumulation Period, 
                                    the Adjusted Invested Amount will be 
                                    reduced concurrently with deposits to the 
                                    Principal Funding Account. The aggregate 
                                    principal amount of the Certificates, 
                                    except as otherwise provided herein, will 
                                    remain fixed at the initial amount thereof 
                                    during the period beginning on the Closing 
                                    Date and ending with the date on which the 
                                    first principal payment is made with 
                                    respect to the Certificates during the 
                                    Amortization Period. No payment of 
                                    principal with respect to the Class B 
                                    Certificates may be made until the final 
                                    principal payment of the Class A Invested 
                                    Amount with respect to the Class A 
                                    Certificates has been made. No payment of 
                                    principal with respect to the Class C 
                                    Certificates may be made until the final 
                                    principal payment of the Class A Invested 
                                    Amount with respect to the Class A 
                                    Certificates and the final principal 
                                    payment of the Class B Invested Amount 
                                    with respect to the Class B Certificates 
                                    have been made. During the Accumulation 
                                    Period, the Class D Invested Amount will 
                                    be reduced concurrently with deposits to 
                                    the Principal Funding Account for the 
                                    benefit of the Offered Certificates and 
                                    the Class C Certificates to an amount 
                                    equal to the Stated Class D Amount. See 
                                    "Description of the Offered 
                                    Certificates--Principal Payments." 

                                 The Class A Certificateholders' Interest, 
                                    the Class B Certificateholders' Interest, 
                                    the Class C Certificateholders' Interest, 
                                    and the Class D Certificateholders' 
                                    Interest will each include the right to 
                                    receive (but only to the extent needed to 
                                    make required payments under the Pooling 
                                    and Servicing Agreement) varying 
                                    percentages of Finance Charge Collections 
                                    and Principal Collections during each 
                                    Monthly Period. Finance Charge Collections 
                                    prior to the occurrence of a Pay Out 
                                    Event, the amount of Receivables in 
                                    Defaulted Accounts at all times, and 
                                    Principal Collections during the Revolving 
                                    Period will be allocated on each business 
                                    day to the Class A Certificateholders' 
                                    Interest, the Class B Certificateholders' 
                                    Interest, the Class C Certificateholders' 
                                    Interest, and the Class D 
                                    Certificateholders' Interest based on the 
                                    Class A Floating Allocation Percentage, 
                                    the Class B Floating Allocation 
                                    Percentage, the Class C Floating 
                                    Allocation Percentage, and the Class D 
                                    Floating Allocation Percentage, 
                                    respectively. On and after the date on 
                                    which a Pay Out Event is deemed to occur, 
                                    Finance Charge Collections will be 
                                    allocated on each business day to the 
                                    Class A Certificate holders' Interest, the 
                                    Class B Certificateholders' Interest, the 
                                    Class C Certificateholders' Interest and 
                                    the Class D Certifi- 

                               11           
<PAGE>
                                    cateholders' Interest based on the 
                                    Fixed/Floating Allocation Percentage. 
                                    During the Revolving Period for each 
                                    Series, all Principal Collections that 
                                    would otherwise be allocated to the 
                                    Certificateholders will be allocated on 
                                    each business day and paid to the holder 
                                    of the Exchangeable Transferor Certificate 
                                    (except for Shared Principal Collections 
                                    used to make payments to other Series). 
                                    During the Amortization Period, until the 
                                    Class B Principal Payment Commencement 
                                    Date, Principal Collections will generally 
                                    be allocated on each business day to the 
                                    Class A Certificateholders' Interest based 
                                    on the Fixed/Floating Allocation 
                                    Percentage. On and after the Class B 
                                    Principal Payment Commencement Date, 
                                    Principal Collections will generally be 
                                    allocated on each business day to the 
                                    Class B Certificateholders' Interest based 
                                    on the Fixed/Floating Allocation 
                                    Percentage. On and after the Class C 
                                    Principal Payment Commencement Date, all 
                                    Principal Collections will generally be 
                                    allocated on each business day to the 
                                    Class C Certificateholders' Interest based 
                                    on the Fixed/Floating Allocation 
                                    Percentage. See "Description of the 
                                    Offered Certificates--Allocation 
                                    Percentages." 

EXCHANGES .....................  The Pooling and Servicing Agreement provides 
                                    that the Trustee will issue two types of 
                                    certificates: (i) investor certificates in 
                                    one or more Series each of which may have 
                                    multiple classes of certificates of which 
                                    one or more such classes may be 
                                    transferable, and (ii) the Exchangeable 
                                    Transferor Certificate. The Exchangeable 
                                    Transferor Certificate will evidence the 
                                    Transferor Interest, will initially be 
                                    held by the Transferor, and will be 
                                    transferable only as provided in the 
                                    Pooling and Servicing Agreement, including 
                                    through the issuance of a Supplemental 
                                    Certificate. See "Description of the 
                                    Offered Certificates--Exchanges." The 
                                    Exchangeable Transferor Certificate is not 
                                    being registered under the Securities Act. 
                                    The Pooling and Servicing Agreement also 
                                    provides that, pursuant to any one or more 
                                    Supplements, the Transferor may tender the 
                                    Exchangeable Transferor Certificate or, if 
                                    provided in the relevant Supplement, 
                                    certificates comprising any Series and the 
                                    Exchangeable Transferor Certificate, to 
                                    the Trustee in exchange for certificates 
                                    comprising one or more new Series and a 
                                    reissued Exchangeable Transferor 
                                    Certificate. However, at all times, the 
                                    interest in the Principal Receivables in 
                                    the Trust and amounts on deposit in the 
                                    Excess Funding Account represented by the 
                                    Transferor Interest must equal or exceed 
                                    the Minimum Transferor Interest. Under the 
                                    Pooling and Servicing Agreement, the 
                                    Transferor may define, with respect to any 
                                    new Series, the Principal Terms of such 
                                    Series. See "Description of the Offered 
                                    Certificates--Exchanges." The Transferor 
                                    may offer any Series for sale in 
                                    transactions either registered under the 
                                    Securities Act or exempt from registration 
                                    thereunder, directly, through one or more 
                                    underwriters or placement agents, in 
                                    fixed-price offerings, in negotiated 
                                    transactions or 

                               12           
<PAGE>
                                    otherwise. The Transferor currently 
                                    intends to offer, from time to time, 
                                    additional Series issued by the Trust. 

                                 Under the Pooling and Servicing Agreement, 
                                    an Exchange of the Exchangeable Transferor 
                                    Certificate for certificates comprising 
                                    one or more Series and a reissued 
                                    Exchangeable Transferor Certificate may 
                                    occur only upon delivery to the Trustee of 
                                    the following: (i) a Supplement specifying 
                                    the Principal Terms of each Series to be 
                                    issued in connection therewith, (ii) a Tax 
                                    Opinion, (iii) if required by such 
                                    Supplement, the form of Enhancement and an 
                                    appropriate Enhancement agreement with 
                                    respect thereto, (iv) written confirmation 
                                    from each Rating Agency that the Exchange 
                                    will not result in such Rating Agency 
                                    reducing or withdrawing its rating on any 
                                    then outstanding Series rated by it, (v) 
                                    an officer's certificate of the Transferor 
                                    stating that, after giving effect to such 
                                    Exchange, the Transferor Interest would be 
                                    at least equal to the Minimum Transferor 
                                    Interest, and (vi) the existing 
                                    Exchangeable Transferor Certificate and, 
                                    if applicable, the existing certificates 
                                    representing the Series to be exchanged. 
                                    See "Description of the Offered 
                                    Certificates--Exchanges." 

INTEREST ......................  Interest on the Offered Certificates will be 
                                    payable on June 20, 1997 and on the 20th 
                                    day of each month thereafter or, if such 
                                    day is not a business day, on the next 
                                    succeeding business day (each, a 
                                    "Distribution Date"), in an amount equal 
                                    to (i) with respect to the Class A 
                                    Certificates, one-twelfth of the product 
                                    of the Class A Certificate Rate and the 
                                    outstanding principal balance of the Class 
                                    A Certificates as of the preceding Record 
                                    Date (or in the case of the first 
                                    Distribution Date, the initial principal 
                                    amount of the Class A Certificates) and 
                                    (ii) with respect to the Class B 
                                    Certificates, one-twelfth of the product 
                                    of the Class B Certificate Rate and the 
                                    outstanding principal balance of the Class 
                                    B Certificates as of the preceding Record 
                                    Date (or in the case of the first 
                                    Distribution Date, the initial principal 
                                    amount of the Class B Certificates). 
                                    Interest for the first Distribution Date 
                                    will include accrued interest at the 
                                    applicable Certificate Rate (the 
                                    "Certificate Rates") from the Closing Date 
                                    through June 19, 1997. Interest will be 
                                    calculated on the basis of a 360-day year 
                                    of twelve 30-day months. 

                                 Interest payments on the Class A 
                                    Certificates on each Distribution Date 
                                    will be funded from Available Series 
                                    Finance Charge Collections with respect to 
                                    the preceding Monthly Period (or, with 
                                    respect to the first Distribution Date, 
                                    such Collections from and including the 
                                    Closing Date to and including May 31, 1997 
                                    plus the amount of the initial deposit to 
                                    the Interest Funding Account to be made on 
                                    the Closing Date) and from certain other 
                                    funds allocated as set forth in the 
                                    Pooling and Servicing Agreement to the 
                                    respective classes of the Certificates and 
                                    deposited on each business day 

                               13           
<PAGE>
                                    during such Monthly Period in the Interest 
                                    Funding Account. See "Description of the 
                                    Offered Certificates--Interest Payments." 

                                 Subject to the prior payment of interest on 
                                    the Class A Certificates, interest 
                                    payments on the Class B Certificates on 
                                    each Distribution Date will be funded from 
                                    the portion of Available Series Finance 
                                    Charge Collections with respect to the 
                                    preceding Monthly Period and from certain 
                                    other funds allocated as set forth in the 
                                    Pooling and Servicing Agreement to the 
                                    Class B Certificates and deposited on each 
                                    business day during such Monthly Period in 
                                    the Interest Funding Account. See 
                                    "Description of the Offered 
                                    Certificates--Interest Payments" and 
                                    "--Application of Collections." 

   
FUNDING PERIOD ................  During the period from and including the 
                                    Closing Date to but excluding the earlier 
                                    of (x) the first day for which the 
                                    Invested Amount equals the Full Invested 
                                    Amount; (y) the first day on which a Pay 
                                    Out Event is deemed to occur; and (z) the 
                                    first business day of the September 1997 
                                    Monthly Period (the "Funding Period"), the 
                                    Pre-Funded Amount will be maintained in a 
                                    trust account to be established with The 
                                    Bank of New York (the "Pre-Funding 
                                    Account"). The "Pre-Funded Amount" will 
                                    equal the amount of the initial deposit to 
                                    the Pre-Funding Account, less the amounts 
                                    of any increases in the Invested Amount 
                                    pursuant to the Series 1997-1 Supplement 
                                    in connection with the increase in the 
                                    amount of Receivables in the Trust. On the 
                                    Closing Date a cash deposit will be made 
                                    to the Pre-Funding Account such that the 
                                    amount of Principal Receivables plus the 
                                    amount of such cash deposit on such date 
                                    will at least equal the sum of the initial 
                                    outstanding principal balances of the 
                                    Class A Certificates, the Class B 
                                    Certificates, the Class C Certificates and 
                                    the Class D Certificates, and the then 
                                    current outstanding principal amount of 
                                    the Previously Issued Series. Funds on 
                                    deposit in the Pre-Funding Account will be 
                                    invested by the Trustee at the direction 
                                    of the Servicer in Cash Equivalents. 
    

                                 During the Funding Period, funds on deposit 
                                    in the Pre-Funding Account will be 
                                    withdrawn and paid to the Transferor to 
                                    the extent of any increases in the 
                                    Invested Amount as a result of the 
                                    increase in the amount of Receivables in 
                                    the Trust. The Transferor expects that the 
                                    funds on deposit in the Pre-Funding 
                                    Account will be fully invested in 
                                    Receivables by the end of the August 1997 
                                    Monthly Period. In the event of the 
                                    occurrence of a Pay Out Event during the 
                                    Funding Period, the amounts remaining on 
                                    deposit in the Pre-Funding Account, will 
                                    be payable as principal first to the Class 
                                    A Certificateholders until the Class A 
                                    Invested Amount is paid in full and then 
                                    to the Class B Certificateholders until 
                                    the Class B Invested Amount is paid in 
                                    full and then to the Class C 
                                    Certificateholders until the Class C 
                                    Invested Amount is paid in full. Should 
                                    the Pre-Funded Amount be greater than 

                               14           
<PAGE>
                                    zero on the first day of the September 
                                    1997 Monthly Period, such amount will be 
                                    deposited in the Excess Funding Account 
                                    and the Invested Amount will be increased 
                                    in an amount equal to such deposit. 
                                    Amounts on deposit in the Excess Funding 
                                    Account are treated as assets of the Trust 
                                    allocated to all Series then outstanding 
                                    and the Exchangeable Transferor 
                                    Certificate and will be applied as 
                                    described in "Description of the Offered 
                                    Certificates--Excess Funding Account." 

REVOLVING PERIOD ..............  The "Revolving Period" with respect to the 
                                    Certificates means the period from and 
                                    including the Closing Date to, but 
                                    excluding, the earlier of (a) the 
                                    commencement of the Accumulation Period 
                                    and (b) the commencement of the Early 
                                    Amortization Period. See "Description of 
                                    the Certificates--Pay Out Events" herein 
                                    for a discussion of the events which might 
                                    lead to the termination of the Revolving 
                                    Period prior to the commencement of the 
                                    Accumulation Period. The accumulation 
                                    period with respect to the Certificates 
                                    (the "Accumulation Period") is scheduled 
                                    to begin at the close of business on the 
                                    last day of the March 2001 Monthly Period. 
                                    Subject to the conditions set forth herein 
                                    under "Description of the Offered 
                                    Certificates--Postponement of Accumulation 
                                    Period," the day on which the Revolving 
                                    Period ends and the Accumulation Period 
                                    begins may be delayed to no later than the 
                                    close of business on the last day of the 
                                    February 2002 Monthly Period. During the 
                                    Revolving Period, Principal Collections 
                                    otherwise allocable to the 
                                    Certificateholders (other than any Shared 
                                    Principal Collections paid to the holders 
                                    of certificates of other Series and any 
                                    Reallocated Principal Collections) will, 
                                    subject to certain limitations, be paid 
                                    from the Trust to the holder of the 
                                    Exchangeable Transferor Certificate. See 
                                    "Description of the Offered 
                                    Certificates--Pay Out Events" for a 
                                    discussion of the events which might lead 
                                    to the termination of the Revolving Period 
                                    for the Certificates prior to the end of 
                                    the March 2001 Monthly Period. 

PRINCIPAL PAYMENT; 
 ACCUMULATION PERIOD ..........  Unless a Pay Out Event shall have occurred, 
                                    the Accumulation Period will begin at the 
                                    close of business on the last day of the 
                                    Revolving Period and will end on the 
                                    earliest to occur of (i) the commencement 
                                    of the Early Amortization Period, (ii) 
                                    payment of the Invested Amount in full and 
                                    (iii) the Termination Date. With respect 
                                    to each Monthly Period during the 
                                    Accumulation Period, prior to the payment 
                                    in full of the Class A Invested Amount, 
                                    the Class B Invested Amount and the Class 
                                    C Invested Amount, amounts equal to the 
                                    least of (i) the Available Investor 
                                    Principal Collections for such Monthly 
                                    Period, (ii) the sum of the Controlled 
                                    Accumulation Amount plus any Accumulation 
                                    Shortfall for such Monthly Period and 
                                    (iii) the ABC Adjusted Invested Amount, 
                                    will be 


                               15           
<PAGE>
                                    deposited monthly in the Principal Funding 
                                    Account until the Principal Funding 
                                    Account Balance is equal to the sum of the 
                                    Class A Invested Amount, the Class B 
                                    Invested Amount and the Class C Invested 
                                    Amount. Although it is anticipated that 
                                    during each Monthly Period in the 
                                    Accumulation Period prior to the Expected 
                                    Final Payment Date funds will be deposited 
                                    in the Principal Funding Account in an 
                                    amount equal to the applicable Controlled 
                                    Deposit Amount and that scheduled 
                                    principal will be available for 
                                    distribution to the Class A 
                                    Certificateholders and the Class B 
                                    Certificateholders on the Expected Final 
                                    Payment Date, no assurance can be given in 
                                    that regard. See "Maturity 
                                    Considerations." If the Principal 
                                    Collections for any Monthly Period are 
                                    less than the applicable Controlled 
                                    Deposit Amount, the amount of such 
                                    deficiency will be the applicable 
                                    "Accumulation Shortfall" for the 
                                    succeeding Monthly Period. See 
                                    "Description of the Offered 
                                    Certificates--Application of Collections" 
                                    herein. 

                                 Funds on deposit in the Principal Funding 
                                    Account will be available to pay the Class 
                                    A Certificateholders in respect of the 
                                    Class A Invested Amount on the Expected 
                                    Final Payment Date. If the aggregate 
                                    principal amount of deposits made to the 
                                    Principal Funding Account are insufficient 
                                    to pay in full the Class A Invested Amount 
                                    on the Expected Final Payment Date, the 
                                    Early Amortization Period will commence as 
                                    described below, and the Class A 
                                    Certificateholders will receive 
                                    distributions of Class A Principal and 
                                    Class A Monthly Interest on each 
                                    Distribution Date thereafter until the 
                                    Class A Invested Amount is paid in full. 

                                 On the Expected Final Payment Date, provided 
                                    that the Class A Invested Amount is paid 
                                    in full and the Early Amortization Period 
                                    has not commenced, funds remaining on 
                                    deposit in the Principal Funding Account 
                                    will be used to pay the Class B Invested 
                                    Amount as described herein. If the funds 
                                    remaining on deposit in the Principal 
                                    Funding Account are insufficient to pay in 
                                    full the Class B Invested Amount on the 
                                    Expected Final Payment Date, the Early 
                                    Amortization Period will commence as 
                                    described below, and the Class B 
                                    Certificateholders will receive 
                                    distributions of Class B Principal and 
                                    Class B Monthly Interest on each 
                                    Distribution Date thereafter until the 
                                    Class B Invested Amount is paid in full. 

                                 If a Pay Out Event occurs during the 
                                    Accumulation Period, the Early 
                                    Amortization Period will commence and any 
                                    amount on deposit in the Principal Funding 
                                    Account will be paid to the 
                                    Certificateholders of each Class of 
                                    Certificates, sequentially, in 
                                    alphabetical order, on the Distribution 
                                    Date following the Monthly Period in which 
                                    the Early Amortization Period commences. 

                                 Other Series offered by the Trust may or may 
                                    not have accumulation periods like the 
                                    Accumulation Period or amortization 
                                    periods like the Early Amortization 
                                    Period, and 

                               16           
<PAGE>
                                    such periods may have different lengths 
                                    and begin on different dates than the 
                                    Accumulation Period or Early Amortization 
                                    Period described herein. Thus, certain 
                                    Series may be in their revolving periods 
                                    while others are in periods during which 
                                    Principal Collections are distributed to 
                                    or accumulated for such other Series. In 
                                    addition, other Series may allocate 
                                    Principal Collections based upon different 
                                    investor percentages. See "Description of 
                                    the Offered Certificates--Exchanges" for a 
                                    discussion of the potential terms of other 
                                    Series. See "Annex I: Other Series" for a 
                                    description of the terms of the Previously 
                                    Issued Series. 

EARLY AMORTIZATION PERIOD .....  During the Early Amortization Period, 
                                    Principal Collections allocable to the 
                                    respective Certificateholders' Interest 
                                    and certain other amounts (including 
                                    Shared Principal Collections from any 
                                    other Series, funds on deposit in the 
                                    Excess Funding Account and, on the first 
                                    Distribution Date with respect to the 
                                    Early Amortization Period, funds on 
                                    deposit in the Pre-Funding Account or the 
                                    Principal Funding Account) will no longer 
                                    be reinvested in the Trust or otherwise 
                                    used to maintain the Certificateholders' 
                                    Interest of such Series, but instead will 
                                    be distributed as principal payments 
                                    monthly on each Distribution Date 
                                    beginning with the first Distribution Date 
                                    following the Monthly Period in which a 
                                    Pay Out Event occurs or is deemed to have 
                                    occurred to the Class A Certificateholders 
                                    in respect of the Class A Invested Amount 
                                    and, following the payment in full of the 
                                    Class A Invested Amount, to the Class B 
                                    Certificateholders in respect of the Class 
                                    B Invested Amount and, following the 
                                    payment in full of the Class B Invested 
                                    Amount, to the Class C Certificateholders 
                                    in respect of the Class C Invested Amount 
                                    and, following the payment in full of the 
                                    Class C Invested Amount, to the Class D 
                                    Certificateholders until the Class D 
                                    Invested Amount is paid in full. See 
                                    "Description of the Offered 
                                    Certificates--Pay Out Events." 

SHARED PRINCIPAL COLLECTIONS ..  To the extent that Principal Collections and 
                                    other amounts that are allocated to the 
                                    Certificateholders' Interest of any class 
                                    of any Series are not needed to make 
                                    payments to the Certificateholders of such 
                                    class or required to be deposited in the 
                                    Principal Account, they may be applied to 
                                    cover principal payments due to or for the 
                                    benefit of certificateholders of another 
                                    Series, including principal payments which 
                                    the Transferor elects to make with respect 
                                    to any Variable Funding Certificates. Any 
                                    such reallocation will not result in a 
                                    reduction in the Certificateholders' 
                                    Interest of the Series to which such 
                                    Principal Collections were initially 
                                    allocated. In addition, Principal 
                                    Collections and certain other amounts 
                                    otherwise allocable to other Series, to 
                                    the extent such collections are not needed 
                                    to make payments to the certificateholders 
                                    of such other Series, may be applied to 
                                    cover principal payments due to or for the 
                                    benefit of the holders of the 

                               17           
<PAGE>
                                    Certificates. See "Description of the 
                                    Offered Certificates--Application of 
                                    Collections." 

EXCESS FUNDING ACCOUNT ........  At any time at which the Transferor Interest 
                                    is less than the Minimum Transferor 
                                    Interest, funds (to the extent available 
                                    therefor as described herein) otherwise 
                                    payable to the Transferor will be 
                                    deposited in the Excess Funding Account on 
                                    each business day until the Transferor 
                                    Interest is at least equal to the Minimum 
                                    Transferor Interest. Funds on deposit in 
                                    the Excess Funding Account may at the 
                                    option of the Transferor be withdrawn and 
                                    paid to the Transferor to the extent that 
                                    on any day the Transferor Interest exceeds 
                                    the Minimum Transferor Interest. 

                                 Any funds on deposit in the Excess Funding 
                                    Account at the beginning of the 
                                    Amortization Period will be deposited in 
                                    the Principal Account as part of Class A 
                                    Principal, Class B Principal, or Class C 
                                    Principal, as applicable, for any 
                                    Distribution Date. In addition, no funds 
                                    allocated to investor certificates will be 
                                    deposited in the Excess Funding Account 
                                    during any amortization period or early 
                                    amortization period for any Series until 
                                    the Principal Account for such Series for 
                                    such Distribution Date has been fully 
                                    funded or the investor certificates of 
                                    such Series have been paid in full. See 
                                    "Description of the Offered 
                                    Certificates--Excess Funding Account." 

DISTRIBUTION OF AVAILABLE SERIES 
 FINANCE CHARGE COLLECTIONS 
 ALLOCABLE TO 
 CERTIFICATEHOLDERS ............  Available Series Finance Charge Collections 
                                    will be applied on each business day in a 
                                    Monthly Period in the following order of 
                                    priority: 

                                 (i)   an amount equal to the amount of Class 
                                       A Monthly Interest and any overdue 
                                       Class A Monthly Interest not 
                                       previously deposited in the Interest 
                                       Funding Account for such Monthly 
                                       Period and interest on any overdue 
                                       interest amounts will be deposited in 
                                       the Interest Funding Account; 

                                 (ii)  an amount equal to the amount of Class 
                                        B Monthly Interest and any overdue 
                                        Class B Monthly Interest not 
                                        previously deposited in the Interest 
                                        Funding Account for such Monthly 
                                        Period and interest on any overdue 
                                        interest amounts will be deposited in 
                                        the Interest Funding Account; 

                                 (iii)  an amount equal to the amount of 
                                        Class C Monthly Interest and any 
                                        overdue Class C Monthly Interest not 
                                        previously deposited in the Interest 
                                        Funding Account for such Monthly 
                                        Period and interest on any overdue 
                                        interest amounts will be deposited in 
                                        the Interest Funding Account; 

                               18           
<PAGE>
                                 (iv)  an amount equal to the Monthly 
                                       Servicing Fee plus any Monthly 
                                       Servicing Fee that was due but not 
                                       paid on any prior business day will be 
                                       paid to the Servicer; 

   
                                 (v)  an amount equal to the Investor Default 
                                       Amount on such business day and, to the 
                                       extent not previously paid, the 
                                       Investor Default Amount for each prior 
                                       business day in such Monthly Period 
                                       will be (a) during the Revolving 
                                       Period, treated as Shared Principal 
                                       Collections and (b) during the 
                                       Amortization Period, treated as 
                                       Available Investor Principal 
                                       Collections for the benefit of the 
                                       Certificates; 

                                 (vi)  an amount equal to the Series 
                                       Allocation Percentage of any 
                                       Adjustment Payment which the 
                                       Transferor is required but fails to 
                                       make pursuant to the Pooling and 
                                       Servicing Agreement will be (a) during 
                                       the Revolving Period, treated as 
                                       Shared Principal Collections and (b) 
                                       during the Amortization Period, 
                                       treated as Available Investor 
                                       Principal Collections for the benefit 
                                       of the Certificates; 

                                 (vii) an amount equal to unreimbursed Class 
                                        A Investor Charge-Offs on such 
                                        business day will be (a) during the 
                                        Revolving Period, treated as Shared 
                                        Principal Collections and (b) during 
                                        the Amortization Period, treated as 
                                        Available Investor Principal 
                                        Collections for the benefit of the 
                                        Certificates. 

                                 (viii) an amount equal to the accrued and 
                                        unpaid interest on the outstanding 
                                        aggregate principal amount of the 
                                        Class B Certificates not previously 
                                        deposited in the Interest Funding 
                                        Account for such Monthly Period will 
                                        be deposited in the Interest Funding 
                                        Account; 
    

                                 (ix)  an amount equal to the accrued and 
                                       unpaid interest on the outstanding 
                                       aggregate principal amount of the 
                                       Class C Certificates not previously 
                                       deposited in the Interest Funding 
                                       Account for such Monthly Period will 
                                       be deposited in the Interest Funding 
                                       Account; 

   
                                 (x)  an amount equal to unreimbursed Class B 
                                       Investor Charge-Offs on such business 
                                       day will be (a) during the Revolving 
                                       Period, treated as Shared Principal 
                                       Collections and (b) during the 
                                       Amortization Period, treated as 
                                       Available Investor Principal 
                                       Collections for the benefit of the 
                                       Certificates; 

                                 (xi)  an amount equal to unreimbursed Class 
                                       C Investor Charge-Offs on such 
                                       business day will be (a) during the 
                                       Revolving Period, treated as Shared 
                                       Principal Collections and (b) during 
                                       the Amortization Period, treated as 
                                       Available Investor Principal 
                                       Collections for the benefit of the 
                                       Certificates; 
    

                               19           
<PAGE>
   
                                 (xii) an amount equal to unreimbursed Class 
                                        D Investor Charge-Offs on such 
                                        business day will be (a) during the 
                                        Revolving Period, treated as Shared 
                                        Principal Collections and (b) during 
                                        the Amortization Period, treated as 
                                        Available Investor Principal 
                                        Collections for the benefit of the 
                                        Certificates. 
    

                                 (xiii) an amount equal to the lesser of any 
                                        remaining Available Series Finance 
                                        Charge Collections and any required 
                                        funding of a reserve account for the 
                                        benefit of the Class C Certificates 
                                        will be deposited in such reserve 
                                        account; 

                                 (xiv) on and after the Reserve Account 
                                       Funding Date, but prior to the date on 
                                       which the Accumulation Period Reserve 
                                       Account terminates, an amount equal to 
                                       the lesser of any Available Series 
                                       Finance Charge Collections remaining 
                                       and the excess, if any, of the 
                                       Required Reserve Account Amount over 
                                       the Available Reserve Account Amount 
                                       will be deposited in the Accumulation 
                                       Period Reserve Account; 

                                 (xv) the amount designated by the Transferor 
                                      in writing in its instructions to the 
                                      Trustee to be deposited in the Payment 
                                      Reserve Account will be deposited in 
                                      the Payment Reserve Account; and 

                                 (xvi) the remainder will be treated as 
                                       Excess Finance Charge Collections or 
                                       Transferor Retained Finance Charge 
                                       Collections, as applicable. Transferor 
                                       Retained Finance Charge Collections 
                                       will be applied on each Default 
                                       Recognition Date to the payment of the 
                                       Investor Default Amount in accordance 
                                       with clause (v) above. See 
                                       "Description of the Offered 
                                       Certificates--Application of 
                                       Collections." 

                                 On each Transfer Date all investment income 
                                    (net of investment losses and expenses) on 
                                    funds on deposit in the Pre-Funding 
                                    Account, the Principal Funding Account and 
                                    the Accumulation Period Reserve Account 
                                    will be applied as if such amounts were 
                                    Available Series Finance Charge 
                                    Collections on the last business day of 
                                    the preceding Monthly Period. 

COVERAGE OF INTEREST 
 SHORTFALLS FROM TRANSFEROR 
 FINANCE CHARGE COLLECTIONS ...  To the extent that any amounts are on 
                                    deposit in the Excess Funding Account or 
                                    the Pre-Funding Account on any business 
                                    day, the Servicer will determine the 
                                    amount (the "Negative Carry Amount"), if 
                                    any, equal to the excess of (x) the 
                                    product of (a) the Base Rate and (b) the 
                                    product of (i) the sum of the amounts on 
                                    deposit in the Excess Funding Account and 
                                    the Pre-Funding Account and (ii) the 
                                    number of days elapsed since the previous 
                                    business day divided by the actual number 
                                    of days in such year over (y) the 
                                    aggregate amount of all earnings since the 
                                    previous business day available from the 
                                    Cash Equivalents in which funds on 

                               20           
<PAGE>
                                    deposit in the Excess Funding Account or 
                                    the Pre-Funding Account are invested. The 
                                    Servicer will apply an amount equal to the 
                                    lesser of (i) the Series Allocation 
                                    Percentage of the Finance Charge 
                                    Collections allocable to the Exchangeable 
                                    Transferor Certificate ("Transferor 
                                    Finance Charge Collections") on such 
                                    business day and (ii) the Negative Carry 
                                    Amount for such business day in the manner 
                                    specified for application of Available 
                                    Series Finance Charge Collections. 

COVERAGE OF INTEREST SHORTFALLS 
 FROM ACCUMULATION PERIOD 
 RESERVE ACCOUNT ..............  All amounts in the Principal Funding Account 
                                    will be invested at the direction of the 
                                    Servicer by the Trustee in certain Cash 
                                    Equivalents. Investment earnings (net of 
                                    investment losses and expenses) on funds 
                                    on deposit in the Principal Funding 
                                    Account (the "Principal Funding Account 
                                    Investment Proceeds") during the 
                                    Accumulation Period will be applied on 
                                    each Transfer Date to the extent of the 
                                    Covered Amount as if such amount were 
                                    Available Series Finance Charge 
                                    Collections on the last business day of 
                                    the preceding Monthly Period. If, for any 
                                    Interest Accrual Period, the Principal 
                                    Funding Account Investment Proceeds are 
                                    less than an amount equal to, for such 
                                    Interest Accrual Period, one-twelfth of 
                                    the product of (a) the weighted average of 
                                    the Class A Certificate Rate, the Class B 
                                    Certificate Rate and the Class C 
                                    Certificate Rate for such Interest Accrual 
                                    Period and (b) the Principal Funding 
                                    Account Balance as of the last day of the 
                                    Monthly Period preceding the Monthly 
                                    Period in which such Interest Accrual 
                                    Period ends (the "Covered Amount"), the 
                                    amount of such deficiency will be paid 
                                    from the Accumulation Period Reserve 
                                    Account to the extent of the Available 
                                    Reserve Account Amount and will be applied 
                                    on the applicable Transfer Date as if such 
                                    amount were Available Series Finance 
                                    Charge Collections on the last business 
                                    day of the preceding Monthly Period. 

SHARING OF EXCESS FINANCE 
 CHARGE COLLECTIONS ...........  Finance Charge Collections on any business 
                                    day in excess of the amounts necessary to 
                                    make required payments on such business 
                                    day will be applied to cover any 
                                    shortfalls with respect to amounts payable 
                                    from Finance Charge Collections allocable 
                                    to any other Series then outstanding, pro 
                                    rata based upon the amount of the 
                                    shortfall, if any, with respect to such 
                                    other Series. Any Excess Finance Charge 
                                    Collections remaining after covering 
                                    shortfalls with respect to all outstanding 
                                    Series will be paid to the Transferor. 

INVESTOR DEFAULT AMOUNT; 
 INVESTOR CHARGE-OFF ..........  A portion of all Receivables in Defaulted 
                                    Accounts (the "Investor Default Amount") 
                                    will be allocated to the 
                                    Certificateholders in an amount equal to 
                                    the product of the Floating 

                               21           
<PAGE>
                                    Allocation Percentage applicable during 
                                    the related Monthly Period and the 
                                    principal amount of Receivables in 
                                    Defaulted Accounts for such Monthly 
                                    Period. If on any Determination Date the 
                                    aggregate Investor Default Amount and 
                                    Series Allocation Percentage of unpaid 
                                    Adjustment Payments, if any, for the 
                                    preceding Monthly Period exceeded the 
                                    aggregate amount of Available Series 
                                    Finance Charge Collections applied to the 
                                    payment thereof as described in clauses 
                                    (v) and (vi) of "Distribution of Available 
                                    Series Finance Charge Collections 
                                    Allocable to Certificateholders" above, 
                                    and the amount of (w) Transferor Finance 
                                    Charge Collections, (x) Excess Finance 
                                    Charge Collections, in each case to the 
                                    extent applied to the payment thereof as 
                                    described in "Coverage of Interest 
                                    Shortfalls from Transferor Finance Charge 
                                    Collections" and "Sharing of Excess 
                                    Finance Charge Collections," respectively, 
                                    (y) any Reallocated Principal Collections 
                                    applied with respect thereto, and (z) any 
                                    Principal Funding Account Investment 
                                    Proceeds and amounts withdrawn from the 
                                    Accumulation Period Reserve Account to be 
                                    applied with respect thereto, then the 
                                    Class D Invested Amount will be reduced to 
                                    the extent of such excess (but not in an 
                                    amount greater than the sum of the 
                                    remaining aggregate Investor Default 
                                    Amount and the remaining unpaid Adjustment 
                                    Payments for such Monthly Period) to avoid 
                                    a charge-off with respect to the Class A 
                                    Certificates, the Class B Certificates or 
                                    the Class C Certificates. 

                                 The Class D Invested Amount will thereafter 
                                    be increased (but not in excess of the 
                                    unpaid principal balance of the Class D 
                                    Certificates) on any business day by the 
                                    amount of Available Series Finance Charge 
                                    Collections allocated and available for 
                                    such purpose as described in clause (xii) 
                                    of "Distribution of Available Series 
                                    Finance Charge Collections Allocable to 
                                    Certificateholders." If the Class D 
                                    Invested Amount is reduced to zero, a 
                                    portion of the Class C Invested Amount 
                                    equal to the amount by which such 
                                    insufficiency would have caused the Class 
                                    D Invested Amount to be reduced below zero 
                                    (but not in excess of the sum of the 
                                    remaining aggregate Investor Default 
                                    Amount and the remaining unpaid Adjustment 
                                    Payments for such Monthly Period) will be 
                                    deducted from the Class C Invested Amount 
                                    ("Class C Investor Charge-Off") to avoid a 
                                    charge-off with respect to the Class A 
                                    Certificates or the Class B Certificates. 
                                    If and for so long as the Class D Invested 
                                    Amount is reduced to zero, the Class C 
                                    Certificateholders will bear directly the 
                                    credit and other risks associated with 
                                    their undivided interest in the Trust. 

                                 The Class C Invested Amount will thereafter 
                                    be increased (but not in excess of the 
                                    unpaid principal balance of the Class C 
                                    Certificates) on any business day by the 
                                    amount of Available Series Finance Charge 
                                    Collections allocated and available for 
                                    that purpose as described in clause (xi) 
                                    of "Distribution of Available Series 
                                    Finance Charge Collections Allocable to 

                               22           
<PAGE>
                                    Certificateholders." If the Class C 
                                    Invested Amount is reduced to zero, a 
                                    portion of the Class B Invested Amount 
                                    equal to the amount by which such 
                                    insufficiency would have caused the Class 
                                    C Invested Amount to be reduced below zero 
                                    (but not in excess of the sum of the 
                                    remaining aggregate Investor Default 
                                    Amount and the remaining unpaid Adjustment 
                                    Payments for such Monthly Period) will be 
                                    deducted from the Class B Invested Amount, 
                                    and allocated to the Class B Investor 
                                    Charge-Offs to avoid a charge-off with 
                                    respect to the Class A Certificates. If 
                                    and for so long as the Class C Invested 
                                    Amount is reduced to zero, the Class B 
                                    Certificateholders will bear directly the 
                                    credit and other risks associated with 
                                    their undivided interest in the Trust. 

                                 The Class B Invested Amount will thereafter 
                                    be increased (but not in excess of the 
                                    unpaid principal balance of the Class B 
                                    Certificates) on any business day by the 
                                    amount of Available Series Finance Charge 
                                    Collections allocated and available for 
                                    that purpose as described in clause (x) of 
                                    "Distribution of Available Series Finance 
                                    Charge Collections Allocable to 
                                    Certificateholders." If the Class B 
                                    Invested Amount is reduced to zero, a 
                                    portion of the Class A Invested Amount 
                                    equal to the amount by which such 
                                    insufficiency would have caused the Class 
                                    B Invested Amount to be reduced below zero 
                                    (but not in excess of the sum of the 
                                    remaining aggregate Investor Default 
                                    Amount and the remaining unpaid Adjustment 
                                    Payments for such Monthly Period) will be 
                                    deducted from the Class A Invested Amount 
                                    and allocated to the Class A Investor 
                                    Charge-Offs. If and for so long as the 
                                    Class B Invested Amount is reduced to 
                                    zero, the Class A Certificate-holders will 
                                    bear directly the credit and other risks 
                                    associated with their undivided interest 
                                    in the Trust. 

                                 The Class A Invested Amount will thereafter 
                                    be increased (but not in excess of the 
                                    unpaid principal balance of the Class A 
                                    Certificates) on any business day by the 
                                    amount of Available Series Finance Charge 
                                    Collections allocated and available for 
                                    that purpose as described in clause (vii) 
                                    of "Distribution of Available Series 
                                    Finance Charge Collections Allocable to 
                                    Certificateholders." See "Description of 
                                    the Offered Certificates--Investor 
                                    Charge-Offs." 

PAIRED SERIES .................  Subject to satisfaction of the Rating Agency 
                                    Condition, the Certificates may be paired 
                                    with one or more other Series or a portion 
                                    of one or more other series issued by the 
                                    Trust (each, a "Paired Series") at or 
                                    after the Amortization Period Commencement 
                                    Date but prior to the occurrence of a Pay 
                                    Out Event. If a Paired Series is issued 
                                    with respect to Series 1997-1, following 
                                    the issuance of such Paired Series, as the 
                                    Class A Adjusted Invested Amount and the 
                                    Class B Adjusted Invested Amount and, if 
                                    applicable, the Class C Adjusted Invested 
                                    Amount and the Class D Invested Amount are 
                                    reduced, the invested amount of the Paired 
                                    Series would 

                               23           
<PAGE>
                                    increase by an amount that otherwise would 
                                    have increased the Transferor Interest. 
                                    Upon payment in full of Series 1997-1, the 
                                    increase in the invested amount of the 
                                    Paired Series will be equal to the amount 
                                    of the Invested Amount paid to 
                                    Certificateholders of Series 1997-1 since 
                                    the issuance of such Paired Series. If a 
                                    Pay Out Event occurs with respect to any 
                                    such Paired Series prior to the payment in 
                                    full of the Certificates, the final 
                                    payment of principal to the 
                                    Certificateholders may be delayed. See 
                                    "Description of the Offered 
                                    Certificates--Paired Series." 

SUBORDINATION OF THE CLASS B 
 CERTIFICATES, THE CLASS C 
 CERTIFICATES AND THE CLASS D 
 CERTIFICATES .................  The Class B Certificates will be 
                                    subordinated to fund payments of principal 
                                    and interest on the Class A Certificates. 
                                    The Class C Certificates will be 
                                    subordinated to fund payments of principal 
                                    and interest on the Class A Certificates 
                                    and the Class B Certificates. The Class D 
                                    Certificates will be subordinated to fund 
                                    payments of principal and interest on the 
                                    Class A Certificates, the Class B 
                                    Certificates and the Class C Certificates. 
                                    See "Description of the Offered 
                                    Certificates--Subordination of the Class B 
                                    Certificates," "--Reallocation of Cash 
                                    Flows" and "--Reallocated Principal 
                                    Collections." The Class B Invested Amount, 
                                    the Class C Invested Amount, and the Class 
                                    D Invested Amount will be subordinated as 
                                    described herein to the extent necessary 
                                    to fund certain payments with respect to 
                                    each Class of Certificates with an earlier 
                                    alphabetical designation as described 
                                    herein. If on any business day there is a 
                                    positive Class A Required Amount, Class B 
                                    Required Amount or Class C Required 
                                    Amount, certain Principal Collections for 
                                    such business day will be used to fund 
                                    first the Class A Required Amount, second 
                                    the Class B Required Amount and third the 
                                    Class C Required Amount and the Invested 
                                    Amounts of the Class D Certificates, the 
                                    Class C Certificates or the Class B 
                                    Certificates may be reduced on the related 
                                    Distribution Date as more fully described 
                                    herein in "Description of the Offered 
                                    Certificates--Reallocated Principal 
                                    Collections." To the extent the Class B 
                                    Invested Amount, the Class C Invested 
                                    Amount or the Class D Invested Amount is 
                                    reduced, the percentage of Finance Charge 
                                    Collections allocated to the Class B 
                                    Certificateholders, the Class C 
                                    Certificateholders, or the Class D 
                                    Certificateholders, as applicable, in 
                                    subsequent Monthly Periods will be 
                                    reduced. Moreover, to the extent the 
                                    amount of such reduction in the Class B 
                                    Invested Amount, the Class C Invested 
                                    Amount, or the Class D Invested Amount is 
                                    not reimbursed, the amount of principal 
                                    distributable to the Class B 
                                    Certificateholders, the Class C 
                                    Certificateholders, or the Class D 
                                    Certificateholders, as applicable, from 
                                    the Collection Account will be reduced. 

                               24           
<PAGE>
                                 Principal payments with respect to the Class 
                                    B Certificates will not be made until the 
                                    final payment of the Class A Invested 
                                    Amount has been made to the Class A 
                                    Certificateholders. Principal payments 
                                    with respect to the Class C Certificates 
                                    will not be made until the final payment 
                                    of the Class A Invested Amount has been 
                                    made to the Class A Certificateholders and 
                                    the final payment of the Class B Invested 
                                    Amount has been made to the Class B 
                                    Certificateholders. During the 
                                    Accumulation Period, the Class D Invested 
                                    Amount will be reduced concurrently with 
                                    deposits to the Principal Funding Account 
                                    for the benefit of the Offered 
                                    Certificates and the Class C Certificates 
                                    to an amount equal to the Stated Class D 
                                    Amount. See "Description of the Offered 
                                    Certificates--Subordination of the Class B 
                                    Certificates," "--Reallocation of Cash 
                                    Flows" and "--Reallocated Principal 
                                    Collections." 

DEFEASANCE ....................  On the date that the Transferor has 
                                    deposited (x) in the Principal Funding 
                                    Account an amount equal to the sum of the 
                                    outstanding principal balances of the 
                                    Class A Certificates, the Class B 
                                    Certificates and the Class C Certificates, 
                                    which amount shall be invested in Cash 
                                    Equivalents and (y) in the Accumulation 
                                    Period Reserve Account an amount equal to 
                                    or greater than the Covered Amount, as 
                                    estimated by the Transferor, for the 
                                    period from the date of the deposit to the 
                                    Principal Funding Account through the 
                                    Expected Final Payment Date for the 
                                    Offered Certificates and the Class C 
                                    Certificates and has satisfied certain 
                                    other conditions, the Certificates will no 
                                    longer be entitled to the security 
                                    interest of the Trust in the Receivables 
                                    and other Trust assets (except those set 
                                    forth above), and the percentages 
                                    applicable to the allocation to the 
                                    Certificateholders of Principal 
                                    Collections, Finance Charge Collections 
                                    and Defaulted Receivables will be reduced 
                                    to zero. Upon the satisfaction of the 
                                    foregoing conditions, the Class D Invested 
                                    Amount will be reduced to zero. See 
                                    "Description of the Offered 
                                    Certificates--Defeasance." 

OPTIONAL REPURCHASE ...........  The Invested Amount of the Class A 
                                    Certificates, Class B Certificates and 
                                    Class C Certificates will be subject to 
                                    optional repurchase by the Transferor on 
                                    any Distribution Date if on such 
                                    Distribution Date the sum of the Class A 
                                    Invested Amount, Class B Invested Amount 
                                    and Class C Invested Amount would be 
                                    reduced to an amount less than or equal to 
                                    10 percent of the sum of the highest Class 
                                    A Invested Amount, Class B Invested Amount 
                                    and Class C Invested Amount since the 
                                    Closing Date, if certain conditions set 
                                    forth in the Pooling and Servicing 
                                    Agreement are met. The repurchase price 
                                    will be equal to the sum of the Class A 
                                    Invested Amount, Class B Invested Amount 
                                    and Class C Invested Amount that would be 
                                    remaining on such date after giving effect 
                                    to any payments on such date plus accrued 

                               25           
<PAGE>
                                    interest which would otherwise remain 
                                    unpaid on the Class A Certificates, Class 
                                    B Certificates and Class C Certificates 
                                    through the day preceding the Distribution 
                                    Date on which the repurchase occurs. See 
                                    "Description of the Offered 
                                    Certificates--Final Payment of Principal; 
                                    Termination." 

TAX STATUS ....................  In the opinion of Special Tax Counsel, the 
                                    Class A Certificates and the Class B 
                                    Certificates will be characterized as debt 
                                    for federal income tax purposes. Under the 
                                    Pooling and Servicing Agreement, the 
                                    Transferor, the Servicer, the Class A 
                                    Certificateholders and the Class B 
                                    Certificateholders agree to treat the 
                                    Class A Certificates and the Class B 
                                    Certificates as debt for federal, state, 
                                    and other tax purposes. See "Certain 
                                    Federal Income Tax Consequences" for 
                                    additional information concerning the 
                                    application of federal income tax laws. 

   
ERISA CONSIDERATIONS ..........  Under a regulation issued by the U.S. 
                                    Department of Labor (the "Plan Assets 
                                    Regulation"), the Trust's assets would not 
                                    be deemed "plan assets" of an employee 
                                    benefit plan holding an interest in the 
                                    Offered Certificates if the Offered 
                                    Certificates qualify as "publicly-offered 
                                    securities" within the meaning of the Plan 
                                    Assets Regulation. To qualify as 
                                    "publicly-offered securities" within the 
                                    meaning of the Plan Assets Regulation, 
                                    certain conditions must be met, including 
                                    that, with respect to the Class A 
                                    Certificates, interests in the Class A 
                                    Certificates, and with respect to the 
                                    Class B Certificates, interests in the 
                                    Class B Certificates, be held by at least 
                                    100 persons independent of the Transferor 
                                    and each other upon completion of the 
                                    public offering being made hereby. The 
                                    Class A Underwriters expect, although no 
                                    assurance can be given, that the Class A 
                                    Certificates will be held by at least 100 
                                    such persons, and the Class B Underwriter 
                                    expects, although no assurance can be 
                                    given, that the Class B Certificates will 
                                    be held by at least 100 such persons. The 
                                    Transferor anticipates that the other 
                                    conditions of the "publicly-offered 
                                    security" exception contained in the Plan 
                                    Assets Regulation will be met with respect 
                                    to the Offered Certificates. No monitoring 
                                    or other measures will be taken to ensure 
                                    that any such conditions will be met with 
                                    respect to the Offered Certificates. If 
                                    the Trust's Assets were deemed to be "plan 
                                    assets" of such a plan, there is 
                                    uncertainty whether existing exemptions 
                                    from the "prohibited transaction" rules of 
                                    the Employee Retirement Income Security 
                                    Act of 1974, as amended ("ERISA"), would 
                                    apply to all transactions involving the 
                                    Trust's assets. See "Employee Benefit Plan 
                                    Considerations." 
    

                               26           
<PAGE>
OFFERED CERTIFICATE RATINGS ...  It is a condition to the issuance of the 
                                    Class A Certificates that they be rated 
                                    "AAA" or its equivalent by at least one 
                                    nationally recognized rating agency. 

                                 It is a condition to the issuance of the 
                                    Class B Certificates that they be rated at 
                                    least "A" or its equivalent by at least 
                                    one nationally recognized rating agency. 

                               27           
<PAGE>
                                 RISK FACTORS 

LIMITED LIQUIDITY 

   There is currently no market for the Offered Certificates. Each 
Underwriter intends to make a market in each Class of the Offered 
Certificates purchased by it from the Transferor, but is not obligated to do 
so. There is no assurance that a secondary market will develop or, if it does 
develop, that it will provide Certificate Owners with liquidity of investment 
or that it will continue until the Offered Certificates are paid in full. 

LIMITED OPERATING HISTORY OF DIRECT MERCHANTS BANK 

   Direct Merchants Bank began originating and servicing credit card accounts 
in March 1995, and thus has limited underwriting and servicing experience, 
and limited delinquency, default and loss experience with respect to the 
Accounts. 

LIMITED HISTORY OF TRUST AND TRANSFEROR 

   The Trust and the Transferor were formed in May 1995. The Transferor and 
the Trust have no substantial assets other than their respective interests in 
the Receivables and the proceeds thereof as described herein. 

LIMITED HISTORY OF PORTFOLIO 

   The Trust assets consist primarily of Receivables generated from Accounts 
originated since March 1995. Approximately one-half of the Receivables in the 
Trust Portfolio have been originated within the last twelve months. As a 
result, the current portfolio history may not be indicative of the portfolio 
performance as the Receivables and Accounts mature. See the "Composition by 
Account Age--Trust Portfolio" table in "Direct Merchants Bank's Credit Card 
Activities." 

NON-RECOURSE TO METRIS, TRANSFEROR, DIRECT MERCHANTS BANK OR AFFILIATES 
THEREOF 

   No Certificateholder will have recourse for payment of its Certificates to 
any assets of Metris, the Transferor (other than the Exchangeable Transferor 
Certificate and any Transferor Retained Class, to the extent described 
herein), Direct Merchants Bank, or any affiliates thereof. Consequently, 
Certificateholders must rely solely upon payments on the Receivables for the 
payment of principal of and interest on the Certificates. Furthermore, under 
the Pooling and Servicing Agreement, the Certificateholders have an interest 
in the Receivables and Collections only to the extent of the 
Certificateholders' Interest and, to the limited extent described herein, the 
Transferor Interest. Should the Offered Certificates not be paid in full on a 
timely basis, Certificateholders may not look to any assets of any of Metris, 
the Transferor (other than the Exchangeable Transferor Certificate and any 
Transferor Retained Class, to the extent described herein), Direct Merchants 
Bank or any affiliates thereof to satisfy their claims. 

TRANSFER OF THE RECEIVABLES; INSOLVENCY RISK CONSIDERATIONS 

   Under the Purchase Agreements, Direct Merchants Bank has represented and 
warranted to Metris and Metris has represented and warranted to the 
Transferor, respectively, that the transfer of Receivables to Metris or the 
Transferor, as applicable, is a valid sale and assignment. In addition, 
Direct Merchants Bank, Metris and the Transferor have agreed that if, 
notwithstanding their intent, the respective sales of Receivables to Metris 
and the Transferor, are not treated as sales, the Purchase Agreements will be 
deemed to create a security interest in the Receivables. In a receivership or 
conservatorship of Direct Merchants Bank or in a bankruptcy proceeding 
involving Metris, if the conveyance of the Receivables is not treated as a 
sale, but is deemed to create a security interest in the Receivables, Metris' 
or the Transferor's interest in the Receivables may be subject to tax or 
other governmental liens relating to Direct Merchants Bank or Metris, 
respectively, arising before the subject Receivables came into existence and 
to certain administrative expenses of the receivership, conservatorship or 
bankruptcy proceeding. Direct Merchants Bank and Metris have taken or will 
take certain actions required to perfect the 

                               28           
<PAGE>
Transferor's interest in the Receivables. If a bankruptcy trustee for Metris, 
Metris as debtor-in-possession, or a creditor of Metris were to take the view 
that Direct Merchants Bank or Metris and the Transferor should be 
substantively consolidated or that the transfer of the Receivables from 
Direct Merchants Bank to Metris or from Metris to the Transferor, 
respectively, should be recharacterized as a pledge of such Receivables, then 
delays in payments on the Offered Certificates or (should the bankruptcy 
court rule in favor of any such trustee, debtor-in-possession or creditor) 
reductions in such payments on such Certificates could result. 

   A conservator or receiver would have the power under the Financial 
Institutions Reform, Recovery and Enforcement Act of 1989 ("FIRREA") to 
repudiate contracts of, and to request a stay of up to 90 days of any 
judicial action or proceeding involving, Direct Merchants Bank. However, 
notwithstanding the insolvency of, or the appointment of a receiver or 
conservator for, Direct Merchants Bank, subject to certain qualifications, a 
valid perfected security interest of Metris in the Receivables should be 
enforceable (to the extent of Metris' "actual direct compensatory damages" 
(as described below)) and payments to Metris with respect to the Receivables 
(up to the amount of such damages) should not be subject to an automatic stay 
of payment or to recovery by such a conservator or receiver. If, however, the 
conservator or receiver were to assert that the security interest was 
unperfected or unenforceable, or were to require Metris to establish its 
right to those payments by submitting to and completing the administrative 
claims procedure established under FIRREA, or the conservator or receiver 
were to request a stay of proceedings with respect to Direct Merchants Bank 
as provided under FIRREA, delays in payments to the Trust and on the 
Certificates and possible reductions in the amount of those payments could 
occur. In the event of a repudiation of obligations by a conservator or 
receiver, FIRREA provides that a claim for the repudiated obligation is 
limited to "actual direct compensatory damages" determined as of the date of 
the appointment of the conservator or receiver (which in most cases are 
expected to include the outstanding principal on the Certificates plus 
interest accrued thereon to the date of payment). The FDIC has not adopted a 
formal policy statement on payment of principal and interest on 
collateralized borrowings of banks that are repudiated. The Transferor 
believes that the general practice of the FDIC in such circumstances is to 
permit the collateral to be applied to pay the principal owed plus interest 
at the contract rate up to the date of payment, together with the costs of 
liquidation of the collateral if provided for in the contract. In one case 
involving the repudiation by the Resolution Trust Corporation (the "RTC") of 
certain secured zero-coupon bonds issued by a savings association, a United 
States federal district court held that "actual direct compensatory damages" 
in the case of a marketable security meant the value of the repudiated bonds 
as of the date of repudiation. If that court's view were applied to determine 
Metris' "actual direct compensatory damages" in the event a conservator or 
receiver of Direct Merchants Bank repudiated the Bank Purchase Agreement, the 
amount paid to Certificateholders could, depending upon circumstances 
existing on the date of the repudiation, be less than the principal of the 
Certificates and the interest accrued thereon to the date of payment. See 
"Certain Legal Aspects of the Receivables--Certain Matters Relating to 
Bankruptcy or Receivership." In addition, in the event of a Servicer Default, 
if a conservator or receiver is appointed for the Servicer, and no Servicer 
Default other than such conservatorship or receivership exists, the 
conservator or receiver may have the power to prevent either the Trustee or 
the majority of the Certificateholders from effecting a transfer of servicing 
to a successor Servicer. 

   Although the Pooling and Servicing Agreement provides that the Transferor 
will transfer all of its right, title, and interest in and to the Receivables 
to the Trust, a court could treat such transactions as an assignment of 
collateral as security for the benefit of holders of certificates issued by 
the Trust. It is possible that the risk of such treatment may be increased by 
the retention by the Transferor of the Exchangeable Transferor Certificate, 
the Class D Certificates, a class of each of the Previously Issued Series and 
any other class of Certificates that may be issued and retained by the 
Transferor. The Transferor represents and warrants in the Pooling and 
Servicing Agreement that the transfer of the Receivables to the Trust is 
either a valid transfer and assignment of the Receivables to the Trust or the 
grant to the Trust of a security interest in the Receivables. The Transferor 
has taken and will take certain actions required to perfect the Trust's 
interest in the Receivables and warrants that if the transfer to the Trust is 
deemed to be a grant to the Trust of a security interest in the Receivables, 
the Trustee will have a first priority perfected security interest therein, 
subject only to Permitted Liens. If the transfer of the 

                               29           
<PAGE>
Receivables to the Trust is deemed to create a security interest therein 
under the UCC, a tax or government lien on property of the Transferor arising 
before Receivables come into existence may have priority over the Trust's 
interest in such Receivables. In the event of the insolvency of the 
Transferor, certain administrative expenses may also have priority over the 
Trust's interest in such Receivables. See "Certain Legal Aspects of the 
Receivables--Transfer of Receivables." 

   To the extent that the Transferor is deemed to have granted a security 
interest in the Receivables to the Trust and such security interest was 
validly perfected before any insolvency of the Transferor and was not granted 
or taken in contemplation of insolvency or with the intent to hinder, delay, 
or defraud the Transferor or its creditors, such security interest should not 
be subject to avoidance in the event of insolvency or receivership of the 
Transferor, and payments to the Trust with respect to the Receivables should 
not be subject to recovery by a bankruptcy trustee or receiver of the 
Transferor. If, however, such a bankruptcy trustee or receiver were to assert 
a contrary position, delays in payments on the Offered Certificates and 
possible reductions in the amount of those payments could occur. 

   In Octagon Gas Systems, Inc. v. Rimmer, 995 F.2d 948 (10th Cir. 1993), 
cert. denied, 114 S. Ct. 554 (1993), the United States Court of Appeals for 
the 10th Circuit suggested that even where a transfer of accounts from a 
seller to a buyer constitutes a "true sale," the accounts would nevertheless 
constitute property of the seller's estate in a bankruptcy of the seller. If 
Metris or the Transferor were to become subject to a bankruptcy proceeding or 
if Direct Merchants Bank were to become subject to a receivership and a court 
were to follow the 10th Circuit's reasoning, Certificateholders might 
experience delays in payment or possibly losses in their investment in the 
Certificates. Counsel to the Transferor has advised the Transferor that the 
facts of Octagon are distinguishable from those in the sale transactions 
between Direct Merchants Bank and Metris, Metris and the Transferor and the 
Transferor and the Trust and the reasoning of the 10th Circuit appears to be 
inconsistent with established precedent and the UCC. See "Certain Legal 
Aspects of the Receivables--Certain Matters Relating to Bankruptcy or 
Receivership." 

   If a bankruptcy trustee or receiver were appointed for the Transferor, 
Direct Merchants Bank or Metris, causing a Pay Out Event with respect to all 
Series then outstanding, new Principal Receivables would not be transferred 
to the Trust pursuant to the Pooling and Servicing Agreement. If a bankruptcy 
trustee were appointed for the Transferor, the Trustee would sell the portion 
of the Receivables allocable in accordance with the Pooling and Servicing 
Agreement to each Series (unless holders of more than 50 percent of the 
principal amount of each class of each Series, excluding any class or portion 
thereof held by the Transferor, and the holders of any Supplemental 
Certificates or any other interest in the Exchangeable Transferor 
Certificates other than the Transferor instruct otherwise), thereby causing 
early termination of the Trust and a loss to the Certificateholders if the 
net proceeds allocable to the Certificateholders from such sale, if any, were 
insufficient to pay the Certificateholders in full. The net proceeds of any 
such sale of the portion of the Receivables allocated in accordance with the 
Pooling and Servicing Agreement to this Series will first be used to pay 
amounts due to the Class A Certificateholders, will thereafter be used to pay 
amounts due to the Class B Certificateholders, will thereafter be used to pay 
amounts due to the Class C Certificateholders, and will thereafter be used to 
pay amounts due to the Class D Certificateholders. If the only Pay Out Event 
to occur is either the insolvency of the Transferor or the appointment of a 
bankruptcy trustee or receiver for the Transferor, the bankruptcy trustee or 
receiver may have the power to continue to require the Transferor to transfer 
new Receivables to the Trust and to prevent the early sale, liquidation, or 
disposition of the Receivables and the commencement of the Early Amortization 
Period. In addition, a bankruptcy trustee or receiver for the Transferor may 
have the power to cause early payment of the Certificates. In the event of an 
early payment of principal on the Certificates, Certificateholders may 
realize a lower yield on their reinvestment of such early payment and may be 
required to incur costs associated with reinvesting such funds. See "Certain 
Legal Aspects of the Receivables--Certain Matters Relating to Bankruptcy or 
Receivership." 

CONSUMER AND DEBTOR PROTECTION LAWS 

   The Accounts and the Receivables are subject to numerous federal and state 
consumer protection laws that impose requirements related to offering and 
extending credit. The United States Congress and the states may enact laws 
and amendments to existing laws to regulate further the credit card industry 
or 

                               30           
<PAGE>
to reduce finance charges or other fees or charges applicable to credit card 
and other consumer revolving loan accounts. Such laws, as well as any new 
laws or rulings which may be adopted, may adversely affect the Servicer's 
ability to collect on the Receivables or maintain previous levels of periodic 
rate finance charges and other fees and charges with respect to the Accounts. 
Any failure by the Servicer, Direct Merchants Bank, or other Credit Card 
Originators to comply with such legal requirements also could adversely 
affect the Trust's ability to collect the full amount of the Receivables. 
Although the Transferor will make certain representations and warranties 
relating to the validity and enforceability of the Receivables, the Trustee 
will not make any examination of the Receivables or the records relating 
thereto for the purpose of establishing the presence or absence of defects or 
compliance with such representations and warranties, or for any other 
purpose. In the event of a breach of certain representations and warranties, 
the Transferor may be obligated to accept the reassignment and transfer of 
the entire Trust portfolio. See "Description of the Offered 
Certificates--Representations and Warranties" and "Certain Legal Aspects of 
the Receivables--Consumer Protection Laws." 

   Application of federal and state bankruptcy and debtor relief laws to the 
obligations represented by the Receivables could adversely affect the 
interests of the holders of the Offered Certificates in the Receivables, if 
such laws result in any Receivables being written off as uncollectible. See 
"Description of the Offered Certificates--Defaulted Receivables; Dilution." 

PAYMENTS AND MATURITY 

   The Receivables may be paid at any time and there is no assurance that 
there will be additional Receivables created or that any particular pattern 
of repayments will occur. A significant decline in the amount of Receivables 
generated could result in the occurrence of a Pay Out Event and the 
commencement of the Early Amortization Period if, as a result, the Transferor 
Interest were reduced below the Minimum Transferor Interest or amounts in the 
Pre-Funding Account or the Excess Funding Account result in significant 
Negative Carry Amounts. See "Maturity Considerations" and "Description of the 
Offered Certificates--Pay Out Events" for a discussion of other Pay Out 
Events. If a Pay Out Event occurs, the Early Amortization Period will 
commence and the average life and maturity of the Offered Certificates may be 
significantly reduced. There can be no assurance in that event that the 
holders of the Offered Certificates would be able to reinvest any accelerated 
distributions on account of such Offered Certificates in other suitable 
investments having a comparable yield. 

EFFECT OF SUBORDINATION OF CLASS B CERTIFICATES; PRINCIPAL PAYMENTS 

   The Class B Certificates will be subordinated in right of payment of 
principal to the Class A Certificates. Payments of principal in respect of 
the Class B Certificates are scheduled to be paid on the Expected Final 
Payment Date concurrently with the payment of principal to the Class A 
Certificates but if the Early Amortization Period begins, payment of 
principal in respect of the Class B Certificates will not commence until 
after the final principal payment with respect to the Class A Certificates 
has been made and the Class A Invested Amount has been paid in full. 
Moreover, the Class B Invested Amount is subject to reduction on any 
Distribution Date if collections of Principal Receivables allocable to the 
Class B Certificates are reallocated to cover the Class A Required Amount or 
if the aggregate Investor Default Amount and unpaid Adjustment Payments, if 
any, for each business day in the preceding Monthly Period exceeds the 
aggregate Available Series Finance Charge Collections applied to the payment 
thereof and is not funded from Excess Finance Charge Collections, Transferor 
Finance Charge Collections, Class C Reallocated Principal Collections or 
Class D Reallocated Principal Collections and is not assessed against the 
Class C Invested Amount or the Class D Invested Amount. If the Class B 
Invested Amount suffers such a reduction, Finance Charge Collections 
allocable to the Class B Certificateholders' Interest in future Monthly 
Periods will be reduced. Moreover, to the extent the amount of such reduction 
in the Class B Invested Amount is not reimbursed, the amount of principal 
distributable to the Class B Certificateholders will be reduced. See 
"Description of the Offered Certificates--Allocation Percentages," 
"--Reallocated Principal Collections," "--Investor Charge-Offs" and 
"--Subordination of the Class B Certificates." 

                               31           
<PAGE>
EFFECT OF ADDITION OF TRUST ASSETS ON CREDIT QUALITY 

   The Transferor intends to designate, and in some cases will be obligated 
to designate, Supplemental Accounts, the Receivables in which will be 
conveyed to the Trust. In addition, upon the satisfaction of certain 
conditions, the Transferor may elect to automatically designate on and after 
a specified date all Additional Accounts, the Receivables in which will be 
conveyed to the Trust. Such Supplemental Accounts or Additional Accounts may 
include accounts originated using criteria different from those which were 
applied to the Accounts existing on the Closing Date related to the Trust or 
to previously-designated Supplemental Accounts or Additional Accounts, 
because such accounts were originated at a different date or were purchased 
or otherwise acquired from one or more Credit Card Originators. Consequently, 
there can be no assurance that Supplemental Accounts or Additional Accounts 
designated in the future will be of the same credit quality as 
previously-designated Accounts. In addition, such Supplemental Accounts or 
Additional Accounts may consist of consumer revolving credit card accounts or 
other consumer revolving credit accounts that have different terms or 
characteristics than the Accounts, Supplemental Accounts and the Additional 
Accounts previously included in the Trust, including lower periodic rate 
finance charges and other fees and charges, or different payment rates and 
higher loss or delinquency experience, which may have the effect of reducing 
the average yield on the portfolio of accounts included in the Trust. The 
designation of Supplemental Accounts will be subject to the satisfaction of 
certain conditions described herein under "Description of the Offered 
Certificates--Addition of Trust Assets," including that the Transferor shall 
have received written notice from each Rating Agency that such designation 
will not cause a Ratings Event to occur; however, there is no mechanism to 
assure consistent credit quality from time to time. 

NEGATIVE CARRY 

   Any amounts deposited in the Excess Funding Account, the Pre-Funding 
Account and the Principal Funding Account subsequent to the Closing Date may 
result in a reduction of Portfolio Yield to the extent that the Cash 
Equivalents in which such amounts are invested earn a rate which is less than 
the effective yield from Finance Charge Receivables. 

BASIS RISK 

   The Accounts in the Trust generally have finance charges set at a variable 
rate above a designated prime rate or other designated index. If there is a 
decline in such prime rate or other designated index, the amount of 
collections of Finance Charge Receivables on such Accounts may be reduced, 
whereas the amounts payable as interest on such Certificates and other 
amounts required to be funded out of collections of Finance Charge 
Receivables with respect to such Series may not be similarly reduced. 

COMPETITION IN THE CREDIT CARD INDUSTRY 

   The credit card industry is highly competitive and operates in a legal and 
regulatory environment increasingly focused on the cost of services charged 
for credit cards. As new credit card issuers enter the market and all issuers 
seek to expand their share of the market, there is increased use of 
advertising, target marketing and pricing competition. The Trust will be 
dependent upon the Transferor's continued ability to purchase new 
Receivables. If the rate at which new Receivables are purchased declines 
significantly and the Transferor is unable to designate Supplemental Accounts 
or Additional Accounts, a Pay Out Event could occur, in which case the Early 
Amortization Period would commence. In the event of an early payment of 
principal on the Certificates, Certificateholders may realize a lower yield 
on their reinvestment of such early payment and may be required to incur 
costs associated with reinvesting such early payment. 

SOCIAL, TECHNOLOGICAL AND ECONOMIC FACTORS 

   Changes in purchase and payment patterns by Obligors may result from a 
variety of social, technological, and economic factors. Social factors 
include potential changes in consumers' attitudes toward financing purchases 
with debt. Technological factors include new methods of payment, such as 

                               32           
<PAGE>
debit cards. Economic factors include the rate of inflation, unemployment 
levels and relative interest rates. Cardholders with respect to the Accounts 
generally have billing addresses in all 50 states, the District of Columbia 
and other United States territories and possessions. There is no basis, 
however, to predict whether, or to what extent, social, technological, or 
economic factors will affect future use of credit or repayment patterns. 

BOOK-ENTRY REGISTRATION 

   Each Class of the Offered Certificates initially will be represented by 
one or more Certificates registered in the name of Cede & Co., the nominee 
for DTC, and will not be registered in the names of the Certificate Owners or 
their nominees. Unless and until Definitive Certificates are issued, 
Certificate Owners will not be recognized by the Trustee as 
Certificateholders, as that term is used in the Pooling and Servicing 
Agreement. Hence, until such time, Certificate Owners will only be able to 
receive payments from, and exercise the rights of Certificateholders 
indirectly through DTC and its participating organizations and, unless a 
Certificate Owner requests a copy of any such report from the Trustee, will 
receive reports and other information provided for under the Pooling and 
Servicing Agreement only if, when and to the extent provided to Certificate 
Owners by DTC and its participating organizations. In addition, the ability 
of Certificate Owners to pledge Certificates to persons or entities that do 
not participate in the DTC system, or otherwise take actions in respect of 
such Certificates, may be limited due to the lack of physical certificates 
for such Certificates. See "Description of the Offered 
Certificates--Book-Entry Registration" and "--Definitive Certificates." 

ABILITY OF SERVICER TO CHANGE PAYMENT TERMS 

   Pursuant to the Pooling and Servicing Agreement, the Transferor will not 
be transferring to the Trust the Accounts but only the Receivables arising in 
the Accounts. As owner of the Accounts, Direct Merchants Bank will have the 
right to determine the annual percentage rates and the fees which will be 
applicable from time to time to the Accounts, to alter the minimum monthly 
payment required under the Accounts and to change various other terms with 
respect to the Accounts. A decrease in the annual percentage rates or a 
reduction in fees would decrease the effective yield on the Accounts and 
could result in the occurrence of a Pay Out Event with respect to the Series. 
An alteration of payment terms may result in fewer payments on Receivables 
being made in any month. Under the Bank Purchase Agreement, Direct Merchants 
Bank agrees that, unless required by law or unless it deems it necessary in 
its sole discretion to maintain on a competitive basis its credit card 
business, it will not at any time reduce the annual percentage rates of the 
Periodic Finance Charges assessed on the Receivables or other fees charged on 
any of the Accounts if, as a result of any such reduction, either (i) Direct 
Merchants Bank's reasonable expectation is that such reduction will cause a 
Pay Out Event to occur so long as there are certificates of any Series 
outstanding or (ii) such reduction is not also applied to any comparable 
segment of consumer revolving credit card accounts owned by Direct Merchants 
Bank that have characteristics the same as, or substantially similar to, such 
Accounts. 

   In addition, the Servicer will have the right to change the terms of the 
Contracts relating to the Accounts or its policies and procedures with 
respect to the servicing thereof (including the amount or timing of 
charge-offs and the Periodic Finance Charges and other fees to be assessed on 
the Accounts) if (i) (if the Servicer owns a comparable segment of consumer 
revolving credit card accounts) such change is made applicable to such 
comparable segment of consumer revolving credit card accounts owned by the 
Servicer that have characteristics the same as, or substantially similar to, 
the Accounts that are subject to such change and (ii) (if the Servicer does 
not own a comparable segment of receivables) it will not make any such change 
with the intent to materially benefit the Servicer over Metris, except as 
otherwise restricted by any endorsement, sponsorship or other agreement 
between the Servicer and an unrelated third party or by the terms of the 
Contracts. The Purchase Agreement contains parallel covenants of Metris. 
There can be no assurance that changes in applicable law, changes in the 
marketplace or prudent business practice might not result in a determination 
by the Servicer to take actions which would change the payment or other 
Account terms. Except as specified above, there are no restrictions in the 
Bank Purchase Agreement or the Pooling and Servicing Agreement on the ability 
of the Servicer to change the 

                               33           
<PAGE>
terms of the Accounts. While the Servicer has no current intention of taking 
actions which would change the payment or other terms of the Accounts other 
than in accordance with its customary and usual procedures, there can be no 
assurances that changes in the marketplace or prudent business practice might 
not result in a determination to do so. 

CONTROL 

   Subject to certain exceptions, the investor certificateholders of each 
Series may take certain actions, or direct certain actions to be taken, under 
the Pooling and Servicing Agreement or the related Supplement. In determining 
whether the required percentage of Certificateholders have given their 
approval or consent, except as otherwise specified, the Class A 
Certificateholders, the Class B Certificateholders and the Class C 
Certificateholders will be treated as a single Series. Accordingly, the Class 
A Certificateholders will have the power to determine whether any such action 
is taken without regard to the position or interests of the Class B 
Certificateholders or the Class C Certificateholders relating to such action. 
Neither the Class B Certificateholders nor the Class C Certificateholders 
will have similar power. However, under certain circumstances the consent or 
approval of a specified percentage of the aggregate invested amount of all 
Series outstanding or of the invested amount of each class of each Series may 
be required to direct certain actions, including requiring the appointment of 
a successor Servicer following a Servicer Default, amending the Pooling and 
Servicing Agreement in certain circumstances, directing the Servicer not to 
sell the Receivables upon the occurrence of an Insolvency Event and directing 
a repurchase of all outstanding Series upon the breach of certain 
representations and warranties by the Transferor. 

MASTER TRUST CONSIDERATIONS 

   In addition to the Certificates, the Trust, as a master trust, has issued 
the Previously Issued Series and is expected to issue additional Series from 
time to time. See "Annex I: Other Series." While the Principal Terms of any 
Series will be specified in a Supplement, the provision of a Supplement and, 
therefore, the terms of any additional Series, will not be subject to the 
prior review or consent of holders of the certificates of any previously 
issued Series. Such Principal Terms may include methods for determining 
applicable investor percentages and allocating collections, provisions 
creating security or Enhancements, different classes of certificates 
(including subordinated classes of certificates), provisions subordinating 
such Series to another Series (if the Supplement relating to such Series so 
permits) or another Series to such Series (if the Supplement for such other 
Series so permits), and any other amendment or supplement to the Pooling and 
Servicing Agreement which is made applicable only to such Series. See 
"Description of the Offered Certificates--Exchanges." In addition, the 
provisions of any Supplement may give the holders of the certificates issued 
pursuant thereto consent, approval, or other rights that could result in such 
holders having the power to cause the Transferor, the Servicer, or the 
Trustee to take or refrain from taking certain actions, including, without 
limitation, actions with respect to the exercise of certain rights and 
remedies under the Pooling and Servicing Agreement, without regard to the 
position or interest of the certificateholders of any other Series. Similar 
rights may also be given to the provider of any Enhancement for any Series. 
It is a condition precedent to issuance of any additional Series that each 
Rating Agency that has rated any outstanding Series deliver written 
confirmation to the Trustee that the Exchange will not result in such Rating 
Agency reducing or withdrawing its rating on any outstanding Series. There 
can be no assurance, however, that the Principal Terms of any other Series, 
including any Series issued from time to time hereafter, might not have an 
adverse impact on the timing and amount of payments received by a 
Certificateholder or the value of Certificates even if there is no change in 
the rating of any outstanding Series. See "Description of the Offered 
Certificates--Exchanges." 

CERTIFICATE RATING 

   
   It is a condition to issuance of the Class A Certificates that they be 
rated "AAA" or its equivalent by at least one nationally recognized rating 
agency. It is a condition to issuance of the Class B Certificates that they 
be rated "A" or its equivalent by at least one nationally recognized rating 
agency. The ratings assigned to the Offered Certificates by a Rating Agency 
will reflect such Rating Agency's assessment of 
    

                               34           
<PAGE>
the likelihood that Certificateholders of such Class will receive the 
payments of interest and principal required to be made under the Pooling and 
Servicing Agreement, in the case of principal on or prior to the Termination 
Date, and in the case of interest, as required under the Pooling and 
Servicing Agreement. The ratings will be based primarily on an assessment of 
the Receivables in the Trust (including the eligibility criteria for the 
transfer of Receivables in Additional Accounts to the Trust), of the amounts 
held in any trust account for the benefit of the Offered Certificates 
(including in the Pre-funding Account and the Excess Funding Account, if any) 
and the subordination of the Class B Certificates, Class C Certificates and 
the Class D Certificates for the benefit of the Class A Certificates and the 
subordination of the Class C Certificates and the Class D Certificates for 
the benefit of the Class B Certificates. However, any such rating will not 
address the possibility of the occurrence of a Pay Out Event with respect to 
the Offered Certificates, the possibility of the imposition of United States 
withholding tax with respect to non-U.S. Certificateholders or the likelihood 
that the principal of, or interest on, the Class A Certificates will be paid 
by the Expected Final Payment Date or that the principal of, or interest on, 
the Class B Certificates will be paid by the Expected Final Payment Date. It 
is a condition to issuance of the Class C Certificates that they be rated 
"BBB" or its equivalent by at least one nationally recognized rating agency. 
The Class D Certificates will not be rated. The ratings are not a 
recommendation to purchase, hold, or sell the Class A Certificates, the Class 
B Certificates or the Class C Certificates, inasmuch as such ratings do not 
comment as to the market price or suitability for a particular investor. 
There can be no assurance that the ratings will remain in effect for any 
given period of time or that either rating will not be lowered or withdrawn 
by any Rating Agency if in its judgment circumstances so warrant. 

   The Transferor will request a rating of the Offered Certificates by at 
least one nationally recognized rating agency. There can be no assurance as 
to whether any rating agency not requested to rate the Offered Certificates 
will nonetheless issue a rating with respect to any Class of the Offered 
Certificates, and, if so, what such rating would be. A rating assigned to any 
Class of the Offered Certificates by a rating agency that has not been 
requested by the Transferor to do so may be lower than the ratings assigned 
by the Rating Agencies pursuant to the Transferor's request. 

PRE-FUNDING ACCOUNT AND THE FUNDING PERIOD 

   The Invested Amount will be increased during the Funding Period (but not 
in excess of the Full Invested Amount) to the extent amounts are (x) 
withdrawn from the Pre-Funding Account and paid to the Transferor in 
connection with the addition of Receivables to the Trust or (y) deposited in 
the Excess Funding Account. It is anticipated that Receivables will be added 
to the Trust in an amount necessary to increase the Invested Amount to an 
amount equal to the Full Invested Amount by the end of the August 1997 
Monthly Period; however, there can be no assurance that a sufficient amount 
of Receivables will be available for such purpose. Should the Pre-Funded 
Amount be greater than zero at the end of the Funding Period, the amounts 
remaining on deposit in the Pre-Funding Account will be deposited into the 
Excess Funding Account. If there is a decline in the balance of the 
Receivables during the Funding Period, deposits may be made to the Excess 
Funding Account. Amounts on deposit in the Excess Funding Account are 
invested in Cash Equivalents and are treated as assets of the entire Trust 
allocated to all Series then outstanding and to the Exchangeable Transferor 
Certificate, and will be applied as described in "Description of the Offered 
Certificates--Excess Funding Account." Such funds may be released to holders 
of certificates of other Series in connection with a reduction of the 
principal balance of the certificates of such other Series. To the extent 
that the net investment income earned on amounts on deposit in the 
Pre-Funding Account during the Funding Period or in the Excess Funding 
Account is less than the Base Rate, the Servicer will apply Transferor 
Finance Charge Collections to the extent available to cover any related 
Negative Carry Amount. If Transferor Finance Charge Collections are not 
sufficient to cover such Negative Carry Amount, there will be a decline in 
the excess of the Portfolio Yield over the Base Rate which could result in a 
Pay Out Event. See "--Payments and Maturity" for a discussion of certain 
effects of a Pay Out Event. 

                                  THE TRUST 

   The Trust was formed, in accordance with the laws of the State of 
Delaware, pursuant to the Pooling and Servicing Agreement. The Trust was 
formed for the transactions described herein and similar 

                               35           
<PAGE>
transactions, as contemplated by the Pooling and Servicing Agreement, and 
prior to formation had no assets or obligations. The Trust has not engaged, 
and will not engage, in any business activity, other than as described 
herein, but rather will only acquire and hold the Receivables (and related 
assets), issue (or cause to be issued) the Certificates, the Exchangeable 
Transferor Certificate, and certificates representing additional Series and 
engage in related activities (including, with respect to any Series, entering 
into any Enhancement and Enhancement agreement relating thereto) and make 
payments thereon. As a consequence, the Trust is not expected to have any 
need for additional capital resources. 

                            METRIS COMPANIES INC. 

   Metris Companies Inc. ("Metris") is an information-based direct marketer 
of consumer credit products, extended service plans, and fee-based products 
and services to moderate income consumers. Metris' consumer credit products 
currently are unsecured and secured credit cards issued by its subsidiary, 
Direct Merchants Credit Card Bank, National Association ("Direct Merchants 
Bank"). Metris' customers and prospects include existing customers of an 
affiliate, Fingerhut ("Fingerhut Customers"), and individuals who are not 
Fingerhut Customers but for whom credit bureau information is available 
("External Prospects"). Through operating subsidiaries, Metris also provides 
extended service plans on certain categories of products sold by Fingerhut 
that extend service coverage beyond the manufacturer's warranty. Metris 
markets its fee-based products and services, including debt waiver programs, 
card registration, third party insurance and membership clubs, to its credit 
card customers, customers of Fingerhut, and customers of a third party credit 
card issuer. Metris had 1996 net income of $20 million. 

   Metris is a Delaware corporation incorporated on August 20, 1996, and is 
an 83 percent owned indirect subsidiary of Fingerhut Companies, Inc. ("FCI"). 
Metris became a publicly held company in October 1996 after completing an 
initial public offering. Metris' principal subsidiaries are Direct Merchants 
Bank, Metris Direct, Inc. and Metris Receivables, Inc. Prior to the initial 
public offering, the Company's business was operated as a division of FCI. 

                                THE TRANSFEROR 

   Metris Receivables, Inc., formerly known as Fingerhut Financial Services 
Receivables, Inc. (the "Transferor"), was incorporated under the laws of the 
State of Delaware on May 23, 1995. All of its outstanding capital stock is 
owned by Metris. The Transferor was organized for the limited purpose of 
purchasing, holding, owning and selling receivables and any activities 
incidental to and necessary or convenient for the accomplishment of such 
purposes, and has no material assets other than such receivables. Neither 
Metris, as stockholder of the Transferor, nor the Transferor's board of 
directors, intends to change its business purpose. The Transferor's executive 
offices are located at 4400 Baker Road, Suite F470, Minnetonka, Minnesota 
55343. The Transferor's telephone number is (612) 936-5077. 

           DIRECT MERCHANTS CREDIT CARD BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION 

   Direct Merchants Credit Card Bank, National Association ("Direct Merchants 
Bank" or the "Bank"), a wholly owned subsidiary of Metris, is a 
special-purpose credit card bank, established under Section 2(c)(2)(F) of the 
Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended by the Competitive Equality 
Banking Act of 1987, as amended. Direct Merchants Bank was chartered as a 
national banking association on February 14, 1995. Its principal executive 
offices are located at 1455 West 2200 South, Salt Lake City, Utah 84119, 
telephone number (801) 974-4699. 

                            FINGERHUT CORPORATION 

   Fingerhut Corporation ("Fingerhut"), a wholly owned subsidiary of FCI, has 
been in the direct marketing business for over 45 years and is one of the 
largest consumer catalog marketers in the United States. Fingerhut sells a 
broad range of general merchandise products and services to moderate income 
consumers, using catalogs and other direct marketing solicitations, and had 
1996 net sales of approximately $1.538 billion. Fingerhut makes substantially 
all of its sales using proprietary closed-end credit, offering extended 
payment terms under fixed-term, fixed payment installment contracts. As 
customers make payments and order new products, Fingerhut enters a variety of 
payment, behavioral and other data into its database (the "Fingerhut 
Database"). 

                               36           
<PAGE>
   The Fingerhut Database. The Fingerhut Database contains information on 
more than 30 million individuals, including approximately 9 million customers 
who have made a purchase from Fingerhut within the past 24 months. This 
database contains up to 1,400 potential data items in a customer record, 
including names, addresses, behavioral characteristics, general demographic 
information and information provided by the customer. Fingerhut uses 
information in the Fingerhut Database, along with sophisticated proprietary 
credit scoring models, to produce proprietary credit scores (the "Fingerhut 
Scores") for Fingerhut customers. The Fingerhut Database also includes a 
"suppress" file (the "Suppress File"), which contains information on 
approximately 8 million individuals about whom it has information relating to 
fraud and other similar indicators of unacceptably high risk. Fingerhut 
periodically updates the information in the Fingerhut Database. Fingerhut 
does not report its credit information to the credit bureaus, which means 
this information is not publicly available. Direct Merchants Bank currently 
has agreements to use the information in the Fingerhut Database for marketing 
general purpose credit cards to Fingerhut Customers. 

                DIRECT MERCHANTS BANK'S CREDIT CARD ACTIVITIES 

GENERAL 

   The Receivables conveyed to the Trust have been and will be generated from 
transactions made by holders of co-branded and other MasterCard credit card 
accounts and may also include, although they do not currently include, 
receivables generated from transactions made by holders of VISA and other 
general purpose credit card accounts originated or acquired by Direct 
Merchants Bank. Certain data processing, administrative and other functions 
associated with the servicing of the Receivables are performed on behalf of 
Direct Merchants Bank through a credit card processor, First Data Resources, 
Inc. ("FDR"), whose principal executive offices are located in Omaha, 
Nebraska. See "--Description of FDR." In addition, the collection and 
management of delinquent accounts are performed by Metris Direct, Inc. 
("Metris Direct"), an affiliate of Direct Merchants Bank. As of March 31, 
1997, Direct Merchants Bank had approximately 1.475 million credit card 
accounts and $1.8 billion in managed loans; Fingerhut Customers represented 
52% of the accounts and 51% of the managed loans. 

NEW ACCOUNT UNDERWRITING 

   Direct Merchants Bank targets moderate income consumers whom it believes 
are underserved by traditional providers of consumer credit. "Moderate 
income" refers to those households in the United States that have annual 
incomes of between $15,000 and $35,000 (approximately 31 million households 
according to a 1994 U.S. Census Bureau report). 

   The accounts were generated under a license from MasterCard International 
Inc. and were originated or purchased by Direct Merchants Bank. Direct 
Merchants Bank is a member of MasterCard International Inc. MasterCard 
International Inc. licenses its mark permitting financial institutions to 
issue credit cards to their customers. In addition, MasterCard International 
Inc. provides clearing services facilitating exchange of payments among 
member institutions and networks linking members' credit authorization 
systems. MasterCard credit cards are issued as part of the worldwide 
MasterCard International Inc. systems, and the transactions creating the 
receivables through the use of the credit cards are processed through the 
MasterCard International Inc. authorization and settlement systems. The 
MasterCard credit cards from which the Accounts were established may be used 
to purchase goods and services, to obtain cash advances and to consolidate 
and transfer account balances from other credit cards. Cardholders make 
purchases when using a credit card to buy goods or services. A cash advance 
is made when a credit card is used to obtain cash from a financial 
institution, an automated teller machine, or by a draft drawn on an Account. 
Amounts due with respect to purchases, cash advances and transfers of account 
balances will be included in the Receivables. Direct Merchants Bank is also a 
member of VISA USA Incorporated. In early 1997, Direct Merchants Bank 
acquired a portfolio of approximately 20,000 VISA credit card accounts. The 
Transferor anticipates designating such accounts as Supplemental Accounts to 
be included as Accounts by the end of 1997. 

   Credit Scoring. Direct Merchants Bank requests a Fingerhut Score for 
prospective customers in the Fingerhut Database. Direct Merchants Bank also 
requests credit bureau information for all Fingerhut 

                               37           
<PAGE>
Customers, including risk scores provided by Fair, Isaacs & Company, a third 
party provider of risk scorecards ("FICO scores"). For those Fingerhut 
Customers who have FICO scores, Direct Merchants Bank uses the Fingerhut 
Score to further segment Fingerhut Customers into narrower ranges within each 
FICO score subsegment, allowing it to better evaluate individual credit risk 
and to tailor its risk-based pricing accordingly. Additionally, the Fingerhut 
Score is used to target individuals who have no, or limited, credit bureau 
information and consequently no FICO scores, allowing the Bank to target 
Fingerhut Customers who would not typically be solicited by other credit card 
issuers. 

   In 1995, Direct Merchants Bank and Equifax, Inc., a third party credit 
bureau, applied the credit risk evaluation techniques and knowledge developed 
in creating the Fingerhut Score models to publicly available credit bureau 
information in order to develop a proprietary modeling system for External 
Prospects (the "Proprietary Modeling System"). The Proprietary Modeling 
System, which is available for use exclusively by Direct Merchants Bank and 
other of Metris' subsidiaries, consists of sophisticated models which produce 
a credit risk score (a "Proprietary Score") for each prospect. The 
Proprietary Score, like the Fingerhut Score, segments External Prospects into 
narrower ranges within each FICO score subsegment, allowing the Bank to 
better evaluate individual credit risk and to tailor its risk-based pricing 
accordingly. Direct Merchants Bank also uses this segmentation to exclude 
certain individuals from its marketing solicitations. 

   Direct Merchants Bank generates External Prospects from lists directly 
obtained from the major credit bureaus based on criteria established by the 
Bank. Direct Merchants Bank establishes the range of FICO scores that it 
plans to target for a specific campaign, and receives files from the credit 
bureaus which contain individual credit records of the External Prospects who 
fall within this range. The files are incorporated into the Proprietary 
Modeling System, which further segments External Prospects based upon their 
Proprietary Scores. The mailing lists that are generated from the Proprietary 
Modeling System are also checked against the Suppress File. Direct Merchants 
Bank currently does not solicit External Prospects who do not have FICO 
scores. Direct Merchants Bank periodically monitors the performance of the 
Proprietary Modeling System and re-evaluates the effectiveness of the 
Proprietary Score in segmenting credit risk, resulting in further refinements 
to its selection criteria for External Prospects. 

   Solicitation. Prospects for solicitation include both Fingerhut Customers 
and External Prospects and are contacted on a nationwide basis through 
pre-screened direct mail and telephone solicitations. Direct Merchants Bank 
receives responses to its prescreened solicitations, performs fraud 
screening, verifies name and address changes, and obtains any information 
which may be missing from the application. Applications are then sent to 
third party data entry providers, which key the application information and 
process the applications based on the criteria provided by Direct Merchants 
Bank. Applications are approved, denied or referred to Direct Merchants Bank 
for exception processing. Direct Merchants Bank processes exceptions for, 
among other things, derogatory credit bureau information and fraud warnings. 
Exception applications are processed manually by a credit analyst based on 
policies approved by the Bank's credit committee. 

   Pricing. Direct Merchants Bank uses a risk-based pricing strategy. The 
specific pricing for each credit card offer is determined primarily based on 
the prospect's risk profile prior to solicitation. Each prospect is evaluated 
to determine credit needs, credit risk, and existing credit availability. A 
customized offer is developed that includes the most appropriate product, 
brand, pricing, and credit line. Direct Merchants Bank currently offers 
multiple pricing structures, with a range of annual fees and variable annual 
percentage rates based on the prime rate. Once the account is opened, the 
customer's internal and external credit performance are actively monitored 
and their behavior and risk scores are periodically recalculated. As the 
customer evolves through the credit lifecycle and is regularly rescored, the 
lending relationship can evolve to include more competitive (or more 
restrictive) pricing and product configurations. 

   The Adaptive Control System. Direct Merchants Bank uses FDR's adaptive 
control system (the "Adaptive Control System") which uses statistical models 
and basic account financial information to automatically and regularly assign 
appropriate credit line increases and decreases to individual customers, 

                               38           
<PAGE>
as well as to determine the systematic collection steps to be taken at the 
various stages of delinquency. The Adaptive Control System manages the 
authorization of each transaction; in addition, it determines the collections 
strategies to be used for non-delinquent accounts that have balances above 
their assigned credit line (referred to as "overlimit" accounts). 

   Credit Lines. Once an account is approved, an initial credit line is 
established based on the individual's risk profile using automated screening 
and credit scoring techniques. This process results in a portfolio with 
average credit lines that are below the industry average due to the higher 
average risk elements inherent in Direct Merchants Bank's target market. 
Direct Merchants Bank may elect, at any time and without prior notice to the 
cardholder, to preclude or restrict further credit card use by the 
cardholder, usually as a result of poor payment performance or the Bank's 
concern over the creditworthiness of the cardholder. Credit lines are managed 
based on the results of the behavioral scoring analysis in accordance with 
criteria established by Direct Merchants Bank. 

   Each cardholder is subject to an agreement governing the terms and 
conditions of the accounts. Pursuant to such agreements, Direct Merchants 
Bank reserves the right to change or terminate certain terms, conditions, 
services, or features of the account (including increasing or decreasing 
periodic finance charges, late fees, returned check charges and any other 
charges or the minimum payment), subject to the conditions set forth in the 
account agreement. 

   Direct Merchants Bank may change its credit standards or screening 
criteria and methods at any time. 

SERVICING, BILLING AND PAYMENTS 

   Direct Merchants Bank has established a relationship with FDR for 
cardholder processing services. FDR is a provider of information processing 
and related services including cardholder processing (services for financial 
institutions which issue credit cards to cardholders), and merchant 
processing (services for financial institutions which make arrangements with 
merchants for the acceptance of credit cards as methods of payment). 
Applications processing has been handled internally by Direct Merchants Bank 
since September 1995. Back office support for mail inquiries and fraud 
management were internalized by the Bank in April 1996. 

   Direct Merchants Bank generally assesses periodic finance charges on an 
account if the cardholder has not paid the balance in full from the previous 
billing cycle. These finance charges are based upon the average daily balance 
outstanding on the account during the monthly billing cycle. Payments by 
cardholders on the accounts are processed and applied first to any billed and 
unpaid fees, next to billed and unpaid finance charges and then to billed and 
unpaid transactions in the order determined by Direct Merchants Bank. If a 
payment in full is not received prior to 25 days after the statement cycle 
date (the "Payment Date"), finance charges are imposed on all purchases from 
the date of the transaction to the statement cycle date. Finance charges are 
also imposed on each cash advance from the day such advance is made until the 
advance is paid in full. The finance charge is applied to the average daily 
balance. The average daily balance is the sum of the daily unpaid balances of 
purchases and cash advances on each day of the monthly billing cycle divided 
by the number of days in such monthly billing cycle. Such unpaid balances are 
determined by deducting payments and credits, adding any unpaid finance 
charges and late charges and adding new purchases, cash advances and other 
charges, in each case as of the date of the transaction. Many cardholders are 
given a grace period. For most cardholders, if the entire balance on the 
account is paid during the grace period, a finance charge is not imposed. 
Certain cardholders are not given a grace period, depending on the credit 
card terms offered, which are determined by the prospect's risk profile prior 
to solicitation. 

   Direct Merchants Bank generally assesses an annual fee on its accounts. 
For most accounts, the annual fee is billed 90 days after the account is 
opened and annually on each anniversary thereafter. Direct Merchants Bank may 
waive the annual membership fees, or a portion thereof, in connection with 
the solicitation of new accounts depending on the credit terms offered, which 
are determined by the prospect's risk profile prior to solicitation or when 
it determines a waiver to be necessary in order to be competitive. In 
addition to the annual fee, Direct Merchants Bank may charge accounts certain 
other fees 


                               39           
<PAGE>
including: (i) a late fee with respect to any unpaid monthly payment if it 
does not receive the required minimum monthly payment by the Payment Date, 
(ii) a cash advance fee for each cash advance, (iii) a fee with respect to 
each check submitted by a cardholder in payment of an account which is not 
honored by the cardholder's bank, and (iv) an overlimit charge if, at any 
time during the billing cycle, the total amount owed exceeds the cardholder's 
credit line by at least $30 due to transaction activity. 

   Each cardholder is subject to an agreement governing the terms and 
conditions of the accounts. Pursuant to such agreements, Direct Merchants 
Bank reserves the right to change or terminate certain terms, conditions, 
services and features of the account (including periodic finance charges, 
late fees, returned check charges and any other charges or the minimum 
payment), subject to the conditions set forth in the account agreement. 

   Monthly billing statements are sent to cardholders by FDR on behalf of 
Direct Merchants Bank. When an account is established, it is assigned a 
billing cycle. Currently, there are 21 billing cycles and each such cycle has 
a separate monthly billing date based on the respective business day the 
cycle represents in each calendar month. On a set billing date each month, a 
statement is sent to all accounts with an outstanding balance greater than 
$1.00. Cardholders must make a minimum monthly payment of the greater of 
$10.00 or 2.0 percent of the outstanding balance, or the balance of the 
account if the balance is less than $10. Payment is due upon receipt of the 
statement. If the minimum payment is not collected within 25 days after the 
statement cycle date, the account is considered delinquent. 

   Most merchant transactions by cardholders are authorized online by FDR. 

DELINQUENCY AND COLLECTIONS 

   Direct Merchants Bank considers an account delinquent if a payment due 
thereunder is not received within 25 days from the closing date of the 
statements. Collection procedures are determined with the assistance of the 
Adaptive Control System, which continually monitors all delinquent accounts. 
The collections function has been handled internally since January 1996. 
Metris Direct's collections department generates letters through a 
proprietary letter system when appropriate. Delinquent customers receive 
automatic collection letters at various stages in their delinquency, from 
5-90 days past due. Metris Direct's collections personnel attempt a minimum 
of two contacts each 30-day delinquency cycle, unless special arrangements 
have been made with the customer. Accounts that become 90 days delinquent are 
closed but not necessarily charged off. Accounts are charged off and taken as 
a loss either after formal notification of bankruptcy or at the end of the 
month during which they become contractually 180 days past due. Accounts 
identified as fraud losses are charged off no later than 90 days after the 
last activity. Accounts identified as deceased without a surviving, 
contractually liable individual or an estate large enough to pay the debt in 
full are charged off immediately upon notification. Charged-off accounts are 
referred to Direct Merchants Bank's recovery unit in Salt Lake City, Utah, 
for coordination of collection efforts to recover the amounts owed. When 
appropriate, accounts are placed with external collection agencies or 
attorneys. 

   Direct Merchants Bank uses FDR's fraud protection system to improve the 
rate of early detection of fraudulent activity on a cardholder account. The 
system also provides work flow management that is used to investigate 
potentially fraudulent transactions and to take prompt immediate action to 
reduce further losses. A fraud score is established based on the details of 
the authorization request and the previous behavior pattern of the 
cardholder. This score is used in the determination of actions to be taken 
for potentially fraudulent transactions. 

   Direct Merchants Bank reserves the right to cancel charge privileges at 
any time, usually as a result of violating the contractual terms 
(delinquency, overlimit, etc.) of the credit account. Activity on lost, 
stolen, or fraudulent accounts is blocked immediately upon notification by 
the cardholder or upon determination by FDR that a card is lost or stolen or 
being used fraudulently. 

DESCRIPTION OF FDR 

   FDR provides data processing, credit card reissuance, statementing, 
inbound customer service telephone calls and interbank settlement for Direct 
Merchants Bank. Application processing has been 

                               40           
<PAGE>
handled internally by Direct Merchants Bank since September 1995. Back office 
support for mail inquiries and fraud management were internalized in April 
1996. Direct Merchants Bank believes that its relationship with FDR allows it 
to achieve operational efficiencies while remaining flexible enough to handle 
additional growth. Furthermore, Direct Merchants Bank's agreement with FDR 
allows Direct Merchants Bank to internalize specific operational functions if 
Direct Merchants Bank desires. If FDR were to fail to perform its services 
for Direct Merchants Bank or become insolvent, delays in processing and 
recovery of information with respect to charges incurred by the respective 
cardholders could occur, and the replacement of the services FDR currently 
provides to Direct Merchants Bank could be time-consuming. As a result, 
delays in payment to Certificateholders could occur. 

   FDR provides computer data processing services primarily to the bankcard 
industry. FDR is a subsidiary of First Data Corp. 

RECOVERIES 

   Pursuant to the terms of the Pooling and Servicing Agreement, the Servicer 
will be required to transfer all Recoveries to the Trust. In the event of any 
sale or other disposition of Receivables in Defaulted Accounts as provided in 
the Pooling and Servicing Agreement, Recoveries will not include amounts 
received by the purchaser or transferee of such Receivables but will be 
limited to amounts received by the Servicer from the purchaser or transferee. 
Collections of Recoveries will be treated as collections of Finance Charge 
Receivables. 

YIELD CONSIDERATIONS 

   The Portfolio Yield on the portfolio of unsecured MasterCard credit card 
accounts serviced by Direct Merchants Bank (the "Direct Merchants Bank 
Portfolio") is set forth in the following table. The Portfolio Yields in the 
table are calculated and reported on a billed basis. The Portfolio Yields on 
Receivables included in the Trust are calculated and reported on a cash 
basis. Portfolio Yields calculated on a billed basis may differ from 
Portfolio Yields calculated on a cash basis due to (a) a lag between when 
finance charges and fees are billed to cardholder accounts and when such 
finance charges and fees are collected, (b) finance charges and fees that are 
not ultimately collected from the cardholder and (c) growth in the Direct 
Merchants Bank Portfolio. 

   The Portfolio Yield calculated on both a billed and a cash basis will also 
be affected by numerous factors, including changes in the monthly interest 
rate, variations in the rate of payments and new borrowings on the Accounts, 
the amount of the annual membership fee and other fees, changes in the 
delinquency and loss rates on the Receivables, and the percentage of 
cardholders who pay their balances in full each month and, except in the case 
of cash advances, do not incur periodic finance charges, which may in turn be 
caused by a variety of factors including seasonal variations, the 
availability of other sources of credit and general economic conditions. See 
"Maturity Considerations." The interchange fees are not included in the Trust 
and are not included in the yield numbers for the Direct Merchants Bank 
Portfolio in the following table. 

                               41           
<PAGE>
           YIELD EXPERIENCE FOR THE DIRECT MERCHANTS BANK PORTFOLIO 
                            (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS) 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                               NINE MONTHS                                                YEAR     TWO MONTHS 
                           QUARTER ENDED          ENDED                    QUARTER ENDED                 ENDED        ENDED 
                 ----------------------------- ----------- ------------------------------------------  ----------  ----------- 
                  JUNE 30,  SEPT. 30, DEC. 31,  DEC. 31,   MARCH 31, JUNE 30,  SEPT. 30,    DEC. 31,    DEC. 31,    FEB. 28, 
                    1995      1995      1995      1995       1996      1996      1996         1996        1996        1997 
                 --------- ---------- -------- ----------- --------- -------- ------------ ----------  ----------  ----------- 
<S>              <C>       <C>        <C>      <C>         <C>       <C>      <C>          <C>         <C>         <C>
Average 
 Receivables 
 Outstanding(1) . $84,685   $248,788  $394,610  $242,694   $609,792  $872,529  $1,185,070  $1,401,552  $1,017,236  $1,677,411 
Total Finance 
 Charges and 
 Fees Billed 
 (2)(3).......... $ 4,279   $ 21,671  $ 23,071  $ 49,021   $ 41,813  $ 58,727  $   75,252  $   93,506  $  269,298  $   68,975 
Average Revenue 
 Yield 
 (Annualized)....   20.27%     34.56%    23.20%    26.81%     27.58%    27.07%      25.26%      26.54%      26.47%      25.44% 
</TABLE>

- ------------ 
(1)     Average Receivables Outstanding is calculated by determining the 
        daily average of outstanding account balances for each month and then 
        dividing the sum of such daily averages for such months by the number 
        of months in such period. 

(2)     Total Finance Charges and Fees Billed include finance charges, cash 
        advance fees, annual membership fees, late fees, and other charges. 
        It does not include interchange fee. 

(3)     Total Finance Charges and Fees Billed are presented net of 
        adjustments made pursuant to the Bank's normal servicing procedures, 
        including removal of incorrect or disputed finance charges and 
        reversal of finance charges accrued on charged-off accounts. 

LOSS EXPERIENCE 

   The following table sets forth the loss experience for each of the periods 
shown for the Direct Merchants Bank Portfolio. There can be no assurance that 
the delinquency and loss experience for the Trust Portfolio will be similar 
to the historical experience set forth below, because among other things, 
economic and financial conditions affecting the ability of cardholders to 
make payments may be different from those that have prevailed during the 
periods reflected below and many of the Accounts have been recently 
originated. 

           LOSS EXPERIENCE FOR THE DIRECT MERCHANTS BANK PORTFOLIO 
                            (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS) 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                 NINE MONTHS                                                    YEAR   TWO MONTHS 
                           QUARTER ENDED            ENDED                    QUARTER ENDED                     ENDED      ENDED 
                   -----------------------------  --------  ---------------------------------------------   ----------  --------- 
                   JUNE 30,  SEPT. 30,  DEC. 31,  DEC. 31,  MARCH 31,   JUNE 30,   SEPT. 30,    DEC. 31,     DEC. 31,   FEB. 28, 
                     1995      1995       1995      1995      1996       1996        1996         1996         1996       1997 
                   --------  --------   --------  --------  ---------  ---------  ----------   ----------   ----------  --------- 
<S>               <C>       <C>        <C>       <C>        <C>        <C>       <C>          <C>          <C>         <C>
Average 
 Receivables 
 Outstanding(1) .  $84,685   $248,788   $394,610  $242,694   $609,792   $872,529  $1,185,070   $1,401,552   $1,017,236  $1,677,411 
Total Gross 
 Charge-Offs(2)..  $     0   $    840   $  3,206  $  4,046   $  8,946   $ 12,020  $   17,042   $   26,445   $   64,453  $   23,321 
Total Gross 
 Charge-Offs as 
 a Percentage of 
 Average 
 Receivables 
 Outstanding.....     0.00%      0.34%      0.81%     1.67%      1.47%      1.38%       1.44%        1.89%        6.34%       1.39% 
 (Annualized) ...     0.00%      1.34%      3.22%     2.21%      5.90%      5.54%       5.72%        7.51%        6.34%       8.60% 
</TABLE>

- ------------ 
(1)     Average Receivables Outstanding is calculated by determining the 
        daily average of outstanding account balances for each month and then 
        dividing the sum of such daily averages for such months by the number 
        of months in such period. 

(2)     Gross Charge-Offs are Total Principal Charge-Offs before recoveries 
        and do not include the amount of any reductions in Average 
        Receivables Outstanding due to fraud, returned goods, customer 
        disputes or other miscellaneous credit adjustments. 

                               42           
<PAGE>
                               THE RECEIVABLES 

   The Accounts had, as of February 28, 1997, an average Principal Receivable 
balance of $988 and an average credit limit of $2,104. The percentage of the 
total Receivable balance to the aggregate total credit limit, as of February 
28, 1997, was 48.5 percent. 

   The following tables summarize the Receivables which have been conveyed to 
the Trust (the "Trust Portfolio") by various criteria as of the close of 
business on February 28, 1997. Because the future composition of the Trust 
Portfolio may change over time, these tables are not necessarily indicative 
of the composition of the Trust Portfolio at any subsequent time. The 
Transferor will add to the Trust, in compliance with the provisions of the 
Pooling and Servicing Agreement, Receivables in Additional Accounts and 
Supplemental Accounts in addition to those reflected in the tables below. 

                         COMPOSITION BY CREDIT LIMIT 
                               TRUST PORTFOLIO 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                       PERCENTAGE                     PERCENTAGE 
                                        OF TOTAL                       OF TOTAL 
                           NUMBER OF   NUMBER OF      RECEIVABLES     RECEIVABLES 
CREDIT LIMIT RANGE         ACCOUNTS     ACCOUNTS      OUTSTANDING     OUTSTANDING 
- ------------------------ ----------- ------------ ----------------- ------------- 
<S>                      <C>         <C>          <C>               <C>
$ 0.00    - $   500.00...    201,203      11.9%   $   42,711,793.04        2.5% 
$ 500.01  - $ 1,000.00...    258,082      15.3       143,968,183.14        8.3 
$1,000.01 - $ 1,500.00...    293,496      17.4       239,026,321.33       13.9 
$1,500.01 - $ 5,000.00...    931,920      55.2     1,288,215,979.97       74.8 
$5,000.01 - $10,000.00 ..      3,478       0.2         7,984,002.75        0.5 
$10,000.01 & Greater ....         12       0.0            10,197.78        0.0 
                          ----------- ------------ -----------------  ----------- 
 Total ...................  1,688,191     100.0%   $1,721,916,478.01      100.0% 
                          =========== ============ =================  =========== 
</TABLE>                                                             

                     COMPOSITION BY PERIOD OF DELINQUENCY 
                               TRUST PORTFOLIO 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                            PERCENTAGE                     PERCENTAGE 
     PERIOD OF DELINQUENCY                   OF TOTAL                       OF TOTAL 
      (DAYS CONTRACTUALLY       NUMBER OF   NUMBER OF      RECEIVABLES     RECEIVABLES 
          DELINQUENT)           ACCOUNTS     ACCOUNTS      OUTSTANDING     OUTSTANDING 
- ----------------------------- ----------- ------------ ----------------- ------------- 
<S>                           <C>         <C>          <C>               <C>
Current .......................  1,535,822      91.0%    $1,486,346,618.68      86.3% 
1   -  29 Days ................     87,788       5.2        130,262,606.15       7.6 
30  -  59 Days ................     24,441       1.4         37,744,264.96       2.2 
60  -  89 Days ................     14,941       0.9         23,928,287.91       1.4 
90  - 119 Days ................      9,388       0.6         16,182,126.92       0.9 
120 - 149 Days ................      8,089       0.5         13,834,273.78       0.8 
150 Days or More ..............      7,722       0.4         13,618,299.61       0.8 
                               ----------- ------------  ----------------- ----------- 
 Total ........................  1,688,191     100.0%    $1,721,916,478.01     100.0% 
                               =========== ============  ================= =========== 
</TABLE>

                        COMPOSITION BY ACCOUNT BALANCE 
                               TRUST PORTFOLIO 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                       PERCENTAGE                     PERCENTAGE 
                                        OF TOTAL                       OF TOTAL 
                           NUMBER OF   NUMBER OF      RECEIVABLES     RECEIVABLES 
ACCOUNT BALANCE RANGE      ACCOUNTS     ACCOUNTS      OUTSTANDING     OUTSTANDING 
- ------------------------ ----------- ------------ ----------------- ------------- 
<S>                      <C>         <C>          <C>               <C>
Credit Balance ...........     13,334       0.8%    $     (780,340.66)      0.0% 
No Balance ...............    415,133      24.6                  0.00       0.0 
$ 0.01    - $  500.00 ....    299,240      17.7         67,677,775.47       3.9 
$ 500.01  - $1,000.00 ....    271,194      16.1        202,841,334,26      11.8 
$1,000.01 - $1,500.00 ....    211,318      12.5        266,879,067.07      15.5 
$1,500.01 - $3,000.00 ....    370,448      21.9        777,344,048.47      45.1 
$3,000.01 - $5,000.00 ....    102,983       6.1        383,956,734.00      22.3 
$5,000.01 & Greater ......      4,541       0.3         23,997,859.40       1.4 
                          ----------- ------------  ----------------- ----------- 
 Total ...................  1,688,191     100.0%    $1,721,916,478.01     100.0% 
                          =========== ============  ================= =========== 
</TABLE>

                               43           
<PAGE>
                    COMPOSITION BY GEOGRAPHIC DISTRIBUTION 
                               TRUST PORTFOLIO 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                   PERCENTAGE                     PERCENTAGE 
                                    OF TOTAL                       OF TOTAL 
                       NUMBER OF    NUMBER OF     RECEIVABLES     RECEIVABLES 
LOCATION                ACCOUNTS    ACCOUNTS      OUTSTANDING     OUTSTANDING 
- --------------------- ----------- ------------ ----------------- ------------- 
<S>                   <C>         <C>          <C>               <C>
Alabama ..............    32,803        1.9%     $ 31,335,443.14       1.8% 
Alaska ...............     2,768        0.2         3,160,363.55       0.2 
Arizona ..............    19,953        1.2        22,142,620.84       1.3 
Arkansas .............    17,427        1.0        18,229.290.10       1.1 
California ...........   191,508       11.3       217,735,802.63      12.6 
Colorado .............    23,716        1.4        26,059,153.93       1.5 
Connecticut ..........    19,730        1.2        19,828.955.72       1.2 
Delaware .............     4,409        0.3         4,524,534.85       0.3 
District of Columbia       4,236        0.3         4,175.218.95       0.2 
Florida ..............   130,568        7.7       141,469,647.92       8.2 
Georgia ..............    45,775        2.7        43,925,960.10       2.6 
Hawaii ...............     5,634        0.3         6,114,817.92       0.4 
Idaho ................     7,738        0.5         7,190,040.67       0.4 
Illinois .............    62,303        3.7        62,716,479.05       3.6 
Indiana ..............    45,212        2.7        45,141,581.68       2.6 
Iowa .................    16,576        1.0        15,353,957.43       0.9 
Kansas ...............    16,368        1.0        17,160,506.59       1.0 
Kentucky .............    29,111        1.7        26,882,249.29       1.6 
Louisiana ............    26,800        1.6        27,307,747.41       1.6 
Maine ................     8,339        0.5         8,003,063.48       0.5 
Maryland .............    31,076        1.8        30,472,273.49       1.8 
Massachusetts ........    25,664        1.5        25,294,685.60       1.5 
Michigan .............    53,122        3.2        52,475.501.21       3.0 
Minnesota ............    24,945        1.5        22,817,416.74       1.3 
Mississippi ..........    20,558        1.2        18,637,348.22       1.1 
Missouri .............    33,730        2.0        34,231,839.49       2.0 
Montana ..............     5,866        0.3         5,833,121.50       0.3 
Nebraska .............     7,296        0.4         7,286,476.94       0.4 
Nevada ...............    15,347        0.9        18,689,732.32       1.1 
New Hampshire ........     6,136        0.4         6,041,331.93       0.4 
New Jersey ...........    39,966        2.4        40,516,024.84       2.4 
New Mexico ...........     8,792        0.5         9,433,333.55       0.5 
New York .............   128,682        7.6       135,241,588.01       7.8 
North Carolina .......    50,488        3.0        44,064,172.63       2.6 
North Dakota .........     3,850        0.2         3,341,964.74       0.2 
Ohio .................    73,687        4.4        74,897,337.41       4.3 
Oklahoma .............    25,073        1.5        26,323,264.29       1.5 
Oregon ...............    16,779        1.0        17,407,278.08       1.0 
Pennsylvania .........    72,271        4.3        68,635,212.95       4.0 
Rhode Island .........     6,554        0.4         6,569,692.19       0.4 
South Carolina .......    21,067        1.2        18,227.408.57       1.1 
South Dakota .........     4,138        0.2         3,915,252.11       0.2 
Tennessee ............    37,726        2.3        38,741,078.57       2.2 
Texas ................   125,915        7.5       131,693,193.80       7.6 
Utah .................     8,027        0.5         7,853,474.47       0.5 

</TABLE>

                               44           
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                    PERCENTAGE                     PERCENTAGE 
                                     OF TOTAL                       OF TOTAL 
                        NUMBER OF   NUMBER OF      RECEIVABLES     RECEIVABLES 
LOCATION                ACCOUNTS     ACCOUNTS      OUTSTANDING     OUTSTANDING 
- --------------------- ----------- ------------ ----------------- ------------- 
<S>                         <C>         <C>          <C>                <C> 
Vermont ..............      3,676       0.2          3,613,121.14       0.2 
Virginia .............     45,070       2.7         42,983,190.08       2.5 
Washington ...........     31,640       1.9         32,336,985.23       1.9 
West Virginia ........     15,910       0.9         13,830,443.84       0.8 
Wisconsin ............     29,427       1.7         26,763,349.60       1.6 
Wyoming ..............      3,309       0.2          3,592,112.88       0.2 
Other.................      1,430       0.0          1,699,836.34       0.0 
                      ----------- ------------  ----------------- ----------- 
 Total ...............  1,688,191     100.0%    $1,721,916,478.01     100.0% 
                      =========== ============  ================= =========== 
</TABLE>

                          COMPOSITION BY ACCOUNT AGE 
                               TRUST PORTFOLIO 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                           PERCENTAGE                     PERCENTAGE 
                                            OF TOTAL                       OF TOTAL 
                               NUMBER OF   NUMBER OF      RECEIVABLES     RECEIVABLES 
ACCOUNT AGE                    ACCOUNTS     ACCOUNTS      OUTSTANDING     OUTSTANDING 
- ---------------------------- ----------- ------------ ----------------- ------------- 
<S>                          <C>         <C>          <C>               <C>
Not more than 6 Months  .....    417,974      24.8%       305,916,222.38      17.8% 
Over 6 Months to 12 Months  .    487,635      28.9        516,614,272.85      30.0 
Over 12 Months to 24 Months .    770,317      45.6        883,070,032.64      51.3 
Over 24 Months ..............     12,265       0.7         16,315,950.14       0.9 
                             ----------- ------------  ----------------- ----------- 
 Total.......................  1,688,191     100.0%    $1,721,916,478.01     100.0% 
                             =========== ============  ================= =========== 
</TABLE>

                               45           
<PAGE>
                           MATURITY CONSIDERATIONS 

   The Pooling and Servicing Agreement provides that the Class A 
Certificateholders and the Class B Certificateholders are scheduled to 
receive payments of principal on the Expected Final Payment Date, which is 
the April 2002 Distribution Date, but may receive principal payments earlier 
in the event of a Pay Out Event which results in the commencement of the 
Early Amortization Period. The Class B Certificateholders will not begin to 
receive payments of principal until the Class A Invested Amount has been paid 
in full. 

   During the Accumulation Period, an amount equal to, for each Monthly 
Period, the least of (a) the Available Investor Principal Collections, (b) 
the applicable "Controlled Deposit Amount," which is equal to the sum of the 
applicable Controlled Accumulation Amount for such Monthly Period and the 
applicable Accumulation Shortfall, if any, and (c) the ABC Adjusted Invested 
Amount (prior to any deposits on such day) will be deposited in the Principal 
Funding Account until the amount on deposit in the Principal Funding Account 
(the "Principal Funding Account Balance") equals the sum of the Class A 
Invested Amount, the Class B Invested Amount and the Class C Invested Amount. 

   Although it is anticipated that Available Investor Principal Collections 
will be available during each Monthly Period in the Accumulation Period to 
make a deposit to the Principal Funding Account of the applicable Controlled 
Deposit Amount and that on the Expected Final Payment Date the Class A 
Invested Amount will be paid to the Class A Certificateholders, the Class B 
Invested Amount will be paid to the Class B Certificateholders and the Class 
C Invested Amount will be paid to the Class C Certificateholders, no 
assurance can be given in that regard. If the amount required to pay the 
Class A Invested Amount, the Class B Invested Amount or the Class C Invested 
Amount in full is not available in the Principal Funding Account on the 
Expected Final Payment Date, or if a Pay Out Event occurs during the 
Accumulation Period, the Early Amortization Period will commence and any 
amount on deposit in the Principal Funding Account will be paid to the Class 
A Certificateholders on the next Distribution Date and an amount equal to the 
Available Investor Principal Collections will be paid to the Class A 
Certificateholders on each succeeding Distribution Date until the Class A 
Invested Amount has been paid in full. After the Class A Invested Amount has 
been paid in full, Available Investor Principal Collections will be paid to 
the Class B Certificateholders on each Distribution Date until the earlier of 
the date on which the Class B Invested Amount has been paid in full and the 
Termination Date. 

   A "Pay Out Event" occurs, either automatically or after specified notice, 
upon (a) the failure of the Transferor to make certain payments or transfers 
of funds for the benefit of the Certificateholders or to observe or perform 
in any material respect certain other covenants within the time periods 
stated in the Pooling and Servicing Agreement, (b) material breaches of 
certain representations, warranties, or covenants of the Transferor which 
remain uncured after grace periods specified in the Pooling and Servicing 
Agreement, (c) certain bankruptcy or insolvency events relating to Metris, 
the Transferor or Direct Merchants Bank, (d) the occurrence of a Servicer 
Default that would have a material adverse effect on the Certificateholders, 
(e) (w) the Transferor Interest being less than the Minimum Transferor 
Interest, (x) (i) the sum of the amount on deposit in the Pre-Funding Account 
plus the Series Allocation Percentage of the sum of the total amount of 
Principal Receivables plus amounts on deposit in the Excess Funding Account 
being less than (ii) the sum of the aggregate outstanding principal amounts 
of the Class A Certificates, the Class B Certificates, the Class C 
Certificates and the Class D Certificates, (y) the total amount of Principal 
Receivables and the amounts on deposit in the Excess Funding Account and the 
Principal Funding Account being less than the Minimum Aggregate Principal 
Receivables (z) the Retained Percentage shall be equal or less than 2 
percent, in each case as of any Determination Date, (f) the Trust becoming 
subject to regulation as an "investment company" within the meaning of the 
Investment Company Act, or (g) a reduction in the average of the Portfolio 
Yields for any three consecutive Monthly Periods to a rate which is less than 
the weighted average of the Base Rates for such three consecutive Monthly 
Periods. See "Description of the Offered Certificates--Pay Out Events." In 
the event of an early payment of principal on the Offered Certificates, 
Certificateholders may realize a lower yield on their reinvestment of such 
early payment and may be required to incur costs associated with reinvesting 
such funds. 


                               46           
<PAGE>
   
   The "Base Rate" means, with respect to any Monthly Period, the sum of (i) 
the weighted average of the Class A Certificate Rate, the Class B Certificate 
Rate and the Class C Certificate Rate as of the last day of such Monthly 
Period (weighted based on the Class A Invested Amount, the Class B Invested 
Amount and the Class C Invested Amount, respectively, as of the last day of 
such Monthly Period) plus (ii) the product of 2.00 percent per annum and the 
percentage equivalent of a fraction the numerator of which is the Adjusted 
Invested Amount and the denominator of which is the Invested Amount, each as 
of the last day of such Monthly Period. The term "Portfolio Yield" means, 
with respect to any Monthly Period, the annualized percentage equivalent of a 
fraction, the numerator of which is the sum of the aggregate amount of 
Available Series Finance Charge Collections for such Monthly Period (not 
including the amounts on deposit in the Payment Reserve Account and 
Adjustment Payments made by the Transferor with respect to Adjustment 
Payments required to be made but not made in prior Monthly Periods, if any) 
plus the Principal Funding Account Investment Proceeds, investment earnings 
on amounts on deposit in the Pre-Funding Account and amounts withdrawn from 
the Accumulation Period Reserve Account with respect to such Monthly Period 
calculated on a cash basis after subtracting the Investor Default Amount and 
the Series Allocation Percentage of any Adjustment Payments which the 
Transferor is required but fails to make pursuant to the Pooling and 
Servicing Agreement for such Monthly Period, and the denominator of which is 
the average daily Invested Amount plus the Pre-Funded Amount during the 
preceding Monthly Period; provided, however, that Excess Finance Charge 
Collections applied for the benefit of the Certificateholders may be added to 
the numerator if the Rating Agency Condition is satisfied. See "Description 
of the Offered Certificates--Pay Out Events." 
    

   Payment Rates. The following table sets forth the highest and lowest 
cardholder monthly payment rates for the Receivables during any month in the 
period shown and the average cardholder monthly payment rates for all months 
during the period shown, in each case calculated as a percentage of the 
previous month's total statement balance. Payment rates shown in the table 
are based on amounts which would be deemed payments of Principal Receivables 
and Finance Charge Receivables with respect to the Accounts (total payments). 

   CARDHOLDER MONTHLY PAYMENT RATES FOR THE DIRECT MERCHANTS BANK PORTFOLIO 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                      
                                                      QUARTER ENDED                                   
                    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------   TWO MONTHS    
                      JUNE 30,   SEPT. 30,   DEC. 31,   MARCH 31,   JUNE 30,   SEPT. 30,   DEC. 31,      ENDED    
                        1995       1995        1995       1996        1996       1996        1996    FEB. 28, 1997
                    ---------- ----------- ---------- ----------- ---------- ----------- ----------  -------------
<S>                 <C>        <C>         <C>        <C>         <C>        <C>         <C>               <C>
Highest Month.......    64.7%      12.7%       8.7%        8.5%       8.8%        8.4%       7.5%          7.1% 
Lowest Month........    19.7%       8.5%       7.9%        8.0%       8.0%        6.4%       6.8%          6.6% 
Monthly Average 
 (1)................    42.2%      10.5%       8.3%        8.3%       8.3%        7.5%       7.1%          6.9% 
</TABLE>

- ------------ 
(1)     Monthly Averages shown are expressed as an arithmetic average of the 
        payment rate for each month for the period indicated. 

   The amount of collections of Receivables may vary from month to month due 
to various factors, including seasonal variations, general economic 
conditions, economic and financial conditions affecting the payment habits of 
individual cardholders, the Credit Card Originator's minimum monthly payment 
requirements, and acts of God. There can be no assurance that Principal 
Collections with respect to the Trust, and thus the rate at which the 
Certificateholders could expect to receive payments of principal on their 
Certificates during the Amortization Period, will be similar to the 
historical experience set forth above. If a Pay Out Event occurs, the average 
life and maturity of the Offered Certificates could be significantly reduced. 

   Because the actual payment rate at the end of the Revolving Period may be 
less than the payment rate used to determine the Controlled Accumulation 
Amount, or a Pay Out Event may occur which would initiate the Early 
Amortization Period, there can be no assurance that the actual number of 
months elapsed from the date of issuance of the Offered Certificates to the 
Expected Final Payment Date will equal the expected number of months for such 
period. See "Risk Factors--Payments and Maturity." As described under 
"Description of the Offered Certificates--Postponement of Accumulation 
Period," the Servicer may shorten the Accumulation Period and, in such event, 
there can be no assurance that the 

                               47           
<PAGE>
duration of the Accumulation Period will be sufficient for the accumulation 
of all amounts necessary to pay the Class A Invested Amount and the Class B 
Invested Amount on the Expected Final Payment Date, especially if a pay out 
event were to occur with respect to one or more other Series thereby limiting 
the amount of Shared Principal Collections allocable to the Offered 
Certificates. 

                     POOL FACTOR AND RELATED INFORMATION 

   
   The "Class A Pool Factor" and the "Class B Pool Factor" are each a 
seven-digit decimal, which the Servicer will compute monthly, expressing as 
of each Record Date, respectively, the sum of the Class A Invested Amount and 
the Class A Percentage of funds on deposit in the Pre-Funding Account as a 
proportion of the Class A Initial Invested Amount, and the sum of the Class B 
Invested Amount and the Class B Percentage of funds on deposit in the 
Pre-Funding Account as a proportion of the Class B Initial Invested Amount. 
On the Closing Date, the Class A Pool Factor and the Class B Pool Factor will 
each be 1.0000000 and will remain unchanged during the Revolving Period, 
except in certain limited circumstances. Thereafter, on and after the first 
Distribution Date on which principal payments are made to the Class A 
Certificateholders during the Amortization Period, the Class A Pool Factor 
will decline to reflect reductions in the Class A Invested Amount and on and 
after the Class B Principal Payment Commencement Date, the Class B Pool 
Factor will decline to reflect reductions in the Class B Invested Amount. A 
Certificateholder's pro rata interest in the Principal Receivables in the 
Trust for a given month can be determined by multiplying the denomination of 
the holder's Certificate by the applicable Pool Factor for that month. 
    

   Pursuant to the Pooling and Servicing Agreement, monthly reports 
concerning the Class A Invested Amount, the Class A Pool Factor, the Class B 
Invested Amount and the Class B Pool Factor and various other items of 
information will be made available to the Class A Certificateholders and the 
Class B Certificateholders, respectively. See "Description of the Offered 
Certificates--Reports to Certificateholders." 

                               USE OF PROCEEDS 

   
   The Transferor will apply the net proceeds received from the sale of the 
Offered Certificates, which is expected to be approximately $719,399,729, to 
pay a class of the Series 1995-1 Variable Funding Certificates, to fund the 
Pre-Funding Account to the extent of the Pre-Funded Amount, to pay the 
purchase price of Receivables and to make a deposit to the Interest Funding 
Account for the payment of Class A Interest on the first Distribution Date. 
    

                   DESCRIPTION OF THE OFFERED CERTIFICATES 

   The Offered Certificates will be issued pursuant to the Pooling and 
Servicing Agreement and the Series 1997-1 Supplement. Pursuant to the Pooling 
and Servicing Agreement, the Transferor and the Trustee previously executed 
the Supplements with respect to the Previously Issued Series and may execute 
additional Supplements in order to issue additional Series. 

GENERAL 

   
   The Offered Certificates will represent undivided interests in certain 
assets of the Trust, including the right to the investor allocation 
percentage of all Obligor payments on the Receivables in the Trust. Each 
Class A Certificate and Class B Certificate represents the right to receive 
payments of interest at the Class A Certificate Rate or the Class B 
Certificate Rate, as the case may be, funded from Available Series Finance 
Charge Collections and the right to receive payments of principal on the 
Expected Final Payment Date or such earlier date following the occurrence of 
a Pay Out Event funded from Principal Collections allocated to the Class A 
Certificateholders' Interest or the Class B Certificateholders' Interest, as 
the case may be. With respect to the Accumulation Period, principal payments 
will be made to the Class A Certificateholders and the Class B 
Certificateholders on the Expected Final Payment Date. 
    

   The Transferor will own the Exchangeable Transferor Certificate and the 
Class D Certificates. The Exchangeable Transferor Certificate will represent 
an undivided interest in the Trust, including the right 

                               48           
<PAGE>
to the Transferor Percentage of all Obligor payments on the Receivables in 
the Trust equal to 100 percent minus the sum of the applicable investor 
allocation percentages (which shall not exceed 100 percent) for all Series of 
certificates then outstanding. See "--Certain Matters Regarding the 
Transferor and the Servicer." During the Revolving Period, following the 
Funding Period, the amount of the Invested Amount in the Trust will remain 
constant except under certain limited circumstances. See "--Defaulted 
Receivables; Dilution." The amount of Principal Receivables in the Trust, 
however, will vary each day as new Principal Receivables are transferred to 
the Trust and others are paid. The amount of the Transferor Interest (or the 
amount in the Excess Funding Account) will fluctuate each day, therefore, to 
reflect the changes in the amount of the Principal Receivables in the Trust 
unless and to the extent that the Previously Issued Series or another Series 
absorb such change. During the Accumulation Period, the Adjusted Invested 
Amount will decline as Obligor payments of Principal Receivables are 
collected and held in the Principal Funding Account for distribution to the 
Certificateholders. During the Early Amortization Period, the Invested Amount 
will decline as Obligor payments of Principal Receivables are collected and 
distributed to Certificateholders. As a result, unless and to the extent that 
the Previously Issued Series or another Series absorb such increase, the 
Transferor Interest will generally increase each month during the 
Accumulation Period or the Early Amortization Period to reflect the 
reductions in the Adjusted Invested Amount or the Invested Amount of the 
Certificates and will also change to reflect the variations in the amount of 
the Principal Receivables in the Trust. The Transferor Interest may be 
reduced as the result of an Exchange. See "--Exchanges." 

   Each Class of Offered Certificates initially will be represented by 
certificates registered in the name of the nominee of DTC (together with any 
successor depository selected by the Transferor, the "Depository"), except as 
set forth below. Beneficial interests in each Class of Offered Certificates 
will be available for purchase in minimum denominations of $1,000 and in 
integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof in book-entry form only. The 
Transferor has been informed by DTC that DTC's nominee will be Cede & Co. 
Accordingly, Cede & Co. is expected to be the holder of record of the Offered 
Certificates. Unless and until Definitive Certificates are issued under the 
limited circumstances described herein, no Certificate Owner acquiring an 
interest in any Class of Offered Certificates will be entitled to receive a 
certificate representing such Certificate Owner's interest in such 
Certificates. Until such time, all references herein to actions by 
Certificateholders of any Class of Offered Certificates will refer to actions 
taken by the Depository upon instructions from its participating 
organizations ("Participants") and all references herein to distributions, 
notices, reports and statements to Certificateholders of any Class of Offered 
Certificates will refer to distributions, notices, reports and statements to 
the Depository or its nominee, as the registered holder of the Offered 
Certificates of such Class, for distribution to Certificate Owners of such 
Class in accordance with the Depository's procedures. See "--Book-Entry 
Registration" and "--Definitive Certificates." 

BOOK-ENTRY REGISTRATION 

   With respect to each Class of Offered Certificates in book-entry form, 
Certificateholders may hold their Certificates through DTC (in the United 
States) or Cedel or Euroclear (in Europe), which in turn hold through DTC, if 
they are participants of such systems, or indirectly through organizations 
that are participants in such systems. 

   Cede & Co., as nominee for DTC, will hold the global certificates. Cedel 
and Euroclear will hold omnibus positions on behalf of the Cedel Participants 
and the Euroclear Participants, respectively, through customers' securities 
accounts in Cedel's and Euroclear's names on the books of their respective 
depositaries (collectively, the "Depositaries") which in turn will hold such 
positions in customers' securities accounts in the Depositaries' names on the 
books of DTC. 

   DTC is a limited-purpose trust company organized under the New York 
Banking Law, a "banking organization" within the meaning of the New York 
Banking Law, a member of the Federal Reserve System, a "clearing corporation" 
within the meaning of the New York Uniform Commercial Code, and a "clearing 
agency" registered pursuant to the provisions of Section 17A of the Exchange 
Act. DTC holds securities for its Participants ("DTC Participants") and 
facilitates the clearance and settlement among Participants of securities 
transactions, such as transfers and pledges, in deposited securities through 

                               49           
<PAGE>
electronic book-entry changes in Participants' accounts, thereby eliminating 
the need for physical movement of securities certificates. Participants 
include securities brokers and dealers, banks, trust companies, clearing 
corporations, and certain other organizations. Indirect access to the DTC 
system is also available to others such as securities brokers and dealers, 
banks, and trust companies that clear through or maintain a custodial 
relationship with a Participant, either directly or indirectly ("Indirect 
Participants"). The rules applicable to DTC and its Participants are on file 
with the Securities and Exchange Commission. 

   Transfers between DTC Participants will occur in accordance with DTC 
rules. Transfers between Cedel Participants and Euroclear Participants will 
occur in the ordinary way in accordance with their applicable rules and 
operating procedures. 

   Cross-market transfers between persons holding directly or indirectly 
through DTC in the United States, on the one hand, and directly or indirectly 
through Cedel Participants or Euroclear Participants, on the other, will be 
effected in DTC in accordance with DTC rules on behalf of the relevant 
European international clearing system by its Depositary; however, such 
cross-market transactions will require delivery of instructions to the 
relevant European international clearing system by the counterparty in such 
system in accordance with its rules and procedures and within its established 
deadlines (European time). The relevant European international clearing 
system will, if the transaction meets its settlement requirements, deliver 
instructions to its Depositary to take action to effect final settlement on 
its behalf by delivering or receiving securities in DTC, and making or 
receiving payment in accordance with normal procedures for same-day funds 
settlement applicable to DTC. Cedel Participants and Euroclear Participants 
may not deliver instructions directly to the Depositaries. 

   Because of time-zone differences, credits or securities in Cedel or 
Euroclear as a result of a transaction with a DTC Participant will be made 
during the subsequent securities settlement processing, dated the business 
day following the DTC settlement date, and such credits or any transactions 
in such securities settled during such processing will be reported to the 
relevant Cedel Participant or Euroclear Participant on such business day. 
Cash received in Cedel or Euroclear as a result of sales of securities by or 
through a Cedel Participant or a Euroclear Participant to a DTC Participant 
will be received with value on the DTC settlement date but will be available 
in the relevant Cedel or Euroclear cash account only as of the business day 
following settlement in DTC. 

   Purchases of Certificates under the DTC system must be made by or through 
Participants, which will receive a credit for the Certificates on DTC's 
records. The ownership interest of each actual Certificate Owner is in turn 
to be recorded on the Participants' and Indirect Participants' records. 
Certificate Owners will not receive written confirmation from DTC of their 
purchase, but Certificate Owners are expected to receive written 
confirmations providing details of the transaction, as well as periodic 
statements of their holdings, from the Participant or Indirect Participant 
through which the Certificate Owner entered into the transaction. Transfers 
of ownership interests in the Certificates are to be accomplished by entries 
made on the books of Participants acting on behalf of Certificate Owners. 
Certificate Owners will not receive certificates representing their ownership 
interest in Certificates, except in the event that use of the book-entry 
system for the Certificates is discontinued. 

   To facilitate subsequent transfers, all Certificates deposited by 
Participants with DTC are registered in the name of DTC's partnership 
nominee, Cede & Co. The deposit of Certificates with DTC and their 
registration in the name of Cede & Co. effects no change in beneficial 
ownership. DTC has no knowledge of the actual Certificate Owners of the 
Certificates; DTC's records reflect only the identity of the Participants to 
whose accounts such Certificates are credited, which may or may not be the 
Certificate Owners. The Participants will remain responsible for keeping 
account of their holdings on behalf of their customers. 

   Conveyance of notices and other communications by DTC to Participants, by 
Participants to Indirect Participants, and by Participants and Indirect 
Participants to Certificate Owners will be governed by arrangements among 
them, subject to any statutory or regulatory requirements as may be in effect 
from time to time. 

                               50           
<PAGE>
   Neither DTC nor Cede & Co. will consent or vote with respect to 
Certificates. Under its usual procedures, DTC mails an omnibus proxy to the 
issuer as soon as possible after the record date, which assigns Cede & Co.'s 
consenting or voting rights to those Participants to whose accounts the 
Certificates are credited on the record date (identified in a listing 
attached thereto). Principal and interest payments on the Certificates will 
be made to DTC. DTC's practice is to credit Participants' accounts on the 
Distribution Date in accordance with their respective holdings shown on DTC's 
records unless DTC has reason to believe that it will not receive payment on 
the Distribution Date. Payments by Participants to Certificate Owners will be 
governed by standing instructions and customary practices, as is the case 
with securities held for the accounts of customers in bearer form or 
registered in "street name," and will be the responsibility of such 
Participant and not of DTC, the Trustee or the Transferor, subject to any 
statutory or regulatory requirements as may be in effect from time to time. 
Payment of principal and interest to DTC is the responsibility of the 
Trustee, disbursement of such payments to Participants shall be the 
responsibility of DTC, and disbursement of such payments to the Certificate 
Owners shall be the responsibility of Participants and Indirect Participants. 

   DTC may discontinue providing its services as securities depository with 
respect to the Certificates at any time by giving reasonable notice to the 
Transferor or the Trustee. Under such circumstances, in the event that a 
successor securities depository is not obtained, Definitive Certificates are 
required to be printed and delivered. The Transferor may decide to 
discontinue use of the system of book-entry transfers through DTC (or a 
successor securities depository). In that event, Definitive Certificates will 
be printed and delivered. 

   The information in this section concerning DTC and DTC's book-entry system 
has been obtained from sources that the Transferor believes to be reliable, 
but the Transferor takes no responsibility for the accuracy thereof. 

   Cedel Bank, societe anonyme ("Cedel") is incorporated under the laws of 
Luxembourg as a professional depository. Cedel holds securities for its 
participating organizations ("Cedel Participants") and facilitates the 
clearance and settlement of securities transactions between Cedel 
Participants through electronic book-entry changes in accounts of Cedel 
Participants, thereby eliminating the need for physical movement of 
certificates. Transactions may be settled by Cedel in any of 36 currencies, 
including United States dollars. Cedel provides to its Cedel Participants, 
among other things, services for safekeeping, administration, clearance and 
settlement of internationally traded securities and securities lending and 
borrowing. Cedel interfaces with domestic markets in several countries. As a 
professional depository, Cedel is subject to regulations by the Luxembourg 
Monetary Institute. Cedel Participants are recognized financial institutions 
around the world, including underwriters, securities brokers and dealers, 
banks, trust companies, clearing corporations and certain other organizations 
and may include the underwriters of any Series of Certificates. Indirect 
access to Cedel is also available to others, such as banks, brokers, dealers 
and trust companies that clear through or maintain a custodial relationship 
with a Cedel Participant, either directly or indirectly. 

   The Euroclear System (the "Euroclear System") was created in 1968 to hold 
securities for participants of the Euroclear System ("Euroclear 
Participants") and to clear and settle transactions between Euroclear 
Participants through simultaneous electronic book-entry delivery against 
payment, thereby eliminating the need for physical movement of certificates 
and any risk from lack of simultaneous transfers of securities and cash. 
Transactions may now be settled in any of 34 currencies, including United 
States dollars. The Euroclear System includes various other services, 
including securities lending and borrowing and interfaces with domestic 
markets in several countries generally similar to the arrangements for 
cross-market transfers with DTC described above. The Euroclear System is 
operated by the Brussels, Belgium office of Morgan Guaranty Trust Company of 
New York, (the "Euroclear Operator" or "Euroclear"), under contract with 
Euroclear Clearance System, S.C., a Belgian cooperative corporation (the 
"Cooperative"). All operations are conducted by the Euroclear Operator, and 
all Euroclear securities clearance accounts and Euroclear cash accounts are 
accounts with the Euroclear Operator, not the Cooperative. The Cooperative 
establishes policy for the Euroclear system on behalf of Euroclear 
Participants. Euroclear Participants include banks (including central banks), 
securities brokers and 

                               51           
<PAGE>
dealers and other professional financial intermediaries and may include the 
underwriters of any Series of Certificates. Indirect access to the Euroclear 
System is also available to other firms that clear through or maintain a 
custodial relationship with a Euroclear Participant, either directly or 
indirectly. 

   The Euroclear Operator is the Belgian branch of a New York banking 
corporation which is a member bank of the Federal Reserve System. As such, it 
is regulated and examined by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve 
System and the New York State Banking Department, as well as the Belgian 
Banking Commission. Securities clearance accounts and cash accounts with the 
Euroclear Operator are governed by the Terms and Conditions Governing Use of 
Euroclear and the related Operating Procedures of the Euroclear System and 
applicable Belgian law (collectively, the "Terms and Conditions"). The Terms 
and Conditions govern transfers of securities and cash within the Euroclear 
System, withdrawal of securities and cash from the Euroclear System, and 
receipts of payments with respect to securities in the Euroclear System. All 
securities in the Euroclear System are held on a fungible basis without 
attribution of specific certificates to specific securities clearance 
accounts. The Euroclear Operator acts under the Terms and Conditions only on 
behalf of Euroclear Participants and has no record of or relationship with 
persons holding through Euroclear Participants. 

   Distributions with respect to Certificates held through Cedel or Euroclear 
will be credited to the cash accounts of Cedel Participants or Euroclear 
Participants in accordance with the relevant system's rules and procedures, 
to the extent received by its Depositary. Such distributions will be subject 
to tax reporting in accordance with relevant United States tax laws and 
regulations. Cedel or the Euroclear Operator, as the case may be, will take 
any other action permitted to be taken by a Certificateholder under the 
related Pooling and Servicing Agreement on behalf of a Cedel Participant or a 
Euroclear Participant only in accordance with its relevant rules and 
procedures and subject to its Depositary's ability to effect such actions on 
its behalf through DTC. 

   Although DTC, Cedel and Euroclear have agreed to the foregoing procedures 
in order to facilitate transfers of Certificates among participants of DTC, 
Cedel and Euroclear, they are under no obligation to perform or continue to 
perform such procedures and such procedures may be discontinued at any time. 

DEFINITIVE CERTIFICATES 

   The Offered Certificates of each Class will be issued in fully registered, 
certificated form to the Certificate Owners of such Class or their nominees 
("Definitive Certificates"), rather than to the Depository or its nominee, 
only if (i) the Transferor advises the Trustee in writing that the Depository 
is no longer willing or able to discharge properly its responsibilities as 
Depository with respect to the Certificates of such Class, and the Trustee or 
the Transferor is unable to locate a qualified successor, (ii) the 
Transferor, at its option, advises the Trustee in writing that it elects to 
terminate the book-entry system through the Depository, or (iii) after the 
occurrence of a Servicer Default, Certificate Owners representing not less 
than 50 percent of the Invested Amount of such Class advise the Trustee and 
the Depository through Participants in writing that the continuation of a 
book-entry system through the Depository is no longer in the best interest of 
the Certificate Owners of such Class. 

   Upon the occurrence of any of the events described in the immediately 
preceding paragraph, the Depository is required to notify all Participants of 
the availability through the Depository of Definitive Certificates. Upon 
surrender by the Depository of the definitive certificate representing the 
Certificates of the affected Class and instructions for registration, the 
Trustee will issue the Certificates of such Class as Definitive Certificates, 
and thereafter the Trustee will recognize the holders of such Definitive 
Certificates as Certificateholders under the Pooling and Servicing Agreement. 

   Distribution of principal and interest on the Offered Certificates will be 
made by the Trustee directly to Certificateholders in accordance with the 
procedures set forth herein and in the Pooling and Servicing Agreement. 
Interest payments and any principal payments on each Distribution Date will 
be made to Certificateholders in whose names the Definitive Certificates were 
registered at the close of business on the related Record Date. Distributions 
will be made by check mailed to the address of such Certificateholder as it 
appears on the register maintained by the Trustee. The final payment on any 
Offered Certificate, however, will be made only upon presentation and 
surrender of such Certificate at the 

                               52           
<PAGE>
office or agency specified in the notice of final distribution to 
Certificateholders. The Trustee will provide such notice to registered 
Certificateholders mailed not later than the fifth day of the month of such 
final distributions. 

   Definitive Certificates will be transferable and exchangeable at the 
offices of the transfer agent and registrar, which initially will be the 
Trustee (in such capacity, the "Transfer Agent and Registrar"). No service 
charge will be imposed for any registration of transfer or exchange, but the 
Transfer Agent and Registrar may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover 
any tax or other governmental charge imposed in connection therewith. The 
Transfer Agent and Registrar will not be required to register the transfer or 
exchange of Definitive Certificates for the period from the Record Date 
preceding the due date for any payment to the Distribution Date with respect 
to such Definitive Certificates. 

INTEREST PAYMENTS 

   Interest will accrue on the outstanding principal balance of the Class A 
Certificates at the Class A Certificate Rate and on the outstanding principal 
balance of the Class B Certificates at the Class B Certificate Rate, in each 
case from the Closing Date. Interest will be distributed on June 20, 1997, 
and on each Distribution Date thereafter to Certificateholders of each Class 
in an amount equal to one-twelfth of the product of the applicable 
Certificate Rate and the applicable outstanding principal balance as of the 
preceding Record Date, except that interest for the first Distribution Date 
will include accrued interest at the applicable Certificate Rate from the 
Closing Date through June 19, 1997. Interest will be calculated on the basis 
of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months. Interest payments on the Class A 
Certificates on any Distribution Date will be funded from Available Series 
Finance Charge Collections with respect to the preceding Monthly Period (and 
with respect to the first Distribution Date, the amount of the initial 
deposit to the Interest Funding Account to be made on the Closing Date) and 
from certain other funds allocated as set forth in the Pooling and Servicing 
Agreement to the respective classes of the Certificates and deposited on each 
business day during such Monthly Period in the Interest Funding Account. 
Subject to the prior payment of interest on the Class A Certificates, 
interest payments on the Class B Certificates on any Distribution Date will 
be funded from Available Series Finance Charge Collections with respect to 
the preceding Monthly Period and from certain other funds allocated as set 
forth in the Pooling and Servicing Agreement to the respective classes of the 
Certificates and deposited on each business day during such Monthly Period in 
the Interest Funding Account. 

PRINCIPAL PAYMENTS 

   During the Revolving Period (the period from and including the Closing 
Date to but excluding the earlier of (a) the commencement of the Accumulation 
Period and (b) the commencement of the Early Amortization Period), Principal 
Collections allocable to the Invested Amount, subject to certain limitations, 
including the allocation of any Reallocated Principal Collections with 
respect to the related Monthly Period to pay the Class A Required Amount and 
the Class B Required Amount, will be treated as Shared Principal Collections. 

   With respect to each Monthly Period during the Accumulation Period, the 
Trustee will deposit in the Principal Funding Account an amount equal to the 
least of (a) the Available Investor Principal Collections with respect to the 
preceding Monthly Period, (b) the applicable Controlled Deposit Amount and 
(c) the ABC Adjusted Invested Amount prior to any such deposit. Amounts in 
the Principal Funding Account up to the Class A Invested Amount will be paid 
to the Class A Certificateholders on the Expected Final Payment Date. After 
payment in full of the Class A Invested Amount, amounts remaining in the 
Principal Funding Account will be paid to the Class B Certificateholders on 
the Expected Final Payment Date. After payment in full of the Class A 
Invested Amount and the Class B Invested Amount, amounts remaining in the 
Principal Funding Account will be paid to the Class C Certificateholders on 
the Expected Final Payment Date. During the Accumulation Period, concurrently 
with deposits to the Principal Funding Account for the benefit of the Class A 
Certificates, Class B Certificates and Class C Certificates, the Class D 
Invested Amount will be reduced to an amount equal to the Stated Class D 
Amount. During the Accumulation Period, the portion of Available Investor 
Principal Collections not required to be deposited in the Principal Funding 
Account will generally be treated as Shared Principal Collections. 

                               53           
<PAGE>
   "Available Investor Principal Collections" means, with respect to any 
Monthly Period, an amount equal to the sum of (i) an amount equal to the 
Fixed/Floating Allocation Percentage of all Principal Collections (less the 
amount of Reallocated Principal Collections) received during such Monthly 
Period, (ii) any amount on deposit in the Excess Funding Account or the 
Pre-Funding Account allocated to the Certificates with respect to such 
Monthly Period, (iii) the aggregate Investor Default Amount and the Series 
Allocation Percentage of any unpaid Adjustment Payments paid from Available 
Series Finance Charge Collections, Transferor Finance Charge Collections, 
Excess Finance Charge Collections or Reallocated Principal Collections with 
respect to such Monthly Period and any reimbursements from Available Series 
Finance Charge Collections, Transferor Finance Charge Collections, Excess 
Finance Charge Collections or Reallocated Principal Collections of 
unreimbursed Class A Investor Charge-Offs, Class B Investor Charge-Offs, 
Class C Investor Charge-Offs and Class D Investor Charge-Offs and (iv) Shared 
Principal Collections allocated to the Certificates. 

   On each Distribution Date following the Monthly Period in which the Early 
Amortization Period commences, the Class A Certificateholders will be 
entitled to receive Available Investor Principal Collections for the 
preceding Monthly Period in an amount up to the Class A Invested Amount until 
the earlier of the date the Class A Invested Amount is paid in full and the 
Termination Date. In addition, if a Pay Out Event occurs during the 
Accumulation Period, the Early Amortization Period will commence and any 
amount on deposit in the Principal Funding Account will be paid to the 
Certificateholders of each Class of Certificates, sequentially, in 
alphabetical order, on the Distribution Date following the Monthly Period in 
which the Early Amortization Period commences. After payment in full of the 
Class A Invested Amount, the Class B Certificateholders will be entitled to 
receive Available Investor Principal Collections on each Distribution Date 
during the Early Amortization Period until the earlier of the date the Class 
B Invested Amount is paid in full and the Termination Date. After payment in 
full of the Class B Invested Amount, the Class C Certificateholders will be 
entitled to receive Available Investor Principal Collections on each 
Distribution Date until the earlier of the date the Class C Invested Amount 
is paid in full and the Termination Date. See "--Pay Out Events" below for a 
discussion of events which might lead to the commencement of the Early 
Amortization Period. 

   In the event of a sale of the Receivables and an early termination of the 
Trust due to a Trigger Event, the breach of certain representations and 
warranties, an optional repurchase of the Receivables by the Transferor, a 
repurchase of the Receivables in connection with a Servicer Default or a sale 
of the Receivables in connection with the Termination Date (each as described 
under "--Pay Out Events," "--Servicer Default," and "--Final Payment of 
Principal; Termination"), distributions of principal will be made to the 
Certificateholders upon surrender of their Certificates. The proceeds of any 
such sale or repurchase of Receivables will be allocated first to pay amounts 
due with respect to the Class A Certificates, then to pay amounts due with 
respect to the Class B Certificates, then to pay amounts due with respect to 
the Class C Certificates and then to pay amounts due with respect to the 
Class D Certificates as described herein. 

POSTPONEMENT OF ACCUMULATION PERIOD 

   Upon written notice to the Trustee, the Servicer may elect to postpone the 
commencement of the Accumulation Period, and extend the length of the 
Revolving Period, subject to certain conditions including those set forth 
below. The Servicer may make such election only if the Accumulation Period 
Length (determined as described below) is less than twelve months. On each 
Determination Date, until the Accumulation Period begins, the Servicer will 
determine the "Accumulation Period Length," which is the number of months 
expected to be required to fully fund the Principal Funding Account no later 
than the end of the Monthly Period preceding the Expected Final Payment Date, 
based on (a) the monthly collections of Principal Receivables expected to be 
distributable to the certificateholders of all Series (unless Shared 
Principal Collections from any such other Series are not allocated to be 
shared with the Certificates), assuming a principal payment rate no greater 
than the lowest monthly principal payment rate on the Receivables for the 
preceding twelve months and (b) the amount of principal expected to be 
distributable to certificateholders of Series (which may exclude certain 
other Series) which are not expected to be in their revolving periods during 
the Accumulation Period. If the Accumulation Period 

                               54           
<PAGE>
Length is less than twelve months, the Servicer may, at its option, postpone 
the commencement of the Accumulation Period such that the number of months 
included in the Accumulation Period will be equal to or exceed the 
Accumulation Period Length. The effect of the foregoing calculation is to 
permit the reduction of the length of the Accumulation Period based on (i) 
the invested amounts of certain other Series which are scheduled to be in 
their revolving periods during the Accumulation Period and (ii) increases in 
the principal payment rate occurring after the Closing Date. The length of 
the Accumulation Period will not be less than one month. If the Accumulation 
Period is postponed in accordance with the foregoing, and if a Pay Out Event 
occurs after the date originally scheduled as the commencement date of the 
Accumulation Period, it is probable that Certificateholders would receive 
some of their principal later than if the Accumulation Period had not been so 
postponed. 

SUBORDINATION OF THE CLASS B CERTIFICATES 

   The Class B Certificates will be subordinated to the extent necessary to 
fund certain payments with respect to the Class A Certificates. To the extent 
the Class B Invested Amount is reduced, the percentage of Finance Charge 
Collections allocated to the Class B Certificateholders in subsequent Monthly 
Periods will be reduced. Moreover, to the extent the amount of such reduction 
in the Class B Invested Amount is not reimbursed, the amount of principal 
distributable to the Class B Certificateholders will be reduced. 

   The Class C Certificates will be subordinated to the extent necessary to 
fund certain payments with respect to the Class A Certificates and the Class 
B Certificates. To the extent the Class C Invested Amount is reduced, the 
percentage of Finance Charge Collections allocated to the Class C 
Certificateholders in subsequent Monthly Periods will be reduced. Moreover, 
to the extent the amount of such reduction in the Class C Invested Amount is 
not reimbursed, the amount of principal distributable to the Class C 
Certificateholders will be reduced. 

   
   If, on any Determination Date, the aggregate Investor Default Amount and 
the unpaid Adjustment Payments, if any, for each business day in the 
preceding Monthly Period exceeds (a) the aggregate amount of Available Series 
Finance Charge Collections applied to the payment thereof as described in 
clauses (v) and (vi) of "--Application of Collections--Payment of Fees, 
Interest and Other Items," (b) the amount of Transferor Finance Charge 
Collections and Excess Finance Charge Collections allocated thereto as 
described in "--Reallocation of Cash Flows," and (c) the amount of 
Reallocated Principal Collections allocated with respect thereto as described 
in "--Reallocated Principal Collections," the Class D Invested Amount 
(following the reduction thereof in an amount equal to the amount of any 
Reallocated Principal Collections to be applied on the related Distribution 
Date) will be reduced by the amount by which the sum of aggregate Investor 
Default Amount and the unpaid Adjustment Payments exceeds the amount applied 
with respect thereto during the preceding Monthly Period. Such reductions of 
the Class D Invested Amount will thereafter be reimbursed and the Class D 
Invested Amount increased on each business day by the amount, if any, of 
Available Series Finance Charge Collections and Excess Finance Charge 
Collections allocated and available for that purpose. 
    

   In the event that any such reduction of the Class D Invested Amount would 
cause the Class D Invested Amount to be a negative number, the Class D 
Invested Amount will be reduced to zero and the Class C Invested Amount will 
be reduced by the amount by which the Class D Invested Amount would have been 
reduced below zero, but not more than the sum of the remaining aggregate 
Investor Default Amount and the remaining unpaid Adjustment Payments for such 
Monthly Period. Such reductions of the Class C Invested Amount will 
thereafter be reimbursed and the Class C Invested Amount increased on each 
business day by the amount, if any, of Available Series Finance Charge 
Collections and Excess Finance Charge Collections for such business day 
allocated and available for that purpose. 

   In the event that any such reduction of the Class C Invested Amount would 
cause the Class C Invested Amount to be a negative number, the Class C 
Invested Amount will be reduced to zero and the Class B Invested Amount will 
be reduced by the amount by which the Class C Invested Amount would have been 
reduced below zero, but not more than the sum of the remaining aggregate 
Investor Default Amount and the remaining unpaid Adjustment Payments for such 
Monthly Period. Such reductions of the Class B Invested Amount will 
thereafter be reimbursed and the Class B Invested Amount increased on each 
business day by the amount, if any, of Available Series Finance Charge 
Collections and Excess 

                               55           
<PAGE>
Finance Charge Collections for such business day allocated and available for 
that purpose. If the Class B Invested Amount is reduced to zero, the Class A 
Invested Amount will be reduced by the amount by which the Class B Invested 
Amount would have been reduced below zero, but not more than the sum of the 
remaining aggregate Investor Default Amount and the remaining unpaid 
Adjustment Payments for such Monthly Period. Such reductions of the Class A 
Invested Amount will thereafter be reimbursed and the Class A Invested Amount 
increased on each business day by the amount, if any, of Available Series 
Finance Charge Collections and Excess Finance Charge Collections allocated 
and available for that purpose. See "--Reallocation of Cash Flows," 
"--Reallocated Principal Collections" and "--Investor Charge-Offs." 

TRANSFER AND ASSIGNMENT OF RECEIVABLES 

   On the date of the initial issuance of the Series 1995-1 Variable Funding 
Certificates, (the "Initial Closing Date"), the Transferor transferred and 
assigned to the Trust all of its right, title, and interest in and to the 
Receivables outstanding as of the Initial Closing Date, all of the 
Receivables thereafter created and the proceeds of all of the foregoing. 
Prior to such transfer and assignment and pursuant to the Purchase Agreement, 
FCI (as predecessor to Metris under the Purchase Agreement) contributed and 
sold to the Transferor all its right, title and interest in and to the 
Receivables existing as of the Initial Closing Date, all the Receivables 
thereafter created and all FCI's interest in the Bank Purchase Agreement. 
Prior to such sale and contribution and pursuant to the Bank Purchase 
Agreement, Direct Merchants Bank sold to FCI (as predecessor to Metris under 
the Bank Purchase Agreement) all its right, title and interest in and to the 
Receivables existing as of the date of such agreement and all the Receivables 
arising from time to time thereafter. In connection with the realignment of 
FCI's subsidiaries in September 1996, FCI assigned to Metris all of FCI's 
rights and Metris assumed all of FCI's obligations under the Bank Purchase 
Agreement and the Purchase Agreement. On the Closing Date, the Trustee will 
authenticate the Certificates and deliver the Certificates to the Transferor 
which will in turn deliver the Offered Certificates to the Underwriters 
against payment of the net proceeds of the sale of the Offered Certificates. 

   Direct Merchants Bank for itself and as Servicer has identified in its 
computer files that the Receivables are Receivables as defined herein. Direct 
Merchants Bank, as initial Servicer, retains and will not deliver to the 
Trustee any other records or agreements relating to the Receivables. The 
records and agreements relating to the Receivables will not be segregated 
from those relating to other accounts and receivables of Direct Merchants 
Bank and the physical documentation relating to Receivables will not be 
stamped or marked to reflect the transfer of Receivables to the Trust. The 
Trustee will have reasonable access to such records and agreements as 
required by applicable law or to enforce the rights of the 
Certificateholders. Direct Merchants Bank has filed one or more UCC-1 
financing statements in accordance with the UCC to perfect the interest of 
FCI (as predecessor to Metris) in the Receivables and a UCC-3 financing 
statement reflecting FCI's assignment of such interest in the Receivables to 
Metris. FCI (as predecessor to Metris under the Purchase Agreement) and 
Metris have filed UCC-1 financing statements in accordance with the UCC to 
perfect the Transferor's interest in the Receivables. The Transferor, in 
turn, has filed one or more UCC-1 financing statements in accordance with 
applicable state law to perfect the Trust's interest in the Receivables, 
which financing statements have been amended by the filing of one or more 
UCC-3 financing statements reflecting the change in the name of the 
Transferor. See "Certain Legal Aspects of the Receivables." 

EXCHANGES 

   The Pooling and Servicing Agreement provides for the Trustee to issue two 
types of certificates: (i) investor certificates in one or more Series of 
certificates, each of which may have one or more classes of certificates of 
which one or more such classes may be transferable, and (ii) the Exchangeable 
Transferor Certificate. The Exchangeable Transferor Certificate evidences the 
Transferor Interest, is held by the Transferor, and will be transferable only 
as provided in the Pooling and Servicing Agreement. The Pooling and Servicing 
Agreement also provides that, pursuant to any one or more Supplements, the 
holder of the Exchangeable Transferor Certificate may tender the Exchangeable 
Transferor Certificate and the certificates evidencing any Series of 
certificates, to the Trustee in exchange for one or more new Series and 

                               56           
<PAGE>
a reissued Exchangeable Transferor Certificate. Under the Pooling and 
Servicing Agreement, the holder of the Exchangeable Transferor Certificate 
may define, with respect to any newly issued Series, certain terms including: 
(i) its name or designation; (ii) its initial invested amount (or method for 
calculating such amount); (iii) its certificate rate (or the method of 
allocating interest payments or other cash flows to such Series); (iv) the 
closing date; (v) the rating agency or agencies, if any, rating the Series; 
(vi) the interest payment date or dates and the date or dates from which 
interest shall accrue; (vii) the name of the clearing agency, if any; (viii) 
the method of allocating Principal Collections for such Series and the method 
by which the principal amount of investor certificates of such Series will 
amortize or accrue and the method for allocating Finance Charge Collections; 
(ix) the names of any accounts to be used by such Series and the terms 
governing the operation of any such accounts; (x) the percentage used to 
calculate monthly servicing fees; (xi) the Minimum Transferor Interest; (xii) 
the Enhancement provider, if applicable, and the terms of any Enhancement 
with respect to such Series; (xiii) the base rate applicable to such Series; 
(xiv) the terms on which the certificates of such Series may be repurchased 
or remarketed to other investors; (xv) the termination date of such Series; 
(xvi) any deposit into any account provided for such Series; (xvii) the 
number of classes of such Series and, if more than one class, the rights and 
priorities of each such class; (xviii) the fees, if any, to be included in 
funds available to certificateholders of such Series; (xix) the 
subordination, if any, of such new Series with respect to any other Series; 
(xx) the rights, if any, of the holder of the Exchangeable Transferor 
Certificate that have been transferred to the holders of such Series; (xxi) 
the pool factor; (xxii) the Minimum Aggregate Principal Receivables; (xxiii) 
whether such Series will be part of a group or subject to being paired with 
any other prefunded Series; (xxiv) whether such Series will be prefunded; and 
(xxv) any other relevant terms, including whether or not such Series will be 
pledged as collateral for an issuance of any other securities, including 
commercial paper (all such terms, the "Principal Terms" of such Series). None 
of the Transferor, the Servicer, the Trustee, or the Trust is required or 
intends to obtain the consent of any Certificateholder to issue any 
additional Series or in connection with the determination of the Principal 
Terms thereof. However, as a condition of an Exchange, the holder of the 
Exchangeable Transferor Certificate will deliver to the Trustee written 
confirmation that the Exchange will not result in either Rating Agency 
reducing or withdrawing its rating of any outstanding Series, including the 
Offered Certificates. The Transferor may offer any Series to the public or 
other investors in transactions either registered under the Securities Act or 
exempt from registration thereunder, directly, through one or more 
underwriters or placement agents, in fixed-price offerings, in negotiated 
transactions or otherwise. Any such Series may be issued in fully registered 
or book-entry form in minimum denominations determined by the Transferor. The 
Transferor currently intends to offer, from time to time, additional Series. 
The Series 1997-1 Certificates are not subject to repurchase (except for any 
optional repurchase as described in "--Final Payment of Principal; 
Termination") or remarketing to other investors and the Transferor does not 
currently intend to offer a Series of certificates subject to repurchase or 
remarketing. 

   The Pooling and Servicing Agreement provides that the holder of the 
Exchangeable Transferor Certificate may perform Exchanges and define the 
Principal Terms of each Series, including the period during which 
amortization of the principal amount thereof is intended to occur, which 
period may have a different length and begin on a different date than such 
period for any other Series. Accordingly, one or more Series may be in their 
amortization periods while other Series are not. Moreover, any Series may 
have the benefit of an Enhancement that is available only to such Series. 
Under the Pooling and Servicing Agreement, the Trustee will hold any such 
form of Enhancement only on behalf of the Series with respect to which it 
relates. Likewise, with respect to each such form of Enhancement, the holder 
of the Exchangeable Transferor Certificate may deliver a different form of 
Enhancement agreement. The Pooling and Servicing Agreement also provides that 
the holder of the Exchangeable Transferor Certificate may specify different 
coupon rates and monthly servicing fees with respect to each Series (or a 
particular class within such Series). Collections allocated to Finance Charge 
Receivables not used to pay interest on the certificates, the monthly 
servicing fee, the investor default amount, or investor charge-offs with 
respect to any Series will be allocated as provided in such Enhancement 
agreement, if applicable. The holder of the Exchangeable Transferor 
Certificate also has the option under the Pooling and Servicing Agreement to 
vary between Series the terms upon which a Series (or a particular class 
within such Series) may be repurchased by the Transferor or remarketed to 
other investors. Additionally, certain 

                               57           
<PAGE>
Series may be subordinated to other Series, and classes within a Series may 
have different priorities. The Series 1997-1 Supplement does not permit the 
subordination of the Certificates to any other Series that may be issued by 
the Trust (except to the limited extent described herein with respect to 
Shared Principal Collections and Excess Finance Charge Collections). There is 
no limit to the number of Exchanges that may be performed under the Pooling 
and Servicing Agreement. The Trust will terminate only as provided in the 
Pooling and Servicing Agreement. 

   
   Under the Pooling and Servicing Agreement and pursuant to a Supplement, an 
Exchange may occur only upon the satisfaction of certain conditions provided 
in the Pooling and Servicing Agreement. Under the Pooling and Servicing 
Agreement, the holder of the Exchangeable Transferor Certificate may perform 
an Exchange by notifying the Trustee at least five business days in advance 
of the date upon which the Exchange is to occur. Under the Pooling and 
Servicing Agreement, the notice will state the designation of any Series to 
be issued on the date of the Exchange and, with respect to each such Series: 
(i) its initial principal amount (or method for calculating such amount), 
(ii) its certificate rate (or the method of allocating interest payments or 
other cash flows to such Series), and (iii) the provider of the Enhancement, 
if any, which is expected to provide credit support with respect to it. The 
Pooling and Servicing Agreement provides that on the date of the Exchange the 
Trustee will authenticate any such Series only upon delivery to the Trustee 
of the following: (i) a Supplement specifying the Principal Terms of such 
Series, (ii) an opinion of counsel to the effect that the certificates of 
such Series will be characterized as indebtedness or as partnership interests 
under existing law for federal and applicable state income tax purposes, or 
that the issuance of such Series will not materially adversely affect the 
federal income tax characterization of any outstanding Series or result in 
the trust being subject to tax at the entity level for federal or applicable 
state tax purposes (a "Tax Opinion"), (iii) if required by such Supplement, 
the form of Enhancement and an appropriate Enhancement agreement with respect 
thereto executed by the Transferor and the issuer of the Enhancement, (iv) 
written confirmation from each Rating Agency that the Exchange will not 
result in such Rating Agency's reducing or withdrawing its rating on any then 
outstanding Series rated by it, (v) the existing Exchangeable Transferor 
Certificate and, if applicable, the certificates representing the Series to 
be exchanged, and (vi) an officer's certificate of the Transferor stating 
that, after giving effect to such Exchange, (a) the Transferor Interest would 
be at least equal to the Minimum Transferor Interest, (b) the Retained 
Interest (as defined in the Pooling and Servicing Agreement) equals or 
exceeds the Minimum Retained Interest and (c) the Trustee received 
confirmation from each Rating Agency that the then current ratings of the 
Investor Certificates will not be reduced or withdrawn and an opinion of 
Special Tax Counsel that such Certificate will be characterized as 
indebtedness or interests in a partnership for federal income tax purposes or 
the issuance of such Certificate will not materially adversely effect the 
Federal or any applicable state tax consequences of the Series. 
    

   Under the Pooling and Servicing Agreement, the Transferor may also 
exchange the Exchangeable Transferor Certificate for a newly issued 
Exchangeable Transferor Certificate and a second certificate (a "Supplemental 
Certificate") the terms of which will be defined in a supplement upon the 
satisfaction of certain conditions provided in the Pooling and Servicing 
Agreement. 

PREVIOUSLY ISSUED SERIES 

   The Trust has previously issued the Series 1996-1 Asset Backed 
Certificates bearing various rates of interest and having the following 
outstanding principal amounts on April 25, 1997; Class A, $518,000,000; Class 
B, $87,500,000; Class C, $50,000,000; and Class D, $44,5000,000. The Trust 
has previously issued the Series 1995-1 Variable Funding Certificates bearing 
a variable rate of interest and having an outstanding principal amount which 
may be increased or decreased during the revolving period for such Series. 
See "Annex I: Other Series." 

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES 

   Pursuant to the Pooling and Servicing Agreement, the Transferor represents 
and warrants that, among other things, subject to specified exceptions and 
limitations (i) the Transferor is duly organized, validly existing, and in 
good standing under the laws of the state of Delaware and has the corporate 
power 

                               58           
<PAGE>
and authority to execute, deliver, and perform its obligations under the 
Pooling and Servicing Agreement, the Series 1997-1 Supplement, and the 
Purchase Agreement, (ii) the Transferor is duly qualified to do business and 
in good standing (or is exempt from such requirement) in any state required 
in order to conduct its business and has obtained all necessary licenses and 
approvals required under federal and Delaware law, provided, however, that no 
representation or warranty is made with respect to any qualifications, 
licenses or approvals which the Trustee would have to obtain to do business 
in any state in which the Trustee seeks to enforce any Receivable, (iii) the 
execution and delivery of the Pooling and Servicing Agreement, the Series 
1997-1 Supplement, and the Purchase Agreement, and the consummation of the 
transactions provided for therein, have been duly authorized by the 
Transferor by all necessary corporate action on its part, (iv) each of the 
Pooling and Servicing Agreement, the Series 1997-1 Supplement, and the 
Purchase Agreement constitutes a legal, valid, and binding obligation of the 
Transferor, and (v) the transfer of Receivables by it to the Trust under the 
Pooling and Servicing Agreement constitutes either a valid transfer and 
assignment to the Trust of all right, title, and interest of the Transferor 
in and to the Receivables and the proceeds thereof and amounts in any of the 
accounts established for the benefit of certificateholders free and clear of 
any lien of any person claiming through or under the Transferor or any of its 
affiliates (except for Permitted Liens and certain rights of the Transferor) 
or the grant of a first priority security interest in such Receivables and 
the proceeds thereof (including amounts in any of the accounts established 
for the benefit of certificateholders). In the event of a breach of any of 
the representations and warranties described in this paragraph with respect 
to any Series, either the Trustee or the holders of certificates evidencing 
undivided interests in the Trust aggregating more than 50 percent of the 
invested amount of such Series, by written notice to the Transferor (and to 
the Trustee and the Servicer if given by the Certificateholders of such 
Series), may direct the Transferor to accept reassignment of an amount of 
Principal Receivables equal to the invested amount to be reassigned (as 
described below) within 60 days of such notice, or within such longer period 
specified in such notice. The Transferor will thereupon be obligated to 
accept reassignment of such Receivables on a Distribution Date occurring 
within such applicable period. Such reassignment will not be required to be 
made, however, if at any time during such applicable period, or such longer 
period, the representations and warranties shall then be true and correct in 
all material respects. The amount to be deposited by the Transferor for 
distribution to certificateholders in connection with such reassignment will 
be equal to the invested amount for all Series of certificates other than the 
Series 1995-1 Variable Funding Certificates required to be reassigned on the 
last day of the Monthly Period preceding the Distribution Date on which the 
reassignment is scheduled to be made, and, with respect to the Variable 
Funding Certificates, the invested amount as of the Distribution Date on 
which the reassignment is scheduled to be made, less the amount, if any, 
previously allocated for payment of principal to such certificateholders on 
such Distribution Date, plus an amount equal to all interest accrued but 
unpaid on such certificates at the applicable certificate rate through the 
last day of the related Interest Accrual Period, less the amount transferred 
to the Distribution Account from the Interest Funding Account in respect of 
interest on such certificates for the month ending on such last day of the 
Monthly Period. The payment of the reassignment deposit amount and the 
transfer of all other amounts deposited for the preceding month in the 
Distribution Account will be considered a payment in full of the investor 
interest for all Series of certificates required to be repurchased and will 
be distributed upon presentation and surrender of the certificates for each 
such Series. If the Trustee or certificateholders give a notice as provided 
above, the obligation of the Transferor to make any such deposit will 
constitute the sole remedy available to the Trustee and the 
certificateholders with respect to any breach of the Transferor's 
representations and warranties. 

   Pursuant to the Pooling and Servicing Agreement, the Transferor also 
represents and warrants that, among other things, subject to specified 
exceptions and limitations, (i) the execution and delivery of the Pooling and 
Servicing Agreement, the Series 1997-1 Supplement, and the Purchase 
Agreement, and the performance of the transactions contemplated thereby, do 
not contravene the Transferor's charter or by-laws, violate any material 
provision of law applicable to it or require any filing (except for filing 
under the UCC), registration, consent, or approval under any such law except 
for such filings, registrations, consents, or approvals as have already been 
obtained and are in full force and effect, (ii) except as described in the 
Purchase Agreement, the Transferor and each prior owner of the Receivables 
has filed 

                               59           
<PAGE>
all material tax returns required to be filed and has paid or made adequate 
provision for the payment of all material taxes, assessments, and other 
governmental charges due from the Transferor or such prior owner or is 
contesting any such tax, assessment or other governmental charge in good 
faith through appropriate proceedings, (iii) there are no proceedings or 
investigations pending or, to the best knowledge of the Transferor, 
threatened against the Transferor, before any court, regulatory body, 
administrative agency, or other tribunal or governmental instrumentality 
asserting the invalidity of the Pooling and Servicing Agreement, the Series 
1997-1 Supplement, and the Purchase Agreement, seeking to prevent the 
consummation of any of the transactions contemplated thereby, seeking any 
determination or ruling that would materially and adversely affect the 
performance by the Transferor of its obligations thereunder, or seeking any 
determination or ruling that would materially and adversely affect the 
validity or enforceability thereof or of the tax attributes of the Trust, 
(iv) each Receivable is or will be an account receivable arising out of the 
performance by Direct Merchants Bank in accordance with the terms of the 
Contract giving rise to such Receivable, (v) each Account classified as an 
Eligible Account in any document or report delivered pursuant to the Pooling 
and Servicing Agreement satisfies the definition of Eligible Account and the 
Transferor has no knowledge of any fact which should have led it to expect at 
the time of the classification of any Receivable as an Eligible Receivable 
that such Receivable would not be paid in full when due, and each Receivable 
classified as an Eligible Receivable by the Transferor in any document or 
report delivered under the Pooling and Servicing Agreement satisfies the 
requirements of eligibility contained in the definition of Eligible 
Receivable set forth in the Pooling and Servicing Agreement, (vi) the 
Transferor is not an "investment company" within the meaning of the 
Investment Company Act (or is exempt from all provisions of such Act), (vii) 
the Transferor is not insolvent and (viii) the Transferor is the legal and 
beneficial owner of all right, title and interest in and to each Receivable 
conveyed to the Trust by the Transferor pursuant to the Pooling and Servicing 
Agreement, and each such Receivable has been or will be transferred to the 
Trust free and clear of any lien other than Permitted Liens and in compliance 
in all material respect with all requirements of law applicable to the 
Transferor. If any representation or warranty made by the Transferor in the 
Pooling and Servicing Agreement or the Series 1997-1 Supplement proves to 
have been incorrect in any material respect when made, and as a result the 
interests of the Certificateholders are materially adversely affected, and 
such representation or warranty continues to be incorrect for 60 days after 
notice to the Transferor by the Trustee or to the Transferor and the Trustee 
by more than 50 percent of the Invested Amount and the Certificateholders' 
Interest continues to be materially adversely affected during such period, 
then the Trustee or 50 percent of the Certificateholders' Interest of any 
class may give notice to the Transferor (and to the Trustee in the latter 
instance) declaring that a Pay Out Event has occurred, thereby commencing the 
Early Amortization Period; provided, however, that a Pay Out Event will not 
be deemed to have occurred as aforesaid if the Transferor has accepted a 
reassignment of the affected Receivables during such period in accordance 
with the Pooling and Servicing Agreement. See "--Pay Out Events." 

   It is not required or anticipated that the Trustee will make any initial 
or periodic general examination of the Receivables or any records relating to 
the Receivables for the purpose of establishing the presence or absence of 
defects or compliance with the Transferor's representations and warranties or 
for any other purpose. The Servicer, however, will deliver to the Trustee on 
or before March 31 of each year an opinion of counsel with respect to the 
validity of the security interest of the Trust in and to the Receivables and 
certain other components of the Trust. 

CERTAIN COVENANTS 

   Pursuant to the Pooling and Servicing Agreement, the Transferor covenants 
that, among other things, subject to specified exceptions and limitations, 
(i) it will take no action to cause any Receivable to be evidenced by any 
instruments or to be anything other than an account, general intangible, or 
chattel paper, except in connection with the enforcement or collection of a 
Receivable, (ii) except for the conveyances under the Pooling and Servicing 
Agreement, it will not sell any Receivable or grant a lien (other than a 
Permitted Lien) on any Receivable, (iii) in the event it receives a 
collection on any Receivables, it will deposit such collections to the 
Collection Account within two Business Days, (iv) it will notify the Trust 
promptly after becoming aware of any lien on any Receivable other than 
Permitted Liens, (v) it will take all actions necessary to enforce its rights 
and claims under the Purchase Agreement, 

                               60           
<PAGE>
(vi) it will promptly provide the Trustee any notices, reports or 
certificates given or delivered under the Purchase Agreement and (vii) except 
as permitted by the Pooling and Servicing Agreement, it will not commingle 
its assets with those of Direct Merchants Bank or Metris or any affiliate 
thereof. 

ELIGIBLE ACCOUNTS 

   As of the Initial Closing Date (or, with respect to Additional Accounts, 
on the date of creation thereof, or, with respect to Supplemental Accounts, 
as of the date the Receivables arising in such Accounts are designated for 
inclusion in the Trust), each revolving credit consumer credit card account 
owned by a Credit Card Originator and having the following characteristics 
shall be an Eligible Account (each, an "Eligible Account"): (a) which is 
payable in Dollars, (b) the Obligor on which has provided, as its initial 
billing address, an address located in the United States or its territories 
or possessions or a United States military address, (c) which has not been 
identified by a Credit Card Originator in its computer files as stolen or 
lost, (d) which is not at the time of transfer to the Trust sold or pledged 
to any other party and which does not have Receivables which, at the time of 
transfer to the Trust, are sold or pledged to any other party (provided that 
Receivables which were sold or pledged prior to the Closing Date, but were 
repurchased free of all Liens or where all Liens were released prior to the 
sale hereunder, shall not be disqualified under this clause (d)), and (e) the 
Receivables in which the Credit Card Originator has not charged off in its 
customary and usual manner for charging off Receivables in such Accounts as 
of the Initial Closing Date (or, with respect to Additional Accounts, as of 
the date the Receivables of such Accounts are first designated for inclusion 
in the Trust) unless such Account is subsequently reinstated. 

ELIGIBLE RECEIVABLES 

   Each Receivable that satisfies each of the following criteria shall be an 
Eligible Receivable (each, an "Eligible Receivable"): (a) arises under an 
Account, (b) it is not sold or pledged to any other party, (c) it constitutes 
an "account," "chattel paper" or a "general intangible" as each are defined 
in Article 9 of the UCC as then in effect in each Relevant UCC State, (d) it 
is at the time of its transfer to the Trust the legal, valid and binding 
obligation of, or is guaranteed by, a Person who is competent to enter into a 
contract and incur debt and is enforceable against such person in accordance 
with its terms, (e) it was created or acquired in compliance, in all material 
respects, with all Requirements of Law applicable to the Credit Card 
Originator and pursuant to a Contract that complies, in all material 
respects, with all Requirements of Law applicable to the Credit Card 
Originator (including without limitation, laws, rules and regulations 
relating to truth in lending, usury, fair credit billing, fair credit 
reporting, equal credit opportunity and fair debt collection practices), (f) 
all material consents, licenses, or authorizations of, or registrations with, 
any Governmental Authority required to be obtained or given in connection 
with the creation of such Receivable or the execution, delivery, creation, 
and performance of the related Contract have been duly obtained or given and 
are in full force and effect as of the date of the creation of such 
Receivables and (g) immediately prior to giving effect to the sale, the 
Transferor or the Trust will have good and marketable title free and clear of 
all liens and security interests arising under or through the Transferor 
(other than Permitted Liens). 

ADDITION OF TRUST ASSETS 

   During the period from the Initial Closing Date through May 31, 1996 and 
during the period from June 7, 1996 through November 5, 1996 all accounts 
which met the definition of Additional Accounts were automatically included 
as Accounts (such accounts, "Automatic Additional Accounts") from and after 
the date upon which such Automatic Additional Accounts were created and all 
Receivables in such Automatic Additional Accounts, whether such Receivables 
were then existing or thereafter created, were transferred automatically to 
the Trust upon purchase by the Transferor. The Transferor has elected to 
suspend the automatic inclusion in Accounts of Automatic Additional Accounts 
until a date (the "Restart Date") to be identified in writing by the 
Transferor, at its option, to the Trustee, the Servicer and each Rating 
Agency at least 10 days prior to such Restart Date. On and prior to the 
Restart Date, the Transferor may, by giving ten business days' notice to the 
Trustee and each Rating Agency, but will not be obligated to, designate from 
time to time additional credit card accounts ("Supplemental Accounts") to be 
included as Accounts. On December 20, 1996 and February 21, 1997 the 
Transferor designated 

                               61           
<PAGE>
Supplemental Accounts to be included as Accounts. In late May 1997 and late 
June 1997, the Transferor intends to designate Supplemental Accounts that 
were originated in February, March and April 1997, and in May 1997, 
respectively, to be included as Accounts. In addition, prior to the Restart 
Date, if (i) on the tenth business day prior to any Determination Date, the 
Transferor Interest for the related Monthly Period is less than the Minimum 
Transferor Interest, the Transferor will designate Supplemental Accounts to 
be included as Accounts in a sufficient amount such that the Transferor 
Interest as a percentage of the Aggregate Principal Receivables for such 
Monthly Period after giving effect to such addition is at least equal to the 
Minimum Transferor Interest or (ii) on any Record Date, the Aggregate 
Principal Receivables is less than the Minimum Aggregate Principal 
Receivables, the Transferor is required to designate Supplemental Accounts to 
be included as Accounts in a sufficient amount such that the Aggregate 
Principal Receivables will be equal to or greater than the Minimum Aggregate 
Principal Receivables. Receivables from such Supplemental Accounts shall be 
transferred to the Trust on or before the tenth business day following such 
Record Date. On any day on which the Receivables in Supplemental Accounts are 
to be transferred to the Trust, the Receivables in such Accounts shall be 
included as Eligible Receivables if they satisfy the requirements of the 
definition of "Eligible Receivables." 

   The Transferor has conveyed, and will continue to convey, to the Trust all 
Receivables arising under the Accounts, including all Supplemental Accounts 
and Automatic Additional Accounts, from time to time until the termination of 
the Trust. 

   The Transferor agrees that any such transfer of Receivables from 
Supplemental Accounts will be subject to the satisfaction of the following 
conditions: (i) on or before the fifth business day prior to the Addition 
Date with respect to required additions and on or before the twentieth 
Business Day prior to the Addition Date with respect to optional additions 
(as applicable, the "Notice Date"), the Transferor shall give the Trustee, 
each Rating Agency and the Servicer written notice that such Supplemental 
Accounts will be included, which notice will specify the approximate 
aggregate amount of the Receivables to be transferred; (ii) on or before the 
applicable Addition Date, the Transferor will have delivered to the Trustee a 
written assignment (the "Assignment") and the Transferor will have indicated 
in its computer files that the Receivables created in connection with the 
Supplemental Accounts have been transferred to the Trust and, within five 
business days thereafter, the Transferor will have delivered to the Trustee 
or the bailee of the Trustee a computer file or microfiche list containing a 
true and complete list of all Supplemental Accounts, identified by account 
number and the Principal Receivables in such Supplemental Accounts, as of the 
Addition Date, which computer file or microfiche list will be as of the date 
of such Assignment incorporated into and made a part of such Assignment; 
(iii) the Transferor will represent and warrant that (x) no selection 
procedure that is materially adverse to the interests of holders of the 
Investor Certificates was used in selecting the Supplemental Accounts and (y) 
as of the applicable Addition Date, the Transferor is not insolvent and will 
not be rendered insolvent upon the transfer of Receivables to the Trust; (iv) 
the Transferor will represent and warrant that, as of the Addition Date, the 
Assignment constitutes either (x) a valid transfer and assignment to the 
Trust of all right, title and interest of the Transferor in and to the 
Receivables then existing and thereafter created and arising in connection 
with the Accounts and any accounts that meet the definition of Additional 
Accounts, and the proceeds thereof or (y) a grant of a security interest (as 
defined in the UCC as in effect in the Relevant UCC State) in such property 
to the Trust, which is enforceable with respect to then existing Receivables 
of the Supplemental Accounts and the proceeds thereof upon the conveyance of 
such Receivables to the Trust, and which will be enforceable with respect to 
the Receivables thereafter created in respect of Supplemental Accounts 
conveyed on such Addition Date and the proceeds thereof upon such creation, 
and (z) if the Assignment constitutes the grant of a security interest to the 
Trust in such property, upon the filing of a financing statement with respect 
to such Supplemental Accounts and in the case of the Receivables thereafter 
created in such Supplemental Accounts and the proceeds thereof, upon such 
creation, the Trust will have a first priority perfected security interest in 
such property, except for Permitted Liens; (v) the Transferor will deliver to 
the Trustee an Officer's Certificate confirming the items set forth in clause 
(ii) above; (vi) the Transferor will deliver to the Trustee an opinion of 
counsel with respect to the Trust's security interest in the Receivables in 
the Supplemental Accounts (with a copy to the Rating Agencies); and (vii) the 
Transferor will have received written notice from the Rating Agencies that 
the inclusion of such accounts as Supplemental Accounts will not result in 
the reduction or withdrawal of its then existing rating of any Class of any 
Series of Investor Certificates then issued and outstanding and will have 
delivered such notice to the Trustee. 

                               62           
<PAGE>
   On and after the Restart Date, Automatic Additional Accounts will be 
deemed to be Accounts the Receivables of which will be designated for 
inclusion in the Trust if, unless each Rating Agency otherwise consents, the 
following conditions are met: the number of Accounts the Receivables of which 
are automatically designated to be included in the Trust since (x) the first 
day of the eleventh preceding Monthly Period (or, in the case of any date on 
which Additional Accounts are to be added to the Trust which occurs on or 
before the last day of the May 1997 Monthly Period, June 1, 1996) minus the 
number of Accounts of the type described in clause (ii) of the definition of 
"Approved Account" which have been added on the initial day of the addition 
of such type of Account pursuant to such clause (ii) since the first day of 
such eleventh preceding Monthly Period (or June 1, 1996, as the case may be) 
minus any Accounts designated to have their Receivables removed from the 
Trust in accordance with the terms of the Pooling and Servicing Agreement 
("Removed Accounts") since the first day of such eleventh preceding Monthly 
Period (or June 1, 1996, as the case may be) will not exceed 20 percent of 
the number of Accounts on the first day of such eleventh preceding Monthly 
Period (or June 1, 1996, as the case may be), and (y) the first day of the 
second preceding Monthly Period minus the number of Accounts of the type 
described in clause (ii) of the definition of "Approved Accounts" which have 
been added on the initial day of the addition of such type of Account 
pursuant to such clause (ii) since the first day of such second preceding 
Monthly Period minus any Removed Accounts removed since the first day of such 
second preceding Monthly Period will not exceed 15 percent of the number of 
Accounts on the first day of such second preceding Monthly Period. The 
automatic addition of Receivables in new Accounts may be subject to 
additional conditions specified from time to time by the Rating Agencies. 

COLLECTION AND OTHER SERVICING PROCEDURES 

   Pursuant to the Pooling and Servicing Agreement, the Servicer is 
responsible for servicing, enforcing, and administering the Receivables and 
collecting payments due thereunder in accordance with its usual and customary 
servicing procedures and the Credit and Collection Policy. Servicing 
functions to be performed with respect to the Receivables include statement 
processing and mailing, collecting and recording payments, investigating 
payment delinquencies, and communicating with cardholders. See "Direct 
Merchants Bank's Credit Card Activities--Delinquency and Collections." 
Managerial functions to be performed by the Servicer on behalf of the Trust 
include maintaining books and records with respect to the foregoing and other 
matters pertinent to the Receivables, assisting the Trustee with any 
inspections of such books and records by the Trustee pursuant to the Pooling 
and Servicing Agreement, preparing and delivering the monthly and annual 
statements described in "--Reports to Certificateholders," and causing a firm 
of independent public accountants to prepare and deliver the annual reports 
described in "--Evidence as to Compliance." 

DISCOUNT OPTION 

   Pursuant to the Pooling and Servicing Agreement, the Transferor may 
designate a specified fixed or floating percentage (the "Discount 
Percentage") (initially zero percent) of the amount of Receivables arising in 
the Accounts on and after the date of such designation that would otherwise 
be treated as Principal Receivables to be treated as Finance Charge 
Receivables (the "Discount Option Receivables"). The circumstances under 
which the Transferor may exercise its option to discount Principal 
Receivables may include a time when the Portfolio Yield is declining and 
Principal Receivables are available in sufficient quantity to allow for such 
discounting. The Transferor may, without notice to or consent of the 
Certificateholders, from time to time, increase (subject to the limitations 
described below), reduce or eliminate the Discount Percentage for Discount 
Option Receivables arising in the Accounts on and after the date of such 
change. The Transferor must provide 15 days' prior written notice to the 
Servicer, the Trustee and each Rating Agency of any such increase, reduction 
or elimination, and such increase, reduction or elimination will become 
effective on the date specified therein only if (a) the Transferor reasonably 
believes that such increase, reduction or elimination will not at the time of 
its occurrence cause a Pay Out Event, or an event which with notice or the 
lapse of time would constitute a Pay Out Event, to occur with respect to any 
Series and (b) the Transferor and the Trustee shall have received written 
notice from each Rating Agency that such change will not cause such Rating 
Agency to reduce or withdraw its then current rating of the investor 
certificates. After the date on which the Transferor's 

                               63           
<PAGE>
exercise of its discount option takes effect and with respect to Receivables 
generated on and after such date, Collections in an amount equal to the 
product of (i) a fraction the numerator of which is the amount of Discount 
Option Receivables and the denominator of which is the amount of all of the 
Principal Receivables (including Discount Option Receivables) at the end of 
the prior date of processing, (ii) Collections of Principal Receivables, 
prior to any reduction for Finance Charge Receivables which are Discount 
Option Receivables, received on such date of processing, and (iii) a fraction 
the numerator of which is the aggregate amount of Principal Receivables 
arising on each date of processing falling on or after the date on which the 
Transferor exercises its discount option and the denominator of which is the 
aggregate Principal Receivables on such date of processing, will be deemed 
Collections of Finance Charge Receivables and will be applied accordingly. 
Any such designation would result in an increase in the amount of Finance 
Charge Receivables and a corresponding increase in the Portfolio Yield, a 
reduction in the amount of Principal Receivables in the Trust and a reduction 
in the Transferor Interest and therefore the effect on Certificateholders 
will be to decrease the likelihood of a Pay Out Event based upon a reduction 
of the average Portfolio Yield for any designated period to a rate below the 
average Base Rate for such period while increasing the likelihood that the 
Transferor will be required to add Principal Receivables to the Trust and, 
because of the reduction in the aggregate amount of Principal Receivables 
which, if additional Principal Receivables were not available at such time, 
could cause the occurrence of a Pay Out Event. Unless otherwise specified, 
all references herein to Principal Receivables or Finance Charge Receivables, 
or Collections with respect thereto, are references to such Receivables, or 
Collections with respect thereto, as defined above after application of the 
Discount Percentage. 

TRUST ACCOUNTS 

   The Trustee has established and maintains with a Qualified Institution in 
the name of the Trust, for the benefit of the Certificateholders, three 
separate accounts, each in a segregated trust account, consisting of an 
"Interest Funding Account," and a "Principal Account" and a "Payment Reserve 
Account" (collectively, the "Trust Accounts"). The Trustee has also 
established a "Distribution Account" for the benefit of the 
certificateholders of each Series which is a non-interest bearing segregated 
demand deposit account established with a Qualified Institution. The Servicer 
has established and maintains, in the name of the Trust, for the benefit of 
certificateholders of all Series, a "Collection Account," which is a 
segregated account established by and maintained by the Servicer with a 
Qualified Institution. A "Qualified Institution" is a depository institution, 
which may include the Trustee, organized under the laws of the United States 
or any one of the states thereof, which at all times has a short-term rating 
of P-1 by Moody's and of A-1+ by Standard & Poor's or long-term unsecured 
debt obligation (other than such obligation the rating of which is based on 
collateral or on the credit of a person other than such institution or trust 
company) rating of at least Aa3 by Moody's and of AAA by Standard & Poor's 
and deposit insurance provided by the FDIC, or a depository institution, 
which may include the Trustee, which is acceptable to the Rating Agencies; 
provided, however, that no such rating shall be required of an institution 
which shall have corporate trust powers and which maintains the Collection 
Account, any principal account, any interest funding account or any other 
account maintained for the benefit of Certificateholders as a fully 
segregated trust account with the trust department of such institution which 
is rated at least Baa3 by Moody's. Funds in the Trust Accounts will be 
invested, in (a) negotiable instruments or securities represented by 
instruments in bearer or registered form which evidence (i) obligations of or 
fully guaranteed by the United States of America; (ii) time deposits, 
promissory notes, or certificates of deposit of any depository institution or 
trust company; provided, however, that at the time of the Trust's investment 
or contractual commitment to invest therein, the certificates of deposit or 
short-term deposits of such depository institution or trust company shall 
have a credit rating from Standard & Poor's of A-1+ and from Moody's of P-1; 
(iii) commercial paper having, at the time of the Trust's investment or 
contractual commitment to invest therein, a rating from Standard & Poor's of 
A-1+ and from Moody's of P-1; (iv) banker's acceptances issued by any 
depository institution or trust company described in clause (a)(ii) above; 
and (v) investments in money market funds rated AAA-m or AAA-mg by Standard & 
Poor's and Aaa by Moody's or otherwise approved in writing by Moody's and 
Standard & Poor's; (b) time deposits and demand deposits in the name of the 
Trust or the Trustee in any depository institution or trust company referred 
to in clause (a)(ii) above; (c) securities not represented by an instrument 
that are registered in the name of the Trustee or its nominee (which may not 
be Metris or an 

                               64           
<PAGE>
affiliate) upon books maintained for that purpose by or on behalf of the 
issuer thereof and identified on books maintained for that purpose by the 
Trustee as held for the benefit of the Trust or the Certificateholders, and 
consisting of (x) shares of an open end diversified investment company which 
is registered under the Investment Company Act which (i) invests its assets 
exclusively in obligations of or guaranteed by the United States of America 
or any instrumentality or agency thereof having in each instance a final 
maturity date of less than one year from their date of purchase or other Cash 
Equivalents, (ii) seeks to maintain a constant net asset value per share, 
(iii) has aggregate net assets of not less than $100,000,000 on the date of 
purchase of such shares and (iv) which each Rating Agency designates in 
writing will not result in a withdrawal or downgrading of its then current 
rating of any Series rated by it or (y) Eurodollar time deposits of a 
depository institution or trust company that are rated A-1+ by Standard & 
Poor's and P-1 by Moody's; provided, however, that at the time of the Trust's 
investment or contractual commitment to invest therein, the Eurodollar 
deposits of such depositary institution or trust company shall have a credit 
rating from Standard & Poor's of A-1+ and P-1 by Moody's; (d) a guaranteed 
investment contract (guaranteed as to timely payment) which each Rating 
Agency designates in writing will not result in a withdrawal or downgrading 
of its then current rating of any Series rated by it; (e) repurchase 
agreements transacted with either (i) an entity subject to the Bankruptcy 
Code, provided, however, that (A) the term of the repurchase agreement is 
consistent with the requirements with regard to the maturity of Cash 
Equivalents specified herein or in the applicable Supplement for the 
applicable account or is due on demand, (B) the Trustee or a third party 
acting solely as agent for the Trustee has possession of the collateral, (C) 
the Trustee on behalf of the Trust has a perfected first priority security 
interest in the collateral, (D) the market value of the collateral is 
maintained at the requisite collateral percentage of the obligation in 
accordance with standards of the Rating Agencies, (E) the failure to maintain 
the requisite collateral level will obligate the Trustee to liquidate the 
collateral as promptly as practicable upon instructions from the Servicer, 
(F) the securities subject to the repurchase agreement are either obligations 
of, or fully guaranteed as to principal and interest by, the United States of 
America or any instrumentality or agency thereof, certificates of deposit or 
banker's acceptances and (G) the securities subject to the repurchase 
agreement are free and clear of any third party lien or claim, or (ii) a 
financial institution insured by the FDIC, or any broker-dealer with 
"retail-customers" that is under the jurisdiction of the Securities Investors 
Protection Corporation ("SIPC"), provided, however, that (A) the market value 
of the collateral is maintained at the requisite collateral percentage of the 
obligation in accordance with the standards of the Rating Agencies, (B) the 
Trustee or a third party (with a rating from Moody's and Standard & Poor's of 
P-1 and A-1+, respectively) acting solely as agent for the Trustee has 
possession of the collateral, (C) the collateral is free and clear of third 
party liens and, in the case of an SIPC broker, was not acquired pursuant to 
a repurchase or reverse repurchase agreement and (D) the failure to maintain 
the requisite collateral percentage will obligate the Trustee to liquidate 
the collateral upon instructions from the Servicer; provided, however, that 
at the time of the Trust's investment or contractual commitment to invest in 
any repurchase agreement the short-term deposits or commercial paper rating 
of such entity or institution in subsections (i) and (ii) above shall have a 
credit rating of P-1 or A-1+ or their equivalent from each Rating Agency; and 
(f) any other investment if each Rating Agency confirms in writing that such 
investment will not adversely affect its then current rating of the Investor 
Certificates (such investments, "Cash Equivalents"). Any earnings (net of 
losses and investment expenses) on funds in the Interest Funding Account and 
the Principal Account will be paid to the Transferor. The Servicer has the 
revocable power to withdraw funds from the Collection Account, and to 
instruct the Trustee to make withdrawals and payments from the Interest 
Funding Account and the Principal Account, in each case for the purpose of 
making deposits and distributions required under the Pooling and Servicing 
Agreement, including the deposits and distributions described in 
"--Application of Collections." The agent making payments to the 
Certificateholders (the "Paying Agent") has the revocable power to withdraw 
funds from the Distribution Account for the purpose of making distributions 
to Certificateholders. The Paying Agent initially will be The Bank of New 
York. 

PRINCIPAL FUNDING ACCOUNT 

   Pursuant to the Series 1997-1 Supplement, the Servicer will establish and 
maintain with a Qualified Institution a principal funding account as a 
segregated trust account held for the benefit of the Certificateholders (the 
"Principal Funding Account"). During the Accumulation Period, the Trustee at 

                               65           
<PAGE>
the direction of the Servicer will transfer from the Principal Account to the 
Principal Funding Account collections in respect of Principal Receivables 
(other than Reallocated Principal Collections) and Shared Principal 
Collections from other Series, if any, allocated to the Certificates as 
described herein under "--Application of Collections." 

   Funds on deposit in the Principal Funding Account will be invested by the 
Trustee at the direction of the Servicer in Cash Equivalents maturing no 
later than the following Transfer Date. Investment earnings (net of 
investment losses and expenses) on funds on deposit in the Principal Funding 
Account (the "Principal Funding Account Investment Proceeds") during the 
Accumulation Period will be applied on each Transfer Date to the extent of 
the Covered Amount as if such amount were Available Series Finance Charge 
Collections on the last business day of the preceding Monthly Period. If, for 
any Interest Accrual Period, the Principal Funding Account Investment 
Proceeds are less than an amount equal to the Covered Amount, the amount of 
such deficiency will be paid from the Accumulation Period Reserve Account to 
the extent of the Available Reserve Account Amount and applied on the 
applicable Transfer Date as if such amount were Available Series Finance 
Charge Collections on the last business day of the preceding Monthly Period. 

EXCESS FUNDING ACCOUNT 

   The Trustee will establish and maintain in the name of the Trust, for the 
benefit of the certificateholders of all Series, an "Excess Funding Account" 
which is a segregated account established by and maintained by the Servicer 
with a Qualified Institution. At any time during which no Series is in an 
amortization period (including any accumulation period or early amortization 
period), or for a Series in amortization, the principal account, if any, is 
fully funded for an applicable period, and the Transferor Interest does not 
exceed the Minimum Transferor Interest, funds (to the extent available 
therefor as described herein) otherwise payable to the Transferor will be 
deposited in the Excess Funding Account on any business day until the 
Transferor Interest is at least equal to the Minimum Transferor Interest. 
Funds on deposit in the Excess Funding Account may, at the option of the 
Transferor, be withdrawn and paid to the Transferor to the extent that on any 
day the Transferor Interest exceeds the Minimum Transferor Interest as a 
result of the addition of new Receivables to the Trust. Such deposits in and 
withdrawals from the Excess Funding Account may be made on a daily basis. 

   Any funds on deposit in the Excess Funding Account at the beginning of the 
Amortization Period will be deposited in the Principal Account as part of 
Class A Principal, Class B Principal, or Class C Principal, as applicable, 
for any Distribution Date. In the event that more than one Series begins its 
accumulation period or amortization period at the same time, amounts on 
deposit in the Excess Funding Account will be paid out to each such Series 
pro rata based on the aggregate invested amount of each such Series. In 
addition, no funds allocated to investor certificates will be deposited in 
the Excess Funding Account during any amortization period (including any 
accumulation period or early amortization period) for any Series until the 
Principal Funding Account for such Series for such Distribution Date has been 
fully funded or the investor certificates of such Series have been paid in 
full. 

   Funds on deposit in the Excess Funding Account will be invested by the 
Trustee at the direction of the Transferor in Cash Equivalents. On each 
Distribution Date, all net investment income earned on amounts in the Excess 
Funding Account since the preceding Distribution Date will be withdrawn from 
the Excess Funding Account and treated as Finance Charge Collections. 

PRE-FUNDING ACCOUNT 

   The Servicer will establish and maintain in the name of the Trustee, on 
behalf of the Trust, the Pre-Funding Account. The Pre-Funding Account will be 
established and maintained with the trust department of The Bank of New York. 
Funds on deposit in the Pre-Funding Account will be withdrawn and paid to the 
Transferor to the extent of any increases in the Invested Amount during the 
Funding Period as a result of an increase in the amount of Receivables in the 
Trust in accordance with the Series 1997-1 Supplement. Following the 
occurrence of a Pay Out Event during the Funding Period, the amounts 
remaining on deposit in the Pre-Funding Account, will be payable as principal 
first to the Class A 

                               66           
<PAGE>
Certificateholders until the Class A Invested Amount is paid in full and then 
to the Class B Certificateholders until the Class B Invested Amount is paid 
in full and then to the Class C Certificateholders until the Class C Invested 
Amount is paid in full. Should the Pre-Funded Amount be greater than zero on 
the first day of the September 1997 Monthly Period, such amount will be 
deposited in the Excess Funding Account. The percentage of the assets of the 
Trust represented by amounts on deposit in the Pre-Funding Account and the 
percentage of the assets of the Trust represented by amounts on deposit in 
the Pre-Funding Account allocated to any Class of the Certificates will not 
exceed 25 percent. The underwriting standards for Receivables transferred to 
the Trust during the period in which the Pre-Funding Account is funded will 
be the same as those described in "Direct Merchants Bank's Credit Card 
Activities--New Account Underwriting." 

   All amounts on deposit in the Pre-Funding Account will be invested by the 
Trustee at the direction of the Servicer in Cash Equivalents that would not 
require registration of the Trust as an investment company under the 
Investment Company Act. On each Transfer Date with respect to the Funding 
Period, all investment income (net of investment losses and expenses) earned 
on amounts in the Pre-Funding Account since the preceding Transfer Date will 
be applied as if such amount were Available Series Finance Charge Collections 
on the last business day of the preceding Monthly Period. 

ACCUMULATION PERIOD RESERVE ACCOUNT 

   Pursuant to the Series 1997-1 Supplement, the Servicer will establish and 
maintain with a Qualified Institution an accumulation period reserve account 
as a segregated trust account held for the benefit of the Certificateholders 
(the "Accumulation Period Reserve Account"). The Accumulation Period Reserve 
Account is established to assist with the subsequent distribution of interest 
on the Class A Certificates, Class B Certificates and Class C Certificates 
during the Accumulation Period. On each business day from and after the 
Reserve Account Funding Date, but prior to the termination of the 
Accumulation Period Reserve Account, the Trustee, acting pursuant to the 
Servicer's instructions, will apply Available Series Charge Collections 
allocated to the Certificates (to the extent described below under 
"--Application of Collections--Payment of Fees, Interest and Other Items") to 
increase the amount on deposit in the Accumulation Period Reserve Account (to 
the extent such amount is less than the Required Reserve Account Amount). The 
"Reserve Account Funding Date" will be the first day of the third Monthly 
Period prior to the commencement of the Accumulation Period, or such earlier 
date as the Servicer may determine. The "Required Reserve Account Amount" for 
any date on or after the Reserve Account Funding Date will be equal to (a) 
0.5 percent of the sum of the Class A Invested Amount, the Class B Invested 
Amount and the Class C Invested Amount or (b) any other amount designated by 
the Transferor; provided, that if such designation is of a lesser amount, the 
Transferor shall have provided the Servicer and the Trustee with evidence 
that the Rating Agency Condition has been satisfied and the Transferor shall 
have delivered to the Trustee a certificate of an authorized officer to the 
effect that, based on the facts known to such officer at such time, in the 
reasonable belief of the Transferor, such designation will not cause a Pay 
Out Event or an event that, after giving of notice or the lapse of time, 
would cause a Pay Out Event to occur with respect to Series 1997-1. 

   Provided that the Accumulation Period Reserve Account has not terminated 
as described below, all amounts on deposit in the Accumulation Period Reserve 
Account on any Transfer Date (after giving effect to any deposits to, or 
withdrawals from, the Accumulation Period Reserve Account to be made on such 
Transfer Date) will be invested by the Trustee at the direction of the 
Servicer in Cash Equivalents maturing no later than the following Transfer 
Date. The interest and other investment income (net of investment expenses 
and losses) earned on such investments will be retained in the Accumulation 
Period Reserve Account (to the extent the amount on deposit therein is less 
than the Required Reserve Account Amount) or applied on each Transfer Date as 
if such amount were Available Series Finance Charge Collections on the last 
business day of the preceding Monthly Period. 

   On or before each Transfer Date with respect to the Accumulation Period 
and on the first Transfer Date with respect to the Early Amortization Period, 
a withdrawal will be made from the Accumulation Period Reserve Account, and 
the amount of such withdrawal will be applied as if such amount were 
Available Series Finance Charge Collections on the last business day of the 
preceding Monthly Period, in 


                               67           
<PAGE>
an amount equal to the lesser of (a) the Available Reserve Account Amount 
with respect to such Transfer Date and (b) the excess, if any, of (i) 
one-twelfth of the product of (x) the weighted average of the Class A 
Certificate Rate, the Class B Certificate Rate and the Class C Certificate 
Rate (in effect for the related Interest Accrual Period) and (y) the 
Principal Funding Account Balance as of the last day of the Monthly Period 
preceding the Monthly Period in which such Interest Accrual Periods ends (the 
"Covered Amount") over (ii) the Principal Funding Account Investment Proceeds 
with respect to such Transfer Date. On each Transfer Date, the amount 
available to be withdrawn from the Accumulation Period Reserve Account (the 
"Available Reserve Account Amount") will be equal to the lesser of the amount 
on deposit in the Accumulation Period Reserve Account (before giving effect 
to any withdrawal from the Accumulation Period Reserve Account on such 
Transfer Date) and the Required Reserve Account Amount for such Transfer 
Date. 

   The Accumulation Period Reserve Account will be terminated following the 
earliest to occur of (a) the termination of the Trust pursuant to the Pooling 
and Servicing Agreement, (b) the date on which the Invested Amount is paid in 
full, (c) if the Accumulation Period has not commenced, the occurrence of a 
Pay Out Event with respect to the Certificates and (d) if the Accumulation 
Period has commenced, the earlier of the first Transfer Date with respect to 
the Early Amortization Period and the Expected Final Payment Date. Upon the 
termination of the Accumulation Period Reserve Account, all amounts on 
deposit therein (after giving effect to any withdrawal from the Accumulation 
Period Reserve Account on such date as described above) will be applied as if 
they were Available Series Finance Charge Collections. 

ALLOCATION PERCENTAGES 

   
   Pursuant to the Pooling and Servicing Agreement, during each Monthly 
Period the Servicer will allocate among the Class A Certificateholders' 
Interest, the Class B Certificateholders' Interest, the Class C 
Certificateholders' Interest, the Class D Certificateholders' Interest, the 
interest of the holders of the Previously Issued Series, the Transferor 
Interest and the holders of the other Series issued and outstanding from time 
to time pursuant to the Pooling and Servicing Agreement and applicable 
Supplements all Finance Charge Collections and all Principal Collections and 
the amount of all Defaulted Receivables. Finance Charge Collections will be 
allocated prior to the commencement of an Early Amortization Period and the 
amount of Defaulted Receivables will be allocated at all times, and Principal 
Collections will be allocated during the Revolving Period to the Class A 
Certificateholders' Interest, the Class B Certificateholders' Interest, the 
Class C Certificateholders' Interest and the Class D Certificateholders' 
Interest, based on the percentage equivalent of a fraction the numerator of 
which is the Class A Adjusted Invested Amount, the Class B Adjusted Invested 
Amount, the Class C Adjusted Invested Amount, or the Class D Invested Amount, 
respectively, at the end of the preceding business day and the denominator of 
which is the greater of (a) the sum of the aggregate amount of Principal 
Receivables and amounts on deposit in the Excess Funding Account as of the 
end of the preceding business day and (b) the sum of the numerators for all 
classes of all Series then outstanding used to calculate the applicable 
allocation percentage (the "Class A Floating Allocation Percentage," the 
"Class B Floating Allocation Percentage," the "Class C Floating Allocation 
Percentage" and the "Class D Floating Allocation Percentage," respectively; 
the sum of all such percentages, the "Floating Allocation Percentage"). 
During the Revolving Period, all Principal Collections allocable to the 
Certificates will be allocated and paid to the Transferor (except for 
collections applied as Reallocated Principal Collections and Shared Principal 
Collections paid to the holders of certificates of other Series, if any, and 
except for funds deposited in the Excess Funding Account). On any business 
day on or after the Amortization Period Commencement Date, Principal 
Collections will be allocated to the Certificateholders' Interest based on 
the percentage equivalent of a fraction the numerator of which is the Class A 
Invested Amount, the Class B Invested Amount, the Class C Invested Amount or 
the Class D Invested Amount, respectively, at the end of the last day of the 
Revolving Period and the denominator of which is the greater of (a) the sum 
of the aggregate amount of Principal Receivables and the amounts on deposit 
in the Excess Funding Account at the end of the preceding business day and 
(b) the sum of the numerators used to calculate the allocation percentages 
with respect to Principal Collections for all Series (the "Class A 
Fixed/Floating Allocation Percentage," the "Class B Fixed/Floating Allocation 
Percentage," the "Class C Fixed/Floating Allocation Percentage," and the 
"Class D Fixed/Floating Allocation Percentage," respectively; the sum of all 
such 
    

                               68           
<PAGE>
percentages the "Fixed/Floating Allocation Percentage"). Finance Charge 
Collections will be allocated on and after the date on which a Pay Out Event 
is deemed to occur to the Certificateholders' Interest based on the 
Fixed/Floating Allocation Percentage. On and after the date on which a 
Defeasance occurs with respect to the Certificates, each of the allocation 
percentages specified above with respect to the Certificates will be zero. 
See "--Defeasance." 

   The term "Transferor Percentage" means (a) when used with respect to (i) 
Principal Collections during the Revolving Period and (ii) Finance Charge 
Collections and the amount of Defaulted Receivables at all times, 100 percent 
minus the sum of the Floating Allocation Percentage and the floating 
allocation percentages for all other Series and (b) when used with respect to 
Principal Collections during the Amortization Period, 100 percent minus the 
sum of the Fixed/Floating Allocation Percentage and the allocation 
percentages used with respect to Principal Collections for all other Series. 

   
   As used herein: (i) the term "Class A Invested Amount" means an amount 
equal to (a) the Class A Initial Invested Amount less the Class A Percentage 
of the initial deposit to the Pre-Funding Account plus the Class A Percentage 
of any withdrawals from the Pre-Funding Account during the Funding Period in 
connection with the addition of Receivables to the Trust and the deposit of 
the amounts in the Pre-Funding Account at the end of the Funding Period into 
the Excess Funding Account, minus (b) the aggregate amount of principal 
payments (except principal payments made from the Pre-Funding Account) made 
to Class A Certificateholders through and including such date, and minus (c) 
the aggregate amount of Class A Investor Charge-Offs for all prior 
Distribution Dates, equal to the amount by which the Class A Invested Amount 
has been reduced to fund the Investor Default Amount and the unpaid 
Adjustment Payments on all prior Distribution Dates as described under 
"--Investor Charge-Offs," plus (d) the aggregate amount of Available Series 
Finance Charge Collections, Transferor Finance Charge Collections, Excess 
Finance Charge Collections and Reallocated Principal Collections applied on 
all prior Distribution Dates for the purpose of reimbursing amounts deducted 
pursuant to the foregoing clause (c), provided, however, that the Class A 
Invested Amount may not be reduced below zero, (ii) the term "Class A 
Adjusted Invested Amount," for any date of determination, means an amount not 
less than zero equal to the then current Class A Invested Amount, minus the 
Principal Funding Account Balance on such date, (iii) the term "Class B 
Invested Amount" for any date means an amount equal to (a) the Class B 
Initial Invested Amount less the Class B Percentage of the initial deposit to 
the Pre-Funding Account plus the Class B Percentage of any withdrawals from 
the Pre-Funding Account during the Funding Period in connection with the 
addition of Receivables to the Trust and the deposit of the amounts in the 
Pre-Funding Account at the end of the Funding Period into the Excess Funding 
Account, minus (b) the aggregate amount of principal payments (except 
principal payments made from the Pre-Funding Account) made to Class B 
Certificateholders through and including such date, minus (c) the aggregate 
amount of Class B Investor Charge-Offs for all prior Distribution Dates, 
equal to the amount by which the Class B Invested Amount has been reduced to 
fund the Investor Default Amount and the unpaid Adjustment Payments on all 
prior Distribution Dates as described under "--Investor Charge-Offs," minus 
(d) the aggregate amount of Reallocated Class B Principal Collections for 
which neither the Class D Invested Amount nor the Class C Invested Amount has 
been reduced for all prior Distribution Dates, and plus (e) the aggregate 
amount of Available Series Finance Charge Collections, Transferor Finance 
Charge Collections, Excess Finance Charge Collections, Reallocated Class C 
Principal Collections, Reallocated Class D Principal Collections and certain 
other amounts applied on all prior Distribution Dates for the purpose of 
reimbursing amounts deducted pursuant to the foregoing clauses (c) and (d), 
provided, however; that the Class B Invested Amount may not be reduced below 
zero, (iv) the term "Class B Adjusted Invested Amount," for any date of 
determination, means an amount not less than zero equal to the then current 
Class B Invested Amount minus the excess, if any, of the Principal Funding 
Account Balance over the Class A Invested Amount on such date of 
determination, (v) the term "Class C Invested Amount" for any date means an 
amount equal to (a) the Class C Initial Invested Amount less the Class C 
Percentage of the initial deposit to the Pre-Funding Account plus the Class C 
Percentage of any withdrawals from the Pre-Funding Account during the Funding 
Period in connection with the addition of Receivables to the Trust and the 
deposit of the amounts in the Pre-Funding Account at the end of the Funding 
Period into the Excess Funding Account, minus (b) the aggregate amount of 
principal payments (except principal payments made from the Pre-Funding 
Account) made to Class C Certificateholders 
    

                               69           
<PAGE>
   
through and including such date, minus (c) the aggregate amount of Class C 
Investor Charge-Offs for all prior Distribution Dates, equal to the amount by 
which the Class C Invested Amount has been reduced to fund the Investor 
Default Amount and the unpaid Adjustment Payments on all prior Distribution 
Dates as described under "--Investor Charge-Offs," minus (d) the aggregate 
amount of Reallocated Class C Principal Collections and Reallocated Class B 
Principal Collections for which the Class D Invested Amount has not been 
reduced for all prior Distribution Dates, and plus (e) the aggregate amount 
of Available Series Finance Charge Collections, Transferor Finance Charge 
Collections, Excess Finance Charge Collections, Reallocated Class D Principal 
Collections, and certain other amounts as may be available applied on all 
prior Distribution Dates for the purpose of reimbursing amounts deducted 
pursuant to the foregoing clauses (c) and (d), provided, however, that the 
Class C Invested Amount may not be reduced below zero, (vi) the term "Class C 
Adjusted Invested Amount," for any date of determination, means an amount not 
less than zero equal to the then current Class C Invested Amount minus the 
excess, if any, of the Principal Funding Account Balance over the sum of the 
Class A Invested Amount and the Class B Invested Amount on such date of 
determination; (vii) the term "Class D Invested Amount" means an amount equal 
to (a) the initial principal balance of the Class D Certificates, minus (b) 
the aggregate amount of principal payments made to Class D Certificateholders 
through and including such date, minus (c) the aggregate amount of Class D 
Investor Charge-Offs for all prior Distribution Dates, equal to the amount by 
which the Class D Invested Amount has been reduced to fund the Investor 
Default Amount and the unpaid Adjustment Payments on all prior Distribution 
Dates as described under "--Investor Charge-Offs," minus (d) the aggregate 
amount of Reallocated Principal Collections for all prior Distribution Dates, 
and plus (e) the aggregate amount of Finance Charge Collections, Transferor 
Finance Charge Collections, Excess Finance Charge Collections and certain 
other amounts applied on all prior Distribution Dates for the purpose of 
reimbursing amounts deducted pursuant to the foregoing clause (c), provided, 
however, that the Class D Invested Amount may not be reduced below zero, 
(viii) the term "Stated Class D Amount" means the greater of (i) zero and 
(ii) a number rounded to the nearest dollar equal to 6.952 percent of the ABC 
Adjusted Invested Amount; provided, however, that in no event shall the 
Stated Class D Amount be less than $23,842,500 except that if the ABC 
Adjusted Invested Amount is equal to zero the "Stated Class D Amount" will be 
zero; and provided further that during any Early Amortization Period the 
Stated Class D Amount shall be equal to the Stated Class D Amount immediately 
preceding the commencement of the Early Amortization Period and (ix) the term 
"Invested Amount" means the sum of the Class A Invested Amount, the Class B 
Invested Amount, the Class C Invested Amount and the Class D Invested Amount. 
    

   As a result of the Floating Allocation Percentage, Finance Charge 
Collections and the portion of Defaulted Receivables allocated to the 
Certificateholders will change each business day based on the relationship of 
the Class A Adjusted Invested Amount, the Class B Adjusted Invested Amount, 
the Class C Adjusted Invested Amount, and Class D Invested Amount to the 
total amount of Principal Receivables and amounts on deposit in the Excess 
Funding Account on the preceding business day. The numerator of the 
allocation percentages of collections of Principal Receivables allocable to 
the Class A Certificateholders, the Class B Certificateholders, the Class C 
Certificateholders and the Class D Certificateholders, however, will remain 
fixed during the Amortization Period. Collections of Principal Receivables 
allocable to the Class B Certificates are subject to possible reallocation 
for the benefit of the Class A Certificateholders; collections of Principal 
Receivables allocable to the Class C Invested Amount are subject to possible 
reallocation for the benefit of the Class A Certificateholders and the Class 
B Certificateholders and collections of Principal Receivables allocable to 
the Class D Invested Amount are subject to possible reallocation for the 
benefit of the Class A Certificateholders, the Class B Certificateholders and 
the Class C Certificateholders. See "--Reallocated Principal Collections" 
below. 

REALLOCATION OF CASH FLOWS 

   To the extent that any amounts are on deposit in the Excess Funding 
Account or the Pre-Funding Account on any business day, the Servicer will 
determine the Negative Carry Amount, if any. The Servicer will apply an 
amount equal to the lesser of (i) the Transferor Finance Charge Collections 
on such business day, and (ii) the Negative Carry Amount for such business 
day in the manner specified for application of Available Series Finance 
Charge Collections. 

                               70           
<PAGE>
   On each business day the Servicer will determine the Required Amount. To 
the extent of any Required Amount, the Servicer will apply all or a portion 
of the Excess Finance Charge Collections of other Series with respect to such 
business day allocable to the Series 1997-1 Certificates in an amount equal 
to the remaining Required Amount. Excess Finance Charge Collections from 
other Series allocable to the Series 1997-1 Certificates for any business day 
will be equal to the product of (x) Excess Finance Charge Collections 
available from all other Series for such business day and (y) a fraction, the 
numerator of which is the Required Amount for such business day (as reduced 
by amounts applied pursuant to the preceding paragraph) and the denominator 
of which is the aggregate amount of shortfalls in required amounts or other 
amounts to be paid from available Finance Charge Collections for all Series 
for such business day. 

REALLOCATED PRINCIPAL COLLECTIONS 

   
   On each business day, the Servicer will apply or cause the Trustee to 
apply an amount, not to exceed the Class D Invested Amount, equal to the 
product of (a)(i) during the Revolving Period, the Class D Floating 
Allocation Percentage or (ii) during an Amortization Period, the Class D 
Fixed/Floating Allocation Percentage and (b) the amount of Principal 
Collections with respect to such business day to the following amounts in the 
following priority (such collections applied in accordance with clause (a) 
below are called "Reallocated Class D Principal Collections"): 

     (a) an amount equal to the sum of (i) the Class A Required Amount with 
    respect to such business day, (ii) the Class B Required Amount with 
    respect to such business day and (iii) the Class C Required Amount with 
    respect to such business day will be applied first to the components of 
    the Class A Required Amount, then to the components of the Class B 
    Required Amount and then to the components of the Class C Required Amount 
    in the same priority as such components are applied from Available Series 
    Finance Charge Collections as described in "--Application of 
    Collections--Payment of Fees, Interest and Other Items"; and 
    

     (b) any such collections not applied in the foregoing manner (and 
    therefore not constituting Reallocated Class D Principal Collections) 
    will, on business days with respect to the Revolving Period, be applied as 
    Shared Principal Collections and on business days with respect to an 
    Amortization Period will be included in Available Investor Principal 
    Collections. 

   
   On each business day, the Servicer will apply or cause the Trustee to 
apply an amount, not to exceed the Class C Invested Amount, equal to the 
product of (a)(i) during the Revolving Period, the Class C Floating 
Allocation Percentage or (ii) during an Amortization Period, the Class C 
Fixed/Floating Allocation Percentage and (b) the amount of Principal 
Collections with respect to such business day to the following amounts in the 
following priority (such collections applied in accordance with clause (a) 
below are called "Reallocated Class C Principal Collections"): 

     (a) an amount equal to the sum of (i) the excess, if any, of the Class A 
    Required Amount with respect to such business day over the amount of 
    Reallocated Class D Principal Collections applied with respect thereto for 
    such business day and (ii) the excess, if any, of the Class B Required 
    Amount with respect to such business day over the amount of Reallocated 
    Class D Principal Collections applied with respect thereto for such 
    business day will be applied first to the remaining components of the 
    Class A Required Amount and then to the remaining components of the Class 
    B Required Amount in the same priority as such components are applied from 
    Available Series Finance Charge Collections as described in "--Application 
    of Collections--Payment of Fees, Interest and Other Items"; and 
    

     (b) any such collections not applied in the foregoing manner (and 
    therefore not constituting Reallocated Class C Principal Collections) 
    will, on business days with respect to the Revolving Period, be applied as 
    Shared Principal Collections and on business days with respect to an 
    Amortization Period will be included in Available Investor Principal 
    Collections. 

   On each business day, the Servicer will apply or cause the Trustee to 
apply an amount, not to exceed the Class B Invested Amount, equal to the 
product of (a)(i) during the Revolving Period, the Class B Floating 
Allocation Percentage or (ii) during an Amortization Period, the Class B 
Fixed/Floating 

                               71           
<PAGE>
   
Allocation Percentage and (b) the amount of Principal Collections with 
respect to such business day to the following amounts in the following 
priority (such collections applied in accordance with clause (a) below are 
called "Reallocated Class B Principal Collections" and the sum of Reallocated 
Class D Principal Collections, Reallocated Class C Principal Collections and 
Reallocated Class B Collections is called "Reallocated Principal 
Collections"): 

     (a) an amount equal to the excess, if any, of the Class A Required Amount 
    with respect to such business day over the sum of the amount of 
    Reallocated Class D Principal Collections and Reallocated Class C 
    Principal Collections applied with respect thereto for such business day 
    will be applied to the remaining components of the Class A Required Amount 
    in the same priority as such components are applied from Available Series 
    Finance Charge Collections as described in "--Application of 
    Collections--Payment of Fees, Interest and Other Items"; and 
    

     (b) any such collections not applied in the foregoing manner (and 
    therefore not constituting Reallocated Class B Principal Collections) 
    will, on business days with respect to the Revolving Period, be applied as 
    Shared Principal Collections and on business days with respect to an 
    Amortization Period will be included in Available Investor Principal 
    Collections. 

   On each Distribution Date the Class D Invested Amount will be reduced by 
the amount of unreimbursed Reallocated Principal Collections for the related 
Monthly Period. In the event that such reduction would cause the Class D 
Invested Amount to be a negative number, the Class D Invested Amount will be 
reduced to zero and the Class C Invested Amount will be reduced by the amount 
by which the Class D Invested Amount would have been reduced below zero. In 
the event that the amount of unreimbursed Reallocated Principal Collections 
for such Distribution Date would cause the Class C Invested Amount to be a 
negative number, the Class C Invested Amount will be reduced to zero and the 
Class B Invested Amount will be reduced by the amount by which the Class C 
Invested Amount would have been reduced below zero. In the event that the 
reallocation of Principal Collections would cause the Class B Invested Amount 
to be a negative number on any Distribution Date, the amount of Class B 
Reallocated Principal Collections on such Distribution Date will be an amount 
not to exceed the amount which would cause the Class B Invested Amount to be 
reduced to zero. 

APPLICATION OF COLLECTIONS 

   Allocations. Obligors make payments on the Receivables to the Servicer, 
who deposits all such payments in the Collection Account no later than the 
second business day following the date of processing. On the day on which any 
deposit to the Collection Account is available, the Servicer will make the 
deposits and payments to the accounts and parties as indicated below; 
provided, however, that for as long as Direct Merchants Bank or any affiliate 
of Direct Merchants Bank remains the Servicer under the Pooling and Servicing 
Agreement, then the Servicer may make such deposits and payments on the 
business day immediately prior to the Distribution Date (the "Transfer Date") 
in an aggregate amount equal to the net amount of such deposits and payments 
which would have been made had the conditions of this proviso not applied if 
(a)(i) the Servicer provides to the Trustee a letter of credit or other form 
of Enhancement rated in the highest rating category by the Rating Agencies 
covering the risk of collection of the Servicer and (ii) the Transferor shall 
not have received a notice from either Rating Agency that making payments 
monthly rather than daily would result in the lowering of such Rating 
Agency's then-existing rating of any Series of certificates then outstanding 
or (b) the Servicer has and maintains a short-term credit rating of P-1 by 
Moody's and A-1 by Standard & Poor's. 

   If clause (a) or clause (b) set forth in the proviso to the immediately 
preceding paragraph is satisfied, payments on the Receivables collected by 
the Servicer will not be segregated from the assets of the Servicer. Until 
such payments on the Receivables collected by the Servicer are deposited into 
the Collection Account, such funds may be used by the Servicer for its own 
benefit, and the proceeds of any short-term investment of such funds will 
accrue to the Servicer. During such times as the Servicer holds funds 
representing payments on the Receivables collected by the Servicer and is 
permitted to use such funds for its own benefit, the Certificateholders are 
subject to risk of loss, including risk resulting from the bankruptcy or 
insolvency of the Servicer. The Servicer pays no fee to the Trust or any 
Certificateholder for any use by the Servicer of funds representing 
Collections on the Receivables. 

                               72           
<PAGE>
   The Servicer will withdraw the following amounts from the Collection 
Account for application on each business day as indicated: 

     (i) an amount equal to the Transferor Percentage of the aggregate amount 
    of Principal Collections will be paid to the Transferor to the extent such 
    funds are not allocated to any series to cover a negative carry amount; 

     (ii) an amount equal to the Transferor Percentage of the aggregate amount 
    of Finance Charge Collections will be paid to the holder of the 
    Exchangeable Transferor Certificate to the extent such funds are not 
    allocated to any Series as set forth in the applicable Supplement; 

     (iii) an amount equal to the sum of (i) prior to the occurrence of a Pay 
    Out Event the Floating Allocation Percentage, and on and after the 
    occurrence of a Pay Out Event the Fixed/Floating Allocation Percentage, of 
    the sum of the aggregate amount of Finance Charge Collections and the 
    amount of Adjustment Payments made by the Transferor with respect to 
    Adjustment Payments required to be made but not made in a prior Monthly 
    Period, (ii) certain Transferor Finance Charge Collections allocable to 
    the Certificates and (iii) Excess Finance Charge Collections of other 
    Series allocable to such Series, will be allocated and paid as described 
    below in "--Payment of Fees, Interest and Other Items;" 

     (iv) during the Revolving Period, an amount equal to the Floating 
    Allocation Percentage of Principal Collections (less the amount thereof 
    which may be applied as Reallocated Principal Collections) will be applied 
    as Shared Principal Collections; 

     (v) during the Amortization Period, an amount equal to the Fixed/Floating 
    Allocation Percentage of Principal Collections (less the amount thereof 
    applied as Reallocated Principal Collections), any amount on deposit in 
    the Excess Funding Account and any amount on deposit in the Pre-Funding 
    Account allocated to the holders of Series 1997-1 Certificates, any 
    amounts to be paid in respect of the Investor Default Amount, unpaid 
    Adjustment Payments, Class A Investor Charge-Offs, Class B Investor 
    Charge-Offs and Class C Investor Charge-Offs and any amount of Shared 
    Principal Collections allocated to the Certificates on such business day, 
    up to (a) during the Accumulation Period, the Controlled Deposit Amount or 
    (b) during the Early Amortization Period, the Invested Amount, will be 
    deposited in the Principal Account; 

     (vi) Shared Principal Collections will be allocated to each outstanding 
    Series pro rata based on any shortfalls with respect to principal payments 
    with respect to any Series which is in its amortization period, and then, 
    at the option of the Transferor, to make payments of principal with 
    respect to the Variable Funding Certificates. The Servicer will pay any 
    remaining Shared Principal Collections on such business day to the holder 
    of the Exchangeable Transferor Certificate; and 

     (vii) Excess Finance Charge Collections will be allocated as set forth 
    below in paragraph (xvi) of "--Payment of Fees, Interest and Other Items." 

   Any Shared Principal Collections and other amounts described above as 
being payable to the Transferor will not be paid to the Transferor if the 
Transferor Interest on any date, after giving effect to the inclusion in the 
Trust of all Receivables on or prior to such date and the application of all 
prior payments to the Transferor, does not exceed the Minimum Transferor 
Interest. Any such amounts otherwise payable to the Transferor, together with 
any Adjustment Payments, as described below, will be deposited into and held 
in the Excess Funding Account, and on the Amortization Period Commencement 
Date with respect to any Series, such amounts will be deposited in the 
principal account of such Series to the extent specified in the related 
Supplement until the applicable principal account of such Series has been 
funded in full or the holders of certificates of such Series have been paid 
in full. See "--Excess Funding Account." 

   On each business day the Transferor, at its discretion, will direct that 
amounts on deposit in the Payment Reserve Account will be retained therein, 
applied as Available Series Finance Charge Collections or released to the 
Transferor. 

                               73           
<PAGE>
   Payment of Fees, Interest and Other Items. On each business day during a 
Monthly Period, the Servicer will determine the sum of (a) prior to the date 
on which a Pay Out Event is deemed to occur, the Floating Allocation 
Percentage of the sum of Finance Charge Collections and the amount of 
Adjustment Payments made by the Transferor with respect to Adjustment 
Payments required to be made but not made in a prior Monthly Period or, on 
and after the date on which a Pay Out Event is deemed to occur, the 
Fixed/Floating Allocation Percentage of the sum of Finance Charge Collections 
and the amount of Adjustment Payments made by the Transferor with respect to 
Adjustment Payments required to be made but not made in a prior Monthly 
Period and (b) amounts on deposit in the Payment Reserve Account, if any, if 
and to the extent the Transferor designates that such amounts are to be so 
applied (the "Available Series Finance Charge Collections") and will 
distribute such amount in the following priority: 

     (i) an amount equal to the lesser of (A) the Available Series Finance 
    Charge Collections and (B) the excess of (a) the sum of (1) the Class A 
    Monthly Interest, (2) the amount of any Class A Monthly Interest 
    previously due but not deposited in the Interest Funding Account in prior 
    Monthly Periods, and (3) any additional interest (to the extent permitted 
    by applicable law) at the Class A Certificate Rate with respect to 
    interest amounts that were due but not paid in a prior Monthly Period over 
    (b) the amount which has already been deposited in the Interest Funding 
    Account with respect thereto in the current Monthly Period, will be 
    deposited in the Interest Funding Account for distribution on the next 
    succeeding Distribution Date to the Class A Certificateholders; 

     (ii) an amount equal to the lesser of (A) any Available Series Finance 
    Charge Collections remaining and (B) the excess of (a) the sum of (1) the 
    Class B Monthly Interest, (2) the amount of any Class B Monthly Interest 
    previously due but not deposited in the Interest Funding Account in prior 
    Monthly Periods, and (3) any additional interest (to the extent permitted 
    by applicable law) at the Class B Certificate Rate with respect to Class B 
    Monthly Interest amounts that were due but not paid in a prior Monthly 
    Period over (b) the amount which has already been deposited in the 
    Interest Funding Account with respect thereto in the current Monthly 
    Period, will be deposited in the Interest Funding Account for distribution 
    on the next succeeding Distribution Date to the Class B 
    Certificateholders; 

     (iii) an amount equal to the lesser of (A) any Available Series Finance 
    Charge Collections remaining and (B) the excess of (a) the sum of (1) the 
    Class C Monthly Interest, (2) the amount of any Class C Monthly Interest 
    previously due but not deposited in the Interest Funding Account in prior 
    Monthly Periods, and (3) any additional interest (to the extent permitted 
    by applicable law) at the Class C Certificate Rate with respect to Class C 
    Monthly Interest amounts that were due but not paid in a prior Monthly 
    Period over (b) the amount which has already been deposited in the 
    Interest Funding Account with respect thereto in the current Monthly 
    Period, will be deposited in the Interest Funding Account for distribution 
    on the next succeeding Distribution Date to the Class C 
    Certificateholders; 

     (iv) an amount equal to the lesser of (A) any Available Series Finance 
    Charge Collections remaining and (B) the portion of the Monthly Servicing 
    Fee for the current month that has not been previously paid to the 
    Servicer plus any prior Monthly Servicing Fee that was due but not 
    previously paid to the Servicer will be distributed to the Servicer; 

   
     (v) an amount equal to the lesser of (A) the sum of any Available Series 
    Finance Charge Collections remaining and, if such day is a Default 
    Recognition Date, an amount equal to the aggregate Transferor Retained 
    Finance Charge Collections for each prior business day during the related 
    Monthly Period and (B) the sum of (1) the aggregate Investor Default 
    Amount for such business day and (2) the unpaid Investor Default Amount 
    for any prior business day during the then-current Monthly Period, will be 
    (w) during the Revolving Period, treated as Shared Principal Collections 
    and (x) during the Amortization Period, treated as Available Investor 
    Principal Collections for the benefit of the Certificates; 

     (vi) an amount equal to the Series Allocation Percentage of any 
    Adjustment Payment which the Transferor is required but fails to make 
    pursuant to the Pooling and Servicing Agreement will be (a) during the 
    Revolving Period, treated as Shared Principal Collections and (b) during 
    the Amortization Period, treated as Available Investor Principal 
    Collections for the benefit of the Certificates; 
    

                               74           
<PAGE>
   
     (vii) an amount equal to the lesser of (A) any Available Series Finance 
    Charge Collections remaining and (B) unreimbursed Class A Investor 
    Charge-Offs, if any, will be applied to reimburse Class A Investor 
    Charge-Offs and (w) during the Revolving Period, be treated as Shared 
    Principal Collections and (x) during the Amortization Period, be treated 
    as Available Investor Principal Collections for the benefit of the 
    Certificates; 

     (viii) an amount equal to the lesser of (A) any Available Series Finance 
    Charge Collections remaining and (B) the sum of (1) the amount of interest 
    which has accrued with respect to the outstanding aggregate principal 
    amount of the Class B Certificates at the Class B Certificate Rate but has 
    not been deposited in the Interest Funding Account will be deposited in 
    the Interest Funding Account and (2) any additional interest (to the 
    extent permitted by applicable law) at the Class B Certificate Rate with 
    respect to such interest amounts that were due but not deposited in the 
    Interest Funding Account in any previous Monthly Period, will be deposited 
    in the Interest Funding Account for distribution on the next succeeding 
    Distribution Date to Class B Certificateholders; 

     (ix) an amount equal to the lesser of (A) any Available Series Finance 
    Charge Collections remaining and (B) the sum of (1) the amount of interest 
    which has accrued with respect to the outstanding aggregate principal 
    amount of the Class C Certificates at the Class C Certificate Rate but has 
    not been deposited in the Interest Funding Account will be deposited in 
    the Interest Funding Account, and (2) any additional interest (to the 
    extent permitted by applicable law) at the Class C Certificate Rate with 
    respect to such interest amounts that were due but not deposited in the 
    Interest Funding Account in any previous Monthly Period, will be deposited 
    in the Interest Funding Account for distribution on the next succeeding 
    Distribution Date to Class C Certificateholders; 

     (x) an amount equal to the lesser of (A) any Available Series Finance 
    Charge Collections remaining and (B) unreimbursed Class B Investor 
    Charge-Offs, if any, will be applied to reimburse Class B Investor 
    Charge-Offs and (w) during the Revolving Period, be treated as Shared 
    Principal Collections and (x) during the Amortization Period, be treated 
    as Available Investor Principal Collections for the benefit of the 
    Certificates; 

     (xi) an amount equal to the lesser of (A) any Available Series Finance 
    Charge Collections remaining and (B) unreimbursed Class C Investor 
    Charge-Offs, if any, will be applied to reimburse Class C Investor 
    Charge-Offs and (w) during the Revolving Period, be treated as Shared 
    Principal Collections and (x) during the Amortization Period, be treated 
    as Available Investor Principal Collections for the benefit of the 
    Certificates; 

     (xii) an amount equal to the lesser of (A) any Available Series Finance 
    Charge Collections remaining and (B) unreimbursed Class D Investor 
    Charge-Offs, if any, will be applied to reimburse Class D Investor 
    Charge-Offs and (w) during the Revolving Period, be treated as Shared 
    Principal Collections and (x) during the Amortization Period, be treated 
    as Available Investor Principal Collections for the benefit of the 
    Certificates; 
    

     (xiii) an amount equal to the lesser of any Available Series Finance 
    Charge Collections remaining and any required funding of a reserve account 
    for the benefit of the Class C Certificates will be deposited in such 
    reserve account; 

     (xiv) on and after the Reserve Account Funding Date, but prior to the 
    date on which the Accumulation Period Reserve Account terminates, an 
    amount equal to the lesser of any Available Series Finance Charge 
    Collections remaining and the excess, if any, of the Required Reserve 
    Account Amount over the Available Reserve Account Amount will be deposited 
    in the Accumulation Period Reserve Account; 

     (xv) an amount equal to the lesser of any remaining Available Series 
    Finance Charge Collections and the amount designated by the Transferor in 
    writing in its instructions to the Trustee to be deposited in the Payment 
    Reserve Account; and 

     (xvi) any Available Series Finance Charge Collections remaining after 
    making the above described distributions will be treated as Excess Finance 
    Charge Collections which will be available 

                               75           
<PAGE>
    to cover shortfalls, if any, in amounts payable from Finance Charge 
    Collections to certificateholders of other Series, then to pay any unpaid 
    commercially reasonable costs and expenses of a successor Servicer, if 
    any, and then on each business day other than the Default Recognition Date 
    to be paid to the Transferor to be treated as "Transferor Retained Finance 
    Charge Collections." On the Default Recognition Date any remaining Excess 
    Finance Charge Collections which are not so used will be paid to the 
    Transferor. 

   On each Transfer Date all investment income (net of investment losses and 
expenses) on funds on deposit in the Pre-Funding Account, the Principal 
Funding Account and the Accumulation Period Reserve Account will be applied 
as if such amounts were Available Series Finance Charge Collections on the 
last business day of the preceding Monthly Period. 

   
   "Class A Monthly Interest" with respect to any Distribution Date will 
equal one-twelfth of the product of (i) the Class A Certificate Rate for the 
related Interest Accrual Period and (ii) the outstanding principal balance of 
the Class A Certificates at the close of business on the first day of the 
related Interest Accrual Period or, with respect to any Distribution Date 
related to the Funding Period, the outstanding principal balance of the Class 
A Certificates at the close of business on the first day of the related 
Interest Accrual Period. 
    

   "Class B Monthly Interest" with respect to any Distribution Date will 
equal one-twelfth of the product of (i) the Class B Certificate Rate for the 
related Interest Accrual Period and (ii) the Class B Invested Amount at the 
close of business on the first day of the related Interest Accrual Period or, 
with respect to any Distribution Date related to the Funding Period, the 
outstanding principal balance of the Class B Certificates at the close of 
business on the first day of the related Interest Accrual Period. 

   "Class C Monthly Interest" with respect to any Distribution Date will 
equal the product of (i) the Class C Certificate Rate for the related 
Interest Accrual Period, (ii) the Class C Invested Amount at the close of 
business on the first day of the related Interest Accrual Period or, with 
respect to any Distribution Date related to the Funding Period, the 
outstanding principal balance of the Class C Certificates at the close of 
business on the first day of the related Interest Accrual Period and (iii) a 
fraction the numerator of which is the actual number of days in the related 
Interest Accrual Period and the denominator of which is 360. 

   "Required Amount" means on any business day the amount, if any, by which 
the full amount to be paid pursuant to clauses (i)-(xiv) above exceeds the 
portion of the Available Series Finance Charge Collections and Transferor 
Finance Charge Collections, if any, applied to the payment of the amounts 
described in such clauses. 

   "Pre-Funded Amount" for any Distribution Date with respect to the Funding 
Period will equal the amount deposited in the Pre-Funding Account on the 
Closing Date, less the amount of any increases in the Invested Amount 
pursuant to the Series 1997-1 Supplement in connection with the addition of 
Receivables to the Trust. 

   Any amounts remaining on deposit in the Pre-Funding Account at the end of 
the Funding Period will be deposited in the Excess Funding Account. 

   Payment of Principal. On each business day during the Revolving Period, 
the Trustee, acting in accordance with instructions from the Servicer, will 
treat the amount described in clause (iv) of "--Allocations" as Shared 
Principal Collections which will be applied as described in clause (vi) of 
"--Allocations." On each Transfer Date during the Amortization Period, the 
Trustee, acting in accordance with instructions from the Servicer, will apply 
Principal Collections on deposit in the Principal Account in the following 
priority: 

     (i) an amount equal to the Class A Principal will be deposited on each 
    Transfer Date in the Principal Funding Account for distribution to the 
    Class A Certificateholders on the Expected Final Payment Date (with 
    respect to the Accumulation Period) or distributed to the Class A 
    Certificateholders on each Distribution Date until the Class A Invested 
    Amount is paid in full (with respect to the Early Amortization Period); 

                               76           
<PAGE>
     (ii) on the Transfer Date related to the Class B Principal Payment 
    Commencement Date and on each Transfer Date thereafter, an amount equal to 
    the Class B Principal will be deposited in the Principal Funding Account 
    for distribution to the Class B Certificateholders on the Expected Final 
    Payment Date (with respect to the Accumulation Period) or distributed to 
    the Class B Certificateholders on each Distribution Date until the Class B 
    Invested Amount is paid in full (with respect to the Early Amortization 
    Period); and 

     (iii) on the Transfer Date related to the Class C Principal Payment 
    Commencement Date and on each Transfer Date thereafter, an amount equal to 
    the Class C Principal will be deposited in the Principal Funding Account 
    for distribution to the Class C Certificateholders on the Expected Final 
    Payment Date (with respect to the Accumulation Period) or distributed to 
    the Class C Certificateholders on each Distribution Date until the Class C 
    Invested Amount is paid in full (with respect to the Early Amortization 
    Period); and 

     (iv) on each Transfer Date with respect to the Accumulation Period, the 
    balance of Available Investor Principal Collections not applied pursuant 
    to (i) through (iii) above, if any, may be applied to the payment of 
    principal to the Class D Certificateholders to the extent that the Class D 
    Invested Amount exceeds the Stated Class D Amount and any remaining excess 
    on each Transfer Date with respect to the Accumulation Period and the 
    Early Amortization Period will be treated as Shared Principal Collections 
    and applied as described in clause (vi) of "--Allocations." 

   
   "Class A Principal" with respect to any Transfer Date relating to the 
Accumulation Period or the Early Amortization Period, prior to the payment in 
full of the Class A Invested Amount, will equal the least of (i) the 
Available Investor Principal Collections on deposit in the Principal Account 
with respect to such Transfer Date, (ii) for each Transfer Date with respect 
to the Accumulation Period, prior to the payment in full of the Class A 
Invested Amount and on or prior to the Expected Final Payment Date, the 
applicable Controlled Deposit Amount for such Transfer Date and (iii) the 
Class A Adjusted Invested Amount on such Transfer Date. 

   "Class B Principal" with respect to each Transfer Date relating to the 
Accumulation Period or the Early Amortization Period beginning with the 
Transfer Date first preceding the Class B Principal Commencement Date, prior 
to the payment in full of the Class B Invested Amount, will equal the least 
of (i) the Available Investor Principal Collections remaining on deposit in 
the Principal Account with respect to such Transfer Date after application 
thereof to Class A Principal, if any, (ii) for each Transfer Date with 
respect to the Accumulation Period, on or prior to the Expected Final Payment 
Date, the applicable Controlled Deposit Amount for such Transfer Date (minus 
the Class A Principal with respect to such Transfer Date) and (iii) the Class 
B Adjusted Invested Amount on such Transfer Date. 

   "Class C Principal" with respect to each Transfer Date relating to the 
Accumulation Period or the Early Amortization Period beginning with the 
Transfer Date first preceding the Distribution Date on which the Class B 
Invested Amount is deposited in full in the Principal Funding Account or paid 
in full, prior to the payment in full of the Class C Invested Amount, will 
equal the least of (i) the Available Investor Principal Collections remaining 
on deposit in the Principal Account with respect to such Transfer Date after 
applications thereof to Class A Principal and Class B Principal, if any, (ii) 
for each Transfer Date with respect to the Accumulation Period, on or prior 
to the Expected Final Payment Date, the applicable Controlled Deposit Amount 
for such Transfer Date (minus the Class A Principal and the Class B Principal 
with respect to such Transfer Date) and (iii) the Class C Adjusted Invested 
Amount on such Transfer Date. 
    

   "Controlled Accumulation Amount" means for any Transfer Date with respect 
to the Accumulation Period, prior to the payment in full of the sum of the 
Class A Invested Amount, the Class B Invested Amount and the Class C Invested 
Amount, $66,229,167; provided, however, that if the commencement of the 
Accumulation Period is delayed as described above under "--Postponement of 
Accumulation Period," the Controlled Accumulation Amount may be higher than 
the amount stated above for each Transfer Date with respect to the 
Accumulation Period and will be determined by the Servicer in accordance with 
the Pooling and Servicing Agreement based on the principal payment rates for 
the Accounts and on the invested amounts of other Series (other than certain 
excluded Series) which are scheduled to be in their revolving periods during 
the Accumulation Period. 

                               77           
<PAGE>
   "Accumulation Shortfall" initially means zero and thereafter means, with 
respect to any Monthly Period during the Accumulation Period, the excess, if 
any, of the Controlled Deposit Amount for the previous Monthly Period over 
the amount deposited into the Principal Funding Account with respect to the 
Certificates for the previous Monthly Period. 

COVERAGE OF INTEREST SHORTFALLS 

   To the extent of any shortfall in the amount of Available Series Finance 
Charge Collections due to the accumulation of principal in the Excess Funding 
Account or the Pre-Funding Account, the Transferor Finance Charge Collections 
will be made available to cover such Negative Carry Amount. 

   Finance Charge Collections allocable to any Series in excess of the 
amounts necessary to make required payments with respect to such Series 
("Excess Finance Charge Collections") will be applied to cover any shortfalls 
with respect to amounts payable from Finance Charge Collections allocable to 
any other Series, pro rata based upon the amounts of the shortfalls, if any, 
with respect to such other Series. Any Excess Finance Charge Collections 
remaining after covering shortfalls with respect to all outstanding Series 
during a Monthly Period will be paid to the successor Servicer, if any, to 
cover certain costs and expenses and then to the holder of the Exchangeable 
Transferor Certificate. 

DEFAULTED RECEIVABLES; DILUTION 

   Receivables in Defaulted Accounts are charged off as uncollectible in 
accordance with the Servicer's customary and usual policies and the Credit 
and Collection Policy (a "Defaulted Receivable"). See "Direct Merchants 
Bank's Credit Card Activities -- Delinquency and Collections" and "--Loss 
Experience." On each business day, the Servicer will allocate to the 
Certificateholders a portion of all Defaulted Receivables in an amount (the 
"Investor Default Amount") equal to (i) on any business day other than a 
Default Recognition Date, an amount equal to the product of (a) the Floating 
Allocation Percentage applicable on such business day and (b) the aggregate 
principal amount of Defaulted Receivables identified since the prior 
reporting date and (ii) on any Default Recognition Date, an amount equal to 
the product of (a) the Default Recognition Allocation Percentage applicable 
on such Default Recognition Date and (b) the aggregate principal amount of 
Defaulted Receivables with respect to such Default Recognition Date. 

   If on any business day the Servicer adjusts the amount of any Principal 
Receivable due to Dilution, then the amount of the Transferor Interest in the 
Trust will be reduced, on a net basis, by the amount of the adjustment on 
such business day. In the event the Transferor Interest would be reduced 
below the Minimum Transferor Interest, the Transferor will be required to pay 
to the Trust the amount of such Dilution (an "Adjustment Payment") out of its 
own funds or, to the extent not paid by the Transferor, out of Available 
Series Finance Charge Collections, Transferor Finance Charge Collections, 
Excess Finance Charge Collections or Reallocated Principal Collections 
designated for such purpose. To the extent that such amounts are not 
sufficient to cover the portion of the unpaid Adjustment Payments allocated 
to Series 1997-1, there will be an Investor Charge-Off as described below. 

INVESTOR CHARGE-OFFS 

   
   If on the second business day preceding each Distribution Date (the 
"Determination Date"), the aggregate Investor Default Amount and the Series 
Allocation Percentage of unpaid Adjustment Payments, if any, for all business 
days in the preceding Monthly Period exceeds the aggregate amount of the 
Available Series Finance Charge Collections, Transferor Finance Charge 
Collections, Excess Finance Charge Collections, Reallocated Principal 
Collections, Principal Funding Account Investment Proceeds, Pre-Funding 
Account investment proceeds and amounts withdrawn from the Accumulation 
Period Reserve Account and applied with respect to the Investor Default 
Amount and the Series Allocation Percentage of unpaid Adjustment Payments 
with respect to such Monthly Period, then the Class D Invested Amount will be 
reduced by the aggregate amount of such excess, but not more than the sum of 
the remaining aggregate Investor Default Amount and the remaining unpaid 
Adjustment Payments for such Monthly Period (a "Class D Investor 
Charge-Off"). The Class D Invested Amount thereafter will 
    

                               78           
<PAGE>
be increased (but not in excess of the unpaid principal balance of the Class 
D Certificates) on any business day by the amounts allocated and available 
for that purpose as described under clause (xii) of "--Application of 
Collections--Payment of Fees, Interest and Other Items." 

   
   In the event that any such reduction of the Class D Invested Amount would 
cause the Class D Invested Amount to be a negative number, the Class D 
Invested Amount will be reduced to zero, and the Class C Invested Amount will 
be reduced by the aggregate amount of such excess, but not more than the sum 
of the remaining aggregate Investor Default Amount and the remaining unpaid 
Adjustment Payments for such Monthly Period (a "Class C Investor 
Charge-Off"), which will have the effect of slowing or reducing the return of 
principal to the Class C Certificateholders. The Class C Invested Amount will 
thereafter be increased (but not in excess of the unpaid principal balance of 
the Class C Certificates) on any business day by the amounts allocated and 
available for that purpose as described under clause (xi) of "--Application 
of Collections--Payment of Fees, Interest and Other Items." 

   In the event that any such reduction of the Class C Invested Amount would 
cause the Class C Invested Amount to be a negative number, the Class C 
Invested Amount will be reduced to zero, and the Class B Invested Amount will 
be reduced by the aggregate amount of such excess, but not more than the sum 
of the remaining aggregate Investor Default Amount and the remaining unpaid 
Adjustment Payments for such Monthly Period (a "Class B Investor 
Charge-Off"), which will have the effect of slowing or reducing the return of 
principal to the Class B Certificateholders. The Class B Invested Amount will 
thereafter be increased (but not in excess of the unpaid principal balance of 
the Class B Certificates) on any business day by the amounts allocated and 
available for that purpose as described under clause (x) of "--Application of 
Collections--Payment of Fees, Interest and Other Items." 

   In the event that any such reduction of the Class B Invested Amount would 
cause the Class B Invested Amount to be a negative number, the Class B 
Invested Amount will be reduced to zero, and the Class A Invested Amount will 
be reduced by the amount by which the Class B Invested Amount would have been 
reduced below zero, but not more than the sum of the remaining aggregate 
Investor Default Amount and the remaining unpaid Adjustment Payments for such 
Monthly Period (a "Class A Investor Charge-Off") which will have the effect 
of slowing or reducing the return of principal to the Class A 
Certificateholders. The Class A Invested Amount will thereafter be increased 
(but not in excess of the unpaid principal balance of the Class A 
Certificates) on any business day by the amounts allocated and available for 
that purpose as described under clause (vii) of "--Application of 
Collections--Payment of Fees, Interest and Other Items." 
    

PAIRED SERIES 

   Subject to the satisfaction of the Rating Agency Condition, prior to the 
commencement of the Early Amortization Period the Certificates may be paired 
with one or more other Series (each, a "Paired Series"). Each Paired Series 
either will be pre-funded with an initial deposit to a pre-funding account in 
an amount up to the initial principal balance of such Paired Series and 
primarily from the proceeds of the sale of such Paired Series or will have a 
variable principal amount. Any such pre-funding account will be held for the 
benefit of such Paired Series and not for the benefit of the 
Certificateholders. As amounts are deposited in the Principal Funding Account 
for the benefit of the Class A Certificateholders, Class B Certificateholders 
and Class C Certificateholders, either (i) in the case of a pre-funded Paired 
Series, an equal amount of funds on deposit in any pre-funding account for 
such pre-funded Paired Series will be released (which funds will be 
distributed to the Transferor) or (ii) in the case of a Paired Series having 
a variable principal amount, an interest in such variable Paired Series in an 
equal or lesser amount may be sold by the Trust (and the proceeds thereof 
will be distributed to the Transferor) and, in either case, the invested 
amount in the Trust of such Paired Series will increase by up to a 
corresponding amount. Upon payment in full of the Certificates, assuming that 
there have been no unreimbursed charge-offs with respect to any related 
Paired Series, the aggregate invested amount of such related Paired Series 
will have been increased by an amount up to an aggregate amount equal to the 
Invested Amount paid to the Certificateholders since the issuance of such 
Paired Series. The issuance of a Paired Series will be subject to the 
conditions described under "--Exchanges." There can be no assurance, however, 
that the terms of any Paired Series might not have an impact on the timing or 
amount of payments received by a 

                               79           
<PAGE>
Certificateholder. In particular, the denominator of the Fixed/Floating 
Allocation Percentages for the Class A Certificates and the Class B 
Certificates may be increased upon the occurrence of a Pay Out Event with 
respect to a Paired Series resulting in a possible reduction of the 
percentage of Collections of Principal Receivables and Finance Charge 
Receivables allocated to Series 1997-1 if such event required reliance by 
Series 1997-1 on clause (b) of the denominator of the applicable 
Fixed/Floating Allocation Percentages and, in the case of Principal 
Collections allowed payment of principal at such time to the Paired Series. 
See "--Allocation Percentages." 

DEFEASANCE 

   
   On the date that the following conditions shall have been satisfied: (i) 
the Transferor shall have deposited (x) in the Principal Funding Account an 
amount equal to the sum of the outstanding principal balances of the Class A 
Certificates, the Class B Certificates and the Class C Certificates, which 
amount shall be invested in Cash Equivalents and (y) in the Accumulation 
Period Reserve Account an amount equal to or greater than the Covered Amount, 
as estimated by the Transferor, for the period from the date of the deposit 
to the Principal Funding Account through the Expected Final Payment Date; 
(ii) the Transferor shall have delivered to the Trustee an opinion of counsel 
to the effect that such deposit and termination of obligations will not 
result in the Trust being required to register as an "investment company" 
within the meaning of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, and an 
opinion of counsel to the effect that following such deposit none of the 
Trust, the Accumulation Period Reserve Account or the Principal Funding 
Account will be deemed to be an association (or publicly traded partnership) 
taxable as a corporation; (iii) the Transferor shall have delivered to the 
Trustee a certificate of an officer of the Transferor stating that the 
Transferor reasonably believes that such deposit and termination of its 
obligations will not constitute a Pay Out Event or any event that, with the 
giving of notice or the lapse of time, would cause a Pay Out Event to occur; 
and (iv) a Ratings Event will not occur as a result of such events; then, the 
Certificates will no longer be entitled to the security interest of the Trust 
in the Receivables and, except those set forth in clause (i) above, other 
Trust assets ("Defeasance"), and the percentages applicable to the allocation 
to the Certificateholders of Principal Collections, Finance Charge 
Collections and Defaulted Receivables will be reduced to zero. Upon the 
satisfaction of the foregoing conditions, the Class D Invested Amount will be 
reduced to zero. 
    

FINAL PAYMENT OF PRINCIPAL; TERMINATION 

   The Class A Certificates, the Class B Certificates and the Class C 
Certificates will each be subject to optional repurchase by the Transferor on 
any Distribution Date if on such Distribution Date the sum of the Class A 
Invested Amount, the Class B Invested Amount and the Class C Invested Amount 
would be reduced to an amount less than or equal to 10 percent of the sum of 
the highest Class A Invested Amount, Class B Invested Amount and Class C 
Invested Amount, if certain conditions set forth in the Pooling and Servicing 
Agreement are satisfied. The repurchase price will be equal to (i) the unpaid 
Class A Invested Amount plus accrued and unpaid interest on the Class A 
Certificates, (ii) the unpaid Class B Invested Amount plus accrued and unpaid 
interest on the Class B Certificates, and (iii) the unpaid Class C Invested 
Amount plus accrued and unpaid interest on the Class C Certificates, in each 
case after giving effect to any payments on such date. In each case interest 
will accrue through the day preceding the Distribution Date on which the 
repurchase occurs. 

   The Certificates will be retired on the day following the Distribution 
Date on which the final payment of principal is scheduled to be made to the 
Certificateholders, whether as a result of optional reassignment to the 
Transferor or otherwise. Subject to prior termination as provided above, the 
Pooling and Servicing Agreement provides that the final distribution of 
principal and interest on the Offered Certificates will be made on the 
October 2005 Distribution Date (the "Termination Date"), except to the extent 
provided below. In the event that the Invested Amount is greater than zero, 
exclusive of any Class held by the Transferor, on the Termination Date, the 
Trustee will sell or cause to be sold (and apply the proceeds first to the 
Class A Certificates until paid in full, then to the Class B Certificates 
until paid in full, then to the Class C Certificates until paid in full, and 
finally to the Class D Certificates to the extent necessary to pay such 
remaining amounts to all Certificateholders pro rata within each Class as 
final payment of the 

                               80           
<PAGE>
Certificates) interests in the Receivables or certain Receivables, as 
specified in the Pooling and Servicing Agreement and the Series 1997-1 
Supplement, in an amount up to 110 percent of the Invested Amount at the 
close of business on such date (but not more than the total amount of 
Receivables allocable to the Certificates in accordance with the Pooling and 
Servicing Agreement). If the sale contemplated by the preceding sentence has 
not occurred by the Termination Date, the affected Certificateholders shall 
remain entitled to receive proceeds of such sale when it occurs. The net 
proceeds of such sale and any collections on the Receivables, up to an amount 
equal to the Invested Amount plus accrued interest due on the Certificates, 
will be paid on the Termination Date first to Class A Certificateholders 
until the Class A Invested Amount is paid in full, then to the Class B 
Certificateholders until the Class B Invested Amount is paid in full, then to 
the Class C Certificateholders until the Class C Invested Amount is paid in 
full, and then to the Class D Certificateholders until the Class D Invested 
Amount is paid in full. 

   Unless the Servicer and the holder of the Exchangeable Transferor 
Certificate instruct the Trustee otherwise, the Trust will terminate on the 
earlier of (a) the day after the Distribution Date following the date on 
which funds shall have been deposited in the Distribution Account for the 
payment to certificateholders sufficient to pay in full the aggregate 
investor interest of all Series outstanding plus interest thereon at the 
applicable certificate rates to the next Distribution Date and (b) a date 
which shall not be later than May 26, 2095. Upon the termination of the Trust 
and the surrender of the Exchangeable Transferor Certificate, the Trustee 
will convey to the holder of the Exchangeable Transferor Certificate all 
right, title and interest of the Trust in and to the Receivables and other 
funds of the Trust (other than funds on deposit in the Distribution Account 
and other similar bank accounts of the Trust with respect to any Series). 

PAY OUT EVENTS 

   As described above, the Revolving Period will continue until the 
commencement of the Accumulation Period, unless a Pay Out Event occurs prior 
to such date. A "Pay Out Event" refers to any of the following events: 

     (i) failure on the part of the Transferor (a) to make any payment or 
    deposit on the date required under the Pooling and Servicing Agreement (or 
    within the applicable grace period which will not exceed five business 
    days); (b) to perform in all material respects the Transferor's covenant 
    not to sell, pledge, assign, or transfer to any person, or grant any 
    unpermitted lien on, any Receivable; or (c) to observe or perform in any 
    material respect any other covenants or agreements of the Transferor set 
    forth in the Pooling and Servicing Agreement, the Purchase Agreement or 
    the Series 1997-1 Supplement, which failure has a material adverse effect 
    on the Certificateholders and which continues unremedied for a period of 
    60 days after written notice of such failure, requiring the same to be 
    remedied, shall have been given to the Transferor by the Trustee, or to 
    the Transferor and the Trustee by the Certificateholders representing more 
    than 50 percent of the Invested Amount and continues to materially and 
    adversely affect the interests of the Certificateholders for such period; 

     (ii) any representation or warranty made by the Transferor in the Pooling 
    and Servicing Agreement proves to have been incorrect in any material 
    respect when made, and as a result the interests of the Certificateholders 
    are materially adversely affected, and such representation or warranty 
    continues to be incorrect for 60 days after notice to the Transferor by 
    the Trustee or to the Transferor and the Trustee by more than 50 percent 
    of the Invested Amount and the Certificateholders' Interest continues to 
    be materially adversely affected during such period; provided, however, 
    that a Pay Out Event pursuant to this subparagraph (ii) will not be deemed 
    to occur thereunder if the Transferor has accepted reassignment of the 
    related Receivable or all such Receivables, if applicable, during such 
    period (or such longer period as the Trustee may specify) in accordance 
    with the provisions thereof; 

     (iii) certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency relating to the 
    Transferor, Direct Merchants Bank or Metris; 

     (iv) any reduction of the average of the Portfolio Yields for any three 
    consecutive Monthly Periods to a rate which is less than the weighted 
    average Base Rates for such three consecutive Monthly Periods; 

                               81           
<PAGE>
     (v) the Trust shall become subject to regulation by the Commission as an 
    "investment company" within the meaning of the Investment Company Act; 

     (vi) (a) the Transferor Interest shall be less than the Minimum 
    Transferor Interest, (b) (I) the sum of the amount on deposit in the 
    Pre-Funding Account plus the Series Allocation Percentage of the sum of 
    the total amount of Principal Receivables plus amounts on deposit in the 
    Excess Funding Account shall be less than (II) the sum of the aggregate 
    outstanding principal amounts of the Class A Certificates, the Class B 
    Certificates, the Class C Certificates and the Class D Certificates, (c) 
    the total amount of Principal Receivables and the amounts on deposit in 
    the Excess Funding Account and the Principal Funding Account shall be less 
    than the Minimum Aggregate Principal Receivables or (d) the Retained 
    Percentage shall be equal to or less than 2 percent, in each case as of 
    any Determination Date; or 

     (vii) any Servicer Default (as defined below) shall occur which would 
    have a material adverse effect on the Certificateholders. 

   In the case of any event described in clause (i), (ii), or (vii) above, a 
Pay Out Event will be deemed to have occurred with respect to the 
Certificates only if, after any applicable grace period, the 
Certificateholders evidencing undivided interests aggregating more than 50 
percent of the Invested Amount, by written notice to the Transferor and the 
Servicer declare that a Pay Out Event has occurred with respect to the 
Certificates as of the date of such notice. In the case of any event 
described in clause (iii) or (v) above, a Pay Out Event with respect to all 
Series then outstanding, and in the case of any event described in clause 
(iv) or (vi), a Pay Out Event with respect only to the Certificates, will be 
deemed to have occurred without any notice or other action on the part of the 
Trustee or the Certificateholders or all certificateholders, as appropriate, 
immediately upon the occurrence of such event. On the date on which a Pay Out 
Event is deemed to have occurred, the Early Amortization Period will 
commence. In such event, distributions of principal to the Certificateholders 
will begin on the first Distribution Date following the month in which such 
Pay Out Event occurred. If, because of the occurrence of a Pay Out Event, the 
Early Amortization Period begins, Certificateholders will begin receiving 
distributions of principal earlier than they otherwise would have, which may 
shorten the average life of the Certificates. 

   In addition to the consequences of a Pay Out Event discussed above, if, 
pursuant to certain provisions of federal law, the Transferor or Metris 
voluntarily enters liquidation or a trustee-in-bankruptcy is appointed for 
the Transferor or Metris (an "Insolvency Event"), the Transferor will 
immediately cease to transfer Principal Receivables to the Trust and promptly 
give notice to the Trustee of such event. If an Insolvency Event occurs or, 
at any time the Retained Percentage is equal to or less than 2 percent (a 
"Trigger Event"), the Pooling and Servicing Agreement and the Trust shall be 
terminated, and within 15 days of notice to the Trustee, the Trustee will 
publish a notice of the Insolvency Event or Trigger Event, stating that the 
Trustee intends to sell, dispose of, or otherwise liquidate the Receivables 
in a commercially reasonable manner. With respect to each Series outstanding 
at such time (or, if any such Series has more than one class, of each class 
of such Series excluding any class or portion thereof held by the 
Transferor), unless otherwise instructed within a specified period by 
certificateholders representing undivided interests aggregating more than 50 
percent of the invested amount of such Series (or class excluding any class 
or portion thereof held by the Transferor) and the holders of any 
Supplemental Certificates or any other interest in the Exchangeable 
Transferor Certificate other than the Transferor, the Trustee will sell, 
dispose of, or otherwise liquidate the portion of the Receivables allocable 
to the Series that did not vote to continue the Trust in accordance with the 
Pooling and Servicing Agreement in a commercially reasonable manner and on 
commercially reasonable terms. The proceeds from the sale, disposition or 
liquidation of the Receivables will be treated as collections of the 
Receivables allocable to such Certificateholders and will be distributed to 
the applicable Certificateholders as provided above in "--Application of 
Collections." 

   If the only Pay Out Event to occur is either the bankruptcy or insolvency 
of the Transferor or the appointment of a bankruptcy trustee or receiver for 
the Transferor, the bankruptcy trustee or receiver may have the power to 
prevent the early sale, liquidation, or disposition of the Receivables and 
the commencement of the Early Amortization Period. In addition, a bankruptcy 
trustee or receiver may have the power to cause the early sale of the 
Receivables and the early retirement of the Certificates. 

                               82           
<PAGE>
SERVICING COMPENSATION AND PAYMENT OF EXPENSES 

   The Servicer's compensation for its servicing activities and reimbursement 
for its expenses will take the form of the payment to it of a servicing fee 
in an amount for any Monthly Period the ("Monthly Servicing Fee") equal to 
the product of (i) a fraction the numerator of which is the actual number of 
days in such Monthly Period and the denominator of which is 365 or 366, (ii) 
the applicable Series Servicing Fee Percentage and (iii) the Adjusted 
Invested Amount as of the beginning of the day on the first day of such 
Monthly Period, or, in the case of the first Distribution Date, the Initial 
Invested Amount. The Servicing Fee will be funded from Finance Charge 
Collections allocated to the Certificateholders' Interest, and will be paid 
from the amount so allocated and on deposit in the Collection Account. See 
"--Application of Collections--Payment of Fees, Interest, and Other Items" 
above. The remainder of the servicing fee will be allocable to the Transferor 
Interest and the investor interests of other Series. Neither the Trust nor 
the Certificateholders will have any obligation to pay such portion of the 
servicing fee. 

   The Servicer will pay from its servicing compensation certain expenses 
incurred in connection with servicing the Receivables, including without 
limitation payment of the fees and disbursements of the Trustee and 
independent certified public accountants and other fees which are not 
expressly stated in the Pooling and Servicing Agreement to be payable by the 
Trust or the Certificateholders other than federal, state, and local income 
and franchise taxes, if any, of the Trust. 

CERTAIN MATTERS REGARDING THE TRANSFEROR AND THE SERVICER 

   The Servicer may not resign from its obligations and duties under the 
Pooling and Servicing Agreement, except upon determination that performance 
of its duties is no longer permissible under applicable law. No such 
resignation will become effective until the Trustee or a successor to the 
Servicer has assumed the Servicer's responsibilities and obligations under 
the Pooling and Servicing Agreement. The Servicer may delegate some or all of 
its servicing duties; provided, however, such delegation will not relieve the 
Servicer of its obligation to perform such duties in accordance with the 
Pooling and Servicing Agreement. In addition, any affiliate of Direct 
Merchants Bank may be substituted in all respects for Direct Merchants Bank 
as Servicer, provided that such affiliate expressly assumes the performance 
of every covenant and obligation of the Servicer under the Pooling and 
Servicing Agreement. 

   The Pooling and Servicing Agreement provides that the Servicer will 
indemnify the Trust and the Trustee from and against any reasonable loss, 
liability, expense, damage, or injury suffered or sustained by reason of any 
acts or omissions or alleged acts or omissions of the Servicer with respect 
to the activities of the Trust or the Trustee; provided, however, that the 
Servicer will not indemnify (a) the Trustee for liabilities imposed by reason 
of fraud, gross negligence, or willful misconduct by the Trustee in the 
performance of its duties under the Pooling and Servicing Agreement, (b) the 
Trust, the Certificateholders, or the Certificate Owners for liabilities 
arising from actions taken by the Trustee at the request of 
Certificateholders, (c) the Trust, the Certificateholders, or the Certificate 
Owners for any losses, claims, damages, or liabilities incurred by any of 
them in their capacities as investors, including without limitation, losses 
incurred as a result of Defaulted Receivables or Dilution, or (d) the Trust, 
the Certificateholders, or the Certificate Owners for any liabilities, costs, 
or expenses of the Trust, the Certificateholders, or the Certificate Owners 
arising under any tax law, including without limitation any federal, state, 
or local income or franchise tax or any other tax imposed on or measured by 
income (or any interest or penalties with respect thereto or arising from a 
failure to comply therewith) required to be paid by the Trust, the 
Certificateholders or the Certificate Owners in connection with the Pooling 
and Servicing Agreement to any taxing authority. 

   In addition, the Pooling and Servicing Agreement provides that, subject to 
certain exceptions, the Transferor will indemnify the Trust and the Trustee 
from and against any reasonable loss, liability, expense, damage or injury 
(other than to the extent that any of the foregoing relate to any tax law or 
any failure to comply therewith) suffered or sustained by reason of any acts 
or omissions or alleged acts or omissions arising out of or based upon the 
arrangement created by the Pooling and Servicing Agreement as though the 
Pooling and Servicing Agreement created a partnership under the Delaware 
Uniform Partnership Law in which the Transferor is a general partner. 

                               83           
<PAGE>
   The Pooling and Servicing Agreement provides that, except for the 
foregoing indemnities, neither the Transferor nor the Servicer nor any of 
their respective directors, officers, employees, or agents will be under any 
liability to the Trust, the Certificateholders, or any other person for any 
action taken, or for refraining from taking any action pursuant to the 
Pooling and Servicing Agreement. Neither the Transferor nor the Servicer nor 
any of their respective directors, officers, employees or agents will be 
protected against any liability which would otherwise be imposed by reason of 
willful misfeasance, bad faith, or gross negligence of the Transferor, the 
Servicer, or any such person in the performance of its duties thereunder or 
by reason of reckless disregard of obligations and duties thereunder. In 
addition, the Pooling and Servicing Agreement provides that the Servicer is 
not under any obligation to appear in, prosecute, or defend any legal action 
that is not incidental to its servicing responsibilities under the Pooling 
and Servicing Agreement and which in its opinion may expose it to any expense 
or liability. 

   Under the Pooling and Servicing Agreement, the Transferor will be liable 
directly to an injured party for the entire amount of any losses, claims, 
damages or liabilities (other than those incurred by a Certificateholder in 
the capacity of an investor in the Certificates) arising out of or based on 
the arrangement created by the Pooling and Servicing Agreement or the actions 
of the Servicer taken pursuant to the Pooling and Servicing Agreement as 
though the Pooling and Servicing Agreement created a partnership under the 
Uniform Partnership Act in which the Transferor is a general partner. The 
Transferor will also pay, indemnify and hold harmless each Certificateholder 
for any such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (other than those 
incurred by a Certificateholder in the capacity of an investor in the 
Certificates) except to the extent that they arise from any action by any 
Certificateholder. In the event of a Service Transfer, the successor Servicer 
will indemnify the Transferor for any losses, claims, damages and liabilities 
of the Transferor as described in this paragraph arising from the actions or 
omissions of such successor. 

SERVICER DEFAULT 

   In the event of any Servicer Default (as defined below), either the 
Trustee or certificateholders representing undivided interests aggregating 
more than 50 percent of the aggregate investor interests for all outstanding 
Series, by written notice to the Servicer (and to the Trustee if given by the 
certificateholders), may terminate all of the rights and obligations of the 
Servicer as servicer under the Pooling and Servicing Agreement and in and to 
the Receivables and the proceeds thereof and the Trustee may appoint a new 
Servicer (a "Service Transfer"). The rights and interest of the Transferor 
under the Pooling and Servicing Agreement and in the Transferor Interest will 
not be affected by such termination. Upon such termination, the Trustee will 
as promptly as possible appoint a successor Servicer. If no such Servicer has 
been appointed and has accepted such appointment by the time the Servicer 
ceases to act as Servicer, all authority, power and obligations of the 
Servicer under the Pooling and Servicing Agreement will pass to and be vested 
in the Trustee. If the Trustee is unable to obtain any bids from eligible 
servicers and the Servicer delivers an officer's certificate to the effect 
that it cannot in good faith cure the applicable Servicer Default, and if the 
Trustee is legally unable to act as a successor Servicer, then the Trustee 
will give the Transferor the right to accept reassignment of all of the 
Receivables on terms equivalent to the best purchase offer as determined by 
the Trustee. 

   A "Servicer Default" refers to any of the following events: 

     (i) failure by the Servicer to make any payment, transfer, or deposit, or 
    to give instructions to the Trustee to make certain payments, transfers, 
    or deposits within five Business Days after the date the Servicer is 
    required to do so under the Pooling and Servicing Agreement or any 
    Supplement; provided, however, that any such failure caused by a 
    nonwillful act of the Servicer shall not constitute a Servicer Default if 
    the Servicer promptly remedies such failure within five Business Days 
    after receiving notice of such failure or otherwise becoming aware of such 
    failure; 

     (ii) failure on the part of the Servicer duly to observe or perform in 
    any respect any other covenants or agreements of the Servicer which has a 
    material adverse effect on the certificateholders of any Series then 
    outstanding and which continues unremedied for a period of 60 days after 
    written notice of such failure, requiring the same to be remedied, shall 
    have been given to the Servicer by the Trustee, or to the Servicer and the 
    Trustee by holders of Certificates evidencing undivided interests 

                               84           
<PAGE>
    aggregating not less than 50 percent of the Invested Amount of any Series 
    materially adversely affected thereby and continues to have a material 
    adverse effect on the certificateholders of any Series then outstanding 
    for such period; or the delegation by the Servicer of its duties under the 
    Pooling and Servicing Agreement, except as specifically permitted 
    thereunder; 

     (iii) any representation, warranty, or certification made by the Servicer 
    in the Pooling and Servicing Agreement, or in any certificate delivered 
    pursuant to the Pooling and Servicing Agreement, proves to have been 
    incorrect when made which has a material adverse effect on the 
    certificateholders of any Series then outstanding, and which continues to 
    be incorrect in any material respect for a period of 60 days after written 
    notice of such failure, requiring the same to be remedied, shall have been 
    given to the Servicer by the Trustee, or to the Servicer and Trustee by 
    the holders of Certificates evidencing undivided interests aggregating not 
    less than 50 percent of the Invested Amount of any Series materially 
    adversely affected thereby and continues to have a material adverse effect 
    on such certificateholders for such period; or 

     (iv) the occurrence of certain events of bankruptcy, insolvency or 
    receivership of the Servicer. 

   Notwithstanding the foregoing, a delay in or failure of performance 
referred to in clause (i) above for a period of five business days, or 
referred to under clause (ii) or (iii) for a period of 60 Business Days, will 
not constitute a Servicer Default if such delay or failure could not be 
prevented by the exercise of reasonable diligence by the Servicer and such 
delay or failure was caused by an act of God or other similar occurrence. 
Upon the Servicer becoming aware of any such event, the Servicer will not be 
relieved from using its best efforts to perform its obligations in a timely 
manner in accordance with the terms of the Pooling and Servicing Agreement, 
and the Servicer will provide the Trustee, any provider of Enhancement, the 
Transferor and the holders of certificates of all Series outstanding prompt 
notice of such failure or delay by it, together with a description of the 
cause of such failure or delay and its efforts to perform its obligations. 

   In the event of a Servicer Default, if a bankruptcy trustee or receiver 
were appointed for the Servicer and no Servicer Default other than such 
bankruptcy or receivership or the insolvency of the Servicer exists, the 
bankruptcy trustee or receiver may have the power to prevent either the 
Trustee or the majority of the certificateholders from effecting a Service 
Transfer. 

REPORTS TO CERTIFICATEHOLDERS 

   On each Distribution Date, the Paying Agent will forward to each 
Certificateholder of record a statement prepared by the Servicer setting 
forth with respect to such Series: (a) the total amount distributed, (b) the 
amount of the distribution allocable to principal on the Class A 
Certificates, the Class B Certificates, the Class C Certificates and the 
Class D Certificates, (c) the amount of such distribution allocable to 
interest on the Class A Certificates, the Class B Certificates and the Class 
C Certificates, (d) the amount of Principal Collections processed during the 
related Monthly Period and allocated in respect of the Class A Certificates, 
the Class B Certificates, the Class C Certificates and the Class D 
Certificates, respectively, (e) the amount of Finance Charge Collections 
processed during the preceding Monthly Period and allocated in respect of the 
Class A Certificates, the Class B Certificates, the Class C Certificates and 
the Class D Certificates, respectively, (f) the aggregate amount of Principal 
Receivables, the Invested Amount, the Class A Invested Amount, the Class B 
Invested Amount, the Class C Invested Amount, the Class D Invested Amount, 
the Pre-Funded Amount, the Floating Allocation Percentage, and during the 
Amortization Period, the Fixed/Floating Allocation Percentage with respect to 
the Principal Receivables in the Trust as of the close of business on the 
Record Date, (g) the aggregate outstanding balance of Receivables which are 
current, 30-59, 60-89 and 90 days and over contractually delinquent as of the 
end of the day on the Record Date, (h) the aggregate Investor Default Amount 
for the related Monthly Period, (i) the aggregate amount of Class A Investor 
Charge-Offs, Class B Investor Charge-Offs, Class C Investor Charge-Offs and 
Class D Investor Charge-Offs for the preceding Monthly Period, (j) the amount 
of the Monthly Servicing Fee for the preceding Monthly Period, (k) the Class 
A Pool Factor and the Class B Pool Factor as of the end of the last day of 
the related Monthly Period, (l) the aggregate amount of funds in the Excess 
Funding Account as of the last day of the Monthly Period immediately 
preceding the Distribution Date and (m) the number of new Accounts added to 
the Trust during the related Monthly Period. 

                               85           
<PAGE>
   The Paying Agent will furnish to each person who at any time during the 
preceding calendar year was a Certificateholder of record a statement 
prepared by the Servicer containing the information required to be contained 
in the regular monthly report to Certificateholders, as set forth in clauses 
(a), (b), and (c) above aggregated for such calendar year or the applicable 
portion thereof during which such person was a Certificateholder, together 
with, on or before January 31 of each year, beginning in 1998, such customary 
information (consistent with the treatment of the Certificates as debt) as 
the Servicer or Trustee deems necessary or desirable for tax reporting 
purposes. 

EVIDENCE AS TO COMPLIANCE 

   The Pooling and Servicing Agreement provides that within 100 days of the 
end of each fiscal year the Servicer will cause a firm of independent public 
accountants to furnish to the Trustee on an annual basis a report to the 
effect that such firm has compared the amounts and percentages set forth in 
four of the monthly settlement statements for the Monthly Periods covered by 
such report with the computer reports (which may include personal computer 
generated reports that summarize data from the computer reports generated by 
either the Transferor, Servicer or FDR which are used to prepare daily 
reports) which were the source of such amounts and percentages and that, on 
the basis of such comparison, such amounts and percentages are in agreement, 
except as shall be set forth in such report. A copy of such report will be 
sent by the Trustee to each Certificateholder. 

   The Pooling and Servicing Agreement provides that within 100 days of the 
end of each fiscal year, the Servicer will cause a firm of nationally 
recognized independent accountants to furnish a report to the effect that 
such firm has applied certain procedures, as agreed upon between such firm 
and the Servicer, which would re-perform certain accounting procedures 
performed by the Servicer pursuant to certain documents and records relating 
to the servicing of the Accounts. Each report shall set forth the agreed upon 
procedures performed and the results of such procedures. 

   The Pooling and Servicing Agreement also provides for delivery to the 
Trustee on an annual basis, within 100 days of the end of the fiscal year, of 
a statement signed by an officer of the Servicer to the effect that the 
Servicer has, or has caused to be, fully performed its obligations in all 
material respects under the Pooling and Servicing Agreement throughout the 
preceding year or, if there has been a default in the performance of any such 
obligation, specifying the nature and status of the default. A copy of such 
certificate may be obtained by any Certificateholder upon the submission of a 
written request therefor addressed to the Trustee's Corporate Trust Office. 

AMENDMENTS 

   The Pooling and Servicing Agreement and the Series 1997-1 Supplement may 
be amended by the Transferor, the Servicer and the Trustee, without the 
consent of Certificateholders, for the purpose of adding any provisions to or 
changing in any manner or eliminating any of the provisions of such Pooling 
and Servicing Agreement and Supplement or of modifying in any manner the 
rights of such Certificateholders; provided that (i) the Servicer shall have 
provided an officer's certificate to the effect that such action will not 
adversely affect in any material respect the interests of such 
Certificateholders, (ii) except in the case of any amendment for the sole 
purpose of curing any ambiguity or correcting or supplementing any 
inconsistent provision of the Pooling and Servicing Agreement or revising any 
schedule thereto (other than the list of Receivables), the Rating Agencies 
shall have been notified of such amendment and shall have provided written 
confirmation that they would not lower the rating of the Class A 
Certificates, the Class B Certificates or the Class C Certificates, and (iii) 
such action will not, in the opinion of counsel satisfactory to the Trustee, 
result in certain adverse tax consequences. In addition, the Pooling and 
Servicing Agreement and the Series 1997-1 Supplement may be amended from time 
to time by the Transferor, the Servicer, and the Trustee, without the consent 
of Certificateholders, to add to or change any of the provisions of the 
Pooling and Servicing Agreement to provide that bearer certificates issued 
with respect to any other Series may be registrable as to principal, to 
change or eliminate any restrictions on the payment of principal of or any 
interest on such bearer certificates, to permit such bearer certificates to 
be issued in exchange for registered certificates or bearer certificates of 
other authorized denominations or to permit the issuance of uncertificated 
certificates. Certificateholders by purchase of their 

                               86           
<PAGE>
Certificates will be deemed to have consented to a modification to the 
bankruptcy and insolvency Pay Out Event specified in the Pooling and 
Servicing Agreement such that it will be as specified in clause (iii) in 
"--Pay Out Events" above. 

   The Pooling and Servicing Agreement and the Series 1997-1 Supplement may 
be amended by the Transferor, the Servicer, and the Trustee with the consent 
of the holders of certificates evidencing undivided interests aggregating not 
less than 66 2/3 percent of the investor interests of each and every Series 
adversely affected, for the purpose of adding any provisions to, changing in 
any manner or eliminating any of the provisions of the Pooling and Servicing 
Agreement, or any Supplement or of modifying in any manner the rights of 
certificateholders of any then outstanding Series. No such amendment, 
however, may (a) reduce in any manner the amount of, or delay the timing of, 
distributions required to be made on any such Series, (b) change the 
definition of or the manner of calculating the interest of any 
certificateholder of such Series, or (c) reduce the aforesaid percentage of 
investor interests the holders of which are required to consent to any such 
amendment, in each case without the consent of all certificateholders of all 
Series adversely affected. Promptly following the execution of any amendment 
to the Pooling and Servicing Agreement, the Trustee will furnish written 
notice of the substance of such amendment to each Certificateholder. Any 
Supplement and any amendments regarding the addition or removal of 
Receivables from the Trust will not be considered an amendment requiring 
certificateholder consent under the provisions of the Pooling and Servicing 
Agreement and any Supplement. 

   Additionally, upon the receipt by the Transferor, the Servicer and the 
Trustee of a Tax Opinion reasonably satisfactory to each of them, the Pooling 
and Servicing Agreement and the Series 1997-1 Supplement may be amended by 
the Transferor, the Servicer and the Trustee without the consent of any of 
the Certificateholders (i) to add, modify or eliminate such provisions as may 
be necessary or advisable in order to enable all or a portion of the Trust to 
qualify as, and to permit an election to be made to cause all or a portion of 
the Trust to be treated as, a "financial asset securitization investment 
trust" as described in the provisions of the FASIT legislation (see "Certain 
Federal Income Tax Consequences--Future Legislation"), or to enable all or a 
portion of the Trust to qualify and an election to be made for similar 
treatment under such comparable subsequent federal income tax provisions as 
may ultimately be enacted into law, and (ii) in connection with any such 
election, to modify or eliminate existing provisions of the Pooling and 
Servicing Agreement and any Supplement relating to the intended federal 
income tax treatment of the Certificates and the Trust in the absence of the 
election. 

LIST OF CERTIFICATEHOLDERS 

   Upon written request of Certificateholders representing undivided 
interests in the Trust aggregating not less than 10 percent of the Invested 
Amount, the Trustee after having been adequately indemnified by such 
Certificateholders for its costs and expenses, and having given the Servicer 
notice that such request has been made, will afford such Certificateholders 
access during business hours to the current list of Certificateholders of the 
Trust for purposes of communicating with other Certificateholders with 
respect to their rights under the Pooling and Servicing Agreement. See 
"--Book-Entry Registration" and "--Definitive Certificates." 

THE TRUSTEE 

   The Bank of New York (Delaware) is the Trustee under the Pooling and 
Servicing Agreement. The Trustee's corporate trust office is located at White 
Clay Center, Route 273, Newark, Delaware 19711. The Transferor, the Servicer, 
and their respective affiliates may from time to time enter into normal 
banking, lending and trustee relationships with the Trustee and its 
affiliates. The Trustee, the Transferor, the Servicer, and any of their 
respective affiliates may hold Certificates in their own names. In addition, 
for purposes of meeting the legal requirements of certain local 
jurisdictions, the Trustee will have the power to appoint a co-trustee or 
separate trustees of all or any part of the Trust. In the event of such 
appointment, all rights, powers, duties and obligations conferred or imposed 
upon the Trustee by the Pooling and Servicing Agreement will be conferred or 
imposed upon the Trustee and such separate trustee or co-trustee jointly, or, 
in any jurisdiction in which the Trustee shall be incompetent or unqualified 
to perform certain acts, singly upon such separate trustee or co-trustee who 
will exercise and perform such rights, powers, duties and obligations solely 
at the direction of the Trustee. 

                               87           
<PAGE>
   The Trustee may resign at any time. The Transferor may also remove the 
Trustee if the Trustee ceases to be eligible to continue as such under the 
Pooling and Servicing Agreement or if the Trustee becomes insolvent. The 
Trustee at all times must not be a Related Person. In such circumstances, the 
Transferor will be obligated to appoint a successor Trustee. Any resignation 
or removal of the Trustee and appointment of a successor Trustee does not 
become effective until acceptance of the appointment by the successor 
Trustee. 

   If the Trustee fails to perform any of its obligations under the Pooling 
and Servicing Agreement, and a certificateholder delivers written notice of 
such failure to the Trustee, and the Trustee shall not have corrected such 
failure for 60 days thereafter, then the holders of investor certificates 
representing more than 50 percent of the aggregate invested amount of all 
Series (including related commitments) shall have the right to remove the 
Trustee and (with the consent of the Transferor, which shall not be 
unreasonably withheld) promptly appoint a successor trustee by written 
instrument, in duplicate, one copy of which instrument shall be delivered to 
the Trustee so removed and one copy to the successor trustee. 

                               88           
<PAGE>
                    DESCRIPTION OF THE PURCHASE AGREEMENTS 

PURCHASES OF RECEIVABLES 

   Bank Purchase Agreement. Pursuant to the Bank Purchase Agreement, Direct 
Merchants Bank sells to Metris all of its right, title and interest in and to 
(i) the Receivables arising in the Accounts and any other accounts originated 
or acquired by Direct Merchants Bank, including, without limitation, all 
accounts, general intangibles, chattel paper and other obligations of any 
Obligor with respect to the Receivables, then or thereafter existing, whether 
or not arising out of or in connection with the sale or lease of goods or the 
rendering of services, (ii) all monies and investments due or to become due 
with respect thereto (including, without limitation, the right to any Finance 
Charge Receivables, including any recoveries) and (iii) all proceeds of such 
Receivables. In connection with the realignment of FCI's subsidiaries, FCI 
assigned to Metris all of FCI's rights and Metris assumed all of FCI's 
obligations under the assigned Bank Purchase Agreement and the Purchase 
Agreement. 

   The purchase price for the Receivables (including Receivables in 
Additional Accounts) conveyed to Metris that are created on any day is 
payable on the date they are conveyed by Direct Merchants Bank to Metris in 
an amount equal to 100 percent of the Principal Receivables so conveyed, as 
such amount may be adjusted from time to time as described in the Bank 
Purchase Agreement. 

   Purchase Agreement. The Transferor purchases Receivables on an ongoing 
basis from Metris pursuant to the Purchase Agreement. Pursuant to the 
Purchase Agreement, the Transferor purchases from Metris Receivables arising 
from time to time until the Purchase Termination Date (as defined below in 
"--Purchase Termination Date"). On each business day prior to the Purchase 
Termination Date, Metris delivers all of its Receivables to the Transferor. 
The purchase price of such Receivables is an amount equal to 100 percent of 
the amount of Principal Receivables, and is payable by the Transferor in cash 
and by capital contributions. Pursuant to the Pooling and Servicing 
Agreement, such Receivables are thereafter transferred immediately by the 
Transferor to the Trust, and the Transferor has assigned its rights in, to 
and under the Purchase Agreement and the Bank Purchase Agreement with respect 
to such Receivables to the Trust. 

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES 

   Bank Purchase Agreement. In the Bank Purchase Agreement, Direct Merchants 
Bank represents and warrants as of the Initial Closing Date that, among other 
things, (a) Direct Merchants Bank is a national banking association validly 
existing in good standing under the laws of the United States, and has full 
corporate power, authority and legal right to execute, deliver and perform 
its obligations under the Bank Purchase Agreement, (b) the Bank Purchase 
Agreement constitutes the valid and binding obligations of Direct Merchants 
Bank, enforceable against Direct Merchants Bank in accordance with its terms, 
subject to customary bankruptcy and equity related exceptions, (c) Direct 
Merchants Bank is the legal and beneficial owner of all right, title and 
interest in and to each Receivable conveyed to Metris pursuant to the Bank 
Purchase Agreement and each such Receivable has been or will be transferred 
to Metris free and clear of any lien other than Permitted Liens, (d) Direct 
Merchants Bank has the full right, power and authority to transfer the 
Receivables pursuant to the Bank Purchase Agreement, (e) the Bank Purchase 
Agreement constitutes a valid transfer and assignment to Metris of all right, 
title and interest of Direct Merchants Bank in and to the Receivables, all 
monies due or to become due and all proceeds related thereto, or an absolute 
sale of such property and the proceeds thereof and (f) each Account 
classified as an "Eligible Account" by Direct Merchants Bank in any document 
or report delivered under the Bank Purchase Agreement will satisfy the 
requirements contained in the definition of Eligible Account and each 
Receivable classified as an "Eligible Receivable" by Direct Merchants Bank in 
any document or report delivered under the Bank Purchase Agreement will 
satisfy the requirements contained in the definition of Eligible Receivable. 

   Purchase Agreement. Pursuant to the Purchase Agreement Metris represents 
and warrants to the Transferor that, among other things, subject to specified 
exceptions and limitations, Metris is duly organized, validly existing, and 
in good standing under the laws of Delaware, Metris is duly qualified to 

                               89           
<PAGE>
do business and in good standing (or is exempt from such requirement) in any 
state required in order to conduct its business and has obtained all 
necessary licenses and approvals required under applicable law, and Metris 
has the requisite corporate power and authority to perform its obligations 
under the Purchase Agreement. Pursuant to the Purchase Agreement, Metris 
additionally represents and warrants that, among other things, subject to 
specified exceptions and limitations, (i) the execution and delivery of the 
Purchase Agreement and the consummation of the transactions provided for in 
the Purchase Agreement have been duly authorized by Metris by all necessary 
corporate action on its part, (ii) the execution and delivery of the Purchase 
Agreement and the performance of the transactions contemplated thereby do not 
contravene Metris' charter or by-laws, violate any material provision of law 
applicable to it, require any filing (except for filings under the UCC), 
registration, consent or approval under any such law except for such filings, 
registrations, consents, or approvals as have already been obtained and are 
in full force and effect, (iii) except as described in the Purchase 
Agreement, Metris has filed all tax returns required to be filed and has paid 
or made adequate provision for the payment of all taxes, assessments, and 
other governmental charges due from Metris or is contesting any such tax, 
assessment or other governmental charge in good faith through appropriate 
proceedings, (iv) there are no proceedings or investigations pending or, to 
the best knowledge of Metris threatened against Metris before any court, 
regulatory body, administrative agency, or other tribunal or governmental 
instrumentality asserting the invalidity of the Purchase Agreement, seeking 
to prevent the consummation of any of the transactions contemplated by the 
Purchase Agreement, seeking any determination or ruling that would materially 
and adversely affect the performance by Metris of its obligations thereunder 
or seeking any determination or ruling that would materially and adversely 
affect the validity of enforceability thereof, (v) Metris has no knowledge of 
any fact that should have led it to expect at the time of the classification 
of any Receivable as an Eligible Receivable that such Receivable would not be 
paid in full when due, and each Receivable classified as an Eligible 
Receivable by Metris in any document or report delivered under the Purchase 
Agreement, satisfies the requirements of eligibility contained in the 
definition of Eligible Receivable set forth in the Purchase Agreement, (vi) 
the Purchase Agreement constitutes the legal, valid, and binding obligation 
of Metris, (vii) Metris is not insolvent, (viii) Metris is not an "investment 
company" within the meaning of the Investment Company Act (or is exempt from 
all provisions of such Act), (ix) Metris is the legal and beneficial owner of 
all right, title and interest in and to each Receivable conveyed to the 
Transferor by Metris pursuant to the Purchase Agreement, and each such 
Receivable has been or will be transferred to the Transferor free and clear 
of any lien other than Permitted Liens and in compliance in all material 
respects with all requirements of law applicable to Metris and (x) the 
transfer of by Receivables by it to the Transferor under the Purchase 
Agreement constitutes a valid sale, transfer, assignment, set-over and 
conveyance to the Trust of all right, title and interest of Metris in and to 
the Receivables. 

   If certain of the representations or warranties described above are not 
true with respect to any Receivable at the time such representation or 
warranty was made or any Receivable becomes an Ineligible Receivable, then 
Metris will be obligated to pay to the Transferor an amount equal to the 
principal amount of such Receivable. 

   The Pooling and Servicing Agreement (i) requires the Transferor to make a 
demand on Metris to repurchase Receivables in such cases where the Transferor 
is required under the Pooling and Servicing Agreement to repurchase 
Receivables from the Trust and (ii) permits the Transferor to consent to the 
sale of Receivables to a third party only in such circumstances where the 
Transferor may remove Receivables from the Trust under the Pooling and 
Servicing Agreement. 

CERTAIN COVENANTS 

   Bank Purchase Agreement. It is the intention of Direct Merchants Bank and 
Metris that the conveyance of the Receivables by Direct Merchants Bank to 
Metris contemplated by the Bank Purchase Agreement be construed as an 
absolute sale of the Receivables by Direct Merchants Bank to Metris. It is 
not intended that such conveyance be deemed a pledge of the Receivables by 
Direct Merchants Bank to Metris to secure a debt or other obligation of 
Direct Merchants Bank, but the Bank Purchase Agreement shall also be deemed 
to be a security agreement within the meaning of Article 9 of the UCC and the 
conveyance provided for in the Bank Purchase Agreement shall be deemed to be 
a grant by Direct Merchants Bank to Metris of a "security interest" within 
the meaning of Article 9 of the UCC in 

                               90           
<PAGE>
all of Direct Merchants Bank's right, title and interest in and to the 
Receivables. In the Bank Purchase Agreement, Direct Merchants Bank covenants 
that, among other things, except as required by law or as Direct Merchants 
Bank may determine to be appropriate and subject to specified exceptions and 
limitations, (i) it will take no action to cause any Receivable to be 
anything other than an account, general intangible or chattel paper, (ii) 
except for the conveyances under the Bank Purchase Agreement, it will not 
sell any Receivable or grant a lien (other than a Permitted Lien) on any 
Receivable, (iii) except as it deems necessary to maintain its credit card 
business on a competitive basis, it will not reduce the annual percentage 
rates of the Periodic Finance Charges assessed on the Receivables or other 
fees charged on the Accounts if, as a result of any such reduction, either a 
Pay Out Event would occur or such reduction is not also applied to any 
comparable segment of accounts owned by it similar to the Accounts, (iv) it 
will comply with and perform its obligations under the Contracts relating to 
the Accounts and the Credit and Collection Policy and that it will not change 
the terms of such agreements or policies if any such change would, in either 
case, materially and adversely affect the rights of the Trust or the 
certificateholders, and that it will not enter into any amendment to the Bank 
Purchase Agreement that would cause a Ratings Event to occur so long as any 
certificates under any Series are outstanding, and (v) in the event it 
receives a collection on any Receivable, it will pay such collection to the 
Transferor as soon as practicable. 

   Purchase Agreement. It is the intention of Metris and the Transferor that 
the conveyance of the Receivables by Metris be construed as an absolute sale 
of the Receivables by Metris to the Transferor. It is not intended that such 
conveyance be deemed a pledge of the Receivables by Metris to the Transferor 
to secure a debt or other obligation of Metris, but the Purchase Agreement 
shall also be deemed to be a security agreement within the meaning of Article 
9 of the UCC and the conveyance provided for in the Purchase Agreement shall 
be deemed to be a grant by Metris to the Transferor of a "security interest" 
within the meaning of Article 9 of the UCC in all of Metris' right, title and 
interest in and to the Receivables. Pursuant to the Purchase Agreement, 
Metris covenants that, among other things, subject to specified exceptions 
and limitations, (i) it will take no action to cause any Receivable to be 
anything other than an account, general intangible or chattel paper, (ii) 
except for the conveyances under the Purchase Agreement, it will not sell any 
Receivable or grant a lien (other than a Permitted Lien) on any Receivable, 
(iii) except as it deems necessary to maintain its credit card business on a 
competitive basis, it will not reduce the annual percentage rates of the 
Periodic Finance Charges assessed on the Receivables or other fees charged on 
the Accounts if, as a result of any such reduction, either a Pay Out Event 
would occur or such reduction is not also applied to any comparable segment 
of accounts owned by it similar to the Accounts, (iv) it will comply with and 
perform its obligations under the Contracts relating to the Accounts and the 
Credit and Collection Policy and that it will not change the terms of such 
agreements or policies if any such change would, in either case, materially 
and adversely affect the rights of the Trust or the certificateholders, and 
that it will not enter into any amendment to the Bank Purchase Agreement that 
would cause a Ratings Event to occur so long as any certificates under any 
Series are outstanding, (v) in the event it receives a collection on any 
Receivable, it will pay such collection to the Transferor as soon as 
practicable, (vi) it will not convey or transfer any Receivable, except as 
otherwise provided in the Purchase Agreement, and (vii) it will take all 
actions reasonably necessary to maintain its rights under all Contracts to 
which it is a party. 

PURCHASE TERMINATION DATE 

   Bank Purchase Agreement. If Direct Merchants Bank becomes insolvent, 
Metris' obligations under the Bank Purchase Agreement will automatically be 
terminated. In addition, if Metris becomes insolvent, or shall become unable 
for any reason to purchase Receivables from Direct Merchants Bank in 
accordance with the provisions of the Bank Purchase Agreement, Metris' 
obligations under the Bank Purchase Agreement as to Direct Merchants Bank 
will automatically be terminated. 

   Purchase Agreement. If Metris becomes insolvent, the Transferor's 
obligations under the Purchase Agreement will automatically be terminated. In 
addition, if the Transferor becomes insolvent or shall become unable for any 
reason to purchase Receivables from Metris in accordance with the provisions 
of the Purchase Agreement, the Transferor's obligations under the Purchase 
Agreement as to Metris will automatically be terminated. The date of any such 
termination will be the "Purchase Termination Date." 

                               91           
<PAGE>
                   CERTAIN LEGAL ASPECTS OF THE RECEIVABLES 

TRANSFER OF RECEIVABLES 

   The Transferor has represented and warranted in the Pooling and Servicing 
Agreement that the transfer of Receivables by it to the Trust constitutes 
either a valid transfer and assignment to the Trust of all right, title, and 
interest of the Transferor in and to the Receivables, except for the interest 
of the Transferor as holder of the Exchangeable Transferor Certificate and 
any investor certificate of any Series then held by it, or the grant to the 
Trust of a security interest in the Receivables. The Transferor has also 
represented and warranted in the Pooling and Servicing Agreement that, in the 
event the transfer of Receivables by the Transferor to the Trust is deemed to 
create a security interest under the UCC, there will exist a valid, 
subsisting, and enforceable first priority perfected security interest in 
such Receivables created thereafter in favor of the Trust on and after their 
creation, subject only to Permitted Liens. For a discussion of the Trust's 
rights arising from a breach of these warranties, see "Description of the 
Offered Certificates--Representations and Warranties." 

   The Transferor has represented that the Receivables are "accounts," 
"general intangibles" or "chattel paper" for purposes of the UCC. Both the 
sale of accounts and chattel paper and the transfer of accounts and chattel 
paper as security for an obligation are treated under Article 9 of the UCC as 
creating a security interest therein and are subject to its provisions, and 
the filing of an appropriate financing statement is required to perfect the 
security interest of the Trust. If a transfer of general intangibles is 
deemed to constitute the creation of a security interest, rather than a sale, 
Article 9 of the UCC applies and the filing of one or more appropriate 
financing statements is also required in order to perfect the security 
interest of the Trust. In order to protect the interests of the Trust in the 
Receivables, financing statements covering the Receivables have been filed 
under the UCC. 

   If the transfer of Receivables constituting general intangibles is deemed 
to be a sale, then the UCC is not applicable and no further action is 
required to protect the Trust's interest from third parties. Although the 
priority of general intangibles arising after the Initial Closing Date is not 
as clear as the priority of interests governed by the UCC, Direct Merchants 
Bank, Metris and the Transferor believe that it would be inconsistent for a 
court to afford the Trust less favorable treatment if the transfer of the 
Receivables is deemed to be a sale than if it were deemed to be a security 
interest and that a court should conclude that a sale of Receivables 
consisting of general intangibles would be deemed to have occurred as of the 
Initial Closing Date or, as applicable, the relevant Addition Date. 

   There are certain limited circumstances under the UCC in which a prior or 
subsequent transferee of Receivables coming into existence after the Initial 
Closing Date could have an interest in such Receivables with priority over 
the Trust's interest. Under the Pooling and Servicing Agreement, however, the 
Transferor has represented and warranted that it transferred the Receivables 
to the Trust free and clear of the lien of any third party. In addition, the 
Transferor has covenanted that it will not sell, pledge, assign, transfer, or 
grant any lien on any Receivable (or any interest therein) other than to the 
Trust. A tax or other government lien on property of the Transferor arising 
prior to the time a Receivable comes into existence may also have priority 
over the interest of the Trust in such Receivable. There is a significant 
possibility that the Trust may not have a perfected security interest in any 
of the Receivables created after the filing of a petition for relief by or 
against Metris or the Transferor under the Bankruptcy Code or after the 
appointment of a receiver or conservator with respect to Direct Merchants 
Bank. Nevertheless, it is anticipated that the Trust will either own or have 
a perfected security interest in Receivables existing on the date of filing a 
petition by or against Metris or the Transferor under the Bankruptcy Code or 
after the date of appointment of a receiver or conservator with respect to 
Direct Merchants Bank and will be able to make payments in respect of 
principal and interest on the Offered Certificates, although there can be no 
assurance that any of such payments would be timely. Because the Trust's 
interest in the Receivables is dependent upon the Transferor's interest in 
the Receivables, which is dependent upon Metris' interest in the Receivables, 
any adverse change in the priority or perfection of the Transferor's or 
Metris' security interest would correspondingly affect the Trust's interest 
in the affected Receivables. In addition, if a receiver or conservator were 
appointed for Direct Merchants Bank, certain administrative expenses of the 
receiver or conservator also may have priority over the interest of 

                               92           
<PAGE>
the Trust in such Receivables. While Direct Merchants Bank is the Servicer, 
certain cash collections on the Receivables may be held by Direct Merchants 
Bank and commingled with its funds for brief periods, and if an Insolvency 
Event occurs, the Trust may not have a perfected interest in such commingled 
collections. 

CERTAIN MATTERS RELATING TO BANKRUPTCY OR RECEIVERSHIP 

   The Transferor will not engage in any activities except purchasing 
accounts receivable from Metris or any affiliate of Metris, forming trusts, 
transferring such accounts receivable to such trusts and engaging in 
activities incident to, or necessary or convenient to accomplish, the 
foregoing. The Transferor has no intention of filing a voluntary petition 
under the United States Bankruptcy Code or any similar applicable state law 
so long as the Transferor is solvent and does not reasonably foresee becoming 
insolvent. 

   The voluntary or involuntary application for relief under the United 
States Bankruptcy Code or any similar applicable state law with respect to 
Metris should not necessarily result in a similar voluntary application with 
respect to the Transferor so long as the Transferor is solvent and does not 
reasonably foresee becoming insolvent either by reason of Metris' insolvency 
or otherwise. Counsel has advised Metris and the Transferor that (i) the 
assets and liabilities of the Transferor would not be substantively 
consolidated with the assets and liabilities of Metris in the event of an 
application for relief under the United States Bankruptcy Code with respect 
to Metris and (ii) the sale of Receivables by Metris would constitute a valid 
sale and, therefore, such Receivables would not be property of Metris in the 
event of the filing of an application for relief by or against Metris under 
the United States Bankruptcy Code. The foregoing conclusions are reasoned 
conclusions, based upon various assumptions regarding factual matters and 
future events, as to which there necessarily can be no assurance. If a 
bankruptcy trustee for Metris, Metris as debtor-in-possession, or a creditor 
of Metris were to take the view that Metris and the Transferor should be 
substantively consolidated or that the transfer of the Receivables from 
Metris to the Transferor should be recharacterized as a pledge of such 
Receivables, then delays in payments on the Class A Certificates, Class B 
Certificates and Class C Certificates or (should the bankruptcy court rule in 
favor of any such trustee, debtor-in-possession or creditor) reductions in 
such payments on such Certificates could result. 

   The Pooling and Servicing Agreement provides that, upon the bankruptcy or 
appointment of a receiver for the Transferor, Direct Merchants Bank or 
Metris, the Transferor will promptly give notice thereof to the Trustee, and 
a Pay Out Event with respect to all Series will occur, and under the Pooling 
and Servicing Agreement, no new Principal Receivables will be transferred to 
the Trust. Upon the bankruptcy of the Transferor, unless otherwise instructed 
within a specified period by the certificateholders representing undivided 
interests aggregating more than 50 percent of the aggregate invested amount 
of each Series (and, with respect to Series 1997-1, the holders of more than 
50 percent of each of the Class A, Class B, and Class C Certificates), the 
Trustee will proceed to sell, dispose of, or otherwise liquidate the 
Receivables in a commercially reasonable manner and on commercially 
reasonable terms. The proceeds from the sale of the Receivables would then be 
treated by the Trustee as collections on the Receivables. If the only Pay Out 
Event to occur is either the insolvency of the Transferor or the appointment 
of a bankruptcy trustee or receiver for the Transferor, the receiver or 
bankruptcy trustee for the Transferor may have the power to continue to 
require the Transferor to transfer new Principal Receivables to the Trust and 
to prevent the early sale, liquidation or disposition of the Receivables and 
the commencement of the Early Amortization Period. See "Description of the 
Offered Certificates--Pay Out Events." 

   Direct Merchants Bank and Metris have represented and warranted to Metris 
and the Transferor, respectively in the Purchase Agreements that the sale of 
the Receivables to Metris or the Transferor, respectively, is a valid sale of 
the Receivables to Metris or the Transferor, respectively. In addition, 
Direct Merchants Bank, Metris and the Transferor have treated and will treat 
the transaction described in the Purchase Agreements as sales of the 
Receivables to Metris and the Transferor, respectively, and Metris has taken 
or will take all actions that are required under the UCC to perfect Metris' 
and the Transferor's ownership interest, respectively, in the Receivables. 
Notwithstanding the foregoing, if Metris were to become a debtor in a 
bankruptcy case and a creditor or trustee-in-bankruptcy of such debtor or 
such 

                               93           
<PAGE>
debtor itself were to take the position that the sale of Receivables from 
Metris to the Transferor, should be recharacterized as a pledge of such 
Receivables to secure a borrowing from such debtor, then delays in payments 
of collections of Receivables to the Transferor (and therefore to the Trust 
and to Certificateholders) could occur and (should the court rule in favor of 
any such trustee, debtor-in-possession or creditor) reductions in the amount 
of such payments could result. 

   The Federal Deposit Insurance Act ("FDIA"), as amended by FIRREA, which 
became effective August 9, 1989, sets forth certain powers that the FDIC 
could exercise if it were appointed as conservator or receiver of Direct 
Merchants Bank. Among other things, the FDIA grants such a conservator or 
receiver the power to repudiate contracts of, and to request a stay of up to 
90 days of any judicial action or proceeding involving, Direct Merchants 
Bank. 

   To the extent that (i) Direct Merchants Bank granted a security interest 
in the Receivables to Metris, (ii) the interest was validly perfected before 
Direct Merchants Bank's insolvency, (iii) the interest was not taken or 
granted in contemplation of Direct Merchants Bank's insolvency or with the 
intent to hinder, delay or defraud Direct Merchants Bank or its creditors, 
(iv) the Pooling and Servicing Agreement is continuously a record of Direct 
Merchants Bank, and (v) the Pooling and Servicing Agreement represents a bona 
fide and arm's length transaction undertaken for adequate consideration in 
the ordinary course of business, such valid perfected security interest of 
Metris should be enforceable (to the extent of Metris' "actual direct 
compensatory damages") notwithstanding the insolvency of, or the appointment 
of a receiver or conservator for, Direct Merchants Bank and payments to the 
Trust with respect to the Receivables (up to the amount of such damages) 
should not be subject to an automatic stay of payment or to recovery by the 
FDIC as conservator or receiver of Direct Merchants Bank. If, however, the 
FDIC were to assert that the security interest was unperfected or 
unenforceable or were to require Metris to establish its rights to those 
payments by submitting to and completing the administrative claims procedure 
established under FIRREA, or the conservator or receiver were to request a 
stay of proceedings with respect to Direct Merchants Bank as provided under 
FIRREA, delays in payments on the Certificates and possible reductions in the 
amount of those payments could occur. The FDIA does not define the terms 
"actual direct compensatory damages." On April 10, 1990, the RTC, formerly a 
sister agency of the FDIC, adopted a statement of policy (the "RTC Policy 
Statement") with respect to the payment of interest on collateralized 
borrowings. The RTC Policy Statements states that interest on such borrowings 
will be payable at the contract rate up to the date of the redemption or 
payment by the conservator, receiver, or the trustee of an amount equal to 
the principal owed plus the contract rate of interest up to the date of such 
payment or redemption, plus any expenses of liquidation if provided for in 
the contract, to the extent secured by the collateral. In a 1993 case 
involving zero-coupon bonds, however, a federal district court held that the 
RTC was instead obligated to pay bondholders the fair market value of 
repudiated bonds as of the date of repudiation. The FDIC itself has not 
adopted a policy statement on payment of interest on collateralized 
borrowings. 

   In Octagon Gas Systems, Inc. v. Rimmer, 995 F.2d 948 (10th Cir. 1993), 
cert. denied, 114 S. Ct. 554 (1993), the United States Court of Appeals for 
the 10th Circuit suggested that even where a transfer of accounts from a 
seller to a buyer constitutes a "true sale," the accounts would nevertheless 
constitute property of the seller's bankruptcy estate in a bankruptcy of the 
seller. If Metris or the Transferor were to become subject to a bankruptcy 
proceeding or if Direct Merchants Bank were to become subject to a 
receivership and a court were to follow the 10th Circuit's reasoning, 
Certificateholders might experience delays in payment or possibly losses in 
their investment in the Certificates. Counsel to the Transferor has advised 
the Transferor that the facts of the Octagon case are distinguishable from 
those in the sale transactions between Direct Merchants Bank and Metris, 
Metris and the Transferor and the Transferor and the Trust and that the 
reasoning of the Octagon case appears to be inconsistent with established 
precedent and the UCC. In addition, because Metris, Direct Merchants Bank, 
the Transferor, the Trust and the transaction governed by the Pooling and 
Servicing Agreement do not have any particular link to the 10th Circuit, it 
is unlikely that Metris, Direct Merchants Bank, or the Transferor would be 
subject to a receivership proceeding in the 10th Circuit. Accordingly, the 
Octagon case should not be binding precedent on a court in a receivership 
proceeding. 

                               94           
<PAGE>
   The occurrence of certain events of insolvency, conservatorship or 
receivership with respect to the Servicer will result in a Servicer Default, 
which Servicer Default, in turn, could result in a Pay Out Event. If no other 
Servicer Default other than the commencement of such bankruptcy or similar 
event exists, a conservator or receiver of the Servicer may have the power to 
prevent the Trustee and the Certificateholders from appointing a successor 
Servicer. 

CONSUMER PROTECTION LAWS 

   The relationship of the cardholder and credit card issuer is extensively 
regulated by federal and state consumer protection and related laws. With 
respect to credit cards issued by Direct Merchants Bank, the most significant 
laws include the federal Truth-in-Lending Act, Fair Credit Billing Act, Fair 
Debt Collection Practices Act, Equal Credit Opportunity Act, Fair Credit 
Reporting Act, Electronic Funds Transfer Act and National Bank Act, as well 
as applicable state laws. Claims may be brought under these statutes by 
private consumers as well as federal and state regulators. These statutes 
impose disclosure requirements when a credit card account is advertised, when 
it is opened, at the end of monthly billing cycles and at year end and, in 
addition, prohibit certain discriminatory practices in extending credit and 
impose certain limitations on the type of account related charges that may be 
assessed. Federal law requires credit card issuers to disclose to consumers 
the interest rates, cardholder fees, grace periods and balance calculation 
methods associated with their credit card accounts. In addition, cardholders 
are entitled under current laws to have payments and credits applied to the 
credit card account promptly, to receive prescribed notices and to require 
billing errors to be resolved promptly. Certain laws, including the laws 
described above, may limit Direct Merchants Bank's ability to collect amounts 
owing with respect to the Receivables regardless of any act or omission on 
the part of Direct Merchants Bank. These laws further provide that in certain 
cases cardholders cannot be held liable for, or the cardholder's liability is 
limited with respect to, charges to the credit card account that result from 
unauthorized use of the credit card. 

   Additional consumer protection laws may be enacted that would impose 
requirements on the making, enforcement and collection of consumer credit 
loans. Any new laws or rulings that may be adopted, and existing consumer 
protection laws, may adversely affect the ability to collect on the 
Receivables. In addition, failure of the Servicer to comply with such 
requirements could adversely affect the Servicer's ability to enforce the 
receivables. 

   Certain jurisdictions may attempt to require out-of-state credit card 
issuers to comply with such jurisdictions' consumer protection laws 
(including laws limiting the charges imposed by such credit card issuers) in 
connection with their operations in such jurisdictions. If it were determined 
that out-of-state credit card issuers must comply with a jurisdiction's laws 
limiting the charges imposed by credit card issuers, such actions could have 
an adverse impact on Direct Merchants Bank's credit card operations. 
Application of federal and state bankruptcy and debtor relief laws (including 
the Soldiers' and Sailors' Civil Relief Act of 1940) would affect the 
interests of the holders of the Certificates if the protection provided to 
debtors under such laws result in any receivables of the Trust being written 
off as uncollectible. 

   The Trust may be liable for certain violations of consumer protection laws 
that apply to the receivables transferred to it, either as assignee from the 
Transferor with respect to obligations arising before the transfer or as a 
party directly responsible for obligations arising after the transfer. In 
addition, a cardholder may be entitled to assert such violations by way of 
set-off against such cardholder's obligation to pay the amount of Receivables 
owing. The Transferor will warrant to the Trust in the Pooling and Servicing 
Agreement that all Receivables transferred to the Trust have been and will be 
created in compliance with the requirements of such laws. For discussion of 
the Trust's rights arising from the breach of these warranties, see 
"Description of the Offered Certificates--Representations and Warranties." 

                               95           
<PAGE>
CLAIMS AND DEFENSES OF CARDHOLDERS AGAINST THE TRUST 

   The UCC provides that (a) unless an Obligor has made an enforceable 
agreement not to assert defenses or claims arising out of a transaction, the 
rights of the Trust, as assignee, are subject to all the terms of the 
Contract between the Credit Card Originator and such Obligor and any defense 
or claim arising therefrom, to rights of set-off and to any other defense or 
claim of such Obligor against the Credit Card Originator that accrues before 
such Obligor receives notification of the assignment and (b) any such Obligor 
is authorized to continue to pay the Credit Card Originator until (i) Obligor 
receives notification, reasonably identifying the rights assigned, that the 
amount due or to become due has been assigned and that payment is to be made 
to the Trustee or successor Servicer and (ii) if requested by the Obligors, 
the Trustee or successor Servicer has furnished reasonable proof of 
assignment. No such agreement not to assert defenses has been entered into 
and no notice of the assignment of the Receivables to the Trust will be sent 
to the cardholders obligated on the Accounts in connection with the transfer 
of the Receivables to the Trust. 

                   CERTAIN FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES 

GENERAL; SCOPE OF FEDERAL INCOME TAX OPINION 

   Set forth below is a general discussion of the material United States 
federal income tax consequences of the purchase, ownership and disposition of 
the Offered Certificates which are anticipated to be relevant to most 
categories of investors and has been prepared or reviewed by Skadden, Arps, 
Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP, special federal income tax counsel to the 
Transferor ("Special Tax Counsel"). Special Tax Counsel is of the opinion 
that this discussion is correct in all material respects. As more fully 
described below, Special Tax Counsel will render its opinion, subject to the 
analysis and assumptions contained therein, that the Offered Certificates 
will be characterized as indebtedness secured by the Receivables for federal 
income tax purposes and that the Trust will not be subject to federal income 
tax at the entity level. Except as expressly provided below, Special Tax 
Counsel will render no other opinions to the Transferor with respect to the 
Offered Certificates. This discussion is intended as an explanatory 
discussion of the possible effects of the classification of the Offered 
Certificates as indebtedness on investors generally and or related tax 
matters affecting investors generally, but does not purport to furnish 
information in the level of detail or with the attention to an investor's 
specific tax circumstances that would be provided by an investor's tax 
advisor. This discussion is based upon current provisions of the Internal 
Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code"), existing and proposed Treasury 
Regulations thereunder, current administrative rulings, judicial decisions 
and other applicable authorities in effect as of the date hereof, all of 
which are subject to change, possibly with retroactive effect. There are no 
cases or Internal Revenue Service ("IRS") rulings on similar transactions 
involving instruments issued by a trust with terms similar to those of the 
Offered Certificates. As a result, there can be no assurance that the IRS 
will not challenge the conclusions reached herein, and no ruling from the IRS 
has been or will be sought on any of the issues discussed below. Furthermore, 
legislative, judicial or administrative changes may occur, perhaps with 
retroactive effect, which could affect the accuracy of the statements and 
conclusions set forth herein as well as the tax consequences to 
Certificateholders. 

   This summary does not address all aspects of federal income taxation that 
may be relevant to the Certificate Owners in light of their personal 
investment circumstances nor, except for certain limited discussions of 
particular topics, to certain types of holders subject to special treatment 
under the federal income tax laws (e.g., financial institutions, 
broker-dealers, life insurance companies and tax-exempt organizations). This 
information is directed to prospective purchasers who purchase Offered 
Certificates in the initial distribution thereof, who are citizens or 
residents of the United States, including domestic corporations and 
partnerships, and who hold the Offered Certificates as "capital assets" 
within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Code. Taxpayers and preparers of 
tax returns (including those filed by any partnership or other issuer) should 
be aware that under applicable Treasury Regulations a provider of advice on 
specific issues of law is not considered an income tax return preparer unless 
the advice is (i) given with respect to events that have occurred at the time 
the advice is rendered and is not given with respect to the consequences of 
contemplated actions, and (ii) is directly relevant to the determination of 

                               96           
<PAGE>
an entry on a tax return. Accordingly, taxpayers should consult their 
respective tax advisors and tax return preparers regarding the preparation of 
any item on a tax return, even where the anticipated tax treatment has been 
discussed herein. EACH PROSPECTIVE INVESTOR SHOULD CONSULT WITH ITS TAX 
ADVISOR AS TO THE FEDERAL, STATE, LOCAL, FOREIGN AND ANY OTHER TAX 
CONSEQUENCES OF THE PURCHASE, OWNERSHIP AND DISPOSITION OF OFFERED 
CERTIFICATES SPECIFIC TO SUCH PROSPECTIVE INVESTOR. 

CHARACTERIZATION OF THE OFFERED CERTIFICATES AS INDEBTEDNESS 

   The Transferor, the Servicer and each Certificate Owner will express in 
the Pooling and Servicing Agreement the intent that, for federal, state and 
local income and franchise tax purposes, the Offered Certificates will be 
indebtedness secured by the Receivables. The Transferor, by initially 
entering into, and the Servicer, by accepting the assignment of, the Pooling 
and Servicing Agreement, and each Certificate Owner, by acquiring an interest 
in an Offered Certificate, will agree to treat the Offered Certificates as 
indebtedness for federal, state and local income and franchise tax purposes 
(except to the extent that different treatment is explicitly required under 
state or local tax statutes). However, because different criteria are used in 
determining the nontax accounting treatment of the transaction, the 
Transferor will treat the Pooling and Servicing Agreement, for financial 
accounting purposes and certain other nontax purposes, as effecting a 
transfer of an ownership interest in the Receivables and not as creating a 
debt obligation. 

   In general, whether for federal income tax purposes a transaction 
constitutes a sale of property or a loan, the repayment of which is secured 
by the property, is a question of fact, the resolution of which is based upon 
the economic substance of the transaction rather than its form or the manner 
in which it is labeled. While the IRS and the courts have set forth several 
factors to be taken into account in determining whether the substance of a 
transaction is a sale of property or a secured indebtedness for federal 
income tax purposes, the primary factor in making this determination is 
whether the transferee has assumed the risk of loss or other economic burdens 
relating to the property and has obtained the benefits of ownership thereof. 
Based upon its analysis of such factors, Special Tax Counsel is of the 
opinion that the Transferor will be treated as the owner of the Receivables 
for federal income tax purposes and, accordingly, the Class A Certificates 
and the Class B Certificates will be characterized for federal income tax 
purposes as indebtedness that is secured by the Receivables. Furthermore, 
Special Tax Counsel is of the opinion that the Trust will not be subject to 
federal income tax at the entity level. 

   Although, in some instances, courts have held that a taxpayer is bound by 
a particular form it has chosen for a transaction, even if the substance of 
the transaction does not accord with its form, Special Tax Counsel is of the 
opinion that the rationale of those cases do not apply to the transaction 
evidenced by the Offered Certificates, because the form of the transaction, 
as reflected in the operative provisions of the documents, either is not 
inconsistent with the characterization of the Offered Certificates as debt 
for federal income tax purposes or otherwise makes the rationale of those 
cases inapplicable to this situation. 

TAXATION OF INTEREST INCOME TO CERTIFICATEHOLDERS 

   The following discussion is based in part upon Treasury Regulations 
interpreting the original issue discount ("OID") provisions of Sections 1271 
through 1275 of the Code which were adopted as final on January 27, 1994 (the 
"OID Regulations"). The OID Regulations are, however, subject to varying 
interpretations and do not address all issues that could affect Certificate 
Owners. 

   Stated Interest. It is not expected that any of the Offered Certificates 
will be issued with OID. Based upon the foregoing opinions, and assuming that 
all of the Offered Certificates are treated as debt, the stated interest on 
Offered Certificates will be taxable as ordinary income for federal income 
tax purposes when received or accrued in accordance with a 
Certificateholder's method of tax accounting. 

   OID. The Offered Certificates may be issued at a discount from their 
principal amounts, thereby creating OID. In such a case, all or a portion of 
the taxable income to be recognized with respect to the Offered Certificates 
would be includible in income of Certificate Owners as OID. Any amount 
treated as OID would not, however, be includible again when the interest is 
actually received. If the yield on a class 

                               97           
<PAGE>
of Offered Certificates were not materially different from its coupon, this 
treatment would have no significant effect on Certificate Owners using the 
accrual method of accounting. However, cash method Certificate Owners may be 
required to report income with respect to the Offered Certificates in advance 
of the receipt of cash attributable to such income. 

   While it is not anticipated that the Offered Certificates will be issued 
at a discount from their stated principal amount that is greater than a de 
minimis amount, under Treasury regulations (the "Regulations") the Offered 
Certificates may nevertheless be deemed to have been issued with OID. This 
could be the case, for example, if interest payments are not deemed to be 
payments of "qualified stated interest" because (i) no reasonable legal 
remedies exist to compel timely payment of such interest payments and (ii) 
the offered Certificates do not have terms and conditions that make the 
likelihood of late payment (other than a late payment that occurs within a 
reasonable grace period) or nonpayment a remote contingency. As a result, if 
such Regulations were to apply, all of the taxable income to be recognized 
with respect to the Offered Certificates would be includible in income as OID 
but would not be includible again when the interest is actually received. The 
OID Regulations provide, however, that in determining whether interest is 
unconditionally payable, the possibility of nonpayment due to default, 
insolvency, or similar circumstances is ignored. Accordingly, the Transferor 
intends to take the position that interest payments constitute payments of 
"qualified stated interest" with respect to the Offered Certificates if they 
are issued at a price that is less than a de minimis discount from their 
stated principal amount. 

   If the Offered Certificates are in fact issued at a greater than de 
minimis discount, the following rules will apply. The excess of the "stated 
redemption price at maturity" of an Offered Certificate (generally equal to 
its principal amount as of the date of issuance plus all interest other than 
"qualified stated interest" payable prior to or at maturity) over the 
original issue price (in this case, the initial offering price at which a 
substantial amount of the Offered Certificates are sold to the public) will 
constitute OID. A Certificate Owner must include OID in income as interest 
over the term of the Offered Certificate under a constant yield method. In 
general, OID must be included in income in advance of the receipt of cash 
representing that income. In the case of a debt instrument as to which the 
repayment of principal may be accelerated as a result of the prepayment of 
other obligations securing the debt instrument (a "Prepayable Instrument"), 
the periodic accrual of OID is determined by taking into account both the 
prepayment assumptions used in pricing the debt instrument and the prepayment 
experience. If this provision applies to the Offered Certificates (which is 
not clear), the amount of OID which will accrue in any given "accrual period" 
may either increase or decrease depending upon the actual prepayment rate. 
Accordingly, each Certificateholder should consult its own tax advisor 
regarding the impact to such Certificateholder of the OID rules if the 
Offered Certificates are issued with OID. An Offered Certificate issued with 
de minimis OID must include such OID in income proportionately as principal 
payments are made on such Offered Certificate. 

   Discount and Premium. A subsequent holder who purchases an Offered 
Certificate at a discount may be subject to the "market discount" rules of 
Section 1276 of the Code. These rules provide, in part, for the treatment of 
gain attributable to accrued market discount as ordinary income upon the 
receipt of partial principal payments or on the sale or other disposition of 
the Offered Certificate, and for the deferral of interest deductions with 
respect to debt incurred to acquire or carry the market discount Offered 
Certificate. A Certificate Owner may, however, elect to include market 
discount in gross income as it accrues and, if such election is made, is not 
subject to the deferral of interest deductions provision. Any such election 
will apply to all debt instruments acquired by the taxpayer on or after the 
first day of the first taxable year to which such election applies. Further, 
the adjusted tax basis of an Offered Certificate subject to such election 
will be increased to reflect market discount included in gross income, 
thereby reducing any gain or increasing any loss on a sale or taxable 
disposition. 

   A subsequent holder who purchases an Offered Certificate at a premium may 
elect to amortize and deduct this premium over the remaining term of the 
Offered Certificate in accordance with rules set forth in Section 171 of the 
Code. 

   Optional Election. As an alternative to the above treatments, accrual 
method holders may elect to include in gross income all interest with respect 
to an Offered Certificate, including stated interest, acquisition discount, 
OID, de minimis OID, market discount, de minimis market discount, and 
unstated interest, as adjusted by any amortizable bond premium or acquisition 
premium, using the constant yield method described above. 

                               98           
<PAGE>
   Treatment of Losses. OID, if any (in excess of de minimis OID), must be 
reported by all Offered Certificateholders, and other interest income must be 
reported by Offered Certificateholders that report income on the accrual 
method, as it accrues, whether or not such Offered Certificateholder has 
received cash equivalent to such income and without giving effect to delays 
or reductions in distributions attributable to defaults and delinquencies on 
the Receivables, except to the extent it can be established that such amounts 
are uncollectible. As a result, if there were in excess of de minimis OID, 
the amount of income reported by an Offered Certificateholder in any period 
could exceed the amount of cash distributed to such holder in that period. An 
Offered Certificateholder generally will realize a loss where either 
principal or previously accrued interest are determined to be uncollectible 
with respect to the Offered Certificate, although the timing and character of 
such losses (or reductions in income) are uncertain, and the deductibility of 
such losses may be subject to limitations. 

DISPOSITION OF OFFERED CERTIFICATES 

   Generally, capital gain or loss will be recognized on a sale or other 
taxable disposition of Offered Certificates in an amount equal to the 
difference between the amount realized (other than amounts attributable to, 
and taxable as, accrued interest) and the seller's tax basis in the Offered 
Certificates. A Certificate Owner's tax basis in an Offered Certificate will 
generally equal such Certificate Owner's cost increased by any OID, market 
discount and gain previously included by such Certificate Owner in income 
with respect to the Offered Certificate and decreased by any bond premium 
previously amortized and any principal payments previously received by such 
Certificate Owner with respect to the Offered Certificate. Subject to the 
market discount rules of the Code discussed above under "--Taxation of 
Interest Income to Certificateholders--Discount and Premium", any such gain 
or loss will be capital gain or loss if the Offered Certificate was held as a 
capital asset (except, however, with regard to Prepayable Instruments, in 
which case in the event of a prepayment or redemption thereof such gain is 
ordinary income to the extent of any not yet accrued OID). Capital gain or 
loss will be long-term if the Offered Certificate was held by the holder for 
more than one year and otherwise will be short-term. Any capital losses 
realized generally may be used by a corporate taxpayer only to offset capital 
gains, and by an individual taxpayer only to the extent of capital gains plus 
$3,000 of other income. 

INFORMATION REPORTING AND BACKUP WITHHOLDING 

   The Trustee will be required to report annually to the IRS, and to each 
Certificateholder, the amount of interest paid on the Offered Certificates 
(and the amount withheld for federal income taxes, if any) for each calendar 
year, except as to exempt recipients (generally, corporations, tax-exempt 
organizations, qualified pension and profit-sharing trusts, individual 
retirement accounts, or nonresident aliens who provide certification as to 
their status). Each holder (other than holders who are not subject to the 
reporting requirements) will be required to provide, under penalties of 
perjury, a certificate containing the holder's name, address, correct federal 
taxpayer identification number and a statement that the holder is not subject 
to backup withholding. Should a nonexempt Certificateholder fail to provide 
the required certification, the Trustee will be required to withhold (or 
cause to be withheld) 31 percent of the interest otherwise payable to the 
holder, and remit the withheld amounts to the IRS as a credit against the 
holder's federal income tax liability. 

RECENT LEGISLATION 

   Recent legislation passed by Congress and signed into law by the President 
on August 20, 1996 adds Sections 860H through 860L to the Code (the "FASIT 
Provisions") which will provide for a new type of entity for federal income 
tax purposes known as a "financial asset securitization investment trust" (a 
"FASIT"). The legislation providing for the new FASIT entity, however, is not 
to be effective until September 1, 1997, and many technical issues are to be 
addressed in Treasury regulations yet to be drafted. In general, the FASIT 
legislation will enable trusts such as the Trust to be treated as a 
pass-through entity not subject to federal entity-level income tax (except 
with respect to certain prohibited transactions) and to issue securities that 
would be treated as debt for federal income tax purposes. Transition rules 
provided for by the FASIT legislation contemplate that entities in existence 
on 

                               99           
<PAGE>
August 31, 1997 may elect to be taxed under the FASIT Provisions, however, 
how such election would be made and how outstanding interests of such entity 
are to be treated subsequent to the election is not explained in the FASIT 
legislation. 

OTHER POSSIBLE CHARACTERIZATIONS OF THE POOLING AND SERVICING AGREEMENT 

   Although, as described above, it is the opinion of Special Tax Counsel 
that the Class A Certificates and Class B Certificates will properly be 
characterized as indebtedness, and that the Class C Certificates (not offered 
hereby) should be classified as indebtedness (or, if not, would be classified 
as an interest in a partnership), for federal income tax purposes, such 
opinion is not binding on the IRS and thus no assurance can be given that 
such characterization will prevail. As set forth above, in the opinion of 
Special Tax Counsel, if the IRS were to contend successfully that the Class C 
Certificates were not debt for federal income tax purposes (assuming that 
neither the Class A or Class B Certificates, nor certificates of any other 
outstanding series, were also recharacterized) the arrangement among the 
Transferor and the Class C Certificateholders would be classified as a 
partnership for federal income tax purposes. If, however, the IRS were to 
contend successfully that either the Class A or Class B Certificates, or 
certificates of any other outstanding series, were not debt for federal 
income tax purposes, the arrangement among the Certificate Owners, the 
Transferor, and certificate owners of such other Series might be classified 
for federal income tax purposes as a publicly traded partnership taxable as a 
corporation. 

   If the Class C Certificates (and no class of the Offered Certificates nor 
certificates of any other outstanding Series) were treated as interests in a 
partnership, it is Special Tax Counsel's opinion that the partnership would 
not be treated as a publicly traded partnership because it would qualify for 
an applicable "safe harbor" that the IRS has provided. Therefore, the 
partnership would not be subject to federal income tax. 

   If, alternatively, the arrangement created by the Pooling and Servicing 
Agreement were treated as a publicly traded partnership taxable as a 
corporation, the resulting entity would be subject to federal income taxes at 
corporate tax rates on its taxable income generated by ownership of the 
Receivables. Moreover, distributions by the entity to all or some of the 
classes of Certificateholders would probably not be deductible in computing 
the entity's taxable income and all or part of distributions to 
Certificateholders would probably be treated as dividends. Such an 
entity-level tax could result in reduced distributions to Certificateholders 
and the Certificateholders could be liable for a share of such tax. 

   Because the Transferor will treat the Offered Certificates as indebtedness 
for federal income tax purposes, the Trustee will not comply with the tax 
reporting requirements that would apply under the foregoing alternative 
characterizations of the Offered Certificates. 

DEFEASANCE 

   The Certificates are subject to Defeasance in certain circumstances. It is 
not clear under the existing authorities whether Defeasance would, for 
federal income tax purposes, result in a deemed taxable sale or exchange of 
the Certificates in exchange for the amounts deposited in the Principal 
Funding Account and the Accumulation Period Reserve Account as a result of 
the Defeasance; however, if such a sale or exchange were deemed to occur, 
because of the short time period, the amount required to be deposited and the 
nature of the assets in which such amount may be invested, such a result 
would not be expected to have a material adverse effect on a 
Certificateholder for federal income tax purposes, notwithstanding that, if 
such a sale or exchange were deemed to occur, each Certificateholder would 
thereafter be deemed to own its pro rata share of the assets in which such 
amount is invested, and would be required to report its taxable income on 
such basis. 

TAX CONSEQUENCES TO FOREIGN INVESTORS 

   Special Tax Counsel will render its opinion, subject to the analysis and 
assumptions contained therein, that the Class A Certificates and Class B 
Certificates will properly be characterized as indebtedness secured by the 
Receivables, and that the Class C Certificates (not offered hereby) should be 
classified as indebtedness (or, if not, would be classified as an interest in 
a partnership), for federal income 

                               100           
<PAGE>
tax purposes. Based upon that opinion, the following information describes 
the U.S. federal income tax treatment of investors in Offered Certificates 
that are not U.S. persons (each, a "Foreign Person"). The term "Foreign 
Person" means any person other than (i) a citizen or resident of the United 
States, (ii) a corporation, partnership or other entity organized in or under 
the laws of the United States or any political subdivision thereof or (iii) 
an estate the income of which is includible in gross income for U.S. federal 
income tax purposes, regardless of its source or, for trusts whose taxable 
years begin after December 31, 1996, a trust whose administration is subject 
to the primary supervision of a United States court and which has one or more 
United States fiduciaries who have the authority to control all substantial 
decisions of the trust. 

     (a) Interest paid or accrued to a Foreign Person that is not effectively 
    connected with the conduct of a trade or business within the United States 
    by the Foreign Person, will generally be considered "portfolio interest" 
    and generally will not be subject to United States federal income tax and 
    withholding tax, as long as the Foreign Person (i) is not actually or 
    constructively a "10 percent shareholder" of the Transferor or a 
    "controlled foreign corporation" with respect to which the Transferor is a 
    "related person" within the meaning of the Code, and (ii) provides an 
    appropriate statement, signed under penalties of perjury, certifying that 
    the beneficial owner of the Offered Certificate is a Foreign Person and 
    providing that Foreign Person's name and address. If the information 
    provided in this statement changes, the Foreign Person must so inform the 
    Trustee within 30 days of such change. The statement generally must be 
    provided in the year a payment occurs or in either of the two preceding 
    years. If such interest were not portfolio interest, then it would be 
    subject to United States federal income and withholding tax at a rate of 
    30 percent unless reduced or eliminated pursuant to an applicable income 
    tax treaty. 

     (b) Any capital gain realized on the sale or other taxable disposition of 
    an Offered Certificate by a Foreign Person will be exempt from United 
    States federal income and withholding tax, provided that (i) the gain is 
    not effectively connected with the conduct of a trade or business in the 
    United States by the Foreign Person, and (ii) in the case of an individual 
    Foreign Person, the Foreign Person is not present in the United States for 
    183 days or more in the taxable year. 

     (c) If the interest, gain or income on an Offered Certificate held by a 
    Foreign Person is effectively connected with the conduct of a trade or 
    business in the United States by the Foreign Person, the holder (although 
    exempt from the withholding tax previously discussed if an appropriate 
    statement is furnished) generally will be subject to United States federal 
    income tax on the interest, gain or income at regular federal income tax 
    rates. In addition, if the Foreign Person is a foreign corporation, it may 
    be subject to a branch profits tax equal to 30 percent of its "effectively 
    connected earnings and profits" within the meaning of the Code for the 
    taxable year, as adjusted for certain items, unless it qualifies for a 
    lower rate under an applicable tax treaty. 

   If the IRS were to contend successfully that any of the Offered 
Certificates are interests in a partnership (not taxable as a corporation), a 
Certificate Owner that is a Foreign Person might be required to file a United 
States individual or corporate income tax return and pay tax on its share of 
partnership income at regular United States rates including, in the case of a 
corporate Certificate Owner, the branch profits tax (and would be subject to 
withholding tax on its share of partnership income). If any of the Offered 
Certificates were recharacterized as interests in a "publicly traded 
partnership" taxable as a corporation, to the extent distributions on such 
Offered Certificates were treated as dividends, a Foreign Person would 
generally be subject to tax (and withholding) on the gross amount of such 
dividends at a rate of 30 percent unless reduced or eliminated pursuant to an 
applicable income tax treaty. 

                        CERTAIN STATE TAX CONSEQUENCES 

   Because of the differences in state tax laws and their applicability to 
different investors, it is not possible to summarize the potential state tax 
consequences of holding the Offered Certificates. ACCORDINGLY, PURCHASERS OF 
OFFERED CERTIFICATES SHOULD CONSULT THEIR RESPECTIVE TAX ADVISORS REGARDING 
THE STATE TAX CONSEQUENCES OF PURCHASING ANY CLASS OF OFFERED CERTIFICATES. 

                               101           
<PAGE>
                     EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN CONSIDERATIONS 

   The Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended ("ERISA"), 
and the Code impose certain restrictions on (a) employee benefit plans (as 
defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA), (b) plans described in Section 4975(e)(1) 
of the Code, including individual retirement accounts and Keogh Plans, (c) 
any entities whose underlying assets include plan assets by reason of a 
plan's investment in such entities (each of (a), (b) and (c) a "Plan") and 
(d) persons who have certain specified relationships to such Plans ("Parties 
in Interest" under ERISA and "Disqualified Persons" under the Code). 
Moreover, based on the reasoning of the United States Supreme Court in John 
Hancock Mutual Life Insurance Co. v. Harris Trust and Savings Bank, 114 S. 
Ct. 517 (1993), an insurance company's general account may be deemed to 
include assets of the Plans investing in the general account (e.g., through 
the purchase of an annuity contract), and the insurance company might be 
treated as a Party in Interest with respect to such Plans by virtue of such 
investment. ERISA also imposes certain duties on persons who are fiduciaries 
of Plans, and both ERISA and the Code prohibit certain transactions involving 
"plan assets" between a Plan and Parties in Interest or Disqualified Persons 
with respect to such Plans. Violation of these rules may result in the 
imposition of an excise tax or penalty. Thus, a Plan fiduciary considering an 
investment in the Offered Certificates should consider, among other things, 
whether such an investment might constitute or give rise to a prohibited 
transaction under ERISA or the Code. 

   
   Neither ERISA nor the Code defines the term "plan assets." Under Section 
2510.3-101 of the United States Department of Labor ("DOL") regulations (the 
"Plan Assets Regulation"), a Plan's assets may be deemed to include an 
interest in the underlying assets of an entity (such as a trust) for certain 
purposes, including the prohibited transaction provisions of ERISA and the 
Code, if the Plan acquires an "equity interest" in such entity. Accordingly, 
an investment in the Offered Certificates by a Plan might result in the 
assets of the Trust being deemed to constitute plan assets, which in turn 
could have the consequence that certain aspects of such investment, including 
the operation of the Trust, might give rise to or result in prohibited 
transactions under ERISA and the Code. 
    

   The Plan Assets Regulation contains an exception to the plan asset rules 
that provides that if a Plan acquires a "publicly-offered security," the 
issuer of the security is not deemed to hold plan assets, regardless of the 
fact that the security might otherwise represent an equity interest in the 
issuer. A publicly-offered security is a security that is (i) freely 
transferable, (ii) part of a class of securities that is "widely-held," i.e., 
owned by 100 or more investors independent of the issuer and of one another 
and (iii) either is (A) part of a class of securities registered under 
Section 12(b) or 12(g) of the Exchange Act or (B) sold to a Plan as part of 
an offering of securities to the public pursuant to an effective registration 
statement under the Securities Act and the class of securities of which such 
security is a part is registered under the Exchange Act within 120 days (or 
such later time as may be allowed by the Commission) after the end of the 
fiscal year of the issuer during which the offering of such securities to the 
public occurred. Under the Plan Assets Regulation, a class of securities will 
not fail to be widely-held solely because subsequent to the initial offering 
the number of independent investors falls below 100 as a result of events 
beyond the control of the issuer. 

   
   The Class A Underwriters expect, although no assurance can be given, that 
the Class A Certificates will be held by at least 100 independent investors 
at the conclusion of the offering. The Class B Underwriter expects, although 
no assurance can be given, that the Class B Certificates will be held by at 
least 100 such persons at the conclusion of the offering. The Transferor 
anticipates that the other conditions of the Plan Assets Regulation will be 
met with respect to the Offered Certificates. No monitoring or other measures 
will be taken to ensure that any such conditions will be met with respect to 
the Offered Certificates. If the Trust's assets were deemed to be "plan 
assets" of a Plan investor, there is uncertainty whether existing exemptions 
from the "prohibited transaction" rules of ERISA and the Code would apply to 
all transactions involving the Trust's assets. Accordingly, Plan fiduciaries 
should consult with counsel before making a purchase of Offered Certificates. 

   SPECIAL CONSIDERATIONS FOR INSURANCE COMPANY GENERAL ACCOUNTS 
    

   It should be noted that the Small Business Job Protection Act of 1996 
added new Section 401(c) of ERISA relating to the status of the assets of 
insurance company general accounts under ERISA and 

                               102           
<PAGE>
Section 4975 of the Code. Pursuant to Section 401(c), the Department of Labor 
is required to issue final regulations (the "General Account Regulations") 
not later than December 31, 1997 with respect to insurance policies issued on 
or before December 31, 1998 that are supported by an insurer's general 
account. The General Account Regulations are to provide guidance on which 
assets held by the insurer constitute "plan assets" for purposes of the 
fiduciary responsibility provisions of ERISA and Section 4975 of the Code. 
Section 401(c) also provides that, except in the case of avoidance of the 
General Account Regulations and actions brought by the Secretary of Labor 
relating to certain breaches of fiduciary duties that also constitute 
breaches of state or federal criminal law, until the date that is 18 months 
after the General Account Regulations become final, no liability under the 
fiduciary responsibility and prohibited transaction provisions of ERISA and 
Section 4975 may result on the basis of a claim that the assets of the 
general account of an insurance company constitute the plan assets of any 
such plan. The plan asset status of insurance company separate accounts is 
unaffected by new Section 401(c) of ERISA, and separate account assets 
continue to be treated as the plan assets of any such plan invested in a 
separate account. 

GENERAL INVESTMENT CONSIDERATIONS 

   
   Prospective Plan investors should consult with their legal advisors 
concerning the impact of ERISA and the Code and the potential consequences of 
making an investment in the Offered Certificates with respect to their 
specific circumstances. Moreover, each Plan fiduciary should take into 
account, among other considerations, whether the fiduciary has the authority 
to make the investment; the composition of the Plan's portfolio with respect 
to diversification by type of asset; the Plan's funding objectives; the tax 
effects of the investment; and whether under the general fiduciary standards 
of investment prudence and diversification an investment in the Offered 
Certificates is appropriate for the Plan, taking into account the overall 
investment policy of the Plan and the composition of the Plan's investment 
portfolio. 
    

   Certain employee benefit plans, such as governmental plans (as defined in 
Section 3(32) of ERISA) and certain church plans (as defined in Section 3(33) 
of ERISA) are not subject to the provisions of Title I of ERISA and Section 
4975 of the Code. Accordingly, assets of such plans may, subject to the 
provisions of any other applicable federal and state law, be invested in any 
class of Offered Certificates without regard to the ERISA considerations 
described herein. It should be noted, however, that any such plan that is 
qualified and exempt from taxation under Sections 401(a) and 501(a) of the 
Code is subject to the prohibited transaction rules set forth in Section 503 
of the Code. 

                               103           
<PAGE>
                                 UNDERWRITING 

   Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Underwriting 
Agreement (the "Underwriting Agreement") among the Transferor and the 
Underwriters named below (the "Underwriters"), the Transferor has agreed to 
sell to the Underwriters, and each of the Underwriters has severally agreed 
to purchase, the principal amount of the Offered Certificates set forth 
opposite its name: 

   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                       AMOUNT 
                                     OF CLASS A 
CLASS A UNDERWRITERS                CERTIFICATES 
- --------------------------------- -------------- 
<S>                               <C>
Bear, Stearns & Co. Inc...........  $205,450,000 
Chase Securities Inc..............   205,400,000 
NationsBanc Capital Markets, 
 Inc..............................   205,400,000 
                                  -------------- 
  Total ..........................  $616,250,000 
                                  ============== 
</TABLE>
    

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                              AMOUNT 
                            OF CLASS B 
CLASS B UNDERWRITER        CERTIFICATES 
- ------------------------ -------------- 
<S>                      <C>
Bear, Stearns & Co. 
 Inc.....................  $106,250,000 
                         ============== 
</TABLE>

   In the Underwriting Agreement, the Underwriters have agreed, subject to 
the terms and conditions set forth therein, to purchase all of the Offered 
Certificates if any of the Offered Certificates are purchased. 

   
   The Class A Underwriters named above (the "Class A Underwriters") propose 
initially to offer the Class A Certificates to the public at the price set 
forth on the cover page hereof and to certain dealers at such price less 
concessions not in excess of 0.18% of the principal amount of the Class A 
Certificates. The Class A Underwriters may allow, and such dealers may 
reallow, concessions not in excess of 0.15% of the principal amount of the 
Class A Certificates to certain brokers and dealers. After the initial public 
offering, the public offering price and other selling terms may be changed by 
the Class A Underwriters. 

   The Class B Underwriter named above (the "Class B Underwriter") proposes 
initially to offer the Class B Certificates to the public at the price set 
forth in the cover page hereof and to certain dealers at such price less 
concessions not in excess of 0.195% of the principal amount of the Class B 
Certificates. The Class B Underwriter may allow, and such dealers may 
reallow, concessions not in excess of 0.15% of the principal amount of the 
Class B Certificates to certain brokers and dealers. After the initial public 
offering, the public offering price and other selling terms may be changed by 
the Class B Underwriter. 
    

   The Underwriting Agreement provides that the Transferor and Metris will 
indemnify the Underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities 
under applicable securities laws, or contribute to payments the Underwriters 
may be required to make in respect thereof. 

   Until the distribution of the Offered Certificates is completed, rules of 
the Commission may limit the ability of the Underwriters and certain selling 
group members to bid for and purchase the Offered Certificates. As an 
exception to these rules, the Underwriters are permitted to engage in certain 
transactions that stabilize the price of the Offered Certificates. Such 
transactions consist of bids or purchases for the purpose of pegging, fixing 
or maintaining the price of the Offered Certificates. 

   If the Underwriters create a short position in the Offered Certificates in 
connection with the offering, i.e., if they sell more Offered Certificates 
than are set forth on the cover page of this Prospectus, the Underwriters may 
reduce that short position by purchasing Offered Certificates in the open 
market. 

   In general, purchases of a security for the purpose of stabilization or to 
reduce a short position could cause the price of the security to be higher 
than it might be in the absence of such purchases. 

   Neither the Transferor nor any of the Underwriters makes any 
representation or prediction as to the direction or magnitude of any effect 
that the transactions described above may have on the prices of the Offered 
Certificates. In addition, neither the Transferor nor any of the Underwriters 
makes any representation that the Underwriters will engage in such 
transactions or that such transactions, once commenced, will not be 
discontinued without notice. 

                               104           
<PAGE>
   Each Underwriter has represented and agreed that (a) it has only issued or 
passed on and will only issue or pass on in the United Kingdom any document 
received by it in connection with the issue of the Offered Certificates to a 
person who is of a kind described in Article 11(3) of the Financial Services 
Act 1986 (Investment Advertisements) (Exemptions) Order 1996 or who is a 
person to whom the document may otherwise lawfully be issued or passed on, 
(b) it has complied and will comply with all applicable provisions of the 
Financial Services Act 1986 of Great Britain with respect to anything done by 
it in relation to the Offered Certificates in, from or otherwise involving 
the United Kingdom and (c) if that Underwriter is an authorized person under 
the Financial Services Act 1986, it has only promoted and will only promote 
(as that term is defined in Regulation 1.02 of the Financial Services 
(Promotion of Unregulated Schemes) Regulations 1991) to any person in the 
United Kingdom the scheme described herein if that person is of a kind 
described either in Section 76(2) of the Financial Services Act 1986 or in 
Regulation 1.04 of the Financial Services (Promotion of Unregulated Schemes) 
Regulations 1991. 

   In the ordinary course of business, several of the Underwriters or their 
affiliates have engaged in, and may engage in the future, certain investment 
banking or commercial banking transactions with Metris and its affiliates. 

                                LEGAL MATTERS 

   Certain legal matters relating to the Offered Certificates will be passed 
upon for Metris, the Transferor and Direct Merchants Bank by Skadden, Arps, 
Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP, New York, New York and, with respect to certain 
matters of Delaware law, Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom (Delaware), 
Wilmington, Delaware. Certain legal matters relating to the Offered 
Certificates will be passed upon for the Underwriters by Brown & Wood LLP, 
New York, New York. 

                               105           
<PAGE>
                              GLOSSARY OF TERMS 

   The following terms, which are used in this Prospectus, have the meanings 
indicated: 

   "ABC Adjusted Invested Amount" means as of any business day the sum of the 
Class A Invested Amount, the Class B Invested Amount and the Class C Invested 
Amount minus the amount then on deposit in the Principal Funding Account. 

   "Account" means each revolving credit consumer credit card account 
established pursuant to a Contract between Direct Merchants Bank and any 
Person, which on the Initial Closing Date was an Eligible Account or, with 
respect to accounts transferred to the Trust after the Initial Closing Date, 
is an Additional Account or a Supplemental Account. The definition of Account 
includes each Transferred Account but does not include any Accounts 
containing Ineligible Receivables and reassigned to the Transferor pursuant 
to the Pooling and Servicing Agreement. The term "Account" refers to an 
Additional Account or Supplemental Account only from and after the Addition 
Date with respect thereto, and the term "Account" refers to any Removed 
Account only prior to the Removal Date with respect thereto. 

   "Accumulation Period" is defined at page 15 in "Prospectus 
Summary--Revolving Period." 

   "Accumulation Period Length" is defined at page 54 in "Description of 
Offered Certificates--Postponement of Accumulation Period." 

   "Accumulation Period Reserve Account" is defined at page 67 in 
"Description of Offered Certificates--Accumulation Period Reserve Account." 

   "Accumulation Shortfall" is defined at page 78 in "Description of Offered 
Certificates--Application of Collections--Payment of Principal." 

   "Adaptive Control System" is defined at page 38 in "Direct Merchants 
Bank's Credit Card Activities--New Account Underwriting--The Adaptive Control 
System." 

   "Addition Date" means each date as of which Receivables under Additional 
Accounts or Supplemental Accounts are included in the Trust as Accounts 
pursuant to the Pooling and Servicing Agreement. 

   "Additional Account" means each revolving credit consumer credit card 
account owned by Direct Merchants Bank coming into existence after the 
Initial Closing Date which is an Approved Account that the Transferor has not 
elected to exclude from the Trust. Any such election shall be made by the 
Transferor or the Servicer providing to the Trustee a written notice thereof 
clearly identifying such excluded accounts. 

   "Adjusted Invested Amount" means as of any business day the Invested 
Amount minus the sum of the amount then on deposit in the Principal Funding 
Account and the Series Allocation Percentage of the amount then on deposit in 
the Excess Funding Account. 

   "Adjustment Payment" is defined at page 78 in "Description of the Offered 
Certificates--Defaulted Receivables; Dilution." 

   "Amortization Period" means the period commencing on the Amortization 
Period Commencement Date and continuing until the earlier of (x) the Invested 
Amount of the Certificates being paid in full or (y) the Termination Date. 

   "Amortization Period Commencement Date" means the earlier of the first day 
of the Accumulation Period and the date on which a Pay Out Event occurs or is 
deemed to have occurred. 

   "Approved Account" means each (i) Eligible Account that is a MasterCard or 
VISA account or (ii) any other revolving credit consumer credit card account 
the inclusion in the Trust of which would not cause a Ratings Event. 

   "Assignment" is defined at page 62 in "Description of the Offered 
Certificates--Addition of Trust Assets." 

                               106           
<PAGE>
   "Automatic Additional Accounts" is defined at page 61 in "Description of 
the Offered Certificates--Addition of Trust Assets." 

   "Available Investor Principal Collections" is defined at page 54 in 
"Description of the Offered Certificates--Principal Payments." 

   "Available Reserve Account Amount" is defined at page 68 in "Description 
of the Offered Certificates--Accumulation Period Reserve Account." 

   "Available Series Finance Charge Collections" is defined at page 74 in 
"Description of the Offered Certificates--Application of Collections--Payment 
of Fees, Interest and Other Items." 

   "Bank" means Direct Merchants Credit Card Bank, National Association. 

   "Bank Purchase Agreement" means that certain Amended and Restated Bank 
Purchase Agreement dated as of May 26, 1995 between Direct Merchants Bank and 
FCI, together with that certain Assignment and Assumption Agreement dated as 
of September 16, 1996, among FCI, as assignor, Metris, as assignee, and 
Direct Merchants Bank, as such documents may be amended from time to time in 
accordance with their terms. 

   "Bankruptcy Code" means the United States federal bankruptcy code, as 
amended. 

   "Base Rate" is defined at page 47 in "Maturity Considerations." 

   "Cash Equivalents" is defined at page 65 in "Description of the Offered 
Certificates--Trust Accounts." 

   "Cedel" is defined at page 51 in "Description of the Offered 
Certificates--Book-Entry Registration." 

   "Cedel Participants" is defined at page 51 in "Description of the Offered 
Certificates--Book-Entry Registration." 

   "Certificateholders" means the record holders of the Certificates. 

   "Certificateholders' Interest" means the interest in the assets of the 
Trust allocated to the Certificateholders. 

   "Certificate Owners" is defined at page 3 in "Reports to 
Certificateholders." 

   "Certificate Rates" is defined at page 13 in "Prospectus 
Summary--Interest." 

   "Certificates" means, collectively, the Class A Certificates, the Class B 
Certificates, the Class C Certificates and the Class D Certificates. 

   "Class" means any of the Class A Certificates, the Class B Certificates, 
the Class C Certificates or the Class D Certificates. 

   "Class A Adjusted Invested Amount" is defined at page 69 in "Description 
of the Offered Certificates--Allocation Percentages." 

   "Class A Certificateholders" means the record holders of the Class A 
Certificates. 

   "Class A Certificateholders' Interest" means the interest in the assets of 
the Trust allocated to the Class A Certificateholders. 

   
   "Class A Certificate Rate" means 6.87 % per annum. 

   "Class A Certificates" means the 6.87% Asset Backed Certificates, Series 
1997-1, Class A. 
    

   "Class A Fixed/Floating Allocation Percentage" is defined at page 68 in 
"Description of the Offered Certificates--Allocation Percentages." 

   
   "Class A Floating Allocation Percentage" means, with respect to any 
business day, the percentage equivalent of the ratio that the amount of the 
Class A Adjusted Invested Amount as of the end of the preceding business day 
bears to the greater of (a) the sum of the aggregate amount of Principal 
    

                               107           
<PAGE>
Receivables and amounts on deposit in the Excess Funding Account as of the 
end of the preceding business day and (b) the sum of the numerators with 
respect to all classes of all Series then outstanding used to calculate the 
applicable allocation percentage. 

   "Class A Initial Invested Amount" means $616,250,000. 

   
   "Class A Invested Amount" is defined at page 79 in "Description of the 
Offered Certificates--Allocation Percentages." 
    

   "Class A Investor Charge-Off" is defined at page 80 in "Description of the 
Offered Certificates--Investor Charge-Offs." 

   "Class A Monthly Interest" is defined at page 76 in "Description of the 
Offered Certificates--Application of Collections--Payment of Fees, Interest 
and Other Items." 

   "Class A Percentage" means a fraction the numerator of which is the Class 
A Initial Invested Amount and the denominator of which is the sum of the 
Class A Initial Invested Amount, the Class B Initial Invested Amount and the 
Class C Initial Invested Amount. 

   "Class A Pool Factor" is defined at page 48 in "Pool Factor and Related 
Information." 

   
   "Class A Principal" is defined at page 77 in "Description of the Offered 
Certificates--Application of Collections--Payment of Principal." 
    

   "Class A Required Amount" means for any business day during a Monthly 
Period the amount, if any, by which the sum of (i) the Class A Monthly 
Interest and any overdue Class A Monthly Interest on the related Distribution 
Date (and additional interest thereon), (ii) the Class A Floating Allocation 
Percentage of the Default Amount for such Monthly Period (to date), (iii) if 
Direct Merchants Bank, or an affiliate of Direct Merchants Bank, is no longer 
the Servicer, the Class A Floating Allocation Percentage of the Monthly 
Servicing Fee for the related Monthly Period, (iv) the Class A Percentage of 
the Series Allocation Percentage of the Adjustment Payment required to be 
made by the Transferor but not made on the related Transfer Date and (v) the 
amount by which the Class A Invested Amount has been reduced on prior 
business days because of unreimbursed Class A Investor Charge-Offs exceed the 
Available Series Finance Charge Collections plus any Excess Finance Charge 
Collections from other Series and any Transferor Finance Charge Collections 
in each case allocated with respect thereto. 

   "Class A Underwriters" are the Underwriters indicated at page 104 in 
"Underwriting." 

   "Class B Adjusted Invested Amount" is defined at page 69 in "Description 
of Offered Certificates--Allocation Percentage." 

   "Class B Certificateholders" means the record holders of the Class B 
Certificates. 

   "Class B Certificateholders' Interest" means the interest in the assets of 
the Trust allocated to the Class B Certificateholders. 

   
   "Class B Certificate Rate" means 7.11% per annum. 

   "Class B Certificates" means the 7.11% Asset Backed Certificates, Series 
1997-1, Class B. 
    

   "Class B Fixed/Floating Allocation Percentage" is defined at page 68 in 
"Description of the Offered Certificates--Allocation Percentages." 

   
   "Class B Floating Allocation Percentage" means, with respect to any 
business day, the percentage equivalent of the ratio that the amount of the 
Class B Adjusted Invested Amount as of the end of the preceding business day 
bears to the greater of (a) the sum of the aggregate amount of Principal 
Receivables and amounts on deposit in the Excess Funding Account as of the 
end of the preceding business day and (b) the sum of the numerators with 
respect to all classes of all Series then outstanding used to calculate the 
applicable allocation percentage. 
    

   "Class B Initial Invested Amount" means $106,250,000. 

   "Class B Invested Amount" is defined at page 69 in "Description of the 
Offered Certificates--Allocation Percentages." 

                               108           
<PAGE>
   "Class B Investor Charge-Off" is defined at page 79 in "Description of the 
Offered Certificates--Investor Charge-Offs." 

   "Class B Monthly Interest" is defined at page 76 in "Description of the 
Offered Certificates--Application of Collections--Payment of Fees, Interest 
and Other Items." 

   "Class B Percentage" means a fraction the numerator of which is the Class 
B Initial Invested Amount and the denominator of which is the sum of the 
Class A Initial Invested Amount, the Class B Initial Invested Amount and the 
Class C Initial Invested Amount. 

   "Class B Pool Factor" is defined at page 48 in "Pool Factor and Related 
Information." 

   "Class B Principal" is defined at page 77 in "Description of the Offered 
Certificates--Application of Collections--Payment of Principal." 

   
   "Class B Principal Payment Commencement Date" means the earlier of (a) (i) 
with respect to the Accumulation Period, the Expected Final Payment Date or 
(ii) during the Early Amortization Period, the first Distribution Date on 
which the Class A Invested Amount is paid in full or, if there are no 
Principal Collections allocable to Series 1997-1 remaining after payments 
have been made to the Class A Certificates on such Distribution Date, the 
next succeeding Distribution Date and (b) the Distribution Date following a 
sale or repurchase of the Receivables pursuant to the Pooling and Servicing 
Agreement. 
    

   "Class B Required Amount" means for any business day during a Monthly 
Period the amount, if any, by which the sum of (i) the Class B Monthly 
Interest and any overdue Class B Monthly Interest on the related Distribution 
Date (and additional interest thereon), (ii) the Class B Floating Allocation 
Percentage of the Default Amount for such Monthly Period (to date), (iii) if 
Direct Merchants Bank, or an affiliate of Direct Merchants Bank is no longer 
the Servicer, the Class B Floating Allocation Percentage of the Monthly 
Servicing Fee for the related Monthly Period, (iv) the Class B Percentage of 
the Series Allocation Percentage of the Adjustment Payment required to be 
made by the Transferor but not made on the related Transfer Date and (v) the 
unreimbursed amount by which the Class B Invested Amount has been reduced on 
prior business days because of unreimbursed Class B Investor Charge-Offs and 
Reallocated Class B Principal Collections exceed the Available Series Finance 
Charge Collections plus any Excess Finance Charge Collections from other 
Series and any Transferor Finance Charge Collections in each case allocated 
with respect thereto. 

   "Class B Underwriter" is the Underwriter indicated at page 104 in 
"Underwriting." 

   "Class C Adjusted Invested Amount" is defined at page 70 in "Description 
of the Offered Certificates--Allocation Percentages." 

   "Class C Certificateholders" means the record holders of the Class C 
Certificates. 

   "Class C Certificateholders' Interest" means the interest in the assets of 
the Trust allocated to the Class C Certificateholders. 

   
   "Class C Certificate Rate" means the London interbank offered quotations 
for one-month United States dollar deposits plus 1.00% per annum or such 
lesser rate as specified in the Series 1997-1 Supplement. 

   "Class C Certificates" means the Floating Rate Asset Backed Certificates, 
Series 1997-1, Class C. 
    

   "Class C Fixed/Floating Allocation Percentage" is defined at page 68 in 
"Description of the Offered Certificates--Allocation Percentages." 

   
   "Class C Floating Allocation Percentage" means, with respect to any 
business day, the percentage equivalent of the ratio that the amount of the 
Class C Adjusted Invested Amount as of the end of the preceding business day 
bears to the greater of (a) the sum of the aggregate amount of Principal 
Receivables and amounts on deposit in the Excess Funding Account as of the 
end of the preceding business day and (b) the sum of the numerators with 
respect to all classes of all Series then outstanding used to calculate the 
applicable allocation percentage. 
    

                               109           
<PAGE>
   "Class C Initial Invested Amount" means $77,250,000. 

   "Class C Invested Amount" is defined at page 69 in "Description of the 
Offered Certificates--Allocation Percentages." 

   "Class C Investor Charge-Off" is defined at page 79 in "Description of the 
Offered Certificates--Investor Charge-Offs." 

   "Class C Monthly Interest" is defined at page 76 in "Description of the 
Offered Certificates--Application of Collections--Payment of Fees, Interest 
and Other Items." 

   "Class C Percentage" means a fraction the numerator of which is the Class 
C Initial Invested Amount and the denominator of which is the sum of the 
Class A Initial Invested Amount, the Class B Initial Invested Amount and the 
Class C Initial Invested Amount. 

   "Class C Principal" is defined at page 77 in "Description of the Offered 
Certificates--Application of Collections--Payment of Principal." 

   
   "Class C Principal Payment Commencement Date" means the earlier of (a) (i) 
with respect to the Accumulation Period, the Expected Final Payment Date or 
(ii) during the Early Amortization Period, the first Distribution Date on 
which the Class B Invested Amount is paid in full or, if there are no 
Principal Collections allocable to Series 1997-1 remaining after payments 
have been made to the Class B Certificates on such Distribution Date, the 
next succeeding Distribution Date and (b) the Distribution Date following a 
sale or repurchase of the Receivables pursuant to the Pooling and Servicing 
Agreement. 

   "Class C Required Amount" means for any business day during a Monthly 
Period the amount, if any, by which the sum (i) of the Class C Monthly 
Interest and any overdue Class C Monthly Interest on the related Distribution 
Date (and additional interest thereon), (ii) the Class C Floating Allocation 
Percentage of the Default Amount for such Monthly Period (to date), (iii) if 
Direct Merchants Bank, or an affiliate of Direct Merchants Bank is no longer 
the Servicer, the Class C Floating Allocation Percentage of the Monthly 
Servicing Fee for the related Monthly Period, (iv) the Class C Percentage of 
the Series Allocation Percentage of the Adjustment Payment required to be 
made by the Transferor but not made on the related Transfer Date and (v) the 
unreimbursed amount by which the Class C Invested Amount has been reduced on 
prior business days because of unreimbursed Class C Investor Charge-Offs and 
Reallocated Class C Principal Collections exceed the Available Series Finance 
Charge Collections plus any Excess Finance Charge Collections from other 
Series and any Transferor Finance Charge Collections in each case allocated 
with respect thereto. 
    

   "Class D Certificateholders" means the record holders of the Class D 
Certificates. 

   "Class D Certificateholders' Interest" means the interest in the assets of 
the Trust allocated to the Class D Certificateholders. 

   "Class D Certificates" means the Asset Backed Certificates, Series 1997-1, 
Class D. 

   "Class D Fixed/Floating Allocation Percentage" is defined at page 68 in 
"Description of the Offered Certificates--Allocation Percentages." 

   "Class D Floating Allocation Percentage" means, with respect to any 
business day, the percentage equivalent of the ratio that the amount of the 
Class D Invested Amount as of the end of the preceding business day bears to 
the greater of (a) the total amount of Principal Receivables and amounts on 
deposit in the Excess Funding Account as of the end of the preceding business 
day and (b) the sum of the numerators with respect to all classes of all 
Series then outstanding used to calculate the applicable allocation 
percentage. 

   "Class D Invested Amount" is defined at page 70 in "Description of the 
Offered Certificates--Allocation Percentages." 

   
   "Class D Investor Charge-Off" is defined at page 78 in "Description of the 
Offered Certificates--Investor Charge-Offs." 
    

                               110           
<PAGE>
   
   "Class D Principal Payment Commencement Date" means the earlier of (a) 
during the Amortization Period, the first Distribution Date on which the 
Class C Invested Amount is paid in full or, if there are no Principal 
Collections allocable to Series 1997-1 remaining after payments have been 
made to the Class C Certificates on such Distribution Date, the Distribution 
Date following the Distribution Date on which the Class C Invested Amount is 
paid in full and (b) the Distribution Date following a sale or repurchase of 
the Receivables pursuant to the Pooling and Servicing Agreement. 
    

   "Closing Date" means the date of the initial issuance of the Certificates. 

   "Code" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. 

   "Collection Account" means an account established by the Servicer for the 
purpose of depositing all collections of Receivables. 

   "Collections" is defined at page 8 in "Prospectus Summary--Collections." 

   "Commission" means the Securities and Exchange Commission. 

   "Contract" means an agreement between a Credit Card Originator and another 
person for the extension of revolving credit, including pursuant to a credit 
card, or revolving credit agreement (but shall not include any agreement or 
plan relating to the extension of credit on a closed-end basis). 

   
   "Controlled Accumulation Amount" is defined at page 77. 
    

   "Controlled Deposit Amount" is defined at page 46 in "Maturity 
Considerations." 

   "Cooperative" is defined at page 51 in "Description of the Offered 
Certificates--Book-Entry Registration." 

   "Covered Amount" is defined at page 68 in "Description of the Offered 
Certificates--Accumulation Period Reserve Account." 

   "Credit and Collection Policy" means the written policies and procedures 
of the applicable Credit Card Originator relating to the operation of its 
consumer revolving credit card business, including, without limitation, the 
written policies and procedures for determining the creditworthiness of 
credit card customers and relating to the maintenance of credit card accounts 
and collection of receivables with respect thereto, as such policies and 
procedures may be amended, modified or otherwise changed from time to time. 

   "Credit Card Originator" means Direct Merchants Bank and its successors or 
assigns under the Bank Purchase Agreement and/or any transferee of the 
Accounts from Direct Merchants Bank or any other originator of accounts which 
enters into a receivables purchase agreement with Direct Merchants Bank, 
Metris or the Transferor in accordance with the provisions of the Pooling and 
Servicing Agreement. 

   "Default Amount" means, (i) on any Business Day other than the Default 
Recognition Date, the aggregate amount of Principal Receivables in Accounts 
which became Defaulted Accounts on such Business Day and (ii) on any Default 
Recognition Date the aggregate amount of Principal Receivables in Accounts 
which became Defaulted Accounts during the then current Monthly Period (other 
than such Accounts which were included in clause (i)). 

   "Default Recognition Allocation Percentage" means, with respect to each 
Default Recognition Date, the percentage equivalent of a fraction, the 
numerator of which is the Weighted Average Invested Amount for the related 
Monthly Period and the denominator of which is the Weighted Average Principal 
Receivables in the Trust for the related Monthly Period. 

   "Default Recognition Date" means the last day of each calendar month; 
provided, however that with respect to any Monthly Period the "related 
Default Recognition Date" shall mean the Default Recognition Date occurring 
closest to the last day of such Monthly Period and any amounts allocated or 
applied on such Default Recognition Date shall be deemed to apply to the 
related Monthly Period. 

   "Defaulted Account" means each Account with respect to which, in 
accordance with the Credit and Collection Policy or the Servicer's customary 
and usual servicing procedures, the Servicer has charged off the Receivables 
in such Account as uncollectible. 

                               111           
<PAGE>
   "Defaulted Receivable" is defined at page 78 in "Description of the 
Offered Certificates--Defaulted Receivables; Dilution." 

   "Defeasance" is defined at page 80 in "Description of the Offered 
Certificates--Defeasance." 

   "Definitive Certificates" is defined at page 52 in "Description of the 
Offered Certificates--Definitive Certificates." 

   "Depositaries" is defined at page 49 in "Description of the Offered 
Certificates--Book-Entry Registration." 

   "Depository" is defined at page 49 in "Description of the Offered 
Certificates--General." 

   
   "Determination Date" is defined at page 78 in "Description of the Offered 
Certificates--Investor Charge-Offs." 
    

   "Direct Merchants Bank" means Direct Merchants Credit Card Bank, National 
Association. 

   "Direct Merchants Bank Portfolio" is defined at page 41 in "Direct 
Merchants Bank's Credit Card Activities--Yield Considerations." 

   "Discount Option Receivables" is defined at page 63 in "Description of the 
Offered Certificates--Discount Option." 

   "Discount Percentage" is defined at page 63 in "Description of the Offered 
Certificates--Discount Option." 

   "Distribution Account" is defined at page 64 in "Description of the 
Offered Certificates--Trust Accounts." 

   
   "Distribution Date" means June 20, 1997 and the twentieth day of each 
month thereafter, or if such day is not a business day, the next succeeding 
business day. 
    

   "DOL" means the U.S. Department of Labor. 

   "Dollars" means United States dollars. 

   "DTC" means The Depository Trust Company. 

   "DTC Participants" is defined at page 49 in "Description of the Offered 
Certificates--Book-Entry Registration." 

   "Early Amortization Period" means the period beginning on the earlier of 
(a) the day on which a Pay Out Event occurs or is deemed to have occurred and 
(b) the Expected Final Payment Date if the Class A Invested Amount, the Class 
B Invested Amount and the Class C Invested Amount have not been paid in full 
on such date, and ending on the earlier of (i) the date on which the Class A 
Invested Amount, the Class B Invested Amount, the Class C Invested Amount and 
the Class D Invested Amount have been paid in full and (ii) the Termination 
Date. 

   "Eligible Account" is defined at page 61 in "Description of the Offered 
Certificates--Eligible Accounts." 

   "Eligible Receivable" is defined at page 61 in "Description of the Offered 
Certificates--Eligible Receivables." 

   "Enhancement" means, with respect to any Series, any letter of credit, 
cash collateral account, cash collateral guaranty, guaranty, collateral 
invested amount, surety bond, guaranteed rate agreement, maturity guaranty 
facility, tax protection agreement, interest rate cap, interest rate swap, 
subordination of the rights of one Class or one Series to another, or other 
contract or agreement for the benefit of the Certificateholders of such 
Series (or Certificateholders of a Class within such Series as designated in 
the applicable supplement). 

   "ERISA" means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as 
amended. 

                               112           
<PAGE>
   "Euroclear" is defined at page 51 in "Description of the Offered 
Certificates--Book-Entry Registration." 

   "Euroclear Operator" is defined at page 51 in "Description of the Offered 
Certificates--Book-Entry Registration." 

   "Euroclear Participants" is defined at page 51 in "Description of the 
Offered Certificates--Book-Entry Registration." 

   "Euroclear System" is defined at page 51 in "Description of the Offered 
Certificates--Book-Entry Registration." 

   "Excess Finance Charge Collections" means any Finance Charge Collections 
allocable to any Series in excess of the amounts necessary to make required 
payments with respect to such Series. 

   "Excess Funding Account" is defined at page 66 in "Description of the 
Offered Certificates--Excess Funding Account." 

   "Exchange" means any tender by the Transferor to the Trustee of the 
Exchangeable Transferor Certificate, pursuant to any one or more Supplements 
or, if provided in the relevant Supplement, certificates representing any 
Series and the Exchangeable Transferor Certificate, in exchange for one or 
more new Series and a reissued Exchangeable Transferor Certificate. 

   "Exchangeable Transferor Certificate" means the certificate which 
evidences the Transferor Interest. 

   "Exchange Act" means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. 

   "Expected Final Payment Date" means the April 2002 Distribution Date. 

   "External Prospects" is defined at page 36 in "Metris Companies Inc." 

   "FASIT" is defined at page 99 in "Certain Federal Income Tax 
Consequences--Recent Legislation." 

   "FASIT Provisions" is defined at page 99 in "Certain Federal Income Tax 
Consequences--Recent Legislation." 

   "FCI" means Fingerhut Companies, Inc., a Minnesota corporation. 

   "FDIA" means the Federal Deposit Insurance Act. 

   "FDIC" means the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation. 

   "FDR" means First Data Resources, Inc. 

   "FICO scores" is defined at page 38 in "Direct Merchants Bank's Credit 
Card Activities--New Account Underwriting--Credit Scoring." 

   "Finance Charge Collections" is defined at page 6 in "Prospectus 
Summary--Trust." 

   "Finance Charge Receivables" is defined at page 8 in "Prospectus 
Summary--Receivables." 

   "Fingerhut" means Fingerhut Corporation, a Minnesota corporation. 

   "Fingerhut Customers" is defined at page 36 in "Metris Companies Inc." 

   "Fingerhut Database" is defined at page 36 in "Fingerhut Corporation." 

   "Fingerhut Scores" is defined at page 37 in "Fingerhut Corporation." 

   "FIRREA" is defined at page 29 in "Risk Factors--Transfer of the 
Receivables; Insolvency Risk Considerations." 

   "Fixed/Floating Allocation Percentage" is defined at page 69 in 
"Description of the Offered Certificates--Allocation Percentages." 

   "Floating Allocation Percentage" means the sum of the Class A Floating 
Allocation Percentage, the Class B Floating Allocation Percentage, the Class 
C Floating Allocation Percentage and the Class D Floating Allocation 
Percentage. 

                               113           
<PAGE>
   "Foreign Person" is defined at page 101 in "Certain Federal Income Tax 
Consequences--Tax Consequences to Foreign Investors." 

   "Full Invested Amount" is defined at page 10 in "Prospectus 
Summary--Allocation of Trust Assets." 

   "Funding Period" is defined at page 14 in "Prospectus Summary--Funding 
Period." 

   "General Account Regulations" is defined at page 103 in "Employee Benefit 
Plan Considerations--Special Considerations for Insurance Company General 
Accounts." 

   "Global Securities" is defined at page A II-1 in "Annex II." 

   "Governmental Authority" means the United States of America, any state or 
other political subdivision thereof and any entity exercising executive, 
legislative, judicial, regulatory or administrative functions of or 
pertaining to government. 

   "Indirect Participants" is defined at page 50 in "Description of the 
Offered Certificates--Book-Entry Registration." 

   "Ineligible Receivable" means any receivable that does not satisfy the 
definition of Receivable. 

   "Initial Closing Date" is defined at page 56 in "Description of the 
Offered Certificates--Transfer and Assignment of Receivables." 

   "Initial Invested Amount" is defined at page 10 in "Prospectus 
Summary--Allocation of Trust Assets." 

   "Insolvency Event" is defined at page 82 in "Description of the Offered 
Certificates--Pay Out Events." 

   "Interest Accrual Period" means, with respect to a Distribution Date, the 
period from and including the preceding Distribution Date to but excluding 
such Distribution Date; provided, however, that the initial Interest Accrual 
Period shall be the period from the Closing Date to but excluding the initial 
Distribution Date. 

   "Interest Funding Account" is defined at page 64 in "Description of the 
Offered Certificates--Trust Accounts." 

   "Invested Amount" means the sum of the Class A Invested Amount, the Class 
B Invested Amount, the Class C Invested Amount and the Class D Invested 
Amount. 

   "Investment Company Act" means the Investment Company Act of 1940, as 
amended from time to time. 

   
   "Investor Default Amount" is defined at page 78 in "Description of the 
Offered Certificates--Defaulted Receivables; Dilution." 
    

   "Investor Percentage" means, (a) with respect to Finance Charge 
Collections prior to the commencement of the Early Amortization Period, 
Receivables in Defaulted Accounts at any time and Principal Collections 
during the Revolving Period, the Floating Allocation Percentage and (b) with 
respect to Finance Charge Collections during the Early Amortization Period 
and Principal Collections during the Amortization Period, the Fixed/Floating 
Allocation Percentage, and with respect to any Series of certificates, the 
percentage specified in the related Supplement. 

   "IRS" means the Internal Revenue Service. 

   "MasterCard International" means MasterCard International Inc. 

   "Metris" means Metris Companies Inc., a Delaware corporation. 

   "Metris Direct" means Metris Direct, Inc., a Minnesota corporation and an 
affiliate of Direct Merchants Bank. 

   "Metris Receivables, Inc." means Metris Receivables, Inc., a Delaware 
corporation. 

                               114           
<PAGE>
   "Minimum Aggregate Principal Receivables" means, as of any date of 
determination, the sum of the numerators used in the calculation of the 
Investor Percentages for Principal Collections for all outstanding Series on 
such date of determination. 

   "Minimum Retained Interest" means the product of the weighted average 
Minimum Retained Percentages for all Series and the sum of the outstanding 
principal amounts of all classes of all Series. 

   "Minimum Retained Percentage" means, for Series 1997-1, 2%. 

   "Minimum Transferor Interest" means the product of (i) the sum of (a) the 
aggregate Principal Receivables and (b) the amounts on deposit in the Excess 
Funding Account and (ii) the highest Minimum Transferor Percentage for any 
Series. 

   "Minimum Transferor Percentage" means, for Series 1997-1, 0%; provided, 
however that in certain circumstances such percentage may be increased. 

   "Monthly Period" means the period from and including the first day of each 
fiscal month of the Transferor to and including the last day of such fiscal 
month except that the first Monthly Period with respect to the Certificates 
shall begin on and include the Closing Date and shall end on and include May 
31, 1997. 

   "Monthly Servicing Fee" is defined at page 83 in "Description of the 
Offered Certificates--Servicing Compensation and Payment of Expenses." 

   "Moody's" means Moody's Investors Service, Inc. 

   
   "Negative Carry Amount" is defined at page 20 in "Prospectus 
Summary--Coverage of Interest Shortfalls from Transferor Finance Charge 
Collections." 
    

   "Notice Date" is defined at page 62 in "Description of the Offered 
Certificates--Addition of Trust Assets." 

   "Obligor" means a person or persons obligated to make payments with 
respect to a Receivable arising under an Account pursuant to a Contract. 

   "Offered Certificates" is defined at page 1. 

   "OID" means original issue discount. 

   "OID Regulations" is defined at page 97 in "Certain Federal Income Tax 
Consequences--Taxation of Interest Income to Certificateholders." 

   "Paired Series" is defined at page 79 in "Description of the Offered 
Certificates--Paired Series." 

   "Participants" is defined at page 49 in "Description of the Offered 
Certificates--General." 

   "Paying Agent" is defined at page 65 in "Description of the Offered 
Certificates--Trust Accounts." 

   "Payment Date" is defined at page 39 in "Direct Merchants Bank's Credit 
Card Activities--Servicing, Billing and Payments." 

   "Payment Reserve Account" is defined at page 64 in "Description of the 
Offered Certificates--Trust Accounts." 

   "Pay Out Event" is defined at page 81 in "Description of the Offered 
Certificates--Pay Out Events." 

   "Periodic Finance Charge" has, with respect to any Account, the meaning 
specified in the Contract applicable to such Account for finance charges (due 
to periodic rate) or any similar term. 

   "Permitted Lien" means with respect to the Receivables: (i) liens in favor 
of the Transferor created pursuant to the Purchase Agreement and assigned to 
the Trustee pursuant to the Pooling and Servicing Agreement; (ii) liens in 
favor of the Trustee pursuant to the Pooling and Servicing Agreement; and 
(iii) liens which secure the payment of taxes, assessments and governmental 
charges or levies, if such taxes are either (a) not delinquent or (b) being 
contested in good faith by appropriate legal or administrative proceedings 
and as to which adequate reserves in accordance with generally accepted 
accounting principles shall have been established. 

                               115           
<PAGE>
   "Person" means any legal person, including any individual, corporation, 
partnership, joint venture, association, joint stock company, trust, 
unincorporated organization, governmental entity or other entity of similar 
nature. 

   "Plan" is defined at page 102 in "Employee Benefit Plan Considerations." 

   "Plan Assets Regulation" is defined at page 102 in "Employee Benefit Plan 
Considerations." 

   "Pool Factor" means one of the Class A Pool Factor or the Class B Pool 
Factor. 

   "Pooling and Servicing Agreement" means the Pooling and Servicing 
Agreement, dated as of May 26, 1995, among the Transferor, the Servicer, and 
the Trustee, as amended by Amendment No. 1 thereto, dated as of June 10, 1996 
among the Transferor, the Servicer and the Trustee, Amendment No. 2 thereto, 
dated as of September 16, 1996 among the Transferor, the Servicer and the 
Trustee, and as further supplemented or amended in accordance with its terms. 
Unless the context requires otherwise, the term "Pooling and Servicing 
Agreement" refers to the Pooling and Servicing Agreement as supplemented by 
the Series 1997-1 Supplement. 

   "Portfolio Yield" is defined at page 47 in "Maturity Considerations." 

   "Pre-Funded Amount" is defined at page 14 in "Prospectus Summary--Funding 
Period." 

   "Pre-Funding Account" is defined at page 14 in "Prospectus 
Summary--Funding Period." 

   "Prepayable Instrument" is defined at page 98 in "Certain Federal Income 
Tax Consequences--Taxation of Interest Income to Certificateholders--OID." 

   "Previously Issued Series" means the Series 1995-1 Variable Funding 
Certificates and the Series 1996-1 Asset Backed Certificates. 

   "Principal Account" is defined at page 64 in "Description of the Offered 
Certificates--Trust Accounts." 

   "Principal Collections" means with respect to any business day collections 
received with respect to Principal Receivables. 

   "Principal Funding Account" is defined at page 65 in "Description of the 
Offered Certificates--Principal Funding Account." 

   "Principal Funding Account Balance" is defined at page 46 in "Maturity 
Considerations." 

   "Principal Funding Account Investment Proceeds" is defined at page 66 in 
"Description of the Offered Certificates--Principal Funding Account." 

   "Principal Receivables" means for any business day, the aggregate amount 
shown on the Servicer's records as amounts payable by Obligors with respect 
to Eligible Receivables other than such amounts that are Finance Charge 
Receivables or (except as used in the definition of Investor Default Amount) 
Receivables in Defaulted Accounts and shall include, without limitation, 
amounts payable for purchases of goods or services or cash advances. A 
Receivable shall be deemed to have been created at the end of the day on the 
date of processing of such Receivable. In calculating the aggregate amount of 
Principal Receivables on any day, the amount of Principal Receivables shall 
be reduced by the aggregate amount of credit balances in the Accounts on such 
day. 

   "Principal Terms" is defined at page 57 in "Description of the Offered 
Certificates--Exchanges." 

   "Proprietary Modeling System" is defined at page 38 in "Direct Merchants 
Bank's Credit Card Activities--New Account Underwriting--Credit Scoring." 

   "Proprietary Score" is defined at page 38 in "Direct Merchants Bank's 
Credit Card Activities--New Account Underwriting--Credit Scoring." 

   "Purchase Agreement" means that certain Receivables Purchase Agreement 
dated as of May 26, 1995 between FCI and the Transferor, together with that 
certain Assignment and Assumption Agreement, dated as of September 16, 1996 
among FCI, as assignor, Metris, as assignee, and the Transferor, as such 
documents may be amended from time to time in accordance with their terms. 

                               116           
<PAGE>
   "Purchase Agreements" means the Purchase Agreement and the Bank Purchase 
Agreement. 

   "Purchase Termination Date" is defined at page 91 in "Description of the 
Purchase Agreements--Purchase Termination Date." 

   "Qualified Institution" is defined at page 64 in "Description of the 
Offered Certificates--Trust Accounts." 

   "Rating Agencies" means Standard & Poor's and Moody's. 

   "Rating Agency Condition" means the notification in writing by each Rating 
Agency to the Transferor, the Servicer and the Trustee that any action will 
not result in any Rating Agency reducing or withdrawing its then existing 
rating of the investor certificates of any outstanding Series or class with 
respect to which it is a Rating Agency. 

   "Ratings Event" shall mean, with respect to any Class of any outstanding 
Series rated by a Rating Agency, a reduction or withdrawal of the rating of 
any such Class by a Rating Agency. 

   "Reallocated Class B Principal Collections" is defined at page 72 in 
"Description of the Offered Certificates--Reallocated Principal Collections." 

   "Reallocated Class C Principal Collections" is defined at page 71 in 
"Description of the Offered Certificates--Reallocated Principal Collections." 

   "Reallocated Class D Principal Collections" is defined at page 71 in 
"Description of the Offered Certificates--Reallocated Principal Collections." 

   "Reallocated Principal Collections" is defined at page 72 in "Description 
of the Offered Certificates--Reallocated Principal Collections." 

   "Receivable" means all of the indebtedness of any Obligor under an 
Account, including the right to receive payment of any interest or finance 
charges and other obligations of such Obligors with respect thereto. Each 
receivable includes, without limitation, all rights of the Transferor under 
the applicable Contract. 

   "Record Date" means, with respect to any Distribution Date, the business 
day preceding such Distribution Date, except that, with respect to any 
Definitive Certificates, Record Date shall mean the fifth day of the then 
current Monthly Period. 

   "Recoveries" means any amounts received by the Servicer with respect to 
Receivables in Accounts that previously became Defaulted Accounts. 

   "Related Person" means an entity that is an affiliate of Fingerhut, any 
holder of an Investor Certificate, any provider of Enhancement, or any person 
whose status would violate the conditions for a trustee contained in Section 
(4)(i) of Rule 3a-7 under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended. 

   "Relevant UCC State" means each jurisdiction in which the filing of a UCC 
financing statement is necessary to perfect the ownership interest and 
security interest of the Transferor pursuant to the Purchase Agreement or the 
ownership of security interest of the Trustee. 

   "Removed Accounts" is defined at page 63 in "Description of the Offered 
Certificates -- Addition of Trust Assets." 

   "Required Amount" is defined at page 76 in "Description of the Offered 
Certificates--Application of Collections--Payment of Fees, Interest and Other 
Items." 

   "Required Reserve Account Amount" is defined at page 67 in "Description of 
the Offered Certificates--Accumulation Period Reserve Account." 

   "Requirements of Law" means the certificate of incorporation or articles 
of association and by-laws or other organizational or governing documents of 
such Person, and any material law, treaty, rule or regulation or 
determination of an arbitrator or Governmental Authority, in each case 
applicable to or binding upon such Person or to which such Person is subject. 

                               117           
<PAGE>
   "Reserve Account Funding Date" is defined at page 67 in "Description of 
the Offered Certificates--Accumulation Period Reserve Account." 

   "Restart Date" is defined at page 61 in "Description of the Offered 
Certificates--Addition of Trust Assets." 

   "Retained Interest" means, on any date of determination, the sum of the 
Transferor Interest and the interest in the Trust represented by any 
Transferor Retained Class of investor certificates. 

   "Retained Percentage" means, on any date of determination, the percentage 
equivalent of a fraction the numerator of which is the Retained Interest and 
the denominator of which is the aggregate amount of Principal Receivables at 
the end of the day immediately prior to such date of determination plus all 
amounts on deposit in the Excess Funding Account (but not including 
investment earnings on such amounts). 

   "Revolving Period" is defined at page 15 in "Prospectus Summary--Revolving 
Period." 

   "RTC" means the Resolution Trust Corporation. 

   "RTC Policy Statement" is defined at page 94 in "Certain Legal Aspects of 
the Receivables--Certain Matters Relating to Bankruptcy or Receivership." 

   "Securities Act" means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended from time to 
time. 

   "Series" means any series of certificates issued by the Trust pursuant to 
a Supplement, including the Series 1997-1 Asset Backed Certificates. 

   "Series Allocation Percentage" means, on any date of determination, the 
percentage equivalent of a fraction the numerator of which is the Invested 
Amount and the denominator of which is the sum of the Invested Amounts of all 
Series then outstanding. 

   "Series 1995-1 Variable Funding Certificates" means those certificates 
issued by the Trust pursuant to the Series 1995-1 Supplement dated as of May 
23, 1995, as amended by the Amended and Restated Series 1995-1 Supplement 
dated as of September 16, 1996. 

   "Series 1996-1 Asset Backed Certificates" means those certificates issued 
by the Trust pursuant to the Series 1996-1 Supplement dated as of April 23, 
1996. 

   "Series 1997-1" is defined at page 2. 

   "Series 1997-1 Supplement" means the Supplement, dated as of the Closing 
Date, among the Transferor, the Servicer and the Trustee relating to the 
Series 1997-1 Certificates. 

   "Service Transfer" is defined at page 84 in "Description of the Offered 
Certificates--Servicer Default." 

   "Servicer" means initially Direct Merchants Bank and thereafter any Person 
appointed as successor as provided in the Pooling and Servicing Agreement. 

   "Servicer Default" is defined at page 85 in "Description of the Offered 
Certificates--Servicer Default." 

   "Servicing Fee Percentage" means 2.00 percent per annum, or for so long as 
Direct Merchants Bank is the Servicer, a lesser rate if so specified in the 
Supplement. 

   "Shared Principal Collections" means the amount of Principal Collections 
for any business day allocated by the Servicer to the Invested Amount 
remaining after covering required deposits or payments to the 
Certificateholders and any similar amount remaining for any other Series. 

   "SIPC" is defined at page 65 in "Description of the Offered 
Certificates--Trust Accounts." 

   "Special Tax Counsel" means Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP, 
counsel to the Transferor or such other counsel reasonably acceptable to the 
Trustee. 

                               118           
<PAGE>
   "Standard & Poor's" means Standard & Poor's, a Division of The McGraw-Hill 
Companies, Inc. 

   "Stated Class D Amount" is defined at page 70 in "Description of the 
Offered Certificates--Allocation Percentages." 

   "Supplement" means any Supplement to the Pooling and Servicing Agreement. 

   "Supplemental Accounts" is defined at page 61 in "Description of the 
Offered Certificates--Addition of Trust Assets." 

   "Supplemental Certificate" is defined at page 58 in "Description of the 
Offered Certificates--Exchanges." 

   "Suppress File" is defined at page 37 in "Fingerhut Corporation." 

   "Tax Certificate" is defined at page A II-3 in "Annex II." 

   "Tax Opinion" is defined at page 58 in "Description of the Offered 
Certificates--Exchanges." 

   "Termination Date" means the October 2005 Distribution Date. 

   "Terms and Conditions" is defined at page 52 in "Description of the 
Offered Certificates--Book-Entry Registration." 

   "Transfer Agent and Registrar" is defined at page 53 in "Description of 
the Offered Certificates--Definitive Certificates." 

   "Transfer Date" is defined at page 72 in "Description of the Offered 
Certificates--Application of Collections--Allocations." 

   "Transferor" means Metris Receivables, Inc., a Delaware corporation. 

   "Transferor Finance Charge Collections" is defined at page 21 in 
"Prospectus Summary--Coverage of Interest Shortfalls from Transferor Finance 
Charge Collections." 

   "Transferor Interest" means, on any date of determination, the aggregate 
amount of Principal Receivables at the end of the day immediately prior to 
such date of determination plus all amounts on deposit in the Excess Funding 
Account (but not including investment earnings on such amounts), minus the 
aggregate invested amount of all Series at the end of such day. 

   "Transferor Percentage" is defined at page 69 in "Description of the 
Offered Certificates--Allocation Percentages." 

   "Transferor Retained Class" means any class of investor certificates which 
is retained by the Transferor. 

   "Transferor Retained Finance Charge Collections" is defined at page 76 in 
"Description of the Offered Certificates--Application of Collections--Payment 
of Fees, Interest and Other Items." 

   "Trigger Event" is defined at page 82 in "Description of the Offered 
Certificates--Pay Out Events." 

   "Trust" means the Metris Master Trust, formerly known as the Fingerhut 
Financial Services Receivables Master Trust. 

   "Trust Accounts" is defined at page 64 in "Description of the Offered 
Certificates--Trust Accounts." 

   "Trust Portfolio" is defined at page 43 in "The Receivables." 

   "Trustee" means The Bank of New York (Delaware), a Delaware banking 
corporation. 

   "Trustee's Corporate Trust Office" means the Trustee's office located at 
White Clay Center, Route 273, Newark, Delaware 19711. 

   "UCC" means the Uniform Commercial Code as amended from time to time as in 
effect in the applicable jurisdiction. 

                               119           
<PAGE>
   "Underwriters" is defined at page 104 in "Underwriting." 

   
   "Underwriting Agreement" means the underwriting agreement dated May 1, 
1997 among the Transferor and the Underwriters. 
    

   "U.S. Person" is defined at page A II-3 in "Annex II." 

   "Variable Funding Certificates" means a series of Certificates, in one or 
more classes, issued pursuant to the Pooling and Servicing Agreement and the 
Variable Funding Series Supplement relating thereto. 

   "Variable Funding Series Supplement" means the Series 1995-1 Supplement 
dated as of May 26, 1995 among the Transferor, the Servicer and the Trustee 
relating to the Variable Funding Certificates. 

   
   "Weighted Average Invested Amount" means with respect to any Monthly 
Period the weighted average Adjusted Invested Amount based on the Adjusted 
Invested Amount outstanding on each business day after giving effect to all 
transactions on such business day from but excluding the Default Recognition 
Date related to the preceding Monthly Period to and including the Default 
Recognition Date with respect to such Monthly Period. 
    

   "Weighted Average Principal Receivables" means with respect to any Monthly 
Period the weighted average sum of the total amount of Principal Receivables 
and the amount on deposit in the Excess Funding Account on each business day 
after giving effect to all transactions on such business day from but 
excluding the Default Recognition Date related to the preceding Monthly 
Period to and including the Default Recognition Date with respect to such 
Monthly Period. 



                               120           
<PAGE>
                                                                       ANNEX I 

                                 OTHER SERIES 

   The table below sets forth the principal characteristics of both Series 
1995-1 Variable Funding Certificates and Series 1996-1 Asset Backed 
Certificates, the only Series heretofore issued by the Trust. For more 
specific information with respect to any Series, any prospective investor 
should contact the Servicer at (612) 525-5094. The Servicer will provide, 
without charge, to any prospective purchaser of the Certificates, a copy of 
the disclosure documents for any previous publicly issued Series. 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                                              <C>
 SERIES 1995-1 
CLASS A CERTIFICATES 
 Invested Amount as of April 23, 1997 ...........$692,800,000 
 Expected Invested Amount as of Closing Date      
  (after application of proceeds) ...............$24,800,000 
 Maximum Permitted Invested Amount ..............$824,800,000 
 Certificate Rate ...............................A1/P1 Commercial Paper/LIBOR + 0.625% Blended 
 Commencement of Amortization Period ............May 1999 (extendible) 
 Annual Servicing Fee Percentage ................2.00% 
 Enhancement ....................................Subordination of Class B Certificates, Class C 
                                                 Certificates and Class D Certificates 
 Scheduled Series Termination Date ..............May 30, 2003 (extendible) 
 Series Issuance Date ...........................May 1995 (Maximum Permitted Invested Amount 
                                                 increased on September 16, 1996) 
CLASS B CERTIFICATES 
 Initial Invested Amount ........................$129,612,000 
 Certificate Rate ...............................LIBOR + 0.625% 
 Annual Servicing Fee Percentage ................Same as above for Class A Certificates 
 Enhancement ....................................Subordination of Class C Certificates and Class D 
                                                 Certificates 
 Scheduled Series Termination Date ..............Same as above for Class A Certificates 
CLASS C CERTIFICATES 
 Initial Invested Amount ........................$70,698,000 
 Certificate Rate ...............................LIBOR + 0.750% 
 Annual Servicing Fee Percentage ................Same as above for Class A Certificates 
 Enhancement ....................................Subordination of Class D Certificates 
 Scheduled Series Termination Date...............Same as above for Class A Certificates 
CLASS D CERTIFICATE 
 Invested Amount as of April 23, 1997 ...........$133,454,000 
 Expected Invested Amount as of Closing Date      
  (after reduction of Class A Invested Amount) ..$33,638,000 
 Maximum Permitted Invested Amount ..............$153,178,000 
 Certificate Rate ...............................None 
 Annual Servicing Fee Percentage ................Same as above for Class A Certificates 
 Scheduled Series Termination Date ..............Same as above for Class A Certificates 

                               A-1           
<PAGE>
SERIES 1996-1 
CLASS A CERTIFICATES 
 Initial Invested Amount ........................$518,000,000 
 Certificate Rate ...............................6.45% 
 Commencement of Amortization Period ............First day of August 1998 Monthly Period 
 Annual Servicing Fee Percentage ................2.00% 
 Enhancement ....................................Subordination of Class B Certificates, Class C 
                                                 Certificates and Class D Certificates 
 Scheduled Series Termination Date...............February 2002 Distribution Date 
 Series Issuance Date............................April 23, 1996 
CLASS B CERTIFICATES 
 Initial Invested Amount ........................$87,500,000 
 Certificate Rate ...............................6.80% 
 Annual Servicing Fee Percentage ................Same as above for Class A Certificates 
 Enhancement ....................................Subordination of Class A Certificates and Class D 
                                                 Certificates 
 Scheduled Series Termination Date...............Same as above for Class A Certificates 
CLASS C CERTIFICATES 
 Initial Invested Amount ........................$50,000,000 
 Certificate Rate ...............................LIBOR + 0.650% 
 Annual Servicing Fee Percentage ................Same as above for Class A Certificates 
 Enhancement ....................................Subordination of Class D Certificates and Class C 
                                                 Reserve Account 
 Scheduled Series Termination Date...............Same as above for Class A Certificates 
CLASS D CERTIFICATE 
 Invested Amount ................................$44,500,000 
 Certificate Rate ...............................None 
 Annual Servicing Fee Percentage ................Same as above for Class A Certificates 
 Scheduled Series Termination Date ..............Same as above for Class A Certificates 
</TABLE>

                               A-2           
<PAGE>
                                                                      ANNEX II 

                       GLOBAL CLEARANCE SETTLEMENT AND 
                         TAX DOCUMENTATION PROCEDURES 

   Except in certain limited circumstances, the globally offered Metris 
Master Trust Asset Backed Trust Certificates, Series 1997-1 (the "Global 
Securities") will be available only in book-entry form. Investors in the 
Global Securities may hold such Global Securities through any of The 
Depository Trust Company ("DTC"), Cedel or Euroclear. The Global Securities 
will be tradeable as home market instruments in both the European and U.S. 
domestic markets. Initial settlement and all secondary trades will settle in 
same-day funds. 

   Secondary market trading between investors holding Global Securities 
through Cedel and Euroclear will be conducted in the ordinary way in 
accordance with their normal rules and operating procedures and in accordance 
with conventional eurobond practice (i.e., seven calendar day settlement). 

   Secondary market trading between investors holding Global Securities 
through DTC will be conducted according to the rules and procedures 
applicable to U.S. corporate debt obligations. 

   Secondary cross-market trading between Cedel or Euroclear and DTC 
Participants holding Certificates will be effected on a 
delivery-against-payment basis through the respective Depositaries of Cedel 
and Euroclear (in such capacity) and as DTC Participants. 

   Non-U.S. holders (as described below) of Global Securities will be subject 
to U.S. withholding taxes unless such holders meet certain requirements and 
deliver appropriate U.S. tax documents to the securities clearing 
organizations or their participants. 

Initial Settlement 

   All Global Securities will be held in book-entry form by DTC in the name 
of Cede & Co. as nominee of DTC. Investors' interests in the Global 
Securities will be represented through financial institutions acting on their 
behalf as direct and indirect Participants in DTC. As a result, Cedel and 
Euroclear will hold positions on behalf of their participants through their 
respective Depositaries, which in turn will hold such positions in accounts 
as DTC Participants. 

   Investors electing to hold their Global Securities through DTC will follow 
the settlement practices applicable to conventional Eurobonds, except that 
there will be not temporary global security and no "look-up" or restricted 
period. Investor securities custody accounts will be credited with their 
holdings against payment in same-day funds on the settlement date. 

   Investors electing to hold their Global Securities through Cedel or 
Euroclear accounts will follow the settlement procedures applicable to 
conventional eurobonds, except that there will be no temporary global 
security and no "lock-up" or restricted period. Global Securities will be 
credited to the securities custody accounts on the settlement date against 
payment in the same-day funds. 

Secondary Market Trading 

   Since the purchaser determines the place of delivery, it is important to 
establish at the time of the trade where both the purchaser's and seller's 
accounts are located to ensure that settlement can be made on the desired 
value date. 

   Trading between DTC Participants. Secondary market trading between DTC 
Participants will be settled using the procedures applicable to conventional 
credit card certificate issues in same-day funds. 

   Trading between Cedel and/or Euroclear Participants. Secondary market 
trading between Cedel Participants or Euroclear Participants will be settled 
using the procedures applicable to conventional eurobonds in same-day funds. 

   Trading between DTC seller and Cedel or Euroclear purchaser. When Global 
Securities are to be transferred from the account of a DTC Participant to the 
accounts of a Cedel Participant or a Euroclear 

                               A-II-1           
<PAGE>
Participant, the purchaser will send instructions to Cedel or Euroclear 
through a Cedel Participant or Euroclear Participant at least one business 
day prior to settlement. Cedel or Euroclear will instruct the respective 
Depositary, as the case may be, to receive the Global Securities against 
payment. Payment will include interest accrued on the Global Securities from 
and including the last coupon payment date to and excluding the settlement 
date, on the basis of actual days elapsed and a 360 day year. Payment will 
then be made by the respective Depositary to the DTC Participant's account 
against delivery of the Global Securities. After settlement has been 
completed, the Global Securities will be credited to the respective clearing 
system and by the clearing system, in accordance with its usual procedures, 
to the Cedel Participant's or Euroclear Participant's account. The Global 
Securities credit will appear the next day (European time) and the cash debit 
will be back-valued to, and the interest on the Global Securities will accrue 
from, the value date (which would be the preceding day when settlement 
occurred in New York). If settlement is not completed on the intended value 
date (i.e., the trade fails), the Cedel or Euroclear cash debit will be 
valued instead as of the actual settlement date. 

   Cedel Participants and Euroclear Participants will need to make available 
to the respective clearing systems the funds necessary to process same-day 
funds settlement. The most direct means of doing so is to pre-position funds 
for settlement, either from cash on hand or existing lines of credit, as they 
would for any settlement occurring within Cedel or Euroclear. Under this 
approach, they may take on credit exposure to Cedel or Euroclear until the 
Global Securities are credited to their accounts one day later. 

   As an alternative, if Cedel or Euroclear has extended a line of credit to 
them, Cedel Participants or Euroclear Participants can elect not to 
pre-position funds and allow that credit line to be drawn upon the finance 
settlement. Under this procedure, Cedel Participants or Euroclear 
Participants purchasing Global Securities would incur overdraft charges for 
one day, assuming they cleared the overdraft when the Global Securities were 
credited to their accounts. However, interest on the Global Securities would 
accrue from the value date. Therefore, in many cases the investment income on 
the Global Securities earned during that one-day period may substantially 
reduce or offset the amount of such overdraft charges, although this result 
will depend on each Cedel Participant's or Euroclear Participant's particular 
cost of funds. 

   Since the settlement is taking place during New York business hours, DTC 
Participants can employ their usual procedures for sending Global Securities 
to the respective Depositary for the benefit of Cedel Participants or 
Euroclear Participants. The sale proceeds will be available to the DTC seller 
on the settlement date. Thus, to the DTC Participants a cross-market 
transaction will settle no differently than a trade between two DTC 
Participants. 

   Trading between Cedel or Euroclear seller and DTC purchaser. Due to time 
zone differences in their favor, Cedel Participants and Euroclear 
Participants may employ their customary procedures for transactions in which 
Global Securities are to be transferred by the respective clearing system, 
through the respective Depositary, to a DTC Participant. The seller will send 
instructions to Cedel or Euroclear through a Cedel Participant or Euroclear 
Participant at least one business day prior to settlement. In these cases, 
Cedel or Euroclear will instruct the respective Depositary, as appropriate, 
to deliver the bonds to the DTC Participant's account against payment. 
Payment will include interest accrued on the Global Securities from and 
including the last coupon payment date to and excluding the settlement date 
on the basis of actual days elapsed and a 360 day year. The payment will then 
be reflected in the account of the Cedel Participant or Euroclear Participant 
the following day, and receipt of the cash proceeds in the Cedel 
Participant's or Euroclear Participant's account would be back-valued to the 
value date (which would be the preceding day, when settlement occurred in New 
York). Should the Cedel Participant or Euroclear Participant have a line of 
credit with its respective clearing system and elect to be in debt in 
anticipation of receipt of the sale proceeds in its account, the 
back-valuation will extinguish any overdraft charges incurred over that 
one-day period. If settlement is not completed on the intended value date 
(i.e., the trade fails), receipt of the cash proceeds in the Cedel 
Participant's or Euroclear Participant's account would instead be valued as 
of the actual settlement date. 

   Finally, day traders that use Cedel or Euroclear and that purchase Global 
Securities from DTC Participants for delivery to Cedel Participants or 
Euroclear Participants should note that these trades would automatically fail 
on the sale side unless affirmative action were taken. At least three 
techniques should be readily available to eliminate this potential problem: 

                               A-II-2           
<PAGE>
      (a) borrowing through Cedel or Euroclear for one day (until the purchase 
    side of the day trade is reflected in their Cedel or Euroclear accounts) 
    in accordance with the clearing system's customary procedures; 

     (b) borrowing the Global Securities in the U.S. from a DTC Participant no 
    later than one day prior to settlement, which would give the Global 
    Securities sufficient time to be reflected in their Cedel or Euroclear 
    account in order to settle the sale side of the trade; or 

     (c) staggering the value dates for the buy and sell sides of the trade so 
    that the value date for the purchase form the DTC Participant is at least 
    one day prior to the value date for the sale to the Cedel Participant or 
    Euroclear Participant. 

CERTAIN U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX DOCUMENTATION REQUIREMENTS 

   A beneficial owner of Global Securities holding securities through Cedel 
or Euroclear (or through DTC if the holder has an address outside the U.S.) 
will be subject to the 30 percent U.S. withholding tax that generally applies 
to payments of interest (including original issue discount) on registered 
debt issued by U.S. Persons, unless (i) each clearing system, bank or other 
financial institution that holds customers' securities in the ordinary course 
of its trade or business in the chain of intermediaries between such 
beneficial owner and the U.S. entity required to withhold tax complies with 
applicable certification requirements and (ii) such beneficial owner takes 
one of the following steps to obtain an exemption or reduced tax rate: 

   Exemption for non-U.S. Persons (Form W-8). Beneficial owners of 
Certificates that are non-U.S. Persons can obtain a complete exemption from 
the withholding tax by filing a signed Form W-8 (Certificate of Foreign 
Status) and a certificate under penalties of perjury (the "Tax Certificate") 
that such beneficial owner is (i) not a controlled foreign corporation 
(within the meaning of Section 957(a) of the Code) that is related (within 
the meaning of Section 864(d)(4) of the Code) to the Trust or the Transferor 
and (ii) not a 10 percent shareholder (within the meaning of Section 
871(h)(3)(B) of the Code) of the Trust or the Transferor. If the information 
shown on Form W-8 or the Tax Certificate changes, a new Form W-8 or Tax 
Certificate, as the case may be, must be filed within 30 days of such change. 

   Exemption for non-U.S. Persons with effectively connected income (Form 
4224). A non-U.S. Person, including a non-U.S. corporation or bank with a 
U.S. branch, for which the interest income is effectively connected with its 
conduct of a trade or business in the United States, can obtain an exemption 
from the withholding tax by filing Form 4224 (Exemption from Withholding of 
Tax on Income Effectively Connected with the Conduct of a Trade or Business 
in the United States). 

   Exemption or reduced rate for non-U.S. persons resident in treaty 
countries (Form 1001). Non-U.S. Persons that are Certificate Owners residing 
in a country that has a tax treaty with the United States can obtain an 
exemption or reduced tax rate (depending on the treaty terms) by filing Form 
1001 (Ownership, Exemption or Reduced Rate Certificate). If the treaty 
provides only for a reduced rate, withholding tax will be imposed at that 
rate unless the filer alternatively files Form W-8. Form 1001 may be filed by 
the Certificate Owner or such Certificate Owner's agent. 

   Exemption for U.S. Persons (Form W-9). U.S. Persons can obtain a complete 
exemption from the withholding tax by filing Form W-9 (Payer's Request for 
Taxpayer Identification Number and Certification). 

   U.S. Federal Income Tax Reporting Procedure. The Certificate Owner of a 
Global Security or, in the case of a Form 1001 or a Form 4224 filer, such 
Certificate Owner's agent, files by submitting the appropriate form to the 
person through whom it holds (the clearing agency, in the case of persons 
holding directly on the books of the clearing agency). Form W-8 and Form 1001 
are effective for three calendar years and Form 4224 is effective for one 
calendar year. 

   The term "U.S. Person" means (i) a citizen or resident of the United 
States, (ii) a corporation or partnership organized in or under the laws of 
the United States or any political subdivision thereof or (iii) an estate the 
income of which is includible in gross income for United States tax purposes, 
regardless of its source or, for trusts whose taxable years begin after 
December 31, 1996, a trust whose administration is subject to the primary 
supervision of a United States court and which has one or more United States 

                               A-II-3           
<PAGE>
fiduciaries who have the authority to control all substantial decisions of 
the trust. This summary does not deal with all aspects of U.S. Federal income 
tax withholding that may be relevant to foreign holders of the Global 
Securities. Investors are advised to consult their own tax advisors for 
specific tax advice concerning their holding and disposing of the Global 
Securities. 

                               A-II-4           
<PAGE>
NO DEALER, SALESMAN OR OTHER PERSON HAS BEEN AUTHORIZED TO GIVE INFORMATION 
OR TO MAKE ANY REPRESENTATIONS OTHER THAN THOSE CONTAINED OR INCORPORATED BY 
REFERENCE IN THIS PROSPECTUS IN CONNECTION WITH THE OFFER MADE BY THIS 
PROSPECTUS AND, IF GIVEN OR MADE, SUCH INFORMATION OR REPRESENTATIONS MUST 
NOT BE RELIED UPON AS HAVING BEEN AUTHORIZED BY THE TRANSFEROR OR THE 
UNDERWRITERS. NEITHER THE DELIVERY OF THIS PROSPECTUS NOR ANY SALE MADE 
HEREUNDER SHALL UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES CREATE AN IMPLICATION THAT THERE HAS 
BEEN NO CHANGE IN THE AFFAIRS OF METRIS COMPANIES INC., DIRECT MERCHANTS 
CREDIT CARD BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, METRIS RECEIVABLES, INC. OR THE 
RECEIVABLES SINCE THE DATE HEREOF. THIS PROSPECTUS DOES NOT CONSTITUTE AN 
OFFER OR SOLICITATION BY ANYONE IN ANY STATE IN WHICH SUCH OFFER OR 
SOLICITATION IS NOT AUTHORIZED OR IN WHICH THE PERSON MAKING SUCH OFFER OR 
SOLICITATION IS NOT QUALIFIED TO DO SO OR TO ANYONE TO WHOM IT IS UNLAWFUL TO 
MAKE SUCH OFFER OR SOLICITATION. 

             ---------------

            TABLE OF CONTENTS 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                          PAGE 
                                        ------ 
<S>                                     <C>
Reports to Certificateholders ..........      3 
Available Information ..................      3 
Incorporation of Certain Documents By 
 Reference..............................      3 
Other Information.......................      4 
Prospectus Summary......................      5 
Risk Factors............................     28 
The Trust...............................     35 
Metris Companies Inc....................     36 
The Transferor..........................     36 
Direct Merchants Credit Card Bank, 
 National Association...................     36 
Fingerhut Corporation ..................     36 
Direct Merchants Bank's Credit Card 
 Activities.............................     37 
The Receivables.........................     43 
Maturity Considerations.................     46 
Pool Factor and Related Information ....     48 
Use of Proceeds.........................     48 
Description of the Offered 
 Certificates...........................     48 
Description of the Purchase Agreements .     89 
Certain Legal Aspects of the 
 Receivables............................     92 
Certain Federal Income Tax 
 Consequences...........................     96 
Certain State Tax Consequences..........    101 
Employee Benefit Plan Considerations ...    102 
Underwriting............................    104 
Legal Matters...........................    105 
Glossary of Terms ......................    106 
</TABLE>

                             METRIS MASTER TRUST 

   
                              $616,250,000 6.87% 
                                 ASSET BACKED 
                                CERTIFICATES, 
                            SERIES 1997-1, CLASS A 

                              $106,250,000 7.11% 
                                 ASSET BACKED 
                                CERTIFICATES, 
                            SERIES 1997-1, CLASS B 

                                    METRIS 
                              RECEIVABLES, INC. 
                                  TRANSFEROR 

                           DIRECT MERCHANTS CREDIT 
                             CARD BANK, NATIONAL 
                                 ASSOCIATION 
                                   SERVICER 
    
                                  ----------
                                  PROSPECTUS 
                                  ----------

                   UNDERWRITERS OF THE CLASS A CERTIFICATES 

                           BEAR, STEARNS & CO. INC. 
                            CHASE SECURITIES INC. 
                      NATIONSBANC CAPITAL MARKETS, INC. 

                   UNDERWRITER OF THE CLASS B CERTIFICATES 

                           BEAR, STEARNS & CO. INC. 

   
                                 MAY 1, 1997 
    
<PAGE>
                                   PART II 

ITEM 14. OTHER EXPENSES OF ISSUANCE AND DISTRIBUTION 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                            <C>
Registration Fee...............  $218,939 
Printing and Engraving.........    64,000 
Trustee's Fees.................    15,000 
Legal Fees and Expenses........   250,000 
Blue Sky Fees and Expenses ....    10,000 
Accountants' Fees and 
 Expenses......................   100,000 
Rating Agency Fees.............   200,000 
Miscellaneous Fees.............     2,061 
                               ---------- 
Total..........................  $860,000 
                               ========== 
</TABLE>

ITEM 15. INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS 

   The Registrant's certificate of incorporation and by-laws provide for the 
indemnification of the directors, officers, employees, and agents of the 
Registrant to the full extent that may be permitted by Delaware law from time 
to time. Certain provisions of the Registrant's certificate of incorporation 
protect the Registrant's directors against personal liability for monetary 
damages resulting from breaches of their fiduciary duty of care; however, the 
Registrant's directors remain liable for breaches of their duty of loyalty to 
the Registrant, as well as for acts or omissions not in good faith or which 
involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, transactions 
from which a director derives improper personal benefit and liability under 
section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, which makes directors 
personally liable for unlawful dividends or unlawful stock repurchases or 
redemptions in certain circumstances and expressly sets forth a negligence 
standard with respect to such liability. 

   Under Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, directors, 
officers, employees, and other individuals may be indemnified against 
expenses (including attorneys' fees), judgments, fines, and amounts paid in 
settlement in connection with specified actions, suits or proceedings, 
whether civil, criminal, administrative, or investigative (other than a 
"derivative action" by or in the right of the corporation) if they acted in 
good faith and in a manner they reasonably believed to be in or not opposed 
to the best interests of the corporation and, with respect to any criminal 
action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe their conduct was 
unlawful. A similar standard of care is applicable in the case of a 
derivative action, except that indemnification only extends to expenses 
(including attorneys' fees) incurred in connection with defense or settlement 
of such an action and Delaware law requires court approval before there can 
be any indemnification of expenses where the person seeking indemnification 
has been found liable to the corporation. 

   The Registrant's parent corporation currently maintains a policy insuring, 
subject to certain exceptions, its directors and officers and the directors 
and officers of its subsidiaries against liabilities which may be incurred by 
such persons acting in such capacities. 

ITEM 16. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
   EXHIBITS 
- ------------ 
<S>          <C>                                         
        1  --  Form of Underwriting Agreement. 
     3(a)  --  Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Metris Receivables, Inc.* 
     3(b)  --  By-laws of Metris Receivables, Inc. (incorporated herein by reference to Registration 
               Statement No. 33-99514). 
     4(a)  --  Pooling and Servicing Agreement (incorporated herein by reference to Registration 
               Statement No. 33-99514). 

                               II-1           
<PAGE>
   EXHIBITS 
- ------------ 
    4(b)   --  Pooling and Servicing Agreement Amendment No. 1 dated as of June 10, 1996, among the 
               Transferor, the Servicer and the Trustee.* 
    4(c)   --  Pooling and Servicing Agreement Amendment No. 2 dated as of September 16, 1996, among 
               the Transferor, the Servicer and the Trustee.* 
    4(d)   --  Form of Series 1997-1 Supplement. 
    4(e)   --  Amended and Restated Bank Purchase Agreement dated as of May 26, 1995 between FCI and 
               Direct Merchants Bank (incorporated herein by reference to Registration Statement No. 
               33-99514). 
    4(f)   --  Assignment and Assumption Agreement dated as of September 16, 1996 among FCI, as 
               assignor, Metris, as assignee, and Direct Merchants Bank.* 
    4(g)   --  Receivables Purchase Agreement dated as of May 26, 1995 between FCI and the Transferor 
               (incorporated herein by reference to Registration Statement No. 33-99514). 
    4(h)   --  Assignment and Assumption Agreement dated as of September 16, 1996 among FCI, as 
               assignor, Metris, as assignee, and Metris Receivables, Inc.* 
       5   --  Opinion of Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom (Delaware) with respect to legality. 
       8   --  Opinion of Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP with respect to tax matters. 
      23.1     Consent of Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom (Delaware)(included in its opinion filed 
               as Exhibit 5). 
      23.2 --  Consent of Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP (included in its opinion filed as 
               Exhibit 8). 
</TABLE>     
    

   
- ------------ 
* Previously filed. 
    

b. Financial Statements. 

Inapplicable 


ITEM 17. UNDERTAKINGS 

   The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes as follows: 

   (a) To provide to the Underwriters at the closing specified in the 
Underwriting Agreement certificates in such denominations and registered in 
such names as required by the Underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each 
purchaser. 

   (b) Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the 
Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and 
controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the provisions described 
under Item 14 above, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in 
the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is 
against public policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore, 
unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such 
liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or 
paid by a director, officer or controlling person of registrant in the 
successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such 
director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities 
being registered, the registrants will, unless in the opinion of their 
counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a 
court of appropriate jurisdiction the questions whether such indemnification 
by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed 
by the final adjudication of such issue. 

   (c) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 
1933, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of 
this Registration Statement in reliance upon Rule 

                               II-2 
<PAGE>
430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the Registrant pursuant 
to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) under the Securities Act of 1933 shall be deemed to 
be part of this Registration Statement as of the time it was declared 
effective. 

   (d) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act 
of 1933, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus 
shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities 
offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be 
deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof. 

   (e) That, for purposes of determining any liability under the Securities 
Act of 1933, each filing of the Trust's annual report pursuant to Section 
13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (and, where applicable, 
each filing of an employee benefit plan's annual report pursuant to Section 
15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) that is incorporated by 
reference in the Registration Statement shall be deemed to be a new 
Registration Statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the 
offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial 
bona fide offering thereof. 

                               II-3           
<PAGE>
                                  SIGNATURES 

   
   Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, 
the Registrant certifies that it has reasonable grounds to believe that it 
meets all of the requirements for filing on Form S-3 and has duly caused this 
Amendment No. 2 to the Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by 
the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the state of Minnesota, city 
of Minnetonka, on May 1, 1997. 
    

                                          METRIS RECEIVABLES, INC. 

                                          By: /s/ Robert W. Oberrender 
                                              ------------------------------- 
                                              Robert W. Oberrender 
                                              President 

   
   Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, 
this Amendment No. 2 to the Registration Statement has been signed by the 
following persons in the capacities indicated on May 1, 1997. 
    

   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
             SIGNATURE                            TITLE                  
- --------------------------------- ------------------------------------ 
<S>                              <C>                                     
     /s/ Robert W. Oberrender      President and Director (Principal 
 --------------------------------- Executive Officer and Principal 
 Robert W. Oberrender              Financial Officer) 

                 * 
 --------------------------------- Vice  President and Controller 
 Thomas C. Vogt                    (Principal Accounting Officer) 

                 * 
 --------------------------------- 
 Peter G. Michielutti              Director 

                 * 
 --------------------------------- 
 Michael P. Sherman                Director 


 --------------------------------- 
 Ruth K. Lavelle                   Director 


 --------------------------------- 
 James B. O'Neill                  Director 

*By: /s/ Robert W. Oberrender 
    ------------------------------ 
     Robert W. Oberrender 
     Attorney-in-fact 

</TABLE>
    

                               II-4           
<PAGE>
                                EXHIBIT INDEX 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
  EXHIBIT NO.                                       DESCRIPTION                                               PAGE NO. 
- --------------- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ ------------- 
<S>             <C>                                                                                         <C>
        1   --    Form of Underwriting Agreement. 
     3(a)   --    Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Metris Receivables, Inc.* 
     3(b)   --    By-laws of Metris Receivables, Inc. (incorporated herein by reference to Registration 
                  Statement No. 33-99514). 
     4(a)   --    Pooling and Servicing Agreement (incorporated herein by reference to Registration 
                  Statement No. 33-99514). 
     4(b)   --    Pooling and Servicing Agreement Amendment No. 1 dated as of June 10, 1996, among the 
                  Transferor, the Servicer and the Trustee.* 
     4(c)   --    Pooling and Servicing Agreement Amendment No. 2 dated as of September 16, 1996, among 
                  the Transferor, the Servicer and the Trustee.* 
     4(d)   --    Form of Series 1997-1 Supplement. 
     4(e)   --    Amended and Restated Bank Purchase Agreement dated as of May 26, 1995 between FCI 
                  and Direct Merchants Bank (incorporated herein by reference to Registration Statement 
                  No. 33-99514). 
     4(f)   --    Assignment and Assumption Agreement dated as of September 16, 1996 among FCI, as assignor, 
                  Metris, as assignee, and Direct Merchants Bank.* 
     4(g)   --    Receivables Purchase Agreement dated as of May 26, 1995 between FCI and the Transferor 
                  (incorporated herein by reference to Registration Statement No. 33-99514). 
     4(h)   --    Assignment and Assumption Agreement dated as of September 16, 1996 among FCI, as assignor, 
                  Metris, as assignee, and Metris Receivables, Inc.* 
        5   --    Opinion of Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom (Delaware) with respect to legality. 
        8   --    Opinion of Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP with respect to tax matters. 
       23.1       Consent of Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom (Delaware)(included in its opinion filed 
                  as Exhibit 5). 
       23.2 --    Consent of Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP (included in its opinion filed 
                  as Exhibit 8). 
</TABLE>      

- ------------ 
* Previously filed. 



<PAGE>




                                                                      B&W DRAFT
                                                                        4/30/97




                                 $616,250,000
                        ____% Asset Backed Certificates
                            Series 1997-1, Class A


                                 $106,250,000
                        ____% Asset Backed Certificates
                            Series 1997-1, Class B


                              METRIS MASTER TRUST

                            UNDERWRITING AGREEMENT



                                                           Dated May __, 1997



Bear, Stearns & Co. Inc.
  as Representative of the
  several Underwriters
245 Park Avenue
New York, New York 10167


Ladies and Gentlemen:

                  Section 1. Introductory. Metris Receivables, Inc. (the
"Transferor), a Delaware corporation, and a wholly owned subsidiary of Metris
Companies Inc. ("Metris"), proposes to sell $616,250,000 ____% Asset-Backed
Certificates, Series 1997-1, Class A (the "Class A Certificates") and
$106,250,000 ____% Asset-Backed Certificates, Series 1997-1, Class B (the
"Class B Certificates" and together with the Class A Certificates, the
"Offered Certificates") of the Metris Master Trust (the "Trust"). Each Offered
Certificate will represent a fractional undivided interest in the Trust. The
assets of the Trust will include, among other things, a pool of receivables
(the "Receivables") arising under certain MasterCard, VISA or other revolving
consumer credit accounts (the "Accounts") transferred and sold by Direct
Merchants Credit Card Bank, National Association ("Direct Merchants Bank" or,
in its capacity as servicer under the P&S (as





<PAGE>



hereinafter defined), the "Servicer") to Metris pursuant to a Bank Receivables
Purchase Agreement dated as of May 26, 1995 (together with an Assignment and
Assumption Agreement dated as of September 16, 1996 among Fingerhut Companies,
Inc., as assignor, Metris, as assignee, and Direct Merchants Bank, and as
supplemented and amended from time to time, the "Bank Purchase Agreement),
then subsequently transferred by Metris to the Transferor pursuant to a
Purchase Agreement dated as of May 26, 1995 (together with an Assignment and
Assumption Agreement dated as of September 16, 1996 among Fingerhut Companies,
Inc., as assignor, Metris, as assignee, and the Transferor, and as
supplemented and amended from time to time, the "Purchase Agreement") and then
sold by the Transferor to the Trust pursuant to a Pooling and Servicing
Agreement dated as of May 26, 1995 (as supplemented and amended from time to
time, the "P&S") among the Transferor, Servicer and The Bank of New York
(Delaware), as trustee, (the "Trustee"). The Offered Certificates will be
issued pursuant to the P&S and the Series 1997-1 Supplement to the P&S (the
"Supplement") to be dated the Closing Date (as defined herein), among the
Transferor, the Servicer and the Trustee. The P&S and the Supplement are
collectively referred to as the "Pooling and Servicing Agreement". The Class C
Certificates and Class D Certificates will also be issued pursuant to the
Pooling and Servicing Agreement and, together with the Offered Certificates,
are referred to herein as the "Investor Certificates." The Bank Purchase
Agreement, the Purchase Agreement and the Pooling and Servicing Agreement are
collectively referred to as the "Designated Agreements".

                  The Transferor has filed with the Securities and Exchange
Commission (the "Commission") a registration statement on Form S-3 (No.
333-23045), including the related prospectus, for the registration under the
Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Act"), of the Offered Certificates,
in the form heretofore delivered to the Underwriters. The registration
statement (including the prospectus constituting a part thereof and all
documents incorporated by reference therein) in the form in which it becomes
effective under the Act (the date on which it becomes effective being the
"Effective Date"), including the exhibits thereto, is referred to herein as
the "Registration Statement", and the prospectus dated May __, 1997 in the
form in which it is filed with the Commission (including all documents
incorporated by reference therein) is referred to herein as the "Prospectus",
except that if any revised prospectus shall be provided to you by the
Transferor for use in connection with the offering of the Offered Certificates
which differs from the Prospectus on file at the Commission at the time the
Registration Statement becomes effective (whether or not such revised
prospectus is required to be filed by the Transferor pursuant to Rule 424(b)
of the rules and regulations of the Commission under the Act (the "1933 Act




                                       2

<PAGE>



Regulation"), the term "Prospectus" shall refer to such revised prospectus
from and after the time it is first provided to you for such use.

                  Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined
shall have the meanings given them in the Pooling and Servicing Agreement.

                  Section 2. Representations, Warranties and Covenants of the
Transferor and Metris. Each of the Transferor and Metris, as applicable (the
representations and warranties as to Direct Merchants Bank being given by
Metris), represents and warrants to, and agrees with, Bear, Stearns & Co. Inc.
("Bear Stearns") and any other Underwriters named in Schedule A hereto
(collectively, the "Underwriters", which term shall also include any
underwriter substituted as hereinafter provided in Section 10 hereof), for
whom Bear Stearns is acting as representative (in such capacity, Bear Stearns
shall hereinafter be referred to as the "Representative"), as of the date
hereof that:

                  (i) On the date hereof and the Effective Date, the
         Registration Statement did and will comply, in all material respects,
         with the requirements of the Act and the 1933 Act Regulations, and
         did not and will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact
         or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or
         necessary to make the statements therein not misleading. The
         Prospectus, at the Effective Date (unless the term "Prospectus"
         refers to a prospectus which has been provided to you by the
         Transferor which differs from the Prospectus on file at the
         Commission at the time the Registration Statement becomes effective,
         in which case at the time it is first provided to you for such use)
         and at the Closing Date, will not include an untrue statement of a
         material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to
         make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under
         which they were made, not misleading; provided, however, that these
         representations and warranties shall not apply to any statement or
         omission made in reliance upon and in conformity with information
         furnished in writing to the Transferor by any Underwriter through the
         Representative expressly for use in the Registration Statement or the
         Prospectus.

                  (ii) Metris is a corporation duly incorporated, validly
         existing and in good standing under the laws of Delaware, and is duly
         qualified to transact business and is in good standing in any state
         in which the conduct of its business requires such qualification,
         except where the failure to so qualify does not have a material
         adverse effect on the financial condition or business of Metris, and




                                       3

<PAGE>



         Metris has the corporate power to own and conduct its business as it
         is currently conducted.

                  (iii) The Transferor is a corporation duly incorporated,
         validly existing and in good standing under the laws of Delaware, and
         is duly qualified to transact business and is in good standing in any
         state in which the conduct of its business requires such
         qualification, except where the failure to so qualify does not have a
         material adverse effect on the financial condition or business of the
         Transferor, and the Transferor has the corporate power to own and
         conduct its business as it is currently conducted.

                  (iv) Direct Merchants Bank is a national banking association
         duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws
         of the United States, and is duly qualified to transact business and
         is in good standing in any state in which the conduct of its business
         requires such qualification, except where the failure to so qualify
         does not have a material adverse effect on the financial condition or
         business of Direct Merchants Bank, and Direct Merchants Bank has the
         corporate power to own and conduct its business as it is currently
         conducted.

                  (v) Each of the Transferor, Metris and Direct Merchants Bank
         had or has the requisite power to execute and deliver each Designated
         Agreement to which it is a party and, in the case of the Transferor
         and Metris, this Agreement and to perform their respective
         obligations thereunder and hereunder.

                  (vi) Each of the Designated Agreements to which it is a
         party, has been duly authorized and, as of the Closing Date, will be
         duly executed and delivered by the Transferor, Metris and Direct
         Merchants Bank, as applicable, and each of the Designated Agreements
         to which it is a party shall, as of the Closing Date, constitute the
         valid, legal and binding obligation of the Transferor, Metris and
         Direct Merchants Bank, as applicable, enforceable against the
         Transferor, Metris and Direct Merchants Bank, as applicable, in
         accordance with its terms, except (A) as such enforceability may be
         limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization,
         moratorium or other similar laws now or hereafter in effect,
         affecting the enforcement of creditors' rights in general, and (B) as
         such enforceability may be limited by general principles of equity
         (whether considered in a suit at law or in equity).

                  (vii) This Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and
         delivered by the Transferor and Metris.




                                       4

<PAGE>




                  (viii) As of the Closing Date referred to below, the
         Investor Certificates will be duly and validly authorized, and, when
         duly and validly executed by the Transferor and authenticated by the
         Trustee and delivered to the Transferor in accordance with the
         Pooling and Servicing Agreement, and following delivery to and
         payment therefor by the Underwriters as provided herein in the case
         of the Offered Certificates and by the purchasers thereof in the case
         of the Class C Certificates, will be validly issued and outstanding
         and entitled to the benefits of the Pooling and Servicing Agreement.

                  (ix) The execution and delivery of any Designated Agreement
         or of this Agreement and the performance of the transactions
         contemplated thereby and hereby do not (i) contravene the
         Transferor's, Metris' or Direct Merchants Bank's charter or by-laws,
         (ii) violate any material provision of law applicable to the
         Transferor, Metris or Direct Merchants Bank or require any filing
         (except for filings under the UCC) or registration under, any law,
         rule, regulation, order, writ, judgment, injunction, decree,
         determination or award presently in effect having applicability to
         the Transferor, Metris or Direct Merchants Bank, except for such
         filings or registrations as have already been made and are in full
         force and effect. The execution and delivery of any Designated
         Agreement or of this Agreement and the execution and delivery to the
         Trustee of the Investor Certificates, the performance of the
         transactions contemplated by this Agreement or any Designated
         Agreement and the fulfillment of the terms hereof or thereof will not
         violate any Requirement of Law applicable to the Transferor, Metris
         or Direct Merchants Bank, will not violate, result in any breach of
         any of the material terms and provisions of, or constitute (with or
         without notice or lapse of time or both) a default under any material
         indenture, contract, agreement, mortgage, deed of trust or other
         instrument to which the Transferor, Metris or Direct Merchants Bank,
         is a party or by which it is bound.

                  (x) There are no proceedings or investigations pending or,
         to the best knowledge of the Transferor, Metris or Direct Merchants
         Bank, threatened against the Transferor, Metris or Direct Merchants
         Bank, before any Governmental Authority (i) asserting the invalidity
         of any Designated Agreement or of this Agreement, (ii) seeking to
         prevent the consummation of any of the transactions contemplated
         thereby, (iii) seeking any determination or ruling that would
         materially and adversely affect the performance by the Transferor,
         Metris or Direct Merchants Bank of its obligations thereunder, (iv)
         seeking any determination or




                                       5

<PAGE>



         ruling that would materially and adversely affect the validity or
         enforceability thereof or (v) seeking to affect adversely the tax
         attributes of the Trust.

                  (xi) All approvals, authorizations, consents, orders or
         other actions of any Governmental Authority required in connection
         with the execution and delivery of any Designated Agreement or of
         this Agreement and the Investor Certificates, the performance of the
         transactions contemplated by any Designated Agreement and by this
         Agreement and the fulfillment of the terms hereof, have been
         obtained.

                  (xii) Each of the Transferor, Metris and Direct Merchants
         Bank possesses all material licenses, certificates, authorities or
         permits issued by the appropriate state, federal or foreign
         regulatory agencies or bodies necessary to conduct the business now
         conducted by it and as described in the Prospectus, except to the
         extent that the failure to have such licenses, certificates,
         authorities or permits does not have a material adverse effect on the
         Receivables, the Investor Certificates or the financial condition of
         the Transferor, Metris or Direct Merchants Bank, and neither the
         Transferor, Metris nor Direct Merchants Bank has received any notice
         of proceedings relating to the revocation or modification of any such
         license, certificate, authority or permit which, singly or in the
         aggregate, if the subject of an unfavorable decision, ruling or
         finding, would materially and adversely affect the Receivables or the
         conduct of its business, operations or financial condition.

                  (xiii) On the Closing Date the Trust will have good and
         marketable title to, or a perfected first priority security interest
         in, the Receivables, free of Liens other than any Lien permitted
         under the Pooling and Servicing Agreement.

                  (xiv) The businesses of each of the Transferor, Metris and
         Direct Merchants Bank conform, in all material respects, to the
         descriptions thereof contained in the Prospectus.

                  Section 3. Purchase, Sale and Delivery of Offered
Certificates. (a) On the basis of the representations, warranties and
agreements herein contained, but subject to the terms and conditions herein
set forth, the Transferor agrees to sell to each Underwriter, severally and
not jointly, and each Underwriter, severally and not jointly, agrees to
purchase from the Transferor, on May __, 1997, or on such other date as shall
be mutually agreed upon by the Transferor and the Representative (the "Closing
Date"), the principal amount, if any, of the Class




                                       6

<PAGE>



A Certificates and Class B Certificates set forth in Schedule A opposite the
name of such Underwriter. The Class A Certificates shall be purchased at a
purchase price equal to _____% of the principal amount thereof, and the Class
B Certificates shall be purchased at a price equal to _______% of the
principal amount thereof.

                  (b) Against payment of the purchase price in same day funds
drawn to the order of the Transferor, the Transferor will deliver the Offered
Certificates to the Underwriters at the offices of Skadden, Arps, Slate,
Meagher & Flom LLP, at 10:00 a.m. New York City time, on the Closing Date. The
Offered Certificates to be so delivered will be initially represented by one
or more Offered Certificates registered in the name of Cede & Co., the nominee
of The Depository Trust Company ("DTC"). The interests of beneficial owners of
the Offered Certificates will be represented by book entries on the records of
DTC and participating members thereof.

                  Section 4. Public Offering of the Offered Certificates. It
is understood by the parties hereto that, after the Registration Statement
becomes effective, the Underwriters propose to offer the Offered Certificates
for sale to the public (which may include selected dealers), as set forth in
the
Prospectus.

                  Section 5. Covenants of the Transferor. The Transferor
covenants and agrees with each Underwriter:

                  (a) If required, to file the Prospectus with the Commission
         pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 424(b) not later than the
         time specified therein. The Transferor will advise the Underwriters
         promptly of any such filing pursuant to Rule 424(b).

                  (b) To file no amendment to the Registration Statement and
         to make no amendment or any supplement to the Prospectus as amended
         or supplemented, or, during such period as a Prospectus is required
         by law to be delivered in connection with sales of Certificates by
         any Underwriter or a dealer, to file no document which, upon filing
         becomes incorporated by reference in the Registration Statement other
         than monthly Form 8-Ks containing the Certificateholders' statement
         or information regarding the addition of Accounts as contemplated in
         the Prospectus, without furnishing the Representative with a copy of
         the proposed form thereof and providing the Representative with a
         reasonable opportunity to review the same and not to file any such
         amendment or supplement to which the Representative shall reasonably
         object; and to advise the Representative, promptly after it




                                       7

<PAGE>



         receives notice thereof, of the time when any amendment to the
         Registration Statement has been filed or becomes effective or any
         supplement to the Prospectus as amended or supplemented or any
         amended Prospectus has been filed or mailed for filing, of the
         issuance of any stop order by the Commission, of the suspension of
         the qualification of the Offered Certificates for offering or sale in
         any jurisdiction, of the initiation or threatening of any proceeding
         for any such purpose, or of any request by the Commission for the
         amending or supplementing of the Registration Statement or the
         Prospectus as amended or supplemented or for additional information;
         and, in the event of the issuance of any such stop order or of any
         order preventing or suspending the use of any prospectus relating to
         the Offered Certificates or suspending any such qualification,
         promptly to use its best efforts to obtain its withdrawal.

                  (c) From time to time to take such action as the
         Representative may reasonably request in order to qualify the Offered
         Certificates for offering and sale under the securities laws of such
         states as the Representative may request and to continue such
         qualifications in effect so long as necessary under such laws for the
         distribution of such Offered Certificates; provided, that in
         connection therewith neither the Transferor nor Metris shall be
         required to qualify as a foreign corporation or partnership,
         respectively, to do business, or to file a general consent to service
         of process in any jurisdiction.

                  (d) To furnish the Representative with copies of the
         Registration Statement (including exhibits) and copies of the
         Prospectus as amended or supplemented in such quantities as the
         Representative may from time to time reasonably request; and if the
         delivery of a prospectus shall be at the time required by law in
         connection with sales of any Offered Certificates, either (i) any
         event shall have occurred as a result of which the Prospectus would
         include any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any
         material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in
         the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not
         misleading, or (ii) for any other reason it shall be necessary during
         such same period to amend or supplement the Prospectus as amended or
         supplemented, to notify the Representative and to prepare and furnish
         to the Representative as the Representative may from time to time
         reasonably request an amendment or a supplement to the Prospectus
         which will correct such statement or omission or effect such
         compliance.





                                       8

<PAGE>



                  (e) To make generally available to Certificateholders an
         earnings statement of the Trust complying with Rule 158 under the Act
         and covering a period of at least twelve consecutive months beginning
         after the Effective Date of the Registration Statement (as such date
         is defined in Rule 158(c) under the Act) as soon as practicable after
         such period.

                  (f) To furnish to the Representative a copy of the
         Registration Statement (which will be signed and will include all
         exhibits), each related preliminary prospectus, the Prospectus and
         all amendments and supplements to such documents, in each case as
         soon as available and in such quantities as such Underwriter
         reasonably requests for the purposes contemplated by the Act or the
         1933 Act Regulations.

                  (g)  To pay all expenses incident to the performance of
         the obligations under this Agreement, including:

                           (i)  the word processing, printing and filing of
                  the Registration Statement as originally filed and of
                  each amendment thereto;

                           (ii)  the reproduction of this Agreement;

                           (iii)  the preparation, printing, issuance and
                  delivery of the Offered Certificates to the Under-
                  writers;

                           (iv)  the reasonable fees and disbursements of
                  counsel and accountants for the Transferor;

                           (v) the qualification of the Offered Certificates
                  under state securities laws in accordance with the
                  provisions of Section 5(c) hereof, including filing fees and
                  the reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel for the
                  Underwriters in connection therewith and in connection with
                  the preparation of the Blue Sky Survey;

                           (vi) the printing and delivery to the Underwriters
                  of copies of the Registration Statement as originally filed
                  and of each amendment thereto, of the preliminary
                  prospectuses, and of the Prospectus and any amendments or
                  supplements thereto;

                           (vii)  the reproduction and delivery to the Under-
                  writers of copies of the Blue Sky Survey;





                                       9

<PAGE>



                           (viii)  the fees of Moody's Investors Service,
                  Inc. and Standard & Poor's Ratings Services for rating
                  the Offered Certificates; and

                           (ix)  the fees and expenses of the Trustee and its
                  counsel.

         It is understood, however, that except as provided in this Section,
         and Sections 7 and 8 hereof or as provided in the next succeeding
         sentence, each Underwriter will pay all of its own costs and
         expenses, including the fees of its counsel, transfer taxes on resale
         of any of the Offered Certificates by it, and any advertising
         expenses connected with any offers it may make. If this Agreement is
         terminated by the Representative in accordance with the provisions of
         Section 6 hereof, the Transferor and Metris, jointly and severally,
         shall reimburse the Representative for all of its out-of-pocket
         expenses, including the reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel
         for the Representative.

                  (h) For a period from the date of this Agreement until the
         retirement of the Offered Certificates, or until such time as each
         Underwriter shall cease to maintain a secondary market in the Offered
         Certificates, whichever occurs first, to deliver to the
         Representative the annual statements of compliance, the Annual
         Servicer's Certificate and the annual independent certified public
         accountants' servicing reports furnished to the Trustee pursuant to
         Section 3.5 and Section 3.6, respectively, of the P&S and the monthly
         Distribution Date Statement pursuant to Section 5.2 of the Series
         1997-1 Supplement as soon as such statements and reports are
         furnished to the Trustee.

                  (i) From and after the Closing Date, not to take any action
         inconsistent with the Trust's ownership of the Receivables other than
         as permitted by the Pooling and Servicing Agreement.

                  (j) To the extent, if any, that the rating provided with
         respect to the Offered Certificates by the rating agency or agencies
         that initially rate the Offered Certificates is conditional upon the
         furnishing of documents or the taking of any other actions by the
         Transferor, to furnish such documents and take any such other
         actions.

                  Section 6. Conditions Precedent to the Obligations of the
Underwriter. The obligation of the Underwriters to purchase and pay for the
Offered Certificates are subject to the accuracy of the representations and
warranties on the part of the Transferor and Metris, to the accuracy of the
statements of officers




                                      10

<PAGE>



of the Transferor and Metris made pursuant to the provisions hereof, to the
performance by the Transferor of its obligations hereunder and to the
following additional conditions precedent:

                  (a) The Registration Statement shall have become effective
         not later than 4:00 p.m., New York time, on the day following the
         date of this Agreement or such later date as shall have been
         consented to by the Representative; and prior to the Closing Date no
         stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement
         shall have been issued and no proceedings for that purpose shall have
         been instituted or, to the knowledge of the Transferor or Metris,
         shall be contemplated by the Commission. If the Transferor has
         elected to rely upon Rule 430A of the 1933 Act Regulations, the price
         of the Offered Certificates and any pricerelated information
         previously omitted from the effective Registration Statement pursuant
         to such Rule 430A shall have been transmitted to the Commission for
         filing pursuant to Rule 424(b) of the 1933 Act Regulations within the
         prescribed time period, and prior to the Closing Date the Company
         shall have provided evidence satisfactory to the Representative of
         such timely filing, or a post-effective amendment providing such
         information shall have been promptly filed and declared effective in
         accordance with the requirements of Rule 430A of the 1933 Act
         Regulations.

                  (b) Each of the Transferor and Metris shall have delivered
         to the Representative a certificate, dated the Closing Date, signed
         by its president, a senior vice president or a vice president to the
         effect that the signer of such certificate has carefully examined the
         Registration Statement, the Prospectus, each Designated Agreement and
         this Agreement and that:

                           (i) the representations and warranties of the
                  Transferor, and Metris as applicable, in this Agreement are
                  true and correct in all material respects at and as of the
                  Closing Date with the same effect as if made on the Closing
                  Date;

                           (ii) the Transferor or Metris, as applicable, has
                  complied in all material respects with all the agreements
                  and satisfied all the conditions on its part to be performed
                  or satisfied under this Agreement at or prior to the Closing
                  Date;

                           (iii) no stop order suspending the effectiveness of
                  the Registration Statement has been issued and no
                  proceedings for that purpose have been initiated or, to




                                      11

<PAGE>



                  the Transferor's or Metris's knowledge, threatened by
                  the Commission as of the Closing Date; and

                           (iv) nothing has come to such person's attention
                  that would lead such person to believe that the Prospectus
                  contains an untrue statement of a material fact or omits to
                  state a material fact necessary in order to make the
                  statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under
                  which they were made, not misleading.

                  (c) Since the respective dates as of which information is
         given in the Prospectus, there shall not have occurred any material
         adverse change, or any development involving a prospective material
         adverse change, in or affecting the business or assets of the Trust,
         the Transferor, or Direct Merchants Bank or any material adverse
         change in the financial position or results of operations of the
         Trust, the Transferor, or Direct Merchants Bank otherwise than as set
         forth or contemplated in the Prospectus which in any such case makes
         it impracticable or inadvisable in the Representative's good faith
         judgment to proceed with the public offering or the delivery of the
         Offered Certificates on the terms and in the manner contemplated in
         the Prospectus as amended or supplemented.

                  (d) Subsequent to the execution and delivery of this
         Agreement, there shall not have occurred (i) any material adverse
         change in the financial markets for asset backed securities in the
         United States or any outbreak of hostilities or other calamity or
         crisis or (ii) the suspension of trading generally by either the
         American Stock Exchange or the New York Stock Exchange, or the
         establishment of minimum or maximum prices or ranges of prices by
         either of such exchanges or by order of the Commission or any other
         governmental authority, or any banking moratorium declared by Federal
         or New York authorities, the effect of which with respect to clause
         (i) or (ii) is such as to make it, in the good faith judgment of the
         Representative, impracticable to market the Offered Certificates or
         to enforce contracts for the sale of the Offered Certificates.

                  (e)  The Representative shall have received:

                  (1) The favorable opinion of Jill B. Barclift, general
         counsel of Metris, dated the Closing Date and addressed to the
         Underwriters and satisfactory in form and substance to the
         Representative and to counsel to the Representative, to the effect
         that:





                                      12

<PAGE>



                  (i)      Metris is a corporation duly incorporated, validly
         existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of
         Delaware.

                  (ii) The Transferor is a corporation duly organized, validly
         existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware
         and is duly qualified to transact business and is in good standing in
         each state in which the conduct of its business requires such
         qualification except where the failure to so qualify does not have a
         material adverse effect on the financial condition or business of the
         Transferor.

                  (iii) Direct Merchants Bank is a national banking
         association formed under the laws of the United States of America and
         is authorized to transact the business of banking, including to own
         its assets and to transact its business as described in the
         Prospectus, and had at all relevant times and now has the power,
         authority and legal right to acquire, own and service the Accounts
         and the Receivables;

                  (iv) Each Designated Agreement to which Metris, Direct
         Merchants Bank or the Transferor is a party and this Agreement has
         been duly and validly authorized, executed and delivered by each of
         Metris, Direct Merchants Bank and the Transferor, as applicable.

                  (v) The sale of the Investor Certificates and the direction
         by the Transferor to the Trustee to execute, authenticate and deliver
         the Investor Certificates have been duly authorized by the
         Transferor. The Investor Certificates have been duly and validly
         authorized and executed by the Transferor.

                  (vi) The execution and delivery of any Designated Agreement
         or of the Underwriting Agreement and the execution and delivery to
         the Trustee of the Investor Certificates, the performance of the
         transactions contemplated by this Agreement or any Designated
         Agreement and the fulfillment of the terms thereof will not (i)
         violate any Requirement of Law applicable to Metris or the Transferor
         (assuming compliance with all applicable state securities and Blue
         Sky laws, as to which such counsel expresses no opinion), (ii)
         require any filing (except for filings under the UCC) or registration
         under any law, rule, regulation, order, writ, judgment, injunction,
         decree, determination or award presently in effect having
         applicability to Metris or the Transferor, except for such filings or
         registrations as have already been made and are in full force and
         effect or (iii)




                                      13

<PAGE>



         violate, result in any breach of any of the material terms and
         provisions of, or constitute (with or without notice or lapse of time
         or both) a default under any currently existing material indenture,
         contract, agreement, mortgage, deed of trust or other instrument
         which has been attached as an exhibit to the report on Form 10-K
         filed by Metris.

                  (vii) There are no legal or governmental proceedings pending
         or, to such counsel's knowledge, threatened that are required to be
         disclosed in the Registration Statement, other than those disclosed
         therein. There are no proceedings or investigations pending or, to
         the best of such counsel's knowledge, threatened against Metris or
         the Transferor, before any Governmental Authority (i) asserting the
         invalidity of any Designated Agreement or of this Agreement, (ii)
         seeking to prevent the consummation of any of the transactions
         contemplated hereby, (iii) seeking any determination or ruling that
         would materially and adversely affect the performance by Metris or
         the Transferor of its obligations thereunder, (iv) seeking any
         determination or ruling that would materially and adversely affect
         the validity or enforceability thereof or (v) seeking to affect
         adversely the tax attributes of the Trust or the Investor
         Certificates.

                  (viii) No consent, approval, authorization or order of, or
         registration, filing (except for filings under the UCC) or
         declaration with, any court or governmental agency or body is
         required in connection with (i) the execution, delivery and
         performance by Metris or the Transferor of any Designated Agreement
         or of this Agreement or (ii) the offer, sale or delivery of the
         Investor Certificates, except such as shall have been obtained or
         made, as the case may be, or will be obtained or made, as the case
         may be, prior to the Closing Date and except such as may be required
         under state securities or Blue Sky laws.

                  (ix) Metris has full corporate power and authority to sell
         and assign the Receivables to the Transferor pursuant to the terms of
         the Purchase Agreement and has duly authorized such sale and
         assignment by all necessary corporate action. The Transferor has full
         corporate power and authority to transfer the Receivables to the
         Trust pursuant to the terms of the Pooling and Servicing Agreement
         and has duly authorized such transfer by all necessary corporate
         action.

                  (x)  Direct Merchants Bank has the power and authority
         to execute and deliver the Bank Purchase Agreement and the




                                      14

<PAGE>



         Pooling and Servicing Agreement and to consummate the
         transactions contemplated therein;

                  (xi) No consent, approval, authorization or order of, or
         filing with, any governmental agency or body or any court is required
         for the consummation by Direct Merchants Bank of the transactions
         contemplated in the Bank Purchase Agreement or the Pooling and
         Servicing Agreement, except for such consents, approvals, orders or
         fillings as may be required under federal or state securities laws
         and except for such fillings as may be required to perfect interests
         in the Receivables pursuant to the Bank Purchase Agreement;

                  (xii) Neither the execution, delivery and performance by
         Direct Merchants Bank of its obligations under the Bank Purchase
         Agreement or the Pooling and Servicing Agreement, the transfer of the
         Receivables to Metris, the issuance and sale of the Investor
         Certificates, nor the consummation of any other of the transactions
         contemplated in the Bank Purchase Agreement or the Pooling and
         Servicing Agreement will conflict with, result in a breach of or
         violation of any of the terms of, or constitute a default under, the
         Articles of Association or by-laws of the Bank, each as amended, or
         any rule, order, statute or regulation of any court, regulatory body,
         administrative agency or governmental body having jurisdiction over
         Direct Merchants Bank or the terms of any material indenture or other
         material agreement or instrument known to such counsel to which
         Direct Merchants Bank is a party or by which it or its properties are
         bound; and

                  (xiii) There are no actions, proceedings or investigations
         pending or, to the best of such counsel's knowledge, threatened
         before any court, administrative agency or other tribunal (x)
         asserting the invalidity of the Bank Purchase Agreement or the
         Pooling and Servicing Agreement or (y) seeking to prevent the
         issuance of the Investor Certificates or the consummation of any of
         the transactions contemplated by the Bank Purchase Agreement or the
         Pooling and Servicing Agreement or the Investor Certificates, which
         might materially and adversely affect the performance by Direct
         Merchants Bank of its obligations under, or the validity or
         enforceability of, the Bank Purchase Agreement or the Pooling and
         Servicing Agreement or the Investor Certificates.

                  (xiv) Metris is duly qualified to transact business and is
         in good standing in each state in which the conduct of its business
         requires such qualification except where the




                                      15

<PAGE>



         failure to so qualify does not have a material adverse effect on the
         financial condition or business of Metris.

                  (xv) Each of Metris and the Transferor possesses all
         material licenses, certificates, authorities or permits issued by the
         appropriate state or federal regulatory agencies or bodies necessary
         to conduct the business now conducted by it and as described in the
         Prospectus, except to the extent that the failure to have such
         licenses, certificates, authorities or permits does not have a
         material adverse effect on the Receivables or the Investor
         Certificates or the financial condition of Metris or the Transferor,
         and neither Metris nor the Transferor has received any notice of
         proceedings relating to the revocation or modification of any such
         license, certificate, authority or permit which, singly or in the
         aggregate, if the subject of an unfavorable decision, ruling or
         finding, would materially and adversely affect the conduct of its
         business, operations or financial condition.

                  (2) The favorable opinion of Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher &
         Flom LLP, special counsel for the Transferor and Metris, dated the
         Closing Date and addressed to the Underwriters and satisfactory in
         form and substance to the Representative and counsel to the
         Representative; to the effect that:

                  (i) Each of the Designated Agreements (including, with
         respect to the Agreement, the allocation provisions thereof) to which
         any of Metris, the Transferor, the Bank and the Servicer (the
         "Companies") is a party, constitutes a valid and binding obligation
         of each of them, as applicable, enforceable against each of Metris,
         the Transferor and Direct Merchants Bank, as applicable, in
         accordance with their respective terms, except to the extent
         enforcement thereof may be limited by (a) bankruptcy, insolvency,
         reorganization, moratorium, receivership or other similar laws now or
         hereafter in effect relating to creditors' rights generally and, in
         the case of (for creditors of national banking associations, with
         respect to the Bank) (b) general principles of equity (regardless of
         whether enforceability is considered in a proceeding at law or in
         equity), and (c) the qualification that certain remedial provisions
         of the Designated Agreements may be unenforceable in whole or in
         part, but the inclusion of such provisions does not affect the
         validity of any such agreement taken as a whole each of such
         agreements, together with applicable law, contains adequate
         provisions for the practical realization of the benefits of the
         security created by such Designated Agreements;




                                      16

<PAGE>




                  (ii) Neither the execution, delivery or performance by any
         of the Companies of any of the Designated Agreements to which it is a
         party nor the compliance by any of the companies with the terms and
         provisions thereof will contravene any provision of any Applicable
         Laws. For purposes of this paragraph (ii) and paragraph (iii) below,
         "Applicable Laws" means those laws, rules and regulations of the
         State of New York, the United States of America and the Delaware
         General Corporation Law which, in our experience, are normally
         applicable to transactions of the type contemplated by the Designated
         Agreements.

                  (iii) No Governmental Approval, which has not been obtained
         or taken and is not in full force and effect, is required to
         authorize or is required in connection with the execution, delivery
         or performance of any of the Designated Agreements and this
         Agreement, except for (a) filings of Uniform Commercial Code
         financing statements with respect to the transfer of the Receivables
         from Metris to the Transferor pursuant to the Bank Purchase Agreement
         and with respect to the transfer of the Receivables from the
         Transferor to the Trust pursuant to the Purchase Agreement and (b)
         such Governmental Approvals as may be required under the securities
         or blue sky laws of any jurisdiction. For the purposes of this
         paragraph (iii), the term "Governmental Approval" means any consent,
         approval, license, authorization or validation of, or filing,
         recording or registration with, any Governmental Authority pursuant
         to Applicable Laws, and the term "Governmental Authority" means any
         New York, Delaware or federal executive, legislative, judicial,
         administrative or regulatory body.

                  (iv) The Investor Certificates, the Designated Agreements
         and this Agreement conform in all material respects to the
         descriptions thereof contained in the Registration Statement and the
         Prospectus;

                  (v) The Pooling and Servicing Agreement is not required to
         be qualified under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended;
         neither Metris, the Transferor or the Trust is required to be
         registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended;

                  (vi) The statements in the Prospectus under the headings
         "Risk Factors -- Transfer of the Receivables; Insolvency Risk
         Considerations", "Certain Legal Aspects of the Receivables" and
         "Certain Federal Income Tax Consequences", and "Employee Benefit Plan
         Considerations" to the extent that they constitute matters of law or
         legal




                                      17

<PAGE>



         conclusions with respect thereto, have been reviewed by us
         and are correct in all material respects;

                  (vii) Each of the Registration Statement, as of its
         effective date and the Prospectus, as of its date, appeared on its
         face to be appropriately responsive in all material respects to the
         requirements of the Act and the General Rules and Regulations under
         the Act, except that in each case such counsel need not express any
         opinion as to the financial and statistical data included therein or
         excluded therefrom or the exhibits to the Registration Statement and,
         except as and, to the extent set forth in paragraphs (iv), (vi) and
         (viii) such counsel does not assume any responsibility for the
         accuracy, completeness or fairness of the statements contained in the
         Registration Statement or the Prospectus;

                  (viii) The information in the Prospectus under the heading
         "Description of the Offered Certificates", insofar as it constitutes
         a summary of certain provisions of the Offered Certificates and the
         Pooling and Servicing Agreement, summarizes fairly such provisions;

                  (ix) When duly and validly executed by the Transferor and
         authenticated by the Trustee and delivered to the Transferor in
         accordance with the Pooling and Servicing Agreement, and delivered to
         and paid for by the Underwriters in accordance with this Agreement in
         the case of the Offered Certificates delivered to and paid for and by
         the purchasers in the case of the Class C Certificates and delivered
         by the Transferor in exchange for a portion of the Transferror's
         Certificate in the case of the Class D Certificates, the Investor
         Certificates will be validly issued and outstanding and entitled to
         the benefits of the Pooling and Servicing Agreement;

                  (x) The execution and delivery of any Designated Agreement
         or this Agreement and the execution and delivery to the Trustee of
         the Investor Certificates, the performance of the transactions
         contemplated thereby and the fulfillment of the terms thereof will
         not violate, result in any breach of any of the material terms and
         provisions of, or constitute (with or without notice or lapse of time
         or both) a default under any currently existing indenture, contract,
         agreement, mortgage, deed of trust or other instrument to which the
         Transferor is bound and which has been specifically identified to
         such counsel in writing by the Transferor as being material to the
         Transferor.





                                      18

<PAGE>



                  (xi) With respect to such counsel's opinion set forth in
         paragraph (iii) above, such counsel shall consider only such
         consents, approvals, authorizations, orders and filings which, in
         such counsel's experience, are customarily required for transactions
         of the type contemplated by the Designated Agreements.

                  (xii) Such counsel shall have been advised by the Commission
         that the Registration Statement was declared effective and, to the
         best of such counsel's knowledge, no stop order suspending the
         effectiveness of the Registration Statement has been issued and no
         proceeding for that purpose has been instituted or threatened by the
         Commission.

                  Such counsel also shall state that they have participated in
         conferences with officers and representatives of Metris and the
         Transferor, counsel for Metris and the Transferor, representatives of
         the independent accountants of Metris and the Transferor, and
         representatives of the Underwriters, at which the contents of the
         Registration Statement, the Prospectus and related matters were
         discussed and, although they are not passing upon, and do not assume
         any responsibility for, the accuracy, completeness or fairness of the
         statements contained in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus
         and have made no independent check or verification thereof except as
         and to the extent set forth in paragraphs (iv), (vi) and (vii) above,
         on the basis of the foregoing, no facts have come to such counsel's
         attention that have led such counsel to believe that the Registration
         Statement, at the time it became effective, contained an untrue
         statement of a material fact or omitted to state any material fact
         required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements
         therein not misleading or the Prospectus, as of its date, contained
         or contains an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted or
         omits to state a material fact necessary in order to make the
         statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they
         were made, not misleading, except that in each case such counsel
         express no belief with respect to financial and statistical data
         included therein or excluded therefrom or the exhibits to the
         Registration Statement.

                  Such counsel shall also deliver to the Underwriters their
         opinion, dated the Closing Date and addressed to the Underwriter's
         and satisfactory in form and substance to the Representative and
         counsel to the Representative, to the effect that for federal income
         tax purposes (i) the Offered Certificates will not constitute an
         ownership interest in the Receivables but will properly be
         characterized as debt and (ii) any entity constituted by the Trust
         will not be an




                                      19

<PAGE>



         association taxable as a corporation or publicly traded
         partnership treated as a corporation;

                  (f) The Representative shall have received an opinion or
         opinions of Dorsey & Whitney with respect to Minnesota law, Van Cott,
         Bagley, Cornwall & McCarthy with respect to Utah law and Skadden,
         Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP with respect to federal and New York
         law, dated the Closing Date, in form and substance satisfactory to
         the Representatives and their counsel, with respect to certain
         matters relating to the transfers of the Receivables to Metris, the
         Transferor and the Trust and the perfection of Metris', the
         Transferor's and the Trust's interest in the receivables and certain
         other matters relating to insolvency consideration and with respect
         to other related matters in a form previously approved by you and
         your counsel.

                  (g) The Representative shall have received from each of
         Dorsey & Whitney in respect of Minnesota, Van Cott, Bagley, Cornwall
         & McCarthy in respect of Utah, Johnson, Allen, Jones & Dornblasser in
         respect of Oklahoma and Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom in
         respect of Delaware, an opinion, dated the Closing Date and
         satisfactory in form and substance to the Representative and to
         counsel to the Underwriters, to the effect that the Offered
         Certificates will be characterized for such state's income and
         franchise tax purposes as indebtedness secured by the Receivables and
         Certificateholders not otherwise subject to taxation in such state
         will not be subject to tax in respect of the Offered Certificates.

                  (h) The Representative shall have received from Skadden,
         Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP, special counsel to the Transferor
         and Metris, opinions, dated the Closing Date, addressed to the
         Underwriters and satisfactory in form and substance to the
         Representative and to counsel to the Underwriters, relating to
         certain insolvency and bankruptcy matters.

                  (i) The Representative shall have received from Richards,
         Layton & Finger, Delaware counsel for the Trustee, and Emmet, Marvin
         & Martin, New York counsel for the Trustee, as appropriate, opinions,
         dated the Closing Date and addressed to the Underwriters, the
         Transferor and Metris and satisfactory in form and substance to the
         Representative and to counsel to the Underwriters, in substantially
         the form of Exhibit A hereto.

                  (j)  The Representative shall have received an
         officer's certificate dated the Closing Date of the chairman




                                      20

<PAGE>



         of the board, the president, an executive vice president or the
         treasurer of the Trustee in which such officer shall state that, to
         the best of his/her knowledge after reasonable investigation, the
         representations and warranties of the Trustee contained in the
         Pooling and Servicing Agreement are true and correct in all material
         respects, and that the Trustee has complied in all material respects
         with all agreements and satisfied all conditions on its part to be
         performed or satisfied under the Pooling and Servicing Agreement at
         or prior to the Closing Date.

                  (k) The Representative shall have received copies of rating
         letters confirming that the Class A Certificates have been rated in
         the highest rating category by Standard & Poor's Ratings Services, a
         Division of The McGraw Hill Companies, Inc. ("S&P") and Moody's
         Investors Service, Inc. ("Moody's") and the Class B Certificates have
         been rated at least "A" by S&P and A2 by Moody's, and such ratings
         shall not have been reduced or withdrawn;

                  (l) The Trustee shall have furnished to the Representative a
         certificate of the Trustee, signed by one or more duly authorized
         officers of the Trustee, dated the Closing Date, as to the due
         acceptance of the Pooling and Servicing Agreement by the Trustee and
         the due execution and delivery of the Offered Certificates by the
         Trustee thereunder and such other matters as the Representative shall
         reasonably request.

                  (m) Counsel to the Transferor and Metris shall have
         furnished to the Representative any opinions supplied to the rating
         agencies relating to certain matters with respect to the Offered
         Certificates.

                  (n) On or prior to the date of this Agreement, the
         Representative shall have received a copy of a letter, dated the
         Closing Date and addressed to the Underwriters, from KPMG Peat
         Marwick certified public accountants, substantially in the form
         heretofore approved by the Underwriters and counsel to the
         Underwriters. On the Closing Date, the Representative shall have
         received from KPMG Peat Marwick such letter (which may be in a
         bring-down format) dated the Closing Date.

                  (o) The Representative shall have received (i) a copy of the
         financing statement on Form UCC-1 filed with the Secretary of State
         of the State of Utah with respect to the transfer of the Receivables
         by Direct Merchants Bank to Metris pursuant to the Bank Purchase
         Agreement, identifying the Receivables as collateral and naming
         Direct Merchants




                                      21

<PAGE>



         Bank as debtor and Metris as secured party, (ii) a copy of the
         financing statements on Form UCC-1 filed with the Secretary of State
         of the State of Minnesota with respect to the transfer of the
         Receivables by Metris to the Transferor pursuant to the Purchase
         Agreement, identifying the Receivables as collateral and naming
         Metris as debtor and the Transferor as the secured party and (iii) a
         copy of the financing statements on Form UCC-1 filed with the
         Secretary of State of the State of Minnesota with respect to the
         transfer of the Receivables by the Transferor to the Trust pursuant
         to the Pooling and Servicing Agreement, identifying the Receivables
         as collateral and naming the Transferor as the debtor and the Trust
         as the secured party.

                  (p) The Representative shall have received an opinion
         addressed to the Underwriters of Brown & Wood LLP, counsel to the
         Underwriters, dated the Closing Date, with respect to the validity of
         the Investor Certificates and other related matters and the
         Transferor shall have furnished to such counsel such documents as
         they may reasonably request for the purpose of enabling them to
         render such opinions.

                  The Transferor will furnish the Representative with such
conformed copies of such certificates, letters and documents as the
Representative may reasonably request.

                  If any condition specified in this Section shall not have
been fulfilled when and as required to be fulfilled, this Agreement may be
terminated by the Representative by notice to the Seller at any time at or
prior to Closing Time, and such termination shall be without liability of any
party to any other party except as provided in Section 5 hereof.

                  Section 7. Indemnification and Contribution. (a) Each of
Metris and the Transferor shall, jointly and severally, indemnify and hold
harmless each Underwriter and each person who controls any Underwriter within
the meaning of Section 15 of the Act as follows:

                  (i) against any and all loss, liability, claim, damage and
         expense whatsoever, as incurred, arising out of any untrue statement
         or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the
         Registration Statement (or any amendment thereto), or the omission or
         alleged omission therefrom of a material fact required to be stated
         therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading,
         or arising out of any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of
         a material fact contained in the Prospectus (or any amendment or
         supplement thereto), or the omission or alleged omission therefrom of
         a material fact necessary in order to




                                      22

<PAGE>



         make the statements therein, in the light of the circum-
         stances under which they were made, not misleading;

                  (ii) against any and all loss, liability, claim, damage and
         expense whatsoever, as incurred, to the extent of the aggregate
         amount paid in settlement of any litigation, or any investigation or
         proceeding by any governmental agency or body, commenced or
         threatened, or of any claim whatsoever based upon any such untrue
         statement or omission, or any such alleged untrue statement or
         omission, if such settlement is effected with the written consent of
         the Transferor and Metris; and

                  (iii) against any and all expense whatsoever (including,
         subject to Section 7(c) hereof, the fees and disbursements of counsel
         chosen by you) reasonably incurred in investigating, preparing or
         defending against any litigation, or any investigation or proceeding
         by any governmental agency or body, commenced or threatened, or any
         claim whatsoever based upon any such untrue statement or omission, to
         the extent that any such expense is not paid under (i) or (ii) above;

provided, however, that this indemnity agreement shall not apply to any loss,
liability, claim, damage or expense to the extent arising out of any untrue
statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission made in reliance
upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Transferor by
any Underwriter through the Representative expressly for use in the
Registration Statement (or any amendment thereto) or any preliminary
prospectus or the Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto) and
provided, further, that the foregoing indemnity is subject to the condition
that, insofar as it relates to any untrue statement or omission, or any
alleged untrue statement or omission, made in the preliminary prospectus (as
amended or supplemented) but eliminated, corrected or remedied in the
Prospectus (as amended or supplemented), it shall not inure to the benefit of
any Underwriter (or to the benefit of any person who controls such
Underwriter) if a copy of the Prospectus (as amended or supplemented) was not
delivered by such Underwriter to the person asserting any loss, claim, damage,
or liability arising out of or based upon such untrue statement or omission,
or such alleged untrue statement or omission, at or prior to the time required
by the Securities Act.

                  (b) Each Underwriter severally agrees to indemnify and hold
harmless Metris, the Transferor, each of their respective directors and
officers, each of the Transferor's officers who signed the Registration
Statement, and each person, if any, who controls the Transferor and Metris,
respectively, within the




                                      23

<PAGE>



meaning of Section 15 of the Act against any and all loss, liability, claim,
damage and expense described in the indemnity contained in subsection (a) of
this Section, as incurred, but only with respect to untrue statements or
omissions, or alleged untrue statements or omissions, made in the Registration
Statement (or any amendment thereto) or any preliminary prospectus or the
Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto) in reliance upon and in
conformity with written information furnished to the Transferor by such
Underwriter through the Representative expressly for use in the Registration
Statement (or any amendment thereto) or such preliminary prospectus or the
Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto).

                  (c) Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under
this Section of notice of the commencement of any action, such indemnified
party will, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against the
indemnifying party under subsection (a) or (b) above, notify the indemnifying
party in writing of the commencement thereof; but the omission so to notify
the indemnifying party will not relieve it from any liability which it may
have to any indemnified party under subsection (a) or (b) above unless the
indemnifying party has been materially prejudiced by such failure to notify.
In case any such action is brought against any indemnified party and it
notifies the indemnifying party of the commencement thereof, the indemnifying
party will be entitled to participate therein and, to the extent that it may
wish, jointly with any other indemnifying party similarly notified, to assume
the defense thereof, with counsel reasonably satisfactory to such indemnified
party (who shall not, except with the consent of the indemnified party, be
counsel to the indemnifying party), and after notice from the indemnifying
party to such indemnified party of its election so to assume the defense
thereof, the indemnifying party will not be liable to such indemnified party
under this Section for any legal or other expenses subsequently incurred by
such indemnified party in connection with the defense thereof other than
reasonable costs of investigation. The indemnifying person shall not be
responsible for the settlement of any proceeding made without its prior
consent.

                  SECTION 8. Contribution. If the indemnification provided for
in Section 7 is unavailable or insufficient to hold harmless an indemnified
party under subsection (a) or (b) of Section 7, then each indemnifying party
shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such indemnified party as a
result of the losses, claims, damages or liabilities referred to in subsection
(a) or (b) of Section 7 (i) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect
the relative benefits received by the Transferor and Metris on the one hand
and the Underwriters on the




                                      24

<PAGE>



other from the offering of the Offered Certificates or (ii) if the allocation
provided by clause (i) above is not permitted by applicable law, in such
proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits
referred to in clause (i) above but also the relative fault of the Transferor
and Metris on the one hand and the Underwriters on the other in connection
with the statements or omissions which resulted in such losses, claims,
damages or liabilities as well as any other relevant equitable considerations.
The relative benefits received by the Transferor and Metris on the one hand
and the Underwriters on the other shall be deemed to be in the same proportion
as the total net proceeds from the offering (before deducting expenses)
received by the Transferor bear to the total underwriting discounts and
commissions received by the Underwriters. The relative fault shall be
determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged
untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to
state a material fact relates to information supplied by the Transferor or by
the Underwriters and the parties' relative intent, knowledge, access to
information and opportunity to correct or prevent such untrue statement or
omission. The amount paid by an indemnified party as a result of the losses,
claims, damages or liabilities referred to in the first sentence of this
Section shall be deemed to include any legal or other expenses reasonably
incurred by such indemnified party in connection with investigating or
defending any action or claim which is the subject of this Section.
Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section, no Underwriter shall be
required to contribute any amount in excess of the underwriting discount or
commission applicable to the Offered Certificate purchased by it hereunder. No
person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section
11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person
who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation.

                  Section 9. Survival of Representations and Obligations. The
respective indemnities, agreements, representations, warranties and other
statements of each of the Transferor, Metris or its officers and of the
Underwriters set forth in or made pursuant to this Agreement will remain in
full force and effect, regardless of any investigation or statement as to the
results thereof, made by or on behalf of any Underwriter, the Transferor,
Metris or any of their respective representatives, officers or directors of
any controlling person, and will survive delivery of and payment for the
Offered Certificates.

                  Section 10. Default by One or More of the Underwriters. If
one or more of the Underwriters shall fail on the Closing Date to purchase the
Offered Certificates which it or they are obligated to purchase under this
Agreement (the "Defaulted Securities"), the Representative shall have the
right,




                                      25

<PAGE>



within 24 hours thereafter, to make arrangements for one or more of the
non-defaulting Underwriters, or any other underwriters, to purchase all, but
not less than all, of the Defaulted Securities in such amounts as may be
agreed upon and upon the terms herein set forth; if, however, the
Representative shall not have completed such arrangements within such 24-hour
period, then:

                  (a) if the principal amount of Defaulted Securities does not
         exceed 10% of the principal amount of Offered Certificates, each of
         the non-defaulting Underwriters shall be obligated, severally and not
         jointly, to purchase the full amount thereof in the proportions that
         their respective underwriting obligations hereunder bear to the
         underwriting obligations of all non-defaulting Underwriters, or

                  (b) if the principal amount of Defaulted Securities exceeds
         10% of the principal amount of Offered Certificates, this Agreement
         shall terminate without liability on the part of any non-defaulting
         Underwriter.

         No action taken pursuant to this Section shall relieve any defaulting
Underwriter from liability in respect of its default.

         In the event of any such default which does not result in a
termination of this Agreement, either the Representative or the Transferor
shall have the right to postpone the Closing Date for a period not exceeding
seven days in order to effect any required changes in the Registration
Statement or Prospectus or in any other documents or arrangements.

                  Section 11. Representations and Warranties of the
Underwriters. Each Underwriter represents and warrants to, and agrees with,
Metris and the Transferor that:

                  (a) It has only issued or passed on and will only issue or
         pass on in the United Kingdom any document received by it in
         connection with the issue of the Offered Certificates to a person who
         is of a kind described in Article 11(3) of the Financial Services Act
         1986 (Investment Advertisements) (Exemptions) Order 1996 or who is a
         person to whom the document may otherwise lawfully be issued or
         passed on.

                  (b) It has complied and will comply with all applicable
         provisions of the Financial Services Act 1986 of Great Britain with
         respect to anything done by it in relation to the Offered
         Certificates in, from or otherwise involving the United Kingdom.





                                      26

<PAGE>



                  (c) If it is an authorized person under the Financial
         Services Act 1986, it has only promoted and will only promote (as
         that term is defined in Regulation 1.02 of the Financial Services
         (Promotion of Unregulated Schemes) Regulations 1991) to any person in
         the United Kingdom the scheme described herein if that person is of a
         kind described either in Section 76(2) of the Financial Services Act
         1986 or in Regulation 1.04 of the Financial Services (Promotion of
         Unregulated Schemes) Regulations 1991.

                  Section 12.  Notices.  All communications hereunder
will be in writing and:

                           (i)  if sent to the Underwriters, will be mailed,
                  delivered or sent by facsimile transmission and
                  confirmed to the Representative at:

                                    Bear Stearns & Co.
                                    245 Park Avenue
                                    New York, New York 10167
                                    Attention:  Asset Securitization
                                    Telephone:  (212) 272-3311
                                    Facsimile:  (212) 272-7294

                      (ii) if sent to the Transferor, will be mailed,
                  delivered or sent by facsimile transmission, and confirmed
                  to it at:

                                    Metris
                                      Receivables, Inc.
                                    4400 Baker Road
                                    Minnetonka, MN  55343
                                    Attention:  Treasurer
                                    Telephone:  (612) 936-5077
                                    Facsimile:  (612) 932-3302;

                     (iii) if sent to Metris, will be mailed, delivered or
                  sent by facsimile transmission, and confirmed to it at:

                                    Metris Companies Inc.
                                    600 South Highway 169
                                    St. Louis Park, MN  55426
                                    Attention:  General Counsel
                                    Telephone:  (612) 525-5090
                                    Facsimile:  (612) 525-5070;


or to such other address as the Transferor, Metris or the Underwriter may
designate in writing to the other parties hereto.




                                      27

<PAGE>




                  Section 13. Successors. This Agreement will inure to the
benefit of and be binding upon the Underwriters, Metris and the Transferor and
their respective successors and the officers and directors and controlling
persons referred to in Section 7 hereof, and no other person will have any
right or obligations hereunder.

                  SECTION 14.  GOVERNING LAW.  THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE
GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE
STATE OF NEW YORK.

                  Section 15. Severability of Provisions. Any covenant,
provision, agreement or term of this Agreement that is prohibited or is held
to be void or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such
jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or
unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof.

                  Section 16. Entire Agreement. This Agreement constitutes the
entire agreement and understanding of the parties hereto with respect to the
matters and transactions contemplated hereby and supersedes all prior
agreements and understandings whatsoever relating to such matters and
transactions.

                  Section 17. Amendment. Neither this Agreement nor any term
hereof may be changed, waived, discharged or terminated orally, but only by an
instrument in writing signed by the party against whom enforcement of the
change, waiver, discharge or termination is sought.

                  Section 18.  Headings.  The headings in this Agreement
are for the purposes of reference only and shall not limit or
otherwise affect the meaning hereof.

                  Section 19. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed by
each of the parties hereto in any number of counterparts, and by each of the
parties hereto on separate counterparts, each of which counterparts, when so
executed and delivered, shall be deemed to be an original, but all such
counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same instrument.
                                            *        *        *




                                      28

<PAGE>




                  If the foregoing is in accordance with your understanding,
please sign and return to us a counterpart hereof, whereupon this letter and
your acceptance hereof shall constitute a binding agreement between the
Underwriters, the Transferor and Metris.


                                                   Very truly yours,

                                                   METRIS  RECEIVABLES, INC.


                                                   By:_________________________
                                                   Name: ______________________
                                                   Title: _____________________



                                                   METRIS COMPANIES INC.


                                                   By:_________________________
                                                   Name: ______________________
                                                   Title: _____________________



Accepted in New York, New York, as of the date hereof:

BEAR, STEARNS & CO. INC.


By: ____________________________
Name: __________________________
Title: _________________________

For itself and as Representative
of the other Underwriters named in
Schedule A hereto.





                                      29

<PAGE>


                                  SCHEDULE A




                                   Principal Amount of     Principal Amount of
Name of Underwriter                Class A Certificates    Class B Certificates

Bear, Stearns & Co. Inc.
NationsBanc Capital Markets, Inc.
Chase Securities, Inc.












<PAGE>




           _________________________________________________________

                           METRIS RECEIVABLES, INC.

                                  Transferor


            DIRECT MERCHANTS CREDIT CARD BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION

                                   Servicer


                                      and

                        THE BANK OF NEW YORK (DELAWARE)

                                    Trustee

               on behalf of the Series 1997-1 Certificateholders
 

                           SERIES 1997-1 SUPPLEMENT

                           Dated as of May __, 1997

                                      to

                        POOLING AND SERVICING AGREEMENT

                           Dated as of May 26, 1995
                     ____________________________________

                              METRIS MASTER TRUST

                        $616,250,000 ____% Asset Backed
                     Certificates, Series 1997-1, Class A

                        $106,250,000 ____% Asset Backed
                     Certificates, Series 1997-1, Class B

                    $72,250,000 Floating Rate Asset Backed
                     Certificates, Series 1997-1, Class C

                   $55,250,000 0% Asset Backed Certificates,
                            Series 1997-1, Class D

           _________________________________________________________
<PAGE>

                               TABLE OF CONTENTS


SECTION 1.         Designation   ...........................................  1

SECTION 2.         Definitions   ...........................................  1

SECTION 3.         Reassignment Terms   .................................... 29

SECTION 4.         Delivery and Payment for the Series 
                     1997-1 Certificates   ................................. 29

SECTION 5.         Form of Delivery of Series 1997-1
                     Certificates; Denominations   ......................... 29

SECTION 6.         Article IV of Agreement   ............................... 30


                                  ARTICLE IV
                       RIGHTS OF CERTIFICATEHOLDERS AND
                    ALLOCATION AND APPLICATION OF COLLECTIONS .............. 30

SECTION 4.4        Rights of Certificateholders   .......................... 30

SECTION 4.5        Collections and Allocation; Pay-
                     ments on Exchangeable Transferor
                     Certificate   ......................................... 31

SECTION 4.6        Determination of Interest for the
                     Series 1997-1 Certificates   .......................... 32

SECTION 4.7        Determination of Principal Amounts   .................... 35

SECTION 4.8        Shared Principal Collections   .......................... 36

SECTION 4.9        Application of Funds on Deposit in
                     the Collection Account for the
                     Certificates   ........................................ 36

SECTION 4.10       Coverage of Required Amount for the
                     Series 1997-1 Certificates   .......................... 46

SECTION 4.11       Payment of Certificate Interest   ....................... 47

SECTION 4.12       Payment of Certificate Principal   ...................... 47

SECTION 4.13       Investor Charge-Offs   .................................. 50

                                           i
<PAGE>
                                                                           PAGE


SECTION 4.14       Pre-Funding Account   ................................... 51

SECTION 4.15       Increases in Invested Amount   .......................... 53

SECTION 4.16       Reallocated Principal Collections
                     for the Series 1997-1 Certifi-
                     cates   ............................................... 54

SECTION 4.17       Determination of LIBOR   ................................ 55

SECTION 4.18       Payment Reserve Account   ............................... 56

SECTION 4.19       Principal Funding Account   ............................. 57

SECTION 4.20       Accumulation Period Reserve Ac-
                   count   ................................................. 58

SECTION 4.21       Postponement of Accumulation Peri-
                   od   .................................................... 60

SECTION 4.22       Defeasance   ............................................ 60

SECTION 7          Article V of the Agreement   ............................ 61


                                   ARTICLE V
                     DISTRIBUTIONS AND REPORTS TO INVESTOR
                               CERTIFICATEHOLDERS   ........................ 61

SECTION 5.1        Distributions   ......................................... 61

SECTION 5.2        Certificateholders' Statement   ......................... 64

SECTION 8.         Series 1997-1 Pay Out Events   .......................... 67

SECTION 9.         Series 1997-1 Termination   ............................. 69

SECTION 10.        Legends; Transfer and Exchange;
                     Restrictions on Transfer of Se-
                     ries 1997-1 Certificates; Tax
                     Treatment   ........................................... 69

SECTION 11.        Compliance with Withholding Re-
                     quirements   .......................................... 74


                                      ii

<PAGE>

                                                                           PAGE

SECTION 12.        Tax Characterization of the Class C
                     Certificates   ........................................ 74

SECTION 13.        Ratification of Agreement   ............................. 75

SECTION 14.        Registration of the Class A Cer-
                     tificates under the Securities
                     Exchange Act of 1934   ................................ 75

SECTION 15.        Counterparts   .......................................... 75

SECTION 16.        GOVERNING LAW   ......................................... 76

SECTION 17.        Instructions in Writing   ............................... 76

SECTION 18.        Amendment for FASIT Purposes   .......................... 76

SECTION 19.        Paired Series   ......................................... 76


         EXHIBITS

Exhibit A-1                Form of Class A Investor Certificate
Exhibit A-2                Form of Class B Investor Certificate
Exhibit A-3                Form of Class C Investor Certificate
Exhibit A-4                Form of Class D Investor Certificate
Exhibit B                  Form of Monthly Certificateholder's Statement
Exhibit C                  Form of Investment Letter


                                                        iii

<PAGE>

                  SERIES 1997-1 SUPPLEMENT, dated as of May __,
1997 (this "Series Supplement") by and among METRIS RE-
CEIVABLES, INC., a corporation organized and existing
under the laws of the State of Delaware, as Transferor
(the "Transferor"), DIRECT MERCHANTS CREDIT CARD BANK,
NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, a national banking association
organized under the laws of the United States, as Ser-
vicer (the "Servicer"), and THE BANK OF NEW YORK (DELA-
WARE), a Delaware banking corporation organized and
existing under the laws of the State of Delaware as
trustee (together with its successors in trust thereunder
as provided in the Agreement referred to below, the
"Trustee"), under the Pooling and Servicing Agreement
dated as of May 26, 1995 as amended, supplemented or
otherwise modified from time to time (the "Agreement")
among the Transferor, the Servicer and the Trustee.

                  Section 6.9 of the Agreement provides, among
other things, that the Transferor and the Trustee may at
any time and from time to time enter into a supplement to
the Agreement for the purpose of authorizing the issuance
by the Trustee to the Transferor, for execution and
redelivery to the Trustee for authentication, of one or
more Series of Certificates.

                  Pursuant to this Series Supplement, the Trans-
feror and the Trustee shall create a new Series of Inves-
tor Certificates and shall specify the Principal Terms
thereof.

                  SECTION 1.  Designation.  There is hereby
created a Series of Investor Certificates to be issued
pursuant to the Agreement and this Series Supplement to
be known generally as the "Series 1997-1 Certificates."
The Series 1997-1 Certificates shall be issued in four
Classes, which shall be designated generally as the     %
Asset Backed Certificates, Series 1997-1, Class A (the
"Class A Certificates"), the    % Asset Backed Certifi-
cates, Series 1997-1, Class B (the "Class B Certifi-
cates"), the Floating Rate Asset Backed Certificates,
Series 1997-1, Class C (the "Class C Certificates") and
the 0% Asset Backed Certificates, Series 1997-1, Class D
(the "Class D Certificates").

                  SECTION 2.  Definitions.  In the event that any
term or provision contained herein shall conflict with or
<PAGE>

be inconsistent with any provision contained in the
Agreement, the terms and provisions of this Series Sup-
plement shall govern with respect to the Series 1997-1
Certificates.  All Article, Section or subsection refer-
ences herein shall mean Articles, Sections or subsections
of the Agreement, as amended or supplemented by this
Series Supplement, except as otherwise provided herein.
All capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein are
defined in the Agreement.  Each capitalized term defined
herein shall relate only to the Series 1997-1 Certifi-
cates and no other Series of Certificates issued by the
Trust.

                  "ABC Adjusted Invested Amount" shall mean as of
any Business Day the sum of the Class A Invested Amount,
the Class B Invested Amount and the Class C Invested
Amount minus the amount then on deposit in the Principal
Funding Account.

                  "Accumulation Period" shall mean, unless a Pay
Out Event shall have occurred prior thereto, the period
commencing at the close of business on the last day of
the March 2001 Monthly Period or such later date as is
determined in accordance with Section 4.21 of the Agree-
ment and ending on the first to occur of (a) the com-
mencement of the Early Amortization Period and (b) the
Series 1997-1 Termination Date.

                  "Accumulation Period Factor" shall mean, for
any Monthly Period, a fraction, the numerator of which is
equal to the sum of the numerators with respect to all
Classes of all Series then outstanding used to calculate
the allocation percentages applicable for Principal
Collections, and the denominator of which is equal to the
sum of (a) the sum of the Class A Invested Amount, Class
B Invested Amount and Class C Invested Amount, (b) the
sum of the numerators with respect to all Classes of all
Series then outstanding used to calculate the allocation
percentages applicable for Principal Collections (other
than Series 1997-1 and any Class of any such Series
retained by the Transferor) which are not expected to be
in their revolving periods during such Monthly Period,
and (c) the sum of the numerators used to calculate the
allocation percentages applicable for Principal Collec-
tions of all Classes of other outstanding Series which
are not allocating Shared Principal Collections and are
expected to be in their revolving periods during such
Monthly Period.
                                                    2
<PAGE>


                  "Accumulation Period Length" shall have the
meaning assigned such term in Section 4.21 of the Agree-
ment.

                  "Accumulation Period Reserve Account" shall
have the meaning specified in Section 4.20(a) of the
Agreement.

                  "Accumulation Shortfall" shall initially mean
zero and thereafter shall mean, with respect to any
Monthly Period during the Accumulation Period, the ex-
cess, if any, of the Controlled Deposit Amount for the
previous Monthly Period over the amount deposited into
the Principal Funding Account pursuant to Section 4.12 of
the Agreement with respect to the Series 1997-1 Certifi-
cates for the previous Monthly Period.

                  "Additional Interest" shall mean, at any time
of determination, the sum of the Class A Additional
Interest, Class B Additional Interest and Class C Addi-
tional Interest.

                  "Adjusted Invested Amount" shall mean as of any
Business Day the Invested Amount minus the sum of the
amount then on deposit in the Principal Funding Account
and the Series Allocation Percentage of the amount then
on deposit in the Excess Funding Account.

                  "Amortization Period" shall mean the Accumula-
tion Period or the Early Amortization Period.

                  "Amortization Period Commencement Date" shall
mean the earlier of the first day of the Accumulation
Period and the Pay Out Commencement Date.

                  "Available Investor Principal Collections"
shall mean, with respect to any Monthly Period, an amount
equal to the sum of (i) an amount equal to the Fixed/
Floating Allocation Percentage of all Principal Collec-
tions (less the amount of Reallocated Principal Collec-
tions) received during such Monthly Period, (ii) any
amount on deposit in the Excess Funding Account allocated
to the Series 1997-1 Certificates pursuant to subsection
4.9(d) of the Agreement with respect to such Monthly

                                      3
<PAGE>

Period and, on and after the Pay Out Commencement Date,
any amount on deposit in the Pre-Funding Account, (iii)
the aggregate amount allocated with respect to the Inves-
tor Default Amount and the Series Allocation Percentage
of any Adjustment Payments paid pursuant to subsections
4.9(a)(v) and 4.9(a)(vi) of the Agreement with respect to
such Monthly Period, any reimbursements of unreimbursed
Investor Charge-Offs pursuant to subsections 4.9(a)(vii),
(x), (xi) and (xii) of the Agreement with respect to such
Monthly Period and further in each case, pursuant to sub-
sections 4.10(a) and (b), 4.16(a), (b) and (c), 4.19(b)
and 4.20(b), (c) and (d) of the Agreement, and (iv) the
aggregate Shared Principal Collections allocated to the
Series 1997-1 Certificates pursuant to Section 4.8 of the
Agreement with respect to such Monthly Period.

                  "Available Reserve Account Amount" shall mean,
with respect to any Transfer Date, the lesser of (a) the
amount on deposit in the Accumulation Period Reserve
Account as of such date (before giving effect to any
withdrawal made or to be made pursuant to subsection
4.20(c) of the Agreement from the Accumulation Period Re-
serve Account on such Transfer Date) and (b) the Required
Reserve Account Amount for such Transfer Date.

                  "Available Series 1997-1 Finance Charge Collec-
tions" shall have the meaning specified in subsection
4.9(a) of the Agreement.

                  "Base Rate" shall mean, with respect to any
Monthly Period, the sum of (i) the weighted average of
the Class A Certificate Rate, the Class B Certificate
Rate and the Class C Certificate Rate as of the last day
of such Monthly Period (weighted based on the Class A
Invested Amount, the Class B Invested Amount and the
Class C Invested Amount, respectively, as of the last day
of such Monthly Period) plus (ii) the product of 2.00%
per annum and the percentage equivalent of a fraction the
numerator of which is the Adjusted Invested Amount and
the denominator of which is the Invested Amount, each as
of the last day of such Monthly Period.

                  "Carryover Class A Interest" shall mean with
respect to any Business Day (a) any Class A Interest due
but not paid on any previous Distribution Date plus (b)
any Class A Additional Interest due on the next succeed-
ing Distribution Date.

                                      4
<PAGE>

                  "Carryover Class B Interest" shall mean with
respect to any Business Day (a) any Class B Interest due
but not paid on any previous Distribution Date plus (b)
any Class B Additional Interest due on the next succeed-
ing Distribution Date.

                  "Carryover Class C Interest" shall mean with
respect to any Business Day (a) any Class C Interest due
but not paid on any previous Distribution Date plus (b)
any Class C Additional Interest due on the next succeed-
ing Distribution Date.

                           "Class A Additional Interest" shall have the
meaning specified in subsection 4.6(a) of the Agreement.

                  "Class A Adjusted Invested Amount" shall mean,
for any date of determination, an amount not less than
zero equal to the then current Class A Invested Amount
minus the Principal Funding Account Balance on such date.

                  "Class A Certificateholder" shall mean the
Person in whose name a Class A Certificate is registered
in the Certificate Register.

                  "Class A Certificateholders' Interest" shall
mean the portion of the Series 1997-1 Certificateholders'
Interest evidenced by the Class A Certificate.

                  "Class A Certificate" shall mean any of the
certificates executed by the Transferor and authenticated
by or on behalf of the Trustee, substantially in the form
of Exhibit A-1 hereto.

                  "Class A Certificate Rate" shall mean     % per
annum.

                  "Class A Floating Allocation Percentage" shall
mean, with respect to any Business Day, the percentage
equivalent of a fraction, the numerator of which is the
Class A Adjusted Invested Amount as of the end of the
preceding Business Day and the denominator of which is
the greater of (a) the sum of the aggregate amount of
Principal Receivables in the Trust and the amounts on
deposit in the Excess Funding Account as of the end of
the preceding Business Day and (b) the sum of the numera-
tors with respect to all Classes of all Series then
                                      5
<PAGE>

outstanding used to calculate the applicable allocation
percentage.

                  "Class A Initial Invested Amount" shall mean
the aggregate initial principal amount of the Class A
Certificates, which is $616,250,000.

                  "Class A Interest" shall mean the interest
distributable in respect of the Class A Certificates as
calculated in accordance with subsection 4.6(a) of the
Agreement.

                  "Class A Interest Shortfall" shall have the
meaning specified in subsection 4.6(a) of the Agreement.

                  "Class A Invested Amount" shall mean, when used
with respect to any Business Day, the greater of (x) zero
and (y) an amount equal to (a) the Class A Initial In-
vested Amount less the Class A Percentage of the initial
deposit to the Pre-Funding Account plus the Class A
Percentage of any withdrawals from the Pre-Funding Ac-
count (i) during the Funding Period in connection with
the addition of Receivables to the Trust or (ii) at the
end of the Funding Period for deposit into the Excess
Funding Account, minus (b) the aggregate amount of prin-
cipal payments (except principal payments made from the
Pre-Funding Account) made to Class A Certificateholders
through and including such Business Day, minus (c) the
aggregate amount of Class A Investor Charge-Offs for all
prior Distribution Dates, plus (d) the sum of the aggre-
gate amount allocated with respect to Class A Investor
Charge-Offs and available on all prior Distribution Dates
pursuant to subsection 4.9(a)(vii) of the Agreement and,
with respect to such subsection, pursuant to subsections
4.10(a) and (b), 4.16(a), (b) and (c), 4.19(b) and
4.20(b), (c) and (d) of the Agreement, for the purpose of
reinstating amounts reduced pursuant to the foregoing
clause (c).

                  "Class A Investor Charge-Offs" shall have the
meaning specified in subsection 4.13(d) of the Agreement.

                  "Class A Outstanding Principal Amount" shall
mean with respect to the Class A Certificates, when used
with respect to any Business Day, an amount equal to (a)
the Class A Initial Invested Amount minus (b) the aggre-
gate amount of principal payments (including principal
                                      6
<PAGE>

payments made from the Pre-Funding Account) made to the
Class A Certificateholders on or prior to such Business
Day.


                  "Class A Percentage" shall mean a fraction the
numerator of which is the Class A Initial Invested Amount
and the denominator of which is the sum of the Class A
Initial Invested Amount, the Class B Initial Invested
Amount and the Class C Initial Invested Amount.

                  "Class A Pool Factor" shall mean, with respect
to any Record Date, a number carried out to seven decimal
places representing the ratio of the sum of the Class A
Invested Amount and the Class A Percentage of funds on
deposit in the Pre-Funding Account as of such Record Date
(determined after taking into account any increases or
decreases in the Class A Invested Amount which will
occur, and the amount of funds which will be on deposit
in the Pre-Funding Account, on the following Distribution
Date) to the Class A Initial Invested Amount.

                  "Class A Pre-Funded Amount" shall mean the
product of the Pre-Funded Amount and the Class A Percent-
age.

                  "Class A Principal" shall mean the principal
distributable in respect of the Class A Certificates as
calculated in accordance with subsection 4.7(a) of the
Agreement.

                  "Class A Required Amount" shall mean the amount
determined by the Servicer on each Business Day equal to
the excess, if any, of (x) the sum of (i) Class A Inter-
est for the then current Monthly Period, (ii) any Carry-
over Class A Interest, (iii) if DMCCB or an Affiliate of
DMCCB is no longer the Servicer, the Class A Floating
Allocation Percentage of the Servicing Fee for the then
current Monthly Period, (iv) the Class A Floating Alloca-
tion Percentage of the Default Amount, if any, for such
Business Day and, to the extent not previously paid, for
any previous Business Day in such Monthly Period, (v) the
Class A Percentage of the Series Allocation Percentage of
the Adjustment Payment required to be made by the Trans-
feror but not made on the related Transfer Date and (vi)
the unreimbursed amount by which the Class A Invested
Amount has been reduced on prior Business Days pursuant
to clause (c) of the definition of Class A Invested
                                      7
<PAGE>

Amount over (y) the Available Series 1997-1 Finance
Charge Collections plus any Excess Finance Charge Collec-
tions from other Series and any Transferor Finance Charge
Collections allocated with respect to the amounts de-
scribed in clauses (x)(i) through (vi) above.

                  "Class B Additional Interest" shall have the
meaning specified in subsection 4.6(b) of the Agreement.

                  "Class B Adjusted Invested Amount" shall mean,
for any date of determination, an amount not less than
zero equal to the then current Class B Invested Amount
minus the excess, if any, of the Principal Funding Ac-
count Balance over the Class A Invested Amount on such
date of determination.

                  "Class B Certificateholder" shall mean the
Person in whose name a Class B Certificate is registered
in the Certificate Register.

                  "Class B Certificateholders' Interest" shall
mean the portion of the Series 1997-1 Certificateholders'
Interest evidenced by the Class B Certificates.

                  "Class B Certificate Rate" shall mean     % per
annum.

                  "Class B Certificates" shall mean any of the
certificates executed by the Transferor and authenticated
by or on behalf of the Trustee, substantially in the form
of Exhibit A-2 hereto.

                  "Class B Fixed/Floating Allocation Percentage"
shall mean for any Business Day the percentage equivalent
of a fraction, the numerator of which is the Class B
Invested Amount at the end of the last day of the Revolv-
ing Period and the denominator of which is the greater of
(a) the sum of the aggregate amount of Principal Receiv-
ables and the amount on deposit in the Excess Funding
Account at the end of the preceding Business Day and (b)
the sum of the numerators with respect to all Classes of
all series then outstanding used to calculate the appli-
cable allocation percentage.

                  "Class B Floating Allocation Percentage" shall
mean, with respect to any Business Day, the percentage equivalent of a 
fraction, the numerator of which is the 
                                      8
<PAGE>

Class B Adjusted Invested Amount as of the end of the preceding Business Day
and the denominator of which is the greater of (a) the sum of the aggregate
amount of Principal Receivables in the Trust and the amount on deposit in the
Excess Funding Account as of the end of the preceding Business Day and (b) the
sum of the numerators with respect to all Classes of all Series then out-
standing used to calculate the applicable allocation percentage.

                  "Class B Initial Invested Amount" shall mean
the aggregate initial principal amount of the Class B
Certificates, which is $106,250,000.

                  "Class B Interest" shall mean the interest
distributable in respect of the Class B Certificates as
calculated in accordance with subsection 4.6(b) of the
Agreement.

                  "Class B Interest Shortfall" shall have the
meaning specified in subsection 4.6(b) of the Agreement.

                  "Class B Invested Amount" shall mean, when used
with respect to any Business Day, the greater of (x) zero and (y) an amount
equal to (a) the Class B Initial Invested Amount less the Class B Percentage
of the initial deposit to the Pre-Funding Account plus the Class B Percentage
of any withdrawals from the Pre-Funding Account (i) during the Funding
Period in connection with the addition of Receivables to the Trust or (ii) at
the end of the Funding Period for deposit into the Excess Funding Account,
minus (b) the aggregate amount of principal payments (except principal
payments made from the Pre-Funding Account) made to Class B Certificateholders
through and including such Business Day, minus (c) the aggregate amount of
Class B Investor Charge-Offs for all prior Distribution Dates, minus (d) the
aggregate amount of Reallocated Class B Principal Collections for which
neither the Class D Invested Amount nor the Class C Invested Amount has been
reduced for all prior Business Days, and plus (e) the sum of the aggregate
amount allocated and available on all prior Business Days pursuant to
subsection 4.9(a)(x) of the Agreement and, with respect to such subsection,
pursuant to subsections 4.10(a) and (b), 4.16(a) and (b), 4.19(b) and 4.20(b),
(c) and (d) of the Agreement, for the purpose of reinstating 

                                      9
<PAGE>

amounts reduced pursuant to the foregoing clauses (c) and (d).

                  "Class B Investor Charge-Offs" shall have the meaning
specified in subsection 4.13(c) of the Agreement.

                  "Class B Outstanding Principal Amount" shall mean with
respect to the Class B Certificates, when used with respect to any Business
Day, an amount equal to (a) the Class B Initial Invested Amount minus (b) the
aggregate amount of principal payments (including principal payments made
from the Pre-Funding Account) made to the Class B Certificateholders on or
prior to such Business Day.

                  "Class B Percentage" shall mean a fraction the numerator of
which is the Class B Initial Invested Amount and the denominator of which is
the sum of the Class A Initial Invested Amount, the Class B Initial Invested
Amount and the Class C Initial Invested Amount.

                  "Class B Pool Factor" shall mean, with respect to any Record
Date, a number carried out to seven decimal places representing the ratio of
the sum of the Class B Invested Amount and the Class B Percentage of funds on
deposit in the Pre-Funding Account as of the last day of the related Monthly
Period (determined after taking into account any increases or decreases in the
Class B Invested Amount which will occur, and the amount of funds which will
be on deposit in the Pre-Funding Account, on the following Distribution Date)
to the Class B Initial Invested Amount.

                  "Class B Pre-Funded Amount" shall mean the product of the
Pre-Funded Amount and the Class B Percentage.

                  "Class B Principal" shall mean the principal distributable
in respect of the Class B Certificates as calculated in accordance with
subsection 4.7(b) of the Agreement.

                  "Class B Principal Payment Commencement Date" shall mean the
earlier of (a) (i) with respect to the Accumulation Period, the Expected Final
Payment Date or (ii) during the Early Amortization Period, the first Dis-
tribution Date on which the Class A Invested Amount is 
                                      10
<PAGE>

paid in full or, if there are no Principal Collections allocable to the Series
1997-1 Certificates remaining after payments have been made to the Class A
Certificates on such Distribution Date, the Distribution Date following the
first Distribution Date on which the Class A Invested Amount is paid in full
and (b) the Distribution Date following a sale or repurchase of the
Receivables as set forth in Section 2.4(e), 9.2, 10.2(a), 12.1 or 12.2 of the
Agreement or Section 3 of this Series Supplement.

                  "Class B Required Amount" shall mean the amount determined
by the Servicer on each Business Day equal to the excess, if any, of (x) the
sum of (i) the Class B Interest for the then current Monthly Period, (ii) any
Carryover Class B Interest, (iii) if DMCCB or an Affiliate of DMCCB is no
longer the Servicer, the Class B Floating Allocation Percentage of the
Servicing Fee for the then current Monthly Period, (iv) the Class B Floating
Allocation Percentage of the Default Amount, if any, for such Business Day
and, to the extent not previously paid, for any previous Business Day in such
Monthly Period, (v) the Class B Percentage of the Series Allocation
Percentage of the Adjustment Payment required to be made by the Transferor but
not made on the related Transfer Date and (vi) the unreimbursed amount by
which the Class B Invested Amount has been reduced on prior Business Days
pursuant to clauses (c) and (d) of the definition of Class B Invested Amount
over (y) the Available Series 1997-1 Finance Charge Collections plus any
Excess Finance Charge Collections from other Series and any Transferor Finance
Charge Collections allocated with respect to the amounts described in clauses
(x)(i) through (vi) above.

                  "Class C Additional Interest" shall have the meaning
specified in subsection 4.6(c) of the Agreement.

                  "Class C Adjusted Invested Amount" shall mean, for any date
of determination, an amount not less than zero equal to the then current Class
C Invested Amount minus the excess, if any, of the Principal Funding Account
Balance over the Class A Invested Amount and Class B Invested Amount on such
date of determination.

                  "Class C Certificateholder" shall mean the Person in whose
name a Class C Certificate is registered in the Certificate Register.


                                      11
<PAGE>

                  "Class C Certificateholders' Interest" shall mean the
portion of the Series 1997-1 Certificateholders' Interest evidenced by the
Class C Certificates.

                  "Class C Certificate Rate" shall mean   % per annum from the
Closing Date through and including May 19, 1997 and from May 20, 1997 through
and including June 19, 1997 and with respect to each Interest Period
thereafter, a per annum rate    % in excess of LIBOR as determined on the 
related LIBOR Determination Date.

                  "Class C Certificates" shall mean any of the certificates
executed by the Transferor and authenticated by or on behalf of the Trustee,
substantially in the form of Exhibit A-3 hereto.

                  "Class C Fixed/Floating Allocation Percentage" shall mean
for any Business Day the percentage equivalent of a fraction, the numerator of
which is the Class C Invested Amount at the end of the last day of the Revolv-
ing Period and the denominator of which is the greater of (a) the sum of the
aggregate amount of Principal Receivables and the amount on deposit in the
Excess Funding Account at the end of the preceding Business Day and (b) the
sum of the numerators with respect to all Classes of all Series then
outstanding used to calculate the applicable allocation percentage.

                  "Class C Floating Allocation Percentage" shall mean, with
respect to any Business Day, the percentage equivalent of a fraction, the
numerator of which is the Class C Adjusted Invested Amount as of the end of
the preceding Business Day and the denominator of which is the greater of (a)
the total amount of Principal Receivables in the Trust and the amount on
deposit in the Excess Funding Account as of the end of the preceding Business
Day and (b) the sum of the numerators with respect to all Classes of all
Series then outstanding used to calculate the applicable allocation
percentage.

                  "Class C Initial Invested Amount" shall mean the aggregate
initial principal amount of the Class C Certificates, which is $72,250,000.

                  "Class C Interest" shall mean the interest distributable in
respect of the Class C Certificates as

                                      12
<PAGE>

calculated in accordance with subsection 4.6(c) of the
Agreement.

                  "Class C Interest Shortfall" shall have the meaning
specified in subsection 4.6(c) of the Agreement.

                  "Class C Invested Amount" shall mean, when used with respect
to any Business Day, the greater of (x) zero and (y) an amount equal to (a)
the Class C Initial Invested Amount less the Class C Percentage of the
initial deposit to the Pre-Funding Account plus the Class C Percentage of any
withdrawals from the Pre-Funding Account (i) during the Funding Period in
connection with the addition of Receivables to the Trust or (ii) at the end of
the Funding Period for deposit into the Excess Funding Account, minus (b) the
aggregate amount of principal payments (except principal payments made from
the Pre-Funding Account) made to Class C Certificateholders through and
including such Business Day, minus (c) the aggregate amount of Class C
Investor Charge-Offs for all prior Distribution Dates, minus (d) the aggregate
amount of Reallocated Class B Principal Collections and Reallocated Class C
Principal Collections for which the Class D Invested Amount has not been
reduced for all prior Business Days, and plus (e) the sum of the aggregate
amount allocated and available on all prior Business Days pursuant to
subsection 4.9(a)(xi) of the Agreement and, with respect to such subsection,
pursuant to subsections 4.10(a) and (b), 4.16(a), 4.19(b) and 4.20(b), (c) and
(d) of the Agreement, for the purpose of reinstating amounts reduced pursuant
to the foregoing clauses (c) and (d).

                  "Class C Investor Charge-Offs" shall have the meaning
specified in subsection 4.13(b) of the Agreement.

                  "Class C Outstanding Principal Amount" shall mean, when used
with respect to any Business Day, an amount equal to (a) the Class C Initial
Invested Amount minus (b) the aggregate amount of principal payments
(including principal payments made from the Pre-Funding Account) made to Class
C Certificateholders prior to such Business Day.

                  "Class C Percentage" shall mean a fraction the numerator of
which is the Class C Initial Invested Amount and the denominator of which is
the sum of the Class A

                                      13
<PAGE>

Initial Invested Amount, the Class B Initial Invested
Amount and the Class C Initial Invested Amount.

                  "Class C Pool Factor" shall mean, with respect to any Record
Date, a number carried out to seven decimal places representing the ratio of
the sum of the Class C Invested Amount and the Class C Percentage of funds on
deposit in the Pre-Funding Account as of such Record Date (determined after
taking into account any increases or decreases in the Class C Invested Amount
which will occur, and the amount of funds on deposit in the PreFunding
Account, on the following Distribution Date) to the Class C Initial Invested
Amount.

                  "Class C Principal" shall mean the principal distributable
in respect of the Class C Certificates as calculated in accordance with
subsection 4.7(c) of the Agreement.

                  "Class C Principal Payment Commencement Date" shall mean the
earlier of (a) (i) with respect to the Accumulation Period, the Expected Final
Payment Date or (ii) during the Early Amortization Period, the first Dis-
tribution Date on which the Class B Invested Amount is paid in full or, if
there are no Principal Collections allocable to the Series 1997-1 Certificates
remaining after payments have been made to the Class B Certificates on such
Distribution Date, the Distribution Date following the first Distribution
Date on which the Class B Invested Amount is paid in full and (b) the
Distribution Date following a sale or repurchase of the Receivables as set
forth in Section 2.4(e), 9.2, 10.2(a), 12.1 or 12.2 of the Agreement or
Section 3 of this Series Supplement.

                  "Class C Required Amount" shall mean the amount determined
by the Servicer on each Business Day equal to the excess, if any, of (x) the
sum of (i) Class C Interest for the then current Monthly Period, (ii) any
Carryover Class C Interest, (iii) if DMCCB or an Affiliate of DMCCB is no
longer the Servicer, the Class C Floating Allocation Percentage of the
Servicing Fee for the then current Monthly Period, (iv) the Class C Floating
Allocation Percentage of the Default Amount, if any, for such Business Day
and, to the extent not previously paid, for any previous Business Day in such
Monthly Period, (v) the Class C Percentage of the Series Allocation Percentage
of the Adjustment Payment required to be made by the Trans-

                                      14
<PAGE>

feror but not made on the related Transfer Date and (vi) the unreimbursed
amount by which the Class C Invested Amount has been reduced on prior Business
Days pursuant to clauses (c) and (d) of the definition of Class C Invested
Amount over (y) the Available Series 1997-1 Finance Charge Collections plus
any Excess Finance Charge Collections from other Series and any Transferor
Finance Charge Collections allocated with respect to the amounts described in
clauses (x)(i) through (vi) above.

                  "Class C Reserve Account" shall have the meaning specified
in the Class C Reserve Account Agreement.

                  "Class C Reserve Account Agreement" shall mean the Class C
Reserve Account Agreement dated as of May   , 1997 among the Transferor, the
Servicer and the Trustee as amended and supplemented from time to time.

                  "Class C Trigger Event" shall have the meaning specified in
the Class C Reserve Account Agreement.

                  "Class D Certificateholder" shall mean the Person in whose
name a Class D Certificate is registered in the Certificate Register.

                  "Class D Certificateholders' Interest" shall mean the
portion of the Series 1997-1 Certificateholders' Interest evidenced by the
Class D Certificate.

                  "Class D Certificates" shall mean any of the certificates
executed by the Transferor and authenticated by or on behalf of the Trustee,
substantially in the form of Exhibit A-4 hereto.

                  "Class D Excess Amounts" shall mean with respect to any
Business Day, the excess of the Class D Invested Amount over the Stated Class
D Amount on such day after taking into account all adjustments of the ABC
Adjusted Invested Amount on such day.

                  "Class D Fixed/Floating Allocation Percentage" shall mean
for any Business Day the percentage equivalent of a fraction, the numerator of
which is the Class D Invested Amount at the end of the last day of the Revolv-
ing Period and the denominator of which is the greater of (a) the sum of the
aggregate amount of Principal Receivables and the amount on deposit in the
Excess Funding

                                      15
<PAGE>

Account as of the end of the preceding Business Day and (b) the sum of the
numerators with respect to all Classes of all Series then outstanding used to
calculate the applicable allocation percentage.

                  "Class D Floating Allocation Percentage" shall mean with
respect to any Business Day the percentage equivalent of a fraction, the
numerator of which is the Class D Invested Amount on such day after taking
into account all adjustments of the Class D Invested Amount on such day and
the denominator of which is the greater of (a) the sum of the aggregate amount
of Principal Receivables and the amount on deposit in the Excess Funding
Account at the end of the preceding Business Day and (b) the sum of the
numerators with respect to all Classes of all Series then outstanding used to
calculate the applicable allocation percentage.

                  "Class D Initial Invested Amount" shall mean the aggregate
initial principal amount of the Class D Certificates, which is $55,250,000.

                  "Class D Interest Shortfall" shall have the meaning
specified in subsection 4.6(d) of the Agreement.

                  "Class D Invested Amount" shall mean, when used with respect
to any Business Day, the greater of (x) zero and (y) an amount equal to (a)
the initial principal balance of the Class D Certificates, minus (b) the
aggregate amount of principal payments made to Class D Certificate holders
through and including such Business Day, minus (c) the aggregate amounts by
which the Transferor has reduced the Class D Invested Amount pursuant to
subsection 4.12(d) of the Agreement, minus (d) the aggregate amount of Class
D Investor Charge-Offs for all prior Distribution Dates, minus (e) the
aggregate amount of Reallocated Principal Collections for all prior Business
Days, plus (f) the sum of the aggregate amount allocated and available on all
prior Business Days pursuant to subsection 4.9(a)(xii) of the Agreement and,
with respect to such subsection, pursuant to subsections 4.10(a) and (b),
4.19(b) and 4.20(b), (c) and (d) of the Agreement, for the purpose of
reinstating amounts reduced pursuant to the foregoing clauses (d) and (e).

                  "Class D Investor Charge-Offs" shall have the meaning
specified in subsection 4.13(a) of the Agreement.

                                      16
<PAGE>


                  "Class D Outstanding Principal Amount" shall mean, when used
with respect to any Business Day, an amount equal to (a) the Class D Initial
Invested Amount minus (b) the aggregate amount of principal payments made to
Class D Certificateholders prior to such Business Day.

                  "Class D Pool Factor" shall mean, with respect to any Record
Date, a number carried out to seven decimal places representing the ratio of
the Class D Invested Amount as of such Record Date (determined after taking
into account any increases or decreases in the Class D Invested Amount which
will occur, and the amount of funds on deposit in the Pre-Funding Account, on
the following Distribution Date) to the Class D Initial Invested Amount.

                  "Class D Principal" shall mean the principal distributable
in respect of the Class D Certificate as specified in subsection 4.7(d) of the
Agreement.

                  "Class D Principal Payment Commencement Date" shall mean the
earlier of (a) during the Amortization Period, the first Distribution Date on
which the Class C Invested Amount is paid in full or, if there are no Prin-
cipal Collections allocable to the Series 1997-1 Certificates remaining
after payments have been made to the Class C Certificates on such Distribution
Date, the Distribution Date following the first Distribution Date on which
the Class C Invested Amount is paid in full and (b) the Distribution Date
following a sale or repurchase of the Receivables as set forth in Section
2.4(e), 9.2, 10.2(a), 12.1 or 12.2 of the Agreement or Section 3 of this
Series Supplement.

                  "Closing Date" shall mean May   , 1997.

                  "Controlled Accumulation Amount" shall mean, for any
Transfer Date with respect to the Accumulation Period prior to the payment in
full of the sum of the Class A Invested Amount, the Class B Invested Amount
and the Class C Invested Amount, $66,229,167; provided, however, that if the
Accumulation Period Length is determined to be less than 12 months pursuant
to subsection 4.21 of the Agreement, the Controlled Accumulation Amount for
each Transfer Date with respect to the Accumulation Period prior to the
payment in full of the sum of the Class A Invested Amount, the Class B
Invested Amount

                                      17
<PAGE>

and the Class C Invested Amount, will be equal to (i) the product of (x) the
sum of the Class A Initial Invested Amount, the Class B Initial Invested
Amount and the Class C Initial Invested Amount and (y) the Accumulation Period
Factor for the Monthly Period preceding such Transfer Date divided by (ii) the
Required Accumulation Factor Number.

                  "Controlled Deposit Amount" shall mean, with respect to any
Transfer Date, the sum of (a) the Controlled Accumulation Amount for such
Transfer Date and (b) any existing Accumulation Shortfall.

                  "Covered Amount" shall mean, with respect to any Interest
Accrual Period during the Accumulation Period prior to the payment in full of
the sum of the Class A Invested Amount, Class B Invested Amount and the Class
C Invested Amount, one-twelfth of the product of (a) the weighted average of
the Class A Certificate Rate, the Class B Certificate Rate and the Class C
Certificate Rate, each in effect with respect to such Interest Accrual
Period, and (b) the Principal Funding Account Balance (up to the sum of the
Class A Invested Amount, the Class B Invested Amount and the Class C Invested
Amount) as of the last day of the Monthly Period preceding the Monthly Period
in which such Interest Accrual Period ends.

                  "Default Amount" shall mean, (i) on any Business Day other
than the Default Recognition Date, the aggregate amount of Principal
Receivables in Accounts which became Defaulted Accounts on such Business Day
and (ii) on any Default Recognition Date the aggregate amount of Principal
Receivables in Accounts which became Defaulted Accounts during the then
current Monthly Period (other than such Accounts which were included in clause
(i)).

                  "Default Recognition Allocation Percentage" shall mean, with
respect to each Default Recognition Date, the percentage equivalent of a
fraction, the numerator of which is the Weighted Average Invested Amount for
the related Monthly Period and the denominator of which is the Weighted
Average Principal Receivables in the Trust for the related Monthly Period.

                  "Default Recognition Date" shall mean the last day of each
calendar month; provided, however, that with

                                      18
<PAGE>

respect to any Monthly Period the "related Default Recognition Date" shall
mean the Default Recognition Date occurring closest to the last day of such
Monthly Period and any amounts allocated or applied on such Default
Recognition Date shall be deemed to apply to the related Monthly Period.

                  "Distribution Date" shall mean June 20, 1997, and the
twentieth day of each month thereafter, or if such day is not a Business Day,
the next succeeding Business Day.

                  "Early Amortization Period" shall mean the period beginning
on the earlier of (a) the day on which a Pay Out Event occurs or is deemed to
have occurred and (b) the Expected Final Payment Date if the Class A In-
vested Amount, the Class B Invested Amount and the Class C Invested Amount
have not been paid in full on such date, and ending on the earlier of (i) the
date on which the Class A Invested Amount, the Class B Invested Amount, the
Class C Invested Amount and the Class D Invested Amount have been paid in full
and (ii) the Scheduled Series 1997-1 Termination Date.

                  "Enhancement" shall mean, with respect to the Class A
Certificates, the subordination of the Class B Invested Amount, the Class C
Invested Amount, and the Class D Invested Amount, with respect to the Class B
Certificates, the subordination of the Class C Invested Amount and the Class
D Invested Amount, and with respect to the Class C Certificates, the
subordination of the Class D Invested Amount and the amount, if any, on depos-
it from time to time in the Class C Reserve Account.

                  "Excess Finance Charge Collections" shall mean, with respect
to any Business Day, as the context requires, either (x) the amount
described in subsection 4.9(a)(xvii) of the Agreement allocated to the Series
1997-1 Certificates but available to cover shortfalls in amounts paid from
Finance Charge Collections for other Series, if any, or (y) the aggregate
amount of Finance Charge Collections allocable to other Series in excess of
the amounts necessary to make required payments with respect to such Series,
if any, and available to cover shortfalls with respect to the Series 1997-1
Certificates.


                                      19
<PAGE>

                  "Expected Final Payment Date" shall mean the
April 2002 Distribution Date.

                  "FASIT" shall have the meaning specified in Section 18 of
this Series Supplement.

                  "Fixed/Floating Allocation Percentage" shall mean for any
Business Day the percentage equivalent of a fraction, the numerator of which
is the Invested Amount at the end of the last day of the Revolving Period and
the denominator of which is the greater of (a) the sum of the aggregate amount
of Principal Receivables and the amount on deposit in the Excess Funding
Account as of the end of the preceding Business Day and (b) the sum of the
numerators with respect to all Classes of all Series then outstanding used to
calculate the applicable allocation percentage.

                  "Floating Allocation Percentage" shall mean for any Business
Day the sum of the applicable Class A Floating Allocation Percentage, Class
B Floating Allocation Percentage, Class C Floating Allocation Percentage, and
Class D Floating Allocation Percentage for such Business Day.

                  "Full Invested Amount" shall mean $850,000,000.

                  "Funding Period" shall mean the period from and including
the Closing Date to but excluding the earlier of (x) the first day for which
the Invested Amount equals the Full Invested Amount; (y) the first day on
which a Pay Out Event is deemed to occur; and (z) the first day of the
September 1997 Monthly Period.

                  "Initial Invested Amount" shall mean an amount equal to the
sum of (i) the Class A Initial Invested Amount less the Class A Percentage of
the Initial PreFunded Amount, plus the Class A Percentage of any with-
drawals from the Pre-Funding Account during the Funding Period in connection
with the addition of Receivables to the Trust; (ii) the Class B Initial
Invested Amount less the Class B Percentage of the Initial Pre-Funded Amount,
plus the Class B Percentage of any withdrawals from the Pre-Funding Account
during the Funding Period in connection with the addition of Receivables to
the Trust; (iii) the Class C Initial Invested Amount less the Class C
Percentage of the Initial Pre-Funded Amount, plus the

                                      20
<PAGE>

Class C Percentage of any withdrawals from the Pre-Funding Account during
the Funding Period in connection with the addition of Receivables to the
Trust; and (iv) the Class D Initial Invested Amount.

                  "Initial Pre-Funded Amount" shall mean $        
           .

                  "Interest Accrual Period" shall mean, with respect to a
Distribution Date, the period from and including the preceding Distribution
Date to but excluding such Distribution Date; provided, however, that the
initial Interest Accrual Period shall be the period from the Closing Date to
but excluding the initial Distribution Date.

                  "Invested Amount" shall mean, when used with respect to any
Business Day, an amount equal to the sum of (a) the Class A Invested Amount as
of such Business Day, (b) the Class B Invested Amount as of such Business Day,
(c) the Class C Invested Amount as of such Business Day and (d) the Class D
Invested Amount as of such Business Day.

                  "Investor Certificateholder" shall mean the Holder of record
of an Investor Certificate of Series 1997-1.

                  "Investor Certificates" shall mean the Class A Certificates,
the Class B Certificates, the Class C Certificates and the Class D
Certificate.

                  "Investor Charge-Offs" shall mean the sum of Class A
Investor Charge-Offs, Class B Investor ChargeOffs, Class C Investor
Charge-Offs and Class D Investor Charge-Offs.

                  "Investor Default Amount" shall mean, with respect to each
Business Day, an amount equal to the product of the Default Amount identified
since the prior reporting date and the Floating Allocation Percentage
applicable for such Business Day.

                  "Investor Percentage" shall mean, for any Business Day,
(a) with respect to Finance Charge Collections prior to the Pay Out
Commencement Date, Receivables in Defaulted Accounts at any time and Principal
Collections

                                      21
<PAGE>

during the Revolving Period, the Floating Allocation Per-
centage and (b) with respect to Finance Charge Collec-
tions on and after the Pay Out Commencement Date and
Principal Collections during the Amortization Period, the
Fixed/Floating Allocation Percentage.

                  "LIBOR" shall mean, as of any LIBOR Determination Date,
the London interbank offered quotations for one-month Dollar deposits
determined by the Trustee for each Interest Accrual Period in accordance with
the provisions of Section 4.17 of the Agreement.

                  "LIBOR Determination Date" shall mean the second Business
Day prior to the commencement of each Interest Accrual Period; provided,
however, that with respect to the period from the Closing Date through May 19,
1997, LIBOR Determination Date shall mean May ___, 1997, and for the period
from May 20, 1997 through June 19, 1997, LIBOR Determination Date shall mean
May 16, 1997. For purposes of this definition, a Business Day is any day on
which banks in London and New York are open for the transaction of
international business.

                  "Minimum Retained Percentage" shall mean
2%.

                  "Minimum Transferor Percentage" shall mean 0%; provided,
however, that in certain circumstances such percentage may be increased.

                  "Monthly Period" shall have the meaning specified in the
Agreement, except that the first Monthly Period with respect to the Series
1997-1 Certificates shall begin on and include the Closing Date and shall end
on and include May 31, 1997.

                  "Negative Carry Amount" shall have the meaning specified in
subsection 4.10(a) of the Agreement.

                  "Paired Series" shall have the meaning specified in Section
19 of this Series Supplement.

                  "Paying Agent" shall mean, for the Series 1996-1
Certificates, The Bank of New York.

                  "Payment Reserve Account" shall have the meaning specified
in subsection 4.18 of the Agreement.

                                      22
<PAGE>


                  "Pay Out Commencement Date" shall mean the date on which a
Trust Pay Out Event is deemed to occur pursuant to Section 9.1 of the
Agreement or a Series 1997-1 Pay Out Event is deemed to occur pursuant to
Section 8 of this Series Supplement.

                  "Portfolio Adjusted Yield" shall mean, with respect to any
Monthly Period, the average of the percentages obtained for each of the
three preceding Monthly Periods by subtracting the Base Rate for such Monthly
Period from the Portfolio Yield for such Monthly Period.

                  "Portfolio Yield" shall mean for the Series 1997-1
Certificates, with respect to any Monthly Period, the annualized percentage
equivalent of a fraction, the numerator of which is an amount equal to the sum
of the aggregate amount of Available Series 1997-1 Finance Charge Collections
for such Monthly Period (not including the amounts on deposit in the Payment
Reserve Account and Adjustment Payments made by the Transferor with respect to
Adjustment Payments required to be made but not made in prior Monthly Periods,
if any) plus the Principal Funding Account Investment Proceeds, investment
earnings on amounts on deposit in the Pre-Funding Account deposited into the
Collection Account pursuant to subsection 4.14(b) of the Agreement and amounts
withdrawn from the Accumulation Period Reserve Account, if any, with respect
to such Monthly Period calculated on a cash basis, minus the aggregate
Investor Default Amount for such Monthly Period and the Series Allocation
Percentage of any Adjustment Payments which the Transferor is required but
fails to make pursuant to the Pooling and Servicing Agreement for such Monthly
Period, and the denominator of which is the average daily Invested Amount plus
the Pre-Funded Amount during the preceding Monthly Period; provided,
however, that Excess Finance Charge Collections applied for the benefit of the
Certificateholders may be added to the numerator if a Ratings Event with
respect to the Series 1997-1 Certificates would not occur as a result thereof.

                  "Pre-Funded Amount" shall mean (a) the Initial Pre-Funded
Amount, minus (b) the amount of any increases in the Invested Amount during
the Funding Period pursuant to Section 4.15 of the Agreement, minus (c) the
amount of any principal losses on funds on deposit in the Pre-Funding Account
and minus (d) the amount withdrawn from

                                      23
<PAGE>

the Pre-Funding Account and deposited in the Excess Funding Account.

                  "Pre-Funding Account" shall mean the account established and
maintained pursuant to subsection 4.14(a) of the Agreement.

                  "Principal Funding Account" shall have the meaning set forth
in subsection 4.19 of the Agreement.

                  "Principal Funding Account Balance" shall mean, with respect
to any date of determination during the Accumulation Period, the principal
amount, if any, on deposit in the Principal Funding Account on such date of
determination.

                  "Principal Funding Account Investment Proceeds" shall mean,
with respect to each Interest Accrual Period during the Accumulation Period,
the investment earnings on funds on deposit in the Principal Funding Account
(net of investment losses and expenses) for such Interest Accrual Period.

                  "Principal Shortfalls" shall mean on any Business Day (x)
for Series 1997-1, (i) during the Accumulation Period, the amount, if any,
by which the Controlled Deposit Amount for the Transfer Date immediately
following the then current Monthly Period exceeds the total of the amounts
described in clauses (v), (w), (x) and (y) of subsection 4.9(c)(i), and (ii)
at all other times, the Invested Amount of the class then receiving principal
payments after the application of Principal Collections on such Business Day
or (y) for any other Series the amounts specified as such in the Supplement
for such other Series.

                  "QIB" shall mean a "qualified institutional buyer" within
the meaning of Rule 144A under the Securities Act.

                  "Rating Agency" shall mean Standard & Poor's, a Division of
the McGraw-Hill Companies, and Moody's Investors Service, Inc.

                  "Reallocated Class B Principal Collections" shall have the
meaning specified in subsection 4.16(c) of the Agreement.

                                      24
<PAGE>


                  "Reallocated Class C Principal Collections" shall have the
meaning specified in subsection 4.16(b) of the Agreement.

                  "Reallocated Class D Principal Collections" shall have the
meaning specified in subsection 4.16(a) of the Agreement.

                  "Reallocated Principal Collections" shall mean the sum of
Reallocated Class B Principal Collections, Reallocated Class C Principal
Collections and Reallocated Class D Principal Collections.

                  "Reference Banks" shall mean four major banks in the London
interbank market selected by the Trustee.

                  "Required Accumulation Factor Number" shall be equal to a
fraction, rounded upwards to the nearest whole number, the numerator of which
is one and the denominator of which is equal to the lowest monthly principal
payment rate on the Receivables, expressed as a decimal, for the 12 months
preceding the date of such calculation.

                  "Required Amount" shall have the meaning specified in
subsection 4.10(b) of the Agreement.

                  "Required Reserve Account Amount" shall mean, with respect
to any Transfer Date on or after the Reserve Account Funding Date, an amount
equal to (a) 0.50% of the sum of the Class A Invested Amount, the Class B
Invested Amount and the Class C Invested Amount or (b) any other amount
designated by the Transferor; provided, however, that if such designation is
of a lesser amount, the Transferor shall have (i) provided the Servicer and
the Trustee with evidence that the Rating Agency Condition has been satisfied
and (ii) delivered to the Trustee a certificate of an authorized officer to
the effect that, based on the facts known to such officer at such time, in the
reasonable belief of the Transferor, such designation will not cause a Pay Out
Event or an event that, after the giving of notice or the lapse of time, would
cause a Pay Out Event to occur with respect to Series 1997-1.

                  "Reserve Account Funding Date" shall mean the earliest of
(a) the first day of the third Monthly Period preceding the first full day of
the Accumulation Period; (b) the Determination Date occurring in the first
Monthly

                                      25
<PAGE>

Period for which the Portfolio Adjusted Yield is less than 2.0%, but in such
event the Reserve Account Funding Date shall not be required to occur earlier
than the first day of the Monthly Period which commences 12 months prior to
the first full day of the Accumulation Period; (c) the Determination Date
occurring in the first Monthly Period for which the Portfolio Adjusted Yield
is less than 3.0%, but in such event the Reserve Account Funding Date shall
not be required to occur earlier than the first day of the Monthly Period
which commences 6 months prior to the first full day of the Accumulation
Period; or (d) the Determination Date occurring in the first Monthly Period
for which the Portfolio Adjusted Yield is less than 3.5%, but in such event
the Reserve Account Funding Date shall not be required to occur earlier than
the first day of the Monthly Period which commences 4 months prior to the
first full day of the Accumulation Period.

                  "Revolving Period" shall mean the period from and including
the Closing Date to, but not including, the Amortization Period Commencement
Date.

                  "Scheduled Series 1997-1 Termination Date" shall mean the
October 2005 Distribution Date.

                  "Series 1997-1" shall mean the Series of the Metris Master
Trust represented by the Series 1997-1 Certificates.

                  "Series 1997-1 Allocation Percentage" shall mean, on any
date of determination, the percentage equivalent of a fraction the numerator
of which is the Invested Amount and the denominator of which is the sum of
the Invested Amounts relating to all other Series then outstanding.

                  "Series 1997-1 Certificates" shall mean the Class A
Certificates, the Class B Certificates, the Class C Certificates and the Class
D Certificate.

                  "Series 1997-1 Certificateholder" shall mean the holder of
record of any Series 1997-1 Certificate.

                  "Series 1997-1 Certificateholders' Interest" shall have the
meaning specified in Section 4.4 of the Agreement.

                                      26
<PAGE>


                  "Series 1997-1 Pay Out Event" shall have the meaning
specified in Section 8 of this Series Supplement.

                  "Series 1997-1 Termination Date" shall mean the earlier to
occur of (i) the day after the Distribution Date on which the Series 1997-1
Certificates are paid in full, or (ii) the Scheduled Series 1997-1 Termination
Date.

                  "Series Servicing Fee Percentage" shall mean 2.00% per
annum.

                  "Servicing Fee" shall mean for any Monthly Period, an amount
equal to the product of (i) a fraction the numerator of which is the actual
number of days in such Monthly Period and the denominator of which is 365 or
366, (ii) the applicable Series Servicing Fee Percentage and (iii) the
Adjusted Invested Amount as of the beginning of the day on the first day of
such Monthly Period, or, in the case of the Funding Period, the Initial
Invested Amount as of the beginning of the day on the first day of such
Monthly Period.

                  "Shared Principal Collections" shall mean, as the context
requires, either (a) the amount allocated to the Series 1997-1 Certificates
which, in accordance with subsections 4.9(b) and 4.9(c)(v) of the Agreement,
may be applied in accordance with Section 4.3(d) of the Agreement or (b) the
amounts allocated to the investor certificates of other Series which the
applicable Series Supplements for such Series specify are to be treated as
"Shared Principal Collections" and which may be applied to cover Principal
Shortfalls with respect to the Series 1997-1 Certificates.

                  "Stated Class D Amount" shall mean the greater of (i) zero
and (ii) a number rounded to the nearest Dollar equal to the product of 6.952
percent and the ABC Adjusted Invested Amount; provided, however, that in no
event shall the Stated Class D Amount be less than $23,842,500, except that if
the ABC Adjusted Invested Amount is equal to zero, the Stated Class D Amount
shall be zero; and provided further that during any Early Amortization
Period the Stated Class D Amount shall be equal to the Stated Class D Amount
immediately preceding the commencement of the Early Amortization Period.


                                      27
<PAGE>

                  "Targeted Holder" shall mean (i) each holder of a right to
receive interest or principal with respect to the Class C Certificates (or
other interests in the Trust), other than certificates (or other such
interests) with respect to which an opinion is rendered that such certificates
(or other such interests) will be treated as debt for Federal income tax
purposes, and (ii) any holder of a right to receive any amount in respect of
the Transferor Interest; provided, that any Person holding more than one
interest each of which would cause such Person to be a Targeted Holder shall
be treated as a single Targeted Holder.

                  "Termination Payment Date" shall mean the earlier of the
first Distribution Date following the liquidation or sale of the Receivables
as a result of an Insolvency Event or a Class C Trigger Event and the
occurrence of the Scheduled Series 1997-1 Termination Date.

                  "Transfer" shall have the meaning specified in subsection
10(b) of this Series Supplement.

                  "Transferor Finance Charge Collections" shall mean on any
Business Day the product of (a) the Finance Charge Collections for such
Business Day, (b) the Transferor Percentage and (c) the Series Allocation
Percentage.

                  "Transferor Retained Certificates" shall mean investor
certificates of any Series, which may include the Class D Certificate, which
the Transferor retains, but only to the extent that and for so long as the
Transferor is the Holder of such Certificates.

                  "Transferor Retained Finance Charge Collections" shall
mean with respect to each Business Day other than a Default Recognition Date,
the amount specified in subsection 4.9(a)(xvii) of the Agreement.

                  "Weighted Average Invested Amount" shall mean with respect
to any Monthly Period the weighted average Adjusted Invested Amount based on
the Adjusted Invested Amount outstanding on each Business Day after giving
effect to all transactions on such Business Day from but excluding the Default
Recognition Date related to the

                                      28
<PAGE>

preceding Monthly Period to and including the Default Recognition Date with
respect to such Monthly Period.

                  "Weighted Average Principal Receivables" shall mean with
respect to any Monthly Period the weighted average sum of the total amount of
Principal Receivables and the amount on deposit in the Excess Funding Account
on each Business Day after giving effect to all transactions on such
Business Day from but excluding the Default Recognition Date related to the
preceding Monthly Period to and including the Default Recognition Date with
respect to such Monthly Period.

                  "Withholding Event" shall have the meaning specified in
subsection 10(e) of this Series Supplement.

                  "Withholding Tax" shall have the meaning specified in
subsection 10(e) of this Series Supplement.

                  SECTION 3. Reassignment Terms. The Series 1997-1
Certificates shall be subject to termination by the Transferor at its option,
in accordance with the terms specified in subsection 12.2(a) of the Agreement,
on any Distribution Date on or after the Distribution Date on which the sum of
the Class A Invested Amount, the Class B Invested Amount and the Class C
Invested Amount would be reduced to an amount less than or equal to 10% of the
sum of the highest Class A Invested Amount, the highest Class B Invested
Amount and the highest Class C Invested Amount during the Revolving Period.
The deposit required in connection with any such termination and final
distribution shall be equal to the sum of the unpaid Class A Invested Amount,
the unpaid Class B Invested Amount and the unpaid Class C Invested Amount
plus accrued and unpaid interest on the Class A Certificates, Class B
Certificates and Class C Certificates through the day prior to the
Distribution Date on which the final distribution occurs, in each case after
giving effect to any payments on such date.

                  SECTION 4. Delivery and Payment for the Series 1997-1
Certificates. The Transferor shall execute and deliver the Series 1997-1
Certificates to the Trustee for authentication in accordance with Section 6.1
of the Agreement. The Trustee shall deliver the Series 1997-1 Certificates to
or upon the order of the Transferor when

                                      29
<PAGE>

authenticated in accordance with Section 6.2 of the Agreement.

                  SECTION 5. Form of Delivery of Series 1997-1 Certificates;
Denominations. (a) The Class A Certificates and the Class B Certificates
shall be delivered as Book-Entry Certificates as provided in Sections 6.1 and
6.10 of the Agreement and shall be issued in minimum denominations of $1,000
and integral multiples thereof. The Class C Certificates shall be delivered as
Registered Certificates as provided in Section 6.1 of the Agreement and shall
be issued in minimum denominations of $1,000,000 and integral multiples of
$1,000 in excess thereof. The Class D Certificates shall be delivered as
Registered Certificates as provided in Section 6.1 of the Agreement.

                           (b) The Depositary for Series 1997-1 shall be The
Depository Trust Company and the Class A Certificates and Class B
Certificates shall be initially registered in the name of Cede & Co., its
nominee.

                  SECTION 6. Article IV of Agreement. Sections 4.1, 4.2 and
4.3 of the Agreement shall read in their entirety as provided in the
Agreement. Article IV of the Agreement (except for Sections 4.1, 4.2 and 4.3
thereof) shall read in its entirety as follows and shall be applicable only
to the Series 1997-1 Certificates:


                                  ARTICLE IV

                       RIGHTS OF CERTIFICATEHOLDERS AND
                   ALLOCATION AND APPLICATION OF COLLECTIONS

                  SECTION 4.4 Rights of Certificateholders. The Series 1997-1
Certificates shall represent undivided interests in the Trust, including the
right to receive, to the extent necessary to make the required payments with
respect to such Series 1997-1 Certificates at the times and in the amounts
specified in this Agreement, (a) the Floating Allocation Percentage and the
Fixed/Floating Allocation Percentage (as applicable from time to time) of
Collections (including Finance Charge Collections) available in the Collection
Account, (b) funds allocable to the Series 1997-1 Certificates on deposit in
the Excess Funding Account and (c) funds on deposit in the Interest Funding
Account, the Principal Account, the Principal Funding Account, the Accumulation
Period Re- 

                                      30
<PAGE>

serve Account, the Distribution Account, the Payment Reserve Account and the 
Pre-Funding Account (for such Series, the "Series 1997-1 Certificateholders' 
Interest"). The Class B Invested Amount, the Class C Invested Amount and the 
Class D Invested Amount shall be subordinated to the Class A Certificates; the 
Class C Invested Amount and the Class D Invested Amount shall be subordinated 
to the Class B Certificates; and the Class D Invested Amount shall be 
subordinated to the Class C Certificates, in each case to the extent provided 
in this Article IV. The Class B Certificates will not have the right to 
receive payments of principal until the Class A Invested Amount has been paid 
in full. The Class C Certificates will not have the right to receive payments 
of principal until the Class A Invested Amount and the Class B Invested Amount 
have been paid in full. The Class D Certificates will not have the right to 
receive payments of principal, other than to the extent of Class D Excess 
Amounts, until the Class A Invested Amount, the Class B Invested Amount and the 
Class C Invested Amount have been paid in full.

                  SECTION 4.5 Collections and Allocation; Payments on
Exchangeable Transferor Certificate.

                           (a) Collections and Allocations. The Servicer will
apply or will instruct the Trustee to apply all funds on deposit in the
Collection Account and the Excess Funding Account allocable to the Series
1997-1 Certificates, and all funds on deposit in the Interest Funding Account,
the Principal Account, the Principal Funding Account, the Accumulation Period
Reserve Account, the Distribution Account, the Payment Reserve Account and the
Pre-Funding Account maintained for this Series, as described in this Article
IV. On each Business Day, (i) the amount of Finance Charge Collections
available in the Collection Account allocable to Series 1997-1 Certificates
shall be determined by multiplying the aggregate amount of such Finance Charge
Collections by (x) prior to the Pay Out Commencement Date, the Floating
Allocation Percentage and (y) on and after the Pay Out Commencement Date, the
Fixed/Floating Allocation Percentage, (ii) the amount of Principal Collections
available in the Collection Account allocable to the Series 1997-1
Certificates shall be determined by multiplying the aggregate amount of such
Principal Collections by (x) during the Revolving Period, the Floating
Allocation Percentage and (y) during any Amortization Period, the Fixed/
Floating Allocation 

                                      31
<PAGE>

Percentage, and (iii) the Receivables in Defaulted Accounts allocable to the 
Series 1997-1 Certificates shall be determined by multiplying the aggregate 
amount of such Receivables in Defaulted Accounts by the Floating Allocation 
Percentage. In addition, on the Closing Date the Transferor shall make a 
deposit to the Interest Funding Account in the amount of $__________ to be 
allocated to the Series 1997-1 Certificates and applied as Available Series 
1997-1 Finance Charge Collections in accordance with subsection 4.9(a) of the 
Agreement.

                           (b) Payments to the Holder of the Exchangeable
Transferor Certificate. On each Business Day, the Servicer shall allocate and
pay Collections in accordance with the Daily Report with respect to such
Business Day to the Holder of the Exchangeable Transferor Certificate in
accordance with subsection 4.3(b) of the Agreement.

                  Notwithstanding the foregoing, amounts payable to the
Transferor pursuant to this subsection 4.5(b) shall instead be deposited in
the Excess Funding Account to the extent necessary to prevent the Transferor
Interest from being less than the Minimum Transferor Interest.

                  SECTION 4.6 Determination of Interest for the Series 1997-1
Certificates. (a) The amount of monthly interest (the "Class A Interest")
allocable to the Class A Certificates with respect to any Interest Accrual
Period shall be an amount equal to one-twelfth of the product of (i) the Class
A Certificate Rate and (ii) the Class A Outstanding Principal Amount as of the
close of business on the first day of such Interest Accrual Period (or in the
case of the initial Distribution Date the Class A Initial Invested Amount).

                  On the Determination Date preceding each Distribution
Date, the Servicer shall determine an amount (the "Class A Interest
Shortfall") equal to the excess, if any, of (x) the Class A Interest for the
Interest Accrual Period applicable to the Distribution Date over (y) the
amount available to be paid to the Class A Certificateholders in respect of
interest on such Distribution Date. If there is a Class A Interest Shortfall
with respect to any Distribution Date, an additional amount ("Class A
Additional Interest") shall be payable as provided herein with respect to the 
Class A Certificates 

                                      32
<PAGE>

on each Distribution Date following such Distribution Date, to and including 
the Distribution Date on which such Class A Interest Shortfall is paid to Class 
A Certificateholders, equal to one-twelfth of the product of (i) the Class A
Certificate Rate and (ii) such Class A Interest Shortfall remaining unpaid.
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Class A Additional Interest
shall be payable or distributed to Class A Certificateholders only to the
extent permitted by applicable law.

                    (b) The amount of monthly interest (the "Class B
Interest") allocable to the Class B Certificates with respect to any Interest
Accrual Period shall be an amount equal to one-twelfth of the product of (i)
the Class B Certificate Rate and (ii) the Class B Invested Amount as of the
close of business on the first day of such Interest Accrual Period (or in the
case of the initial Distribution Date the Class B Initial Invested Amount);
provided, however, that with respect to any Distribution Date related to the
Funding Period the amount described in clause (ii) shall be the Class B
Outstanding Principal Amount at the close of business on the first day of such
Interest Accrual Period.

                  On the Determination Date preceding each Distribution
Date, the Servicer shall determine an amount (the "Class B Interest
Shortfall") equal to the excess, if any, of (x) the aggregate Class B Interest
for the Interest Accrual Period applicable to the Distribution Date over (y)
the amount available to be paid to the Class B Certificateholders in respect
of interest on such Distribution Date. If there is a Class B Interest Short-
fall with respect to any Distribution Date, an additional amount ("Class B
Additional Interest") shall be payable as provided herein with respect to the
Class B Certificates on each Distribution Date following such Distribution
Date, to and including the Distribution Date on which such Class B Interest
Shortfall is paid to Class B Certificateholders, equal to one-twelfth of the
product of (i) the Class B Certificate Rate and (ii) such Class B Interest
Shortfall remaining unpaid. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein,
Class B Additional Interest shall be payable or distributed to Class B Cer-
tificateholders only to the extent permitted by applicable law.


                                      33
<PAGE>

                    (c) The amount of monthly interest (for the Series 1997-1
Certificates, the "Class C Interest") allocable to the Class C Certificates
of the Series 1997-1 Certificates with respect to any Interest Accrual Period
shall be an amount equal to the product of (i) the Class C Certificate Rate,
(ii) a fraction the numerator of which is the actual number of days in the
related Interest Accrual Period and the denominator of which is 360 and
(iii) the Class C Invested Amount as of the close of business on the first day
of such Interest Accrual Period (or in the case of the initial Distribution
Date, an amount equal to the sum of (I) the product of (u) the Class C Initial
Invested Amount, (v) ___ divided by 360, and (w) the Class C Certificate Rate
determined on ______ ___, 1997, plus (II) the product of (x) the Class C
Initial Invested Amount, (y) ___ divided by 360, and (z) the Class C
Certificate Rate determined on May 16, 1997); provided, however, that with
respect to any Distribution Date related to the Funding Period the amount
described in clause (iii) shall be the Class C Outstanding Principal Amount
at the close of business on the first day of such Interest Accrual Period.

                  On the Determination Date preceding each Distribution
Date, the Servicer shall determine an amount (the "Class C Interest
Shortfall") equal to the excess, if any, of (x) the aggregate Class C Interest
for the Interest Accrual Period applicable to the Distribution Date over (y)
the amount available to be paid to the Class C Certificateholders in respect
of interest on such Distribution Date. If there is a Class C Interest Short-
fall with respect to any Distribution Date, an additional amount ("Class C
Additional Interest") shall be payable as provided herein with respect to the
Class C Certificates on each Distribution Date following such Distribution
Date, to and including the Distribution Date on which such Class C Interest
Shortfall is paid to Class C Certificateholders, equal to the product of (i)
the Class C Certificate Rate, (ii) such Class C Interest Shortfall remaining
unpaid and (iii) a fraction the numerator of which is the actual number of
days in the related Interest Accrual Period and the denominator of which is
360. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Class C Additional
Interest shall be payable or distributed to Class C Certificateholders only to
the extent permitted by applicable law.


                                      34
<PAGE>

                  SECTION 4.7 Determination of Principal Amounts. (a) The
amount of principal (the "Class A Principal") distributable from the
Distribution Account or available for deposit into the Principal Funding
Account with respect to the Class A Certificates for each Distribution Date
with respect to the Amortization Period shall be equal to the least of (i) the
Available Investor Principal Collections on deposit in the Principal Account
with respect to the related Transfer Date, (ii) for each Distribution Date
with respect the Accumulation Period, prior to the payment in full of the
Class A Invested Amount and on or prior to the Expected Final Payment Date,
the applicable Controlled Deposit Amount for such Transfer Date and (iii) the
Class A Adjusted Invested Amount on such Transfer Date.

                  (b) The amount of principal (the "Class B Principal")
distributable from the Distribution Account or available for deposit into the
Principal Funding Account with respect to the Class B Certificates for each
Distribution Date, beginning with the Class B Principal Payment Commencement
Date, shall be equal to the least of (i) the Available Investor Principal
Collections remaining on deposit in the Principal Account with respect to
the related Transfer Date after application thereof to Class A Principal, if
any, (ii) for each Distribution Date with respect to the Accumulation Period,
on or prior to the Expected Final Payment Date, the applicable Controlled
Deposit Amount for such Transfer Date (minus the Class A Principal with
respect to such Transfer Date) and (iii) the Class B Adjusted Invested Amount
on such Transfer Date.

                  (c) The amount of principal (the "Class C Principal")
distributable from the Distribution Account or available for deposit into the
Principal Funding Account with respect to the Class C Certificates for each
Distribution Date, beginning with the Class C Principal Payment Commencement
Date, shall be equal to the least of (i) the Available Investor Principal
Collections remaining on deposit in the Principal Account with respect to
the related Transfer Date after application thereof to Class A Principal and
Class B Principal, if any, (ii) for each Distribution Date with respect to the
Accumulation Period, on or prior to the Expected Final Payment Date, the
applicable Controlled Deposit Amount for such Transfer Date (minus the Class
A Principal and the Class B

                                      35
<PAGE>

Principal with respect to such Transfer Date) and (iii) the Class C Adjusted
Invested Amount on such Transfer Date.

                  (d) The amount of principal (the "Class D Principal")
distributable from the Distribution Account with respect to the Class D
Certificates for each Distribution Date, beginning with the Class D
Principal Payment Commencement Date, or, in the case of distributions of Class
D Excess Amounts, on each Distribution Date during the Accumulation Period,
shall be equal to the lesser of (i) the Available Investor Principal
Collections remaining on deposit in the Principal Account with respect to
the related Transfer Date after application thereof to Class A Principal,
Class B Principal and Class C Principal, if any, (ii) the Class D Invested
Amount on such Transfer Date and (iii) in the case of distributions of Class D
Excess Amounts, the Class D Excess Amount.

                  SECTION 4.8 Shared Principal Collections. Shared Principal
Collections allocated to Available Investor Principal Collections for the
Series 1997-1 Certificates and to be applied to Class A Principal, Class B
Principal, Class C Principal and Class D Principal pursuant to subsection
4.9(c)(i)(z) of the Agreement for any Business Day with respect to the
Amortization Period shall mean an amount equal to the product of (x) Shared
Principal Collections for all Series for such Business Day and (y) a fraction,
the numerator of which is the Principal Shortfall for the Series 1997-1
Certificates for such Business Day and the denominator of which is the
aggregate amount of Principal Shortfalls for all Series for such Business Day.
For any Business Day with respect to the Revolving Period, Shared Principal
Collections allocated to Available Investor Principal Collections for the
Series 1997-1 Certificates shall be zero.

                  SECTION 4.9 Application of Funds on Deposit in the
Collection Account for the Certificates. (a) On each Business Day, the
Servicer shall deliver to the Trustee a Daily Report in which it shall
instruct the Trustee to withdraw, and the Trustee, acting in accordance with
such instructions, shall withdraw, to the extent of the sum of (x) prior to
the Pay Out Commencement Date, the Floating Allocation Percentage of the sum
of Finance Charge Collections and the amount of Adjustment Payments made by
the Transferor with respect to

                                      36

<PAGE>

Adjustment Payments required to be made but not made in a
prior Monthly Period, available in the Collection Account
or, on and after the Pay Out Commencement Date, the
Fixed/Floating Allocation Percentage of the sum of Fi-
nance Charge Collections and the amount of Adjustment
Payments made by the Transferor with respect to Adjust-
ment Payments required to be made by not made in a prior
Monthly Period, available in the Collection Account,  and
(y) amounts on deposit in the Payment Reserve Account, if
any, if and to the extent the Transferor designates that
such amounts are to be so applied (the "Available Series
1997-1 Finance Charge Collections"; provided, that with
respect to the Closing Date the amount deposited by the
Transferor into the Interest Funding Account pursuant to
subsection 4.5(a) of the Agreement shall also constitute
Available Series 1997-1 Finance Charge Collections) the
amounts required to be withdrawn from the Collection
Account pursuant to subsections 4.9(a)(i) through
4.9(a)(xvii) of the Agreement.

                           (i)  Class A Interest.  On each Business
         Day during a Monthly Period, the Trustee, acting in
         accordance with instructions from the Servicer,
         shall withdraw from the Collection Account and
         deposit into the Interest Funding Account for dis-
         tribution on the next Distribution Date to the Class
         A Certificateholders, to the extent of the Available
         Series 1997-1 Finance Charge Collections for such
         Business Day, an amount equal to the lesser of (x)
         the Available Series 1997-1 Finance Charge Collect-
         ions and (y) the excess of (1) the sum of Class A
         Interest and Carryover Class A Interest over (2) any
         amounts with respect thereto previously deposited
         into the Interest Funding Account on any prior
         Business Day during such Monthly Period.  Notwith-
         standing anything to the contrary herein, the por-
         tion of Carryover Class A Interest that constitutes
         Class A Additional Interest shall be payable or dis-
         tributable to Class A Certificateholders only to the
         extent permitted by applicable law.

                           (ii)  Class B Interest.  On each Business
         Day during a Monthly Period, the Trustee, acting in
         accordance with instructions from the Servicer,
         shall withdraw from the Collection Account and
         deposit into the Interest Funding Account for dis-
         tribution on the next Distribution Date to the Class

                                      37

<PAGE>

         B Certificateholders, to the extent of any Available
         Series 1997-1 Finance Charge Collections remaining
         after giving effect to the withdrawal pursuant to
         subsection 4.9(a)(i) of the Agreement, an amount
         equal to the lesser of (x) any such remaining Avail-
         able Series 1997-1 Finance Charge Collections and
         (y) the excess of (1) the sum of Class B Interest
         and Carryover Class B Interest over (2) any amounts
         with respect thereto previously deposited into the
         Interest Funding Account on any prior Business Day
         during such Monthly Period.  Notwithstanding any-
         thing to the contrary herein, the portion of Carry-
         over Class B Interest that constitutes Class B
         Additional Interest shall be payable or distribut-
         able to Class B Certificateholders only to the
         extent permitted by applicable law.

                           (iii)  Class C Interest.  On each Business
         Day during a Monthly Period, the Trustee, acting in
         accordance with instructions from the Servicer,
         shall withdraw from the Collection Account and
         deposit into the Interest Funding Account for dis-
         tribution on the next Distribution Date to the Class
         C Certificateholders, to the extent of any Available
         Series 1997-1 Finance Charge Collections remaining
         after giving effect to the withdrawal pursuant to
         subsections 4.9(a)(i) and (ii) of the Agreement, an
         amount equal to the lesser of (x) any such remaining
         Available Series 1997-1 Finance Charge Collections
         and (y) the excess of (1) the sum of Class C Inter-
         est and Carryover Class C Interest over (2) any
         amounts with respect thereto previously deposited
         into the Interest Funding Account on any prior
         Business Day during such Monthly Period.  Notwith-
         standing anything to the contrary herein, the por-
         tion of Carryover Class C Monthly Interest that
         constitutes Class C Additional Interest shall be
         payable or distributable to Class C Certificatehold-
         ers only to the extent permitted by applicable law.

                           (iv)  Investor Servicing Fee.  On each
         Business Day, the Trustee, acting in accordance with
         instructions from the Servicer, shall withdraw from
         the Collection Account and distribute to the
         Servicer, to the extent of any Available Series
         1997-1 Finance Charge Collections remaining after
         giving effect to the withdrawals pursuant to subsections

                                      38

<PAGE>

         4.9(a)(i) through (iii) of the Agreement, an
         amount equal to the lesser of (x) any such remaining
         Available Series 1997-1 Finance Charge Collections
         and (y) the excess of (i) the Servicing Fee for such
         Monthly Period plus any unpaid Servicing Fees from
         prior Monthly Periods over (ii) any amounts with re-
         spect thereto previously distributed to the Servicer
         during such Monthly Period.

                           (v)  Investor Default Amount.  On each
         Business Day, first if such day is the Default
         Recognition Date for the related Monthly Period, the
         Transferor will deposit (as described below) Trans-
         feror Retained Finance Charge Collections for each
         prior day in the Current Monthly Period and second
         the Trustee, acting in accordance with instructions
         from the Servicer, shall withdraw to the extent of
         any Available Series 1997-1 Finance Charge Collec-
         tions remaining after giving effect to the with-
         drawals pursuant to subsections 4.9(a)(i) through
         (iv) of the Agreement, an amount equal to the lesser
         of (x) any such remaining Available Series 1997-1
         Finance Charge Collections and, if such day is the
         related Default Recognition Date for such Monthly
         Period, an amount equal to the aggregate Transferor
         Retained Finance Charge Collections for each prior
         day during the related Monthly Period and (y) the
         sum of (1) the aggregate Investor Default Amount for
         such Business Day plus (2) the unpaid Investor De-
         fault Amount for each previous Business Day during
         such Monthly Period, such amount to be (A) treated
         as Shared Principal Collections during the Revolving
         Period, and (B) to be treated as Available Investor
         Principal Collections during the Amortization Peri-
         od.

                           (vi)  Adjustment Payment Shortfalls.  On
         each Business Day, the Trustee, acting in accordance
         with instructions from the Servicer, shall withdraw
         from the Collection Account, to the extent of any
         Available Series 1997-1 Finance Charge Collections
         remaining after giving effect to the withdrawals
         pursuant to subsections 4.9(a)(i) through (v) of the
         Agreement, an amount equal to the lesser of (x) any
         such remaining Available Series 1997-1 Finance
         Charge Collections and (y) an amount equal to the
         Series Allocation Percentage of any Adjustment

                                      39
<PAGE>

         Payment which the Transferor is required but fails
         to make pursuant to subsection 3.8(a) of the Agree-
         ment, such amount, (i) during the Revolving Period,
         to be treated as Shared Principal Collections, and
         (ii) during the Amortization Period, to be treated
         as Available Investor Principal Collections.
 
                           (vii)  Reimbursement of Class A Investor
         Charge-Offs.  On each Business Day, the Trustee,
         acting in accordance with instructions from the
         Servicer, shall withdraw from the Collection Ac-
         count, to the extent of any Available Series 1997-1
         Finance Charge Collections remaining after giving
         effect to the withdrawals pursuant to subsections
         4.9(a)(i) through (vi) of the Agreement, an amount
         equal to the lesser of (x) any such remaining Avail-
         able Series 1997-1 Finance Charge Collections and
         (y) the unreimbursed Class A Investor Charge-Offs,
         if any, will be applied to reimburse Class A Inves-
         tor Charge-Offs, such amount during the Revolving
         Period, to be treated as Shared Principal Collec-
         tions, and during the Amortization Period, to be
         treated as Available Investor Principal Collections.

                           (viii)  Unpaid Class B Interest.  On each
         Business Day, the Trustee, acting in accordance with
         the instructions from the Servicer, shall withdraw
         from the Collection Account and deposit in the
         Interest Funding Account for distribution to the
         Class B Certificateholders on the next Distribution
         Date, to the extent of any Available Series 1997-1
         Finance Charge Collections remaining after giving
         effect to the withdrawals pursuant to subsections
         4.9(a)(i) through (vii) of the Agreement, an amount
         equal to the lesser of (x) any such remaining Avail-
         able Series 1997-1 Finance Charge Collections and
         (y) the sum of (1) the amount of interest which has
         accrued with respect to the Class B Outstanding
         Principal Amount at the Class B Certificate Rate but
         which has not been deposited into the Interest
         Funding Account or paid to the Class B Certificate-
         holders and (2) any additional interest (to the
         extent permitted by applicable law) at the Class B
         Certificate Rate for interest that has accrued on
         interest that was due during a prior Monthly Period
         pursuant to this subsection but was not deposited in

                                      40
<PAGE>

         the Interest Funding Account or paid to the Class B
         Certificateholders.


                           (ix)  Unpaid Class C Interest.  On each
         Business Day, the Trustee, acting in accordance with
         the instructions from the Servicer, shall withdraw
         from the Collection Account and deposit in the
         Interest Funding Account for distribution to the
         Class C Certificateholders on the next Distribution
         Date, to the extent of any Available Series 1997-1
         Finance Charge Collections remaining after giving
         effect to the withdrawals pursuant to subsections
         4.9(a)(i) through (viii) of the Agreement, an amount
         equal to the lesser of (x) any such remaining Avail-
         able Series 1997-1 Finance Charge Collections and
         (y) the sum of (1) the amount of interest which has
         accrued with respect to the Class C Outstanding
         Principal Amount at the Class C Certificate Rate but
         which has not been deposited into the Interest
         Funding Account or paid to the Class C Certificate-
         holders and (2) any additional interest (to the
         extent permitted by applicable law) at the Class C
         Certificate Rate for interest that has accrued on
         interest that was due during a prior Monthly Period
         pursuant to this subsection but was not deposited in
         the Interest Funding Account or paid to the Class C
         Certificateholders.

                           (x)  Reimbursement of Class B Investor
         Charge-Offs.  On each Business Day, the Trustee,
         acting in accordance with instructions from the
         Servicer, shall withdraw from the Collection Ac-
         count, to the extent of any Available Series 1997-1
         Finance Charge Collections remaining after giving
         effect to the withdrawals pursuant to subsections
         4.9(a)(i) through (ix) of the Agreement, an amount
         equal to the lesser of (x) any such remaining Avail-
         able Series 1997-1 Finance Charge Collections and
         (y) the unreimbursed amount by which the Class B
         Invested Amount has been reduced on prior Business
         Days pursuant to clauses (c) and (d) of the defini-
         tion of Class B Invested Amount, if any, such
         amount, (i) during the Revolving Period, to be
         treated as Shared Principal Collections, and (ii)
         during the Amortization Period, to be treated as
         Available Investor Principal Collections.

                                      41
<PAGE>

 
                           (xi)  Reimbursement of Class C Investor
         Charge-Offs.  On each Business Day, the Trustee,
         acting in accordance with instructions from the
         Servicer, shall withdraw from the Collection Ac-
         count, to the extent of any Available Series 1997-1
         Finance Charge Collections remaining after giving
         effect to the withdrawals pursuant to subsections
         4.9(a)(i) through (x) of the Agreement, an amount
         equal to the lesser of (x) any such remaining Avail-
         able Series 1997-1 Finance Charge Collections and
         (y) the unreimbursed amount by which the Class C
         Invested Amount has been reduced on prior Business
         Days pursuant to clauses (c) and (d) of the defini-
         tion of Class C Invested Amount, if any, such
         amount, (i) during the Revolving Period, to be
         treated as Shared Principal Collections, and (ii)
         during the Amortization Period, to be treated as
         Available Investor Principal Collections.

                           (xii)  Reimbursement of Class D Investor
         Charge-Offs.  On each Business Day, the Trustee,
         acting in accordance with instructions from the
         Servicer, shall withdraw from the Collection Ac-
         count, to the extent of any Available Series 1997-1
         Finance Charge Collections remaining after giving
         effect to the withdrawals pursuant to subsections
         4.9(a)(i) through (xi) of the Agreement, an amount
         equal to the lesser of (x) any such remaining Avail-
         able Series 1997-1 Finance Charge Collections and
         (y) the unreimbursed amount by which the Class D
         Invested Amount has been reduced on prior Business
         Days pursuant to clauses (c) and (d) of the defini-
         tion of Class D Invested Amount, if any, such
         amount, (i) during the Revolving Period, to be
         treated as Shared Principal Collections, and (ii)
         during the Amortization Period, to be treated as
         Available Investor Principal Collections.

                           (xiii) Class C Reserve Account.  On each
         Business Day, the Trustee, acting in accordance with
         instructions from the Transferor, shall withdraw
         from the Collection Account and distribute to the
         Servicer, to the extent of any Available Series
         1997-1 Finance Charge Collections remaining after
         giving effect to the withdrawals pursuant to subsec-
         tions 4.9(a)(i) through (xii) of the Agreement, an

                                      42
<PAGE>

         amount equal to the lesser of (x) any such remaining
         Available Series 1997-1 Finance Charge Collections
         and (y) the amount specified to be deposited in the
         Class C Reserve Account pursuant to the Class C
         Reserve Account Agreement and the Servicer shall
         deposit such amount, if any, in the Class C Reserve
         Account.

                           (xiv) Accumulation Period Reserve Account.
         On each Business Day on and after the Reserve Ac-
         count Funding Date, but prior to the date on which
         the Accumulation Period Reserve Account terminates
         pursuant to subsection 4.20(d) of the Agreement, the
         Trustee, acting in accordance with instructions from
         the Servicer, shall withdraw from the Collection
         Account and distribute to the Servicer, to the
         extent of any Available Series 1997-1 Finance Charge
         Collections remaining after giving effect to the
         withdrawals pursuant to subsections 4.9(a)(i)
         through (xiii) of the Agreement, an amount equal to
         the lesser of (x) any such remaining Available
         Series Finance Charge Collections and (y) the ex-
         cess, if any, of the Required Reserve Account Amount
         over the Available Reserve Account Amount and the
         Servicer shall deposit such amount, if any, in the
         Accumulation Period Reserve Account.

                           (xv)  Payment Reserve Account.  On each
         Business Day, the Trustee, acting in accordance with
         instructions from the Transferor, shall withdraw
         from the Collection Account and distribute to the
         Servicer, to the extent of any Available Series
         1997-1 Finance Charge Collections remaining after
         giving effect to the withdrawals pursuant to subsec-
         tions 4.9(a)(i) through (xiv) of the Agreement, an
         amount equal to the lesser of (x) any such remaining
         Available Series 1997-1 Finance Charge Collections
         and (y) the amount designated by the Transferor in
         writing (which includes facsimile transmission) in
         its instructions to the Trustee on such Business Day
         and the Servicer shall deposit such amount, if any,
         in the Payment Reserve Account.

                           (xvi)  Excess Finance Charge Collections.
         Any amounts remaining in the Collection Account to
         the extent of any Available Series 1997-1 Finance
         Charge Collections remaining after giving effect to

                                      43
<PAGE>

         the withdrawals pursuant to subsection 4.9(a)(i)
         through (xv) of the Agreement, shall be treated as
         Excess Finance Charge Collections, and the Servicer
         shall direct the Trustee in writing on each Business
         Day to withdraw such amounts from the Collection
         Account and to first make such amounts available to
         pay to Certificateholders of other Series to the
         extent of shortfalls, if any, in amounts payable to
         such certificateholders from Finance Charge Collect-
         ions allocated to such other Series, then to pay any
         unpaid commercially reasonable costs and expenses of
         a Successor Servicer, if any, and then on each Busi-
         ness Day other than the Default Recognition Date, to
         pay to the Transferor to be treated as "Transferor
         Retained Finance Charge Collections," and, on each
         Default Recognition Date, to pay any remaining
         Excess Finance Charge Collections to the Transferor.

                  (b) For each Business Day with respect to the Revolving
Period, the funds on deposit in the Collection Account to the extent of the
product of (i) the Floating Allocation Percentage and (ii) Principal
Collections with respect to such Business Day (less the amount of Reallo-
cated Principal Collections on such Business Day) will be treated as Shared
Principal Collections and applied, pursuant to the written direction of the
Servicer in the Daily Report for such Business Day, as provided in Section
4.3(d) of the Agreement.

                  (c) For each Business Day on and after the Amortization
Period Commencement Date, the amount of funds on deposit in the Collection
Account, the Excess Funding Account or the Pre-Funding Account and other ac-
counts as described below will be distributed, pursuant to the written
direction of the Servicer in the Daily Report for such Business Day in the
following priority:

                           (i)  an amount (not in excess of the In-
         vested Amount) equal to the sum of (v) the product
         of the Fixed/Floating Allocation Percentage and
         Principal Collections in the Collection Account at
         the end of the preceding Business Day (less the
         amount thereof applied as Reallocated Principal
         Collections on such Business Day), (w) any amount on
         deposit in the Excess Funding Account allocated to
         the Series 1997-1 Certificates on such Business Day
         pursuant to subsection 4.9(d) of the Agreement, (x)

                                      44
<PAGE>

         amounts to be paid pursuant to subsections
         4.9(a)(v), (vi), (vii), (x), (xi) and (xii) of the
         Agreement from Available Series Finance Charge
         Collections and from amounts available pursuant to
         subsections 4.10(a) and (b), 4.16(a), (b) and (c),
         4.19(b) and 4.20(b), (c) and (d) of the Agreement on
         such Business Day, (y) on and after the Pay Out
         Commencement Date, any amount on deposit in the Pre-
         Funding Account on such Business Day (less invest-
         ment earnings thereon) and (z) the amount of Shared
         Principal Collections allocated to the Series 1997-1
         Certificates in accordance with Section 4.8 of the
         Agreement on such Business Day, will be deposited
         into the Principal Account; provided, however that
         with respect to any Monthly Period during the Con-
         trolled Accumulation Period, the aggregate amount
         required to be deposited in the Principal Account
         pursuant to this subsection 4.9(c)(i) shall not
         exceed the sum of the Controlled Deposit Amount and,
         at the option of the Transferor, the Class D Excess
         Amount.

                           (ii)  an amount equal to the excess, if
         any, of (A) the sum of the amounts described in
         clauses (i)(v) and (x) above over (B) the sum of
         Class A Principal, Class B Principal and Class C
         Principal will be treated as Shared Principal Col-
         lections and applied as provided in subsection
         4.3(d) of the Agreement; and

                           (iii)  on the Class C Principal Payment
         Commencement Date, the amount, if any, allocated
         with respect to Class C Investor Charge-Offs pursu-
         ant to clause (ii) of the second sentence of Section
         3.2 of the Class C Reserve Account Agreement will be
         deposited into the Principal Account.

                  (d) On the first Business Day of the Amortization Period
funds on deposit in the Excess Funding Account will be deposited in the
Principal Account to the extent of the lesser of (x) the Invested Amount and
(y) the product of (i) the amount on deposit in the Excess Funding Account at
the beginning of the Amortization Period and (ii) a fraction, the numerator of
which is equal to the Invested Amount and the denominator of which is equal to
the sum of the invested amounts of all Series in amortization periods on such
day.

                                      45
<PAGE>

 
                  SECTION 4.10 Coverage of Required Amount for the Series
1997-1 Certificates. (a) To the extent that any amounts are on deposit in the
Excess Funding Account or the Pre-Funding Account on any Business Day, the
Servicer shall apply, in the manner specified for application of Available
Series 1997-1 Finance Charge Collections in subsections 4.9(a)(i) through
(xiv) of the Agreement, Transferor Finance Charge Collections in an amount
(the "Negative Carry Amount") equal to the excess of (x) the product of (a)
the Base Rate, (b) the amounts on deposit in the Excess Funding Account and
the Pre-Funding Account and (c) the number of days elapsed since the previous
Business Day divided by the actual number of days in such year over (y) the
aggregate amount of all earnings since the previous Business Day available
from the Cash Equivalents in which funds on deposit in the Excess Funding
Account and Pre-Funding Account are invested.
 
                  (b) To the extent that on any Business Day payments are
being made pursuant to any of subsections 4.9(a)(i) through (xiv) of the
Agreement, respectively, and the full amount to be paid pursuant to any such
subsection receiving payments on such Business Day is not paid in full on such
Business Day, the Servicer shall apply, in the manner specified for
application of Available Series 1997-1 Finance Charge Collections in subsec-
tions 4.9(a)(i) through (xiv) of the Agreement, all or a portion of the Excess
Finance Charge Collections from other Series with respect to such Business Day
allocable to the Series 1997-1 Certificates in an amount equal to the excess
of the full amount to be allocated or paid pursuant to the applicable
subsection over the amount applied with respect thereto from Available Series
1997-1 Finance Charge Collections and Transferor Finance Charge Collections on
such Business Day (the "Required Amount"). Excess Finance Charge Collections
allocated to the Series 1997-1 Certificates for any Business Day shall mean an
amount equal to the product of (x) Excess Finance Charge Collections available
from all other Series for such Business Day and (y) a fraction, the numerator
of which is the Required Amount for such Business Day and the denominator of
which is the aggregate amount of shortfalls in required amounts or other
amounts to be paid from Finance Charge Collections for all Series for such
Business Day.

                                      46
<PAGE>


                  SECTION 4.11 Payment of Certificate Interest. On each
Transfer Date, the Trustee, acting in accordance with instructions from the
Servicer set forth in the Daily Report for such day, shall withdraw the amount
on deposit in the Interest Funding Account with respect to the preceding
Monthly Period allocable to the Series 1997-1 Certificates and deposit such
amount in the Distribution Account. On each Distribution Date, the Paying
Agent shall pay in accordance with Section 5.1 of the Agreement to (w) the
Class A Certificateholders from the Distribution Account such amount deposited
into the Distribution Account on the related Transfer Date allocable thereto
pursuant to subsection 4.9(a)(i) of the Agreement, (x) the Class B
Certificateholders from the Distribution Account the amount deposited into the
Distribution Account on the related Transfer Date allocable thereto pursuant
to subsections 4.9(a)(ii) and (viii) of the Agreement, (y) the Class C
Certificateholders from the Distribution Account the amount deposited into the
Distribution Account on the related Transfer Date allocable thereto pursuant
to subsections 4.9(a)(iii) and (ix) of the Agreement, and (z) the Class D
Certificateholders from the Distribution Account the amount deposited into the
Distribution Account on the related Transfer Date allocable thereto pursuant
to subsection 4.9(a)(xv) of the Agreement.

                  SECTION 4.12  Payment of Certificate Principal.

                  (a) On the Transfer Date preceding each Distribution Date
with respect to the Amortization Period, the Trustee, acting in accordance
with instructions from the Servicer set forth in the Daily Report for such
day, shall withdraw from the Principal Account and deposit into the
Distribution Account with respect to the Early Amortization Period, or the
Principal Funding Account with respect to the Accumulation Period, to the
extent of funds available, an amount equal to the Class A Principal for such
Distribution Date. On each Distribution Date with respect to the Early
Amortization Period until the Class A Invested Amount is paid in full, or on
the Expected Final Payment Date with respect to the Accumulation Period
following any deposit to the Distribution Account pursuant to subsection
4.12(f), the Paying Agent shall pay in accordance with Section 5.1 of the
Agreement to the Class A Certificateholders from the Distribution Account such
amounts deposited with respect to Class A

                                      47
<PAGE>

Principal into the Distribution Account on the related
Transfer Date.

                  (b) On the Transfer Date preceding the Class B Principal
Payment Commencement Date and each Transfer Date thereafter, the Trustee,
acting in accordance with instructions from the Servicer set forth in the
Daily Report for such day, shall withdraw from the Principal Account and
deposit in the Distribution Account with respect to the Early Amortization
Period, or the Principal Funding Account with respect to the Accumulation
Period, to the extent of funds available, an amount equal to the Class B
Principal for the related Distribution Date. On and after the Class B
Principal Payment Commencement Date, on each Distribution Date with respect
to the Early Amortization Period until the Class B Invested Amount is paid in
full or on the Expected Final Payment Date with respect to the Accumulation
Period following any deposit to the Distribution Account pursuant to
subsection 4.12(f), the Paying Agent shall pay in accordance with Section
5.1 of the Agreement to the Class B Certificateholders from the Distribution
Account such amounts deposited with respect to Class B Principal into the
Distribution Account on the related Transfer Date.

                  (c) On the Transfer Date preceding the Class C Principal
Payment Commencement Date and each Transfer Date thereafter, the Trustee,
acting in accordance with instructions from the Servicer set forth in the
Daily Report for such day, shall withdraw from the Principal Account and
deposit in the Distribution Account with respect to the Early Amortization
Period, or the Principal Funding Account with respect to the Accumulation
Period, to the extent of funds available, an amount equal to the Class C
Principal for the related Distribution Date. On and after the Class C
Principal Payment Commencement Date, on each Distribution Date with respect
to the Early Amortization Period until the Class C Invested Amount is paid in
full or on the Expected Final Payment Date with respect to the Accumulation
Period following any deposit to the Distribution Account pursuant to
subsection 4.12(f), the Paying Agent shall pay in accordance with Section
5.1 of the Agreement to the Class C Certificateholders from the Distribution
Account such amounts deposited with respect to Class C Principal into the
Distribution Account on the related Transfer Date.


                                      48
<PAGE>

                  (d) On the Transfer Date preceding the Class D Principal
Payment Commencement Date and each Transfer Date thereafter, or, in the case
of distributions of Class D Excess Amounts, on each Transfer Date during the
Accumulation Period preceding a Distribution Date on which a distribution
shall be made with respect to Class D Excess Amounts, the Trustee, acting in
accordance with instructions from the Servicer set forth in the Daily Report
for such day, shall withdraw from the Principal Account and deposit in the
Distribution Account, to the extent of funds available, an amount equal to the
Class D Principal for the related Distribution Date. On the Class D Principal
Payment Commencement Date after the payment of any principal amounts to the
Class A Certificates, the Class B Certificates and the Class C Certifi-
cates on such day, and on each Distribution Date thereafter until the Class
D Invested Amount is paid in full and on each Distribution Date during the
Accumulation Period on which amounts are to be distributed with respect to
Class D Excess Amounts, the Paying Agent shall pay in accordance with Section
5.1 of the Agreement to the Class D Certificateholder from the Distribution
Account such amounts deposited with respect to Class D Principal into the
Distribution Account on the related Transfer Date; provided, however, that, if
so designated in writing by the Transferor with respect to any such Transfer
Date, any such payment of Class D Principal shall not be made to the Class D
Certificateholder and such amount shall be subtracted from the Class D
Invested Amount and added to the Transferor Interest.

                  (e) Any amounts remaining in the Principal Account and
allocable to the Series 1997-1 Certificates, after the Class D Invested Amount
has been paid in full, will be treated as Shared Principal Collections and
applied in accordance with Section 4.3(d) of the Agreement.

                  (f) On the earlier to occur of (i) the first Transfer Date
with respect to the Early Amortization Period and (ii) the Transfer Date
immediately preceding the Expected Final Payment Date, the Trustee, acting in
accordance with instructions from the Servicer, shall withdraw from the
Principal Funding Account and deposit in the Distribution Account the amount
on deposit in the Principal Funding Account for distribution first to Class A
Certificateholders up to an amount equal to the Class A

                                      49
<PAGE>

Invested Amount, second to Class B Certificateholders up to an amount equal to
the Class B Invested Amount, and third to Class C Certificateholders up to an
amount equal to the Class C Invested Amount.

                  SECTION 4.13 Investor Charge-Offs. (a) If, on any
Determination Date, the aggregate Investor Default Amount and the Series
Allocation Percentage of unpaid Adjustment Payments, if any, for each Business
Day in the preceding Monthly Period exceeded the Available Series 1997-1
Finance Charge Collections applied to the payment thereof pursuant to
subsections 4.9(a)(v) and (vi) of the Agreement, the amount of Transferor
Finance Charge Collections and Excess Finance Charge Collections allocated
thereto pursuant to Section 4.10 of the Agreement, the amount of Reallocated
Principal Collections applied with respect thereto pursuant to Section 4.16 of
the Agreement, the Amount of Principal Funding Account Investment Proceeds
applied with respect thereto pursuant to subsection 4.19(b), the Amount of
Pre-Funding Account investment proceeds applied with respect thereto pursuant
to Section 4.14(c), amounts withdrawn from the Accumulation Period Reserve
Account and applied with respect to the Investor Default Amount pursuant to
subsection 4.20(c) and the Series Allocation Percentage of unpaid Adjustment
Payments with respect to such Monthly Period, the Class D Invested Amount will
be reduced by the amount by which the remaining aggregate Investor Default
Amount and Series Allocation Percentage of unpaid Adjustment Payments exceed
the amount applied with respect thereto during such preceding Monthly Period
(a "Class D Investor Charge-Off").

                  (b) In the event that any such reduction of the Class D
Invested Amount would cause the Class D Invested Amount to be a negative
number, the Class D Invested Amount will be reduced to zero, and, the Class
C Invested Amount will be reduced by the amount by which the Class D Invested
Amount would have been reduced below zero, but not more than the aggregate
Investor Default Amount and Series Allocation Percentage of unpaid
Adjustment Payments for such Monthly Period (a "Class C Investor Charge-Off").

                  (c) In the event that any such reduction of the Class C
Invested Amount would cause the Class C Invested Amount to be a negative
number, the Class C In-

                                      50
<PAGE>

vested Amount will be reduced to zero, and, the Class B Invested Amount will
be reduced by the amount by which the Class C Invested Amount would have been
reduced below zero, but not more than the remaining aggregate Investor Default
Amount and Series Allocation Percentage of unpaid Adjustment Payments for such
Monthly Period (a "Class B Investor Charge-Off").

                  (d) In the event that any such reduction of the Class B
Invested Amount would cause the Class B Invested Amount to be a negative
number, the Class B Invested Amount will be reduced to zero, and the Class A
Invested Amount will be reduced by the amount by which the Class B Invested
Amount would have been reduced below zero, but not more than the remaining
aggregate Investor Default Amount and Series Allocation Percentage of unpaid
Adjustment Payments for such Monthly Period (a "Class A Investor Charge-Off").


                  SECTION 4.14. Pre-Funding Account. (a) Establishment of the
Pre-Funding Account. The Transferor hereby directs the Servicer, for the
benefit of the Series 1997-1 Certificateholders, to establish and maintain
or cause to be established and maintained in the name of the Trustee, on
behalf of the Series 1997-1 Certificateholders, with a Qualified Institution
(which initially shall be The Bank of New York) a segregated trust account
(the "Pre-Funding Account"), bearing a designation clearly indicating that the
funds deposited therein are held for the benefit of the Series 1997-1
Certificateholders. The Transferor does hereby transfer, assign, set over
and otherwise convey to the Trust for the benefit of the Series 1997-1
Certificateholders, without recourse, all of its right, title and interest in,
to and under the Pre-Funding Account, any Cash Equivalent on deposit therein
and any proceeds of the foregoing, including the investment earnings. The Pre-
Funding Account shall be under the sole dominion and control of the Trustee
for the benefit of the Series 1997-1 Certificateholders. If, at any time, the
institution holding the Pre-Funding Account ceases to be a Qualified
Institution, the Transferor shall direct the Servicer to establish within 10
Business Days a new Pre-Funding Account meeting the conditions specified
above with a Qualified Institution, transfer any cash and/or any investments
to such new Pre-Funding Account and from

                                      51
<PAGE>

the date such new Pre-Funding Account is established, it shall be the
"Pre-Funding Account." In addition, after five days notice to the Trustee, the
Transferor may direct the Servicer to establish a new Pre-Funding Account
meeting the conditions specified above with a different Qualified Institution,
transfer any cash and/or investments to such new Pre-Funding Account and from
the date such new Pre-Funding Account is established, it shall be, for the
Series 1997-1 Certificates, the "Pre-Funding Account." Pursuant to the
authority granted to the Servicer in subsection 3.1(b) of the Agreement, the
Servicer shall have the power, revocable by the Trustee, to make withdrawals
and payments or to instruct the Trustee to make withdrawals and payments from
the Pre-Funding Account for the purposes of carrying out the Servicer's or
Trustee's duties hereunder.

                  (b) Administration of Pre-Funding Account. The Transferor
shall on the Closing Date deposit in the Pre-Funding Account the Initial
Pre-Funded Amount. On the Business Day preceding each Transfer Date, the Ser-
vicer shall withdraw from the Pre-Funding Account and deposit in the
Collection Account all interest and other investment income on the Pre-Funded
Amount. Interest (including reinvested interest) and other investment income
on funds on deposit in the Pre-Funded Account shall not be considered part of
the Pre-Funded Amount for purposes of this Agreement. Funds on deposit in the
Pre-Funding Account shall be withdrawn by the Servicer and paid to the
Transferor to the extent of any increases in the Invested Amount pursuant to
Section 4.15 of the Agreement. If the Pay Out Commencement Date occurs during
the Funding Period, the remaining Pre-Funded Amount will be applied to make
principal payments with respect to the Certificates in accordance with subsec-
tion 4.9(c) of the Agreement. The Servicer shall withdraw the remaining
Pre-Funded Amount, if any, on deposit in the Pre-Funding Account on the first
Business Day of the September 1997 Monthly Period and deposit such amount into
the Excess Funding Account.

                  (c) Investment of Funds in Pre-Funding Account. Funds on
deposit in the Pre-Funding Account shall be invested in Cash Equivalents by
the Trustee (or, at the direction of the Trustee, by the Servicer on behalf of
the Trustee) at the direction of the Servicer. Funds on deposit in the
Pre-Funding Account on any Dis-

                                      52
<PAGE>

tribution Date, after giving effect to any withdrawals from the Pre-Funding
Account, shall be invested in Cash Equivalents that will mature so that such
funds will be available for withdrawal on or prior to the following Transfer
Date. The proceeds of any such investments shall be invested in Cash
Equivalents that will mature so that such funds will be available for
withdrawal on or prior to the following Transfer Date and, on such Transfer
Date, such proceeds shall be applied as if they were Available Series 1997-1
Finance Charge Collections available to be applied pursuant to Subsection
4.9(a) on the last Business Day of the preceding Monthly Period.

                  SECTION 4.15 Increases in Invested Amount. The Transferor
may at any time during the Funding Period determine to increase the Invested
Amount up to the Full Invested Amount to the extent there are sufficient Prin-
cipal Receivables in the Trust to permit such increase in the Invested Amount
without causing a Pay Out Event to occur with respect to any outstanding
Series. Upon determining to increase the Invested Amount pursuant to this
Section 4.15, the Transferor shall deliver to the Servicer, the Trustee and
each Rating Agency an Officers' Certificate specifying the amount of the in-
crease in the Invested Amount the Transferor has determined to make and
certifying that no Pay Out Event with respect to any outstanding Series will
occur as a result of or in connection with such increase in the Invested
Amount. Upon receipt of such Officer's Certificate by the Trustee, the Class A
Invested Amount, the Class B Invested Amount and the Class C Invested Amount
shall be increased pro rata by the amount specified in such Officers'
Certificate, whereupon the Trustee shall instruct the Servicer to withdraw
from the Pre-Funding Account and pay to the Transferor an amount equal to the
amount of such increase in the Class A Invested Amount, the Class B Invested
Amount and the Class C Invested Amount.

                  Upon the withdrawal of the remaining Pre-Funded Amount, if
any, on deposit in the Pre-Funding Account on the first Business Day of the
September 1997 Monthly Period and the deposit of such amount in the Excess
Funding Account, the Class A Invested Amount, the Class B Invested Amount and
the Class C Invested Amount shall be increased pro rata by such amount.


                                      53
<PAGE>

                  SECTION 4.16 Reallocated Principal Collections for the
Series 1997-1 Certificates. (a) On each Business Day, the Servicer will
determine an amount equal to the least of (i) the Class D Invested Amount,
(ii) the product of (x)(I) during the Revolving Period, the Class D Floating
Allocation Percentage or (II) during an Amortization Period, the Class D
Fixed/Floating Allocation Percentage and (y) the amount of Principal
Collections with respect to such Business Day and (iii) an amount equal to the
sum of (a) the Class A Required Amount for such Business Day, (b) the Class B
Required Amount for such Business Day and (c) the Class C Required Amount
for such Business Day (such amount called "Reallocated Class D Principal
Collections") and shall apply Principal Collections in an amount equal to such
amount first to the components of the Class A Required Amount, then to the
components of the Class B Required Amount and then to the components of the
Class C Required Amount in the same priority as amounts are applied to
such components from Available Series 1997-1 Finance Charge Collections
pursuant to subsection 4.9(a) of the Agreement.

                  (b) On each Business Day, the Servicer will determine an
amount equal to the least of (i) the Class C Invested Amount, (ii) the product
of (x)(I) during the Revolving Period, the Class C Floating Allocation Per-
centage or (II) during an Amortization Period, the Class C Fixed/Floating
Allocation Percentage and (y) the amount of Principal Collections for such
Business Day and (iii) an amount equal to the sum of (a) the excess, if any,
of the Class A Required Amount for such Business Day over the amount of
Reallocated Class D Principal Collections applied with respect thereto for
such Business Day and (b) the excess, if any, of the Class B Required
Amount for such Business Day over the amount of Reallocated Class D Principal
Collections applied with respect thereto for such Business Day (such amount
called "Reallocated Class C Principal Collections") and shall apply Principal
Collections in an amount equal to such amount first to the remaining
components of the Class A Required Amount and then to the remaining compo-
nents of the Class B Required Amount in the same priority as amounts are
applied to such components from Available Series 1997-1 Finance Charge
Collections pursuant to subsection 4.9(a) of the Agreement.


                                      54
<PAGE>

                  (c) On each Business Day, the Servicer will determine an
amount equal to the least of (i) the Class B Invested Amount, (ii) the product
of (x)(I) during the Revolving Period, the Class B Floating Allocation Per-
centage or (II) during an Amortization Period, the Class B Fixed/Floating
Allocation Percentage and (y) the amount of Principal Collections for such
Business Day and (iii) an amount equal to the excess, if any, of the Class A
Required Amount for such Business Day over the sum of the amount of
Reallocated Class D Principal Collections and Reallocated Class C Principal
Collections applied with respect thereto for such Business Day (such amount
called "Reallocated Class B Principal Collections") and shall apply
Principal Collections equal to such amount to the remaining components of the
Class A Required Amount in the same priority as amounts are applied to such
components from Available Series 1997-1 Finance Charge Collections pursuant to
subsection 4.9(a) of the Agreement.

                  SECTION 4.17 Determination of LIBOR. (a) "LIBOR" shall mean,
as of any LIBOR Determination Date, the rate for deposits in United States
dollars for one month (commencing on the first day of the relevant interest
period) which appears on Telerate Page 3750 as of 11:00 A.M., London time, on
the LIBOR Determination Date for such interest period. If such rate does not
appear on Telerate Page 3750, the rate for such LIBOR Determination Date
will be determined on the basis of the rates at which deposits in the United
States dollars are offered by the Reference Banks at approximately 11:00
a.m., London time, on such LIBOR Determination Date to prime banks in the
London interbank market for a period equal to one month (commencing on the
first day of the relevant interest period). The Trustee will request the
principal London office of each such bank to provide a quotation of its rate.
If at least two such quotations are provided, the rate for such LIBOR
Determination Date will be the arithmetic mean of the quotations. If fewer
than two quotations are provided as requested, the rate for such LIBOR
Determination Date will be the arithmetic mean of the rates quoted by four
major banks in New York City, selected by the Trustee, at approximately 11:00
a.m., New York City time, on the LIBOR Determination Date for loans in United
States dollars to leading European banks for a period equal to one month
(commencing on the first day of such interest period).

                                      55
<PAGE>


                  (b) The Class C Certificate Rate applicable to the then
current and the immediately preceding Interest Accrual Periods may be
obtained by any Series 1997-1 Certificateholder by telephoning the Trustee at
its Corporate Trust Office at (302) 451-2500.

                  (c) On each LIBOR Determination Date, the Trustee shall send
to the Servicer by facsimile notification of LIBOR for such LIBOR
Determination Date.

                  SECTION 4.18  Payment Reserve Account.

                  (a) The Servicer shall establish and maintain or cause to be
established and maintained with a Qualified Institution, which may be the
Trustee, in the name of the Trustee, on behalf of the Certificateholders, the
"Payment Reserve Account," which shall be a segregated trust account with the
corporate trust department of such Qualified Institution, bearing a
designation clearly indicating that the funds deposited therein are held for
the benefit of the Certificateholders. The Trustee shall possess all right,
title and interest in all funds on deposit from time to time in the Payment
Reserve Account and in all proceeds thereof. The Payment Reserve Account
shall be under the sole dominion and control of the Trustee for the benefit
of the Certificate holders. If, at any time, the institution holding the
Payment Reserve Account ceases to be a Qualified Institution, the Trustee
shall within 10 Business Days establish a new Payment Reserve Account
meeting the conditions specified above with a Qualified Institution, and
shall transfer any cash or any investments to such new Payment Reserve
Account. From the date such new Payment Reserve Account is established, it
shall be the "Payment Reserve Account."

                  (b) The Transferor, at its discretion, may on any Business
Day withdraw all or a part of any amounts then on deposit in the Payment
Reserve Account and apply such funds in accordance with Section 4.9(a) of the
Agreement.

                  (c) Funds on deposit in the Payment Reserve Account shall be
invested in Cash Equivalents by the Trustee (or, at the direction of the
Trustee, by the Servicer on behalf of the Trustee) at the direction of the
Servicer. Funds on deposit in the Payment Reserve

                                      56
<PAGE>

Account on any Business Day, after giving effect to any withdrawals from the
Payment Reserve Account, shall be invested in Cash Equivalents that will
mature so that such funds will be available for withdrawal on or prior to the
following Business Day. The proceeds of any such investments shall be invested
in Cash Equivalents that will mature so that such funds will be available for
withdrawal on or prior to the following Business Day.

                  SECTION 4.19  Principal Funding Account.

                  (a) The Servicer shall establish and maintain or cause to be
established and maintained with a Qualified Institution, which may be the
Trustee, in the name of the Trustee, on behalf of the Certificateholders, the
"Principal Funding Account," which shall be a segregated trust account with
the corporate trust department of such Qualified Institution, bearing a
designation clearly indicating that the funds deposited therein are held for
the benefit of the Series 1997-1 Certificateholders. The Trustee shall possess
all right, title and interest in all funds on deposit from time to time in the
Principal Funding Account and in all proceeds thereof. The Principal Funding
Account shall be under the sole dominion and control of the Trustee for the
benefit of the Series 1997-1 Certificateholders. If, at any time, the
institution holding the Principal Funding Account ceases to be a Qualified
Institution, the Trustee shall within 10 Business Days establish a new
Principal Funding Account meeting the conditions specified above with a
Qualified Institution, and shall transfer any cash or any investments to such
new Principal Funding Account. From the date such new Principal Funding
Account is established, it shall be the "Principal Funding Account." The
Trustee, at the written direction of the Servicer, shall (i) make withdrawals
from the Principal Funding Account from time to time, in the amounts and for
the purposes set forth in this Series Supplement, and (ii) on each Transfer
Date (from and after the commencement of the Accumulation Period) prior to
termination of the Principal Funding Account make a deposit into the
Principal Funding Account in the amount specified in, and otherwise in
accordance with, subsection 4.12 of the Agreement.


                                      57
<PAGE>

                  (b) Funds on deposit in the Principal Funding Account shall
be invested by the Trustee at the direction of the Servicer in Cash
Equivalents maturing no later than the following Transfer Date. On the
Transfer Date occurring in the month following the commencement of the
Accumulation Period and on each Transfer Date thereafter with respect to the
Accumulation Period, the Trustee, at the Servicer's written direction, shall
transfer from the Principal Funding Account to the Collection Account the
Principal Funding Account Investment Proceeds on deposit in the Principal
Funding Account, but not in excess of the Covered Amount, and shall apply such
amount as if such amounts were Available Series 1997-1 Finance Charge
Collections available to be applied pursuant to subsection 4.9(a) on the
last Business Day of the preceding Monthly Period. Principal Funding Account
Investment Proceeds (including reinvested interest) shall not be considered
part of the amounts on deposit in the Principal Funding Account for purposes
of this Series Supplement.

                  SECTION 4.20 Accumulation Period Reserve Account.

                  (a) The Servicer shall establish and maintain or cause to be
established and maintained with a Qualified Institution, which may be the
Trustee, in the name of the Trustee, on behalf of the Certificateholders, the
"Accumulation Period Reserve Account," which shall be a segregated trust
account with the corporate trust department of such Qualified Institution,
bearing a designation clearly indicating that the funds deposited therein
are held for the benefit of the Series 1997-1 Certificateholders. The Trustee
shall possess all right, title and interest in all funds on deposit from time
to time in the Accumulation Period Reserve Account and in all proceeds
thereof. The Accumulation Period Reserve Account shall be under the sole
dominion and control of the Trustee for the benefit of the Series 1997-1
Certificateholders. If, at any time, the institution holding the
Accumulation Period Reserve Account ceases to be a Qualified Institution, the
Trustee shall within 10 Business Days establish a new Accumulation Period
Reserve Account meeting the conditions specified above with a Qualified
Institution, and shall transfer any cash or any investments to such new
Accumulation Period Reserve Account. From the date such new Accumulation Period

                                      58
<PAGE>

Reserve Account is established, it shall be the "Accumulation
Period Reserve Account." The Trustee, at the written direction of the
Servicer, shall (i) make withdrawals from the Accumulation Period Reserve
Account from time to time, in the amounts and for the purposes set forth in
this Series Supplement, and (ii) on each Transfer Date (from and after the
Reserve Account Funding Date) prior to termination of the Accumulation
Period Reserve Account make a deposit into the Accumulation Period Reserve
Account in the amount specified in, and otherwise in accordance with,
subsection 4.9(a)(xiv) of the Agreement.

                  (b) Funds on deposit in the Accumulation Period Reserve
Account shall be invested by the Trustee at the direction of the Servicer in
Cash Equivalents maturing no later than the following Transfer Date. The
interest and other investment income (net of investment expenses and losses)
earned on such investments will be retained in the Accumulation Period Reserve
Account (to the extent the amount on deposit therein is less than the Required
Reserve Account Amount) or applied on each Transfer Date as if such amount
were Available Series 1997-1 Finance Charge Collections available to be ap-
plied pursuant to subsection 4.9(a) on the last Business Day of the preceding
Monthly Period.

                  (c) On or before each Transfer Date with respect to the
Accumulation Period and on the first Transfer Date with respect to the Early
Amortization Period, the Trustee at the direction of the Servicer shall with-
draw from the Accumulation Period Reserve Account, up to the Available Reserve
Account Amount, an amount equal to the excess of the Covered Amount for the
related Interest Accrual Period over the Principal Funding Account
Investment Proceeds with respect to such Transfer Date, and the amount of such
withdrawal shall be applied as if such amount were Available Series 1997-1
Finance Charge Collections available to be applied pursuant to subsection
4.9(a) on the last Business Day of the preceding Monthly Period.

                  (d) The Accumulation Period Reserve Account shall be
terminated following the earliest to occur of (a) the termination of the Trust
pursuant to the Agreement, (b) the date on which the Invested Amount is paid
in full, (c) if the Accumulation Period has not com-

                                      59
<PAGE>

menced, the occurrence of a Pay Out Event with respect to the Series 1997-1
Certificates and (d) if the Accumulation Period has commenced, the earlier
of the first Transfer Date with respect to the Early Amortization Period and
the Expected Final Payment Date. Upon the termination of the Accumulation
Period Reserve Account, all amounts on deposit therein (after giving effect to
any withdrawal from the Accumulation Period Reserve Account on such date as
described above) shall be applied as if they were Available Series 1997-1
Finance Charge Collections available to be applied pursuant to subsection
4.9(a) on the last Business Day of the preceding Monthly Period.

                  SECTION 4.21 Postponement of Accumulation Period. The
Accumulation Period is scheduled to commence at the close of business on the
last day of the March 2001 Monthly Period; provided, however, that, if the
Accumulation Period Length (determined as described below) is less than 12
months, the date on which the Accumulation Period actually commences may, at
the option of the Servicer, upon written notice to the Trustee, be delayed
to the first Business Day of the month that is the number of months prior to
the Expected Final Payment Date at least equal to the Accumulation Period
Length and, as a result, the number of Monthly Periods in the Accumulation
Period will at least equal the Accumulation Period Length. On each
Determination Date until the Accumulation Period begins, the Servicer will
determine the "Accumulation Period Length" which will equal the number of
months such that the sum of the Accumulation Period Factors for each Monthly
Period during such period will be equal to or greater than the Required
Accumulation Factor Number; provided, however, that the Accumulation Period
Length will not be less than one month.

                  SECTION 4.22 Defeasance. On the date that the following
conditions shall have been satisfied: (i) the Transferor shall have deposited
(x) in the Principal Funding Account, an amount such that the amount on de-
posit in the Principal Funding Account following such deposit is equal to the
sum of the Class A Outstanding Principal Amount, the Class B Outstanding
Principal Amount and the Class C Outstanding Principal Amount, and (y) in the
Accumulation Period Reserve Account, an amount equal to or greater than the
Covered Amount, as

                                      60
<PAGE>

estimated by the Transferor, for the period from the date of such deposit to
the Principal Funding Account through the Expected Final Payment Date; (ii)
the Transferor shall have delivered to the Trustee (a) an opinion of counsel
to the effect that such deposit will not result in the Trust being required to
register as an "investment company" within the meaning of the Investment
Company Act of 1940, as amended, (b) an opinion of counsel to the effect that
following such deposit none of the Trust, the Accumulation Period Reserve
Account or the Principal Funding Account will be deemed to be an association
(or publicly traded partnership) taxable as a corporation, (c) a certificate
of an officer of the Transferor stating that the Transferor reasonably be-
lieves that such deposit will not cause a Pay Out Event or any event that,
with the giving of notice or the lapse of time, would constitute a Pay Out
Event, to occur; and (iv) a Ratings Event will not occur, the Series 1997-1
Certificates will no longer be entitled to security interest of the Trust in
the Receivables and, except those set forth in clause (i) above, other Trust
assets and the percentages applicable to the allocation to the Series 1997-1
Certificateholders of Principal Collections, Finance Charge Collections and
Defaulted Receivables will be reduced to zero. Upon the satisfaction of the
foregoing conditions, the Class D Invested Amount will be reduced to zero.

                  SECTION 7. Article V of the Agreement. Article V of the
Agreement shall read in its entirety as follows and shall be applicable only
to the Series 1997-1 Certificates:


                                   ARTICLE V

                     DISTRIBUTIONS AND REPORTS TO INVESTOR
                              CERTIFICATEHOLDERS

                  SECTION 5.1 Distributions. (a) On each Distribution Date,
the Paying Agent shall distribute (in accordance with the Settlement Statement
delivered by the Servicer to the Trustee and the Paying Agent pursuant to
subsection 3.4(c)) to each Class A Certificate holder of record on the
preceding Record Date (other than as provided in subsection 2.4(e) or in
Section 12.3 respecting a final distribution) such Certificate-

                                      61
<PAGE>

holder's pro rata share (based on the aggregate Undivided Interests
represented by each Class A Certificate held by such Certificateholder) of
amounts on deposit in the Distribution Account as are payable to each Class A
Certificateholders pursuant to Sections 4.11 and 4.12 of the Agreement by
check mailed to each Class A Certificateholder at such Certificateholder's
address as it appears on the Certificate Register or, in the case of Class A
Certificateholders holding Class A Certificates evidencing Undivided Interests
aggregating not less than 80% of the Invested Amount, by wire transfer, at the
expense of such Class A Certificateholder, to an account or accounts
designated by such Class A Certificateholder by written notice given to the
Paying Agent not less than five days prior to related Distribution Date; pro-
vided, however, that the final payment in retirement of the Class A
Certificates will be made only upon presentation and surrender of the Class
A Certificates at the office or offices specified in the notice of such final
distribution delivered by the Trustee pursuant to Section 12.3.

                  (b) On each Distribution Date, the Paying Agent shall
distribute (in accordance with the Settlement Statement delivered by the
Servicer to the Trustee and the Paying Agent pursuant to subsection 3.4(c)) to
each Class B Certificateholder of record on the preceding Record Date (other
than as provided in subsection 2.4(e) or in Section 12.3 respecting a final
distribution) such Certificateholder's pro rata share (based on the
aggregate Undivided Interests represented by Class B Certificates held by such
Certificateholder) of amounts on deposit in the Distribution Account as are
payable to the Class B Certificateholders pursuant to Sections 4.11 and 4.12
of the Agreement by check mailed to each Class B Certificateholder at such
Certificateholder's address as it appears on the Certificate Register or, in
the case of Class B Certificateholders holding Class B Certificates
evidencing Undivided Interest aggregating not less than 80% of the Invested
Amount, by wire transfer, at the expense of such Class B Certificateholder, to
an account or accounts designated by such Class B Certificateholder by
written notice given to the Paying Agent not less than five days prior to the
related Distributed Date; provided, however, that the final payment in re-
tirement of the Class B Certificates will be made only upon presentation and
surrender of the Class B Certifi-

                                      62
<PAGE>

cates at the office or offices specified in the notice of such final
distribution delivered by the Trustee pursuant to Section 12.3.

                  (c) On each Distribution Date, the Paying Agent shall
distribute (in accordance with the Settlement Statement delivered by the
Servicer to the Trustee and the Paying Agent pursuant to subsection 3.4(c)) to
each Class C Certificateholder of record on the preceding Record Date (other
than as provided in subsection 2.4(e) or in Section 12.3 respecting a final
distribution) such Certificateholder's pro rata share (based on the
aggregate Undivided Interests represented by Class C Certificates held by such
Certificateholder) of amounts on deposit in the Distribution Account as are
payable to the Class C Certificateholders pursuant to Sections 4.11 and 4.12
of the Agreement by wire transfer to each Class C Certificateholder to an
account or accounts designated by such Class C Certificateholder by written
notice given to the Paying Agent not less than five days prior to the related
Distribution Date; provided, however, that the final payment in retirement of
the Class C Certificates will be made only upon presentation and surrender of
the Class C Certificates at the office or offices specified in the notice of
such final distribution delivered by the Trustee pursuant to Section 12.3.

                  (d) On each Distribution Date, the Paying Agent shall
distribute (in accordance with the Settlement Statement delivered by the
Servicer to the Trustee and the Paying Agent pursuant to subsection 3.4(c)) to
each Class D Certificateholder of record on the preceding Record Date (other
than as provided in subsection 2.4(e) or in Section 12.3 respecting a final
distribution) such Certificateholder's pro rata share (based on the
aggregate Undivided Interests represented by Class D Certificates held by such
Certificateholder) of amounts on deposit in the Distribution Account as are
payable to the Class D Certificateholders pursuant to Sections 4.11 and 4.12
of the Agreement by wire transfer to each Class D Certificateholder to an
account or accounts designated by such Class D Certificateholder by written
notice given to the Paying Agent not less than five days prior to the related
Distribution Date; provided, however, that the final payment in retirement of
the Class D Certificates will be made only upon presentation and surrender of
the Class D Certificates at the office or

                                      63
<PAGE>

offices specified in the notice of such final distribution delivered by the
Trustee pursuant to Section 12.3.

                  SECTION 5.2 Certificateholders' Statement. (a) On the 20th
day of each calendar month (or if such day is not a Business Day the next
succeeding Business Day), the Paying Agent shall forward to each Certifi-
cateholder and the Rating Agencies a statement substantially in the form of
Exhibit B prepared by the Servicer and delivered to the Trustee and the Paying
Agent on the preceding Determination Date setting forth the following
information (which, in the case of (i), (ii) and (iii) below, shall be stated
on the basis of an original principal amount of $1,000 per Certificate and,
in the case of (ix) and (x), shall be stated on an aggregate basis and on the
basis of an original principal amount of $1,000 per Certificate):

                           (i)  the total amount distributed;

                           (ii)  the amount of such distribution
         allocable to Certificate Principal;

                           (iii)  the amount of such distribution
         allocable to Certificate Interest;

                           (iv)  the amount of Principal Collections
         received in the Collection Account during the pre-
         ceding Monthly Period and allocated in respect of
         the Class A Certificates, the Class B Certificates,
         the Class C Certificates and the Class D Certifi-
         cates, respectively;

                           (v)  the amount of Finance Charge Collec-
         tions processed during the preceding Monthly Period
         and allocated in respect of the Class A Certifi-
         cates, the Class B Certificates, the Class C Cer-
         tificates and the Class D Certificates, respective-
         ly, and the amount of Principal Funding Account
         Investment Proceeds and investment earnings on
         amounts on deposit in the Accumulation Period Re-
         serve Account and the Pre-Funding Account;

                           (vi)  the aggregate amount of Principal
         Receivables, the Invested Amount, the Class A In-
         vested Amount, the Class B Invested Amount, the
         Class C Invested Amount, the Class D Invested

                                      64
<PAGE>

         Amount, the Floating Allocation Percentage and,
         during the Amortization Period, the Fixed/Floating
         Allocation Percentage, Class B Fixed/Floating Allo-
         cation Percentage, or Class C Fixed/Floating Allo-
         cation Percentage as applicable, as of the end of
         the day on the last day of the related Monthly
         Period;

                           (vii)  the aggregate outstanding balance
         of Receivables which are current, 30-59, 60-89, and
         90 days and over delinquent as of the end of the
         day on the last day of the related Monthly Period;

                           (viii)  the aggregate Investor Default
         Amount for the preceding Monthly Period;

                           (ix)  the aggregate amount of Class A
         Investor Charge-Offs, Class B Investor Charge-Offs,
         Class C Investor Charge-Offs and Class D Investor
         Charge-Offs for the preceding Monthly Period;

                           (x)  the amount of the Servicing Fee for
         the preceding Monthly Period;

                           (xi)  the Class A Pool Factor, the Class
         B Pool Factor and the Class C Pool Factor as of the
         end of the last day of the Monthly Period immedi-
         ately preceding the Determination Date;

                           (xii)  the amount of unreimbursed Reallo-
         cated Class B Principal Collections, Reallocated
         Class C Principal Collections and Reallocated Class
         D Principal Collections for the related Monthly
         Period;

                           (xiii) the aggregate amount of funds in
         the Excess Funding Account and the Pre-Funding
         Account as of the last day of the Monthly Period
         immediately preceding the Distribution Date;

                           (xiv)  the Specified Class C Reserve
         Amount, the amount then on deposit in the Class C
         Reserve Account and whether a Class C Trigger Event
         has occurred;


                                      65
<PAGE>

                           (xv)       the number of new Accounts the
         Receivables in which have been added to the Trust
         during the related Monthly Period;

                           (xvi)  the Portfolio Yield for the relat-
         ed Monthly Period;

                           (xvii)  the Base Rate for the related
         Monthly Period;

                           (xviii) the Principal Funding Account
         Balance on the related Transfer Date;

                           (xix)  the Accumulation Shortfall;

                           (xx)  the scheduled date for the com-
         mencement of the Accumulation Period and the Accu-
         mulation Period Length; and

                           (xxi)  the amount of Principal Funding
         Account Investment Proceeds deposited in the Col-
         lection Account on the related Transfer Date, the
         Required Reserve Account Amount and the Available
         Reserve Account Amount as of the related Transfer
         Date, and the Covered Amount for the related Inter-
         est Accrual Period.

                           (b) Annual Certificateholders' Tax Statement. On or
before January 31 of each calendar year, beginning with calendar year 1998,
the Paying Agent shall distribute to each Person who at any time during the
preceding calendar year was a Series 1997-1 Certificateholder, a statement
prepared by the Servicer containing the information required to be contained
in the regular report to Series 1997-1 Certificateholders, as set forth in
subclauses (i), (ii) and (iii) above, aggregated for such calendar year or the
applicable portion thereof during which such Person was a Series 1997-1
Certificateholder, together with, on or before January 31 of each year,
beginning in 1998, such other customary information (consistent with the
treatment of the Certificates as debt) as the Trustee or the Servicer deems
necessary or desirable to enable the Series 1997-1 Certificateholders to
prepare their tax returns. Such obligations of the Trustee shall be deemed to
have been satisfied to the extent that substantially comparable information
shall be provided by the Trustee pursuant to

                                      66
<PAGE>

any requirements of the Internal Revenue Code as from time to time in effect.

                           SECTION 8. Series 1997-1 Pay Out Events. If any one
of the following events shall occur with respect to the Series 1997-1
Certificates:

                           (a) failure on the part of the Transferor (i) to
make any payment or deposit required to be made by the Transferor by the terms
of (A) the Agreement or (B) this Series Supplement, on or before the date
occurring five Business Days after the date such payment or deposit is
required to be made herein, (ii) to perform in all material respects the
Transferor's covenant not to sell, pledge, assign, or transfer to any person,
or grant any unpermitted lien on, any Receivable; or (iii) duly to observe or
perform in any material respect any covenants or agreements of the Transferor
set forth in the Agreement or this Series Supplement, which failure has a
material adverse effect on the Series 1997-1 Certificateholders and which
continues unremedied for a period of 60 days after the date on which written
notice of such failure, requiring the same to be remedied, shall have been
given to the Transferor by the Trustee, or to the Transferor and the Trustee
by the Holders of Series 1997-1 Certificates evidencing Undivided Interests
aggregating not less than 50% of the Invested Amount of this Series 1997-1,
and continues to affect materially and adversely the interests of the Series
1997-1 Certificateholders for such period;

                           (b) any representation or warranty made by the
Transferor in the Agreement or this Series Supplement, (i) shall prove to
have been incorrect in any material respect when made, which continues to be
incorrect in any material respect for a period of 60 days after the date on
which written notice of such failure, requiring the same to be remedied, shall
have been given to the Transferor by the Trustee, or to the Transferor and the
Trustee by the Holders of the Series 1997-1 Certificates evidencing Undivided
Interests aggregating more than 50% of the Invested Amount of this Series
1997-1, and (ii) as a result of which the interests of the Series 1997-1
Certificateholders are materially and adversely affected and continue to be
materially and adversely affected for such period; provided, however, that a
Series 1997-1 Pay Out Event pursuant to this

                                      67
<PAGE>

subsection 8(b) shall not be deemed to have occurred hereunder if the
Transferor has accepted reassignment of the related Receivable, or all of such
Receivables, if applicable, during such period (or such longer period as the
Trustee may specify) in accordance with the provisions of the Agreement;

                           (c) the average of the Portfolio Yields for any
three consecutive Monthly Periods is reduced to a rate which is less than the
weighted average Base Rates for such three consecutive Monthly Periods;

                           (d) (i) the Transferor Interest shall be less than
the Minimum Transferor Interest, (ii) (A) the sum of the amount on deposit in
the Pre-Funding Account plus the Series Allocation Percentage of the sum of
the total amount of Principal Receivables plus amounts on deposit in the
Excess Funding Account shall be less than (B) the sum of the Class A
Outstanding Principal Amount, the Class B Outstanding Principal Amount, the
Class C Outstanding Principal Amount and the Class D Outstanding Principal
Amount, (iii) the total amount of Principal Receivables and the amounts on
deposit in the Excess Funding Account and the Principal Funding Account shall
be less than the Minimum Aggregate Principal Receivables or (iv) the Retained
Percentage shall be equal to or less than 2%, in each case as of any
Determination Date; or

                           (e) any Servicer Default shall occur which would
have a material adverse effect on the Series 1997-1 Certificateholders;

then, in the case of any event described in subparagraph (a), (b) or (e),
after the applicable grace period, if any, set forth in such subparagraphs,
the Holders of Series 1997-1 Certificates evidencing Undivided Interests
aggregating more than 50% of the Invested Amount of this Series 1997-1, by
notice then given in writing to the Trustee, the Transferor and the Servicer
may declare that a pay out event (a "Series 1997-1 Pay Out Event") has
occurred as of the date of such notice, and in the case of any event described
in subparagraphs (c) or (d), a Series 1997-1 Pay Out Event shall occur without
any notice or other action on the part of the Trustee or the Series 1997-1
Certificateholders immediately upon the occurrence of such event.

                                      68
<PAGE>


                  SECTION 9. Series 1997-1 Termination. The right of the
Series 1997-1 Certificateholders to receive payments from the Trust will
terminate on the first Business Day following the Series 1997-1 Termination
Date unless such Series is an Affected Series as specified in Section
12.1(c) of the Agreement and the sale contemplated therein has not occurred by
such date, in which event the Series 1997-1 Certificateholders shall remain
entitled to receive proceeds of such sale when such sale occurs.

                  SECTION 10. Legends; Transfer and Exchange; Restrictions on
Transfer of Series 1997-1 Certificates; Tax Treatment.

                           (a) Each Class B Certificate will bear a legend or
legends substantially in the following form:

                  EACH PURCHASER REPRESENTS AND WARRANTS
         FOR THE BENEFIT OF METRIS RECEIVABLES, INC.
         AND THE TRUSTEE THAT SUCH PURCHASER IS NOT (I)
         AN EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN (AS DEFINED IN SEC-
         TION 3(3) OF THE EMPLOYEE RETIREMENT INCOME
         SECURITY ACT OF 1974, AS AMENDED ("ERISA"))
         THAT IS SUBJECT TO THE PROVISIONS OF TITLE I
         OF ERISA, (II) A PLAN DESCRIBED IN SECTION
         4975(E)(1) OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF
         1986, AS AMENDED (THE "CODE"), (III) A GOVERN-
         MENTAL PLAN, AS DEFINED IN SECTION 3(32) OF
         ERISA, SUBJECT TO ANY FEDERAL, STATE OR LOCAL
         LAW WHICH IS, TO A MATERIAL EXTENT, SIMILAR TO
         THE PROVISIONS OF SECTION 406 OF ERISA OR SEC-
         TION 4975 OF THE CODE, (IV) AN ENTITY WHOSE
         UNDERLYING ASSETS INCLUDE PLAN ASSETS (AS DE-
         FINED IN 29 C.F.R. SECTION 2510.3-101 OR OTH-
         ERWISE UNDER ERISA) BY REASON OF A PLAN'S IN-
         VESTMENT IN THE ENTITY OR (V) A PERSON INVEST-
         ING PLAN ASSETS OF ANY SUCH PLAN (INCLUDING
         WITHOUT LIMITATION, FOR PURPOSES OF CLAUSE
         (IV) AND THIS CLAUSE (V), ANY INSURANCE COMPA-
         NY GENERAL ACCOUNT, BUT EXCLUDING ANY ENTITY
         REGISTERED UNDER THE INVESTMENT COMPANY ACT OF
         1940, AS AMENDED).

                           (b) The Class C Certificates have not been, and
will not be, registered under the Securities Act or any state securities law.
No reoffer, resale,

                                      69
<PAGE>

pledge (except as provided in the Pooling and Servicing Agreement) or other
transfer of any Class C Certificate or any interest therein or participation
thereof will be made unless such resale or transfer is made (i) to the
Transferor, (ii) to a limited number of institutional "accredited investors"
(as defined in Rule 501 (a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act) in a
transaction exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act
(upon delivery of the documentation required by the Pooling and Servicing
Agreement and, if the Trustee so requires, an opinion of counsel satisfac-
tory to the Trustee) or (iii) pursuant to Rule 144A to a person who the seller
of the Class C Certificates reasonably believes is a QIB purchasing for its
own account or a QIB purchasing for the account of a QIB, whom the holder has
informed, in each case, that the reoffer, resale, pledge or other transfer is
being made in reliance on Rule 144A. Neither the Transferor nor the Trustee
is obligated to register the Class C Certificates under the Securities Act
or to take any otherwise required under the Pooling and Servicing Agreement or
the Series 1997-1 Supplement to permit the transfer of Class C Certificates
without registration. No Class C Certificate or any interest therein may be
sold, traded, conveyed, assigned, hypothecated, pledged, participated, or
otherwise transferred (each, a "Transfer") except in accordance with this
Section 10. Any Transfer of a Class C Certificate otherwise permitted by this
Section 10 will be permitted only if it consists of a pro rata percentage
interest in all payments made with respect to such Holder's Class C
Certificates and no Transfers of partial interests in a Class C Certificate
will be permitted. No Class C Certificate or any interest therein may be
Transferred to any Person (each, an "Assignee") unless the Assignee has
executed and delivered the certification referred to in subsection 10(d)
below and the Transferor has granted prior written consent thereto. Such
consent shall be granted unless the Transferor determines in its sole and
absolute discretion that such Transfer would create more than an insubstantial
risk that the Trust would be classified for Federal or any applicable state
tax purposes as an association or publicly traded partnership taxable as a
corporation; provided, that any attempted Transfer that would cause the
number of Targeted Holders to exceed one hundred shall be void; and provided,
further, that there shall not at any time be more than 10 Class C
Certificateholders or

                                      70
<PAGE>

such other number as may be consented to by the Transferor, which consent
may be withheld in its sole and absolute discretion.

                           (c) Each initial purchaser of a Class C Certificate
or any interest therein and any Assignee thereof shall certify to the
Transferor and the Trustee that it is either (A)(i) a citizen or resident of
the U.S., (ii) a corporation, partnership or other entity organized in or
under the laws of the U.S. or any political subdivision thereof or (iii) a
person not described in (i) or (ii) whose ownership of the Class C Certifi-
cates is effectively connected with such person's conduct of a trade or
business within the U.S. (within the meaning of the Internal Revenue Code) and
whose ownership of any interest in a Class C Certificate will not result in
any withholding obligation with respect to any payments with respect to the
Class C Certificates by any person (other than withholding, if any, under
Section 1446 of the Code) or (B) an estate the income of which is includible
in gross income for U.S. Federal income tax purposes or any trust if a court
within the United States is able to exercise primary supervision over the
administration of the trust and one or more United States fiduciaries have the
authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust. It also agrees
that (a) if it is a person described in clause (A)(i) or (A)(ii) above, it
will furnish to the Transferor, the Servicer and the Trustee, a properly
executed U.S. Internal Revenue Service Form W-9 and a new Form W-9, or any
successor applicable form, upon the expiration or obsolescence of any
previously delivered form or (b) if it is a person described in clause
(A)(iii) above, it will furnish to the Transferor, the Servicer and the
Trustee a properly executed U.S. Internal Revenue Service Form 4224 (or
applicable successor form) and a new Form 4224 (or applicable successor form)
upon the expiration or obsolescence of any previously delivered form (and
such other certifications, representations or opinions of counsel as may be
requested by the Transferor, the Servicer or the Trustee). Such person
recognizes that if it is a tax-exempt entity a portion of the payments with
respect to the Certificates may constitute unrelated business taxable income.

                  If the purchaser is a Person which is described in clause 
A(iii) of the preceding paragraph, it

                                      71
<PAGE>

will deliver a properly completed and executed Form 4224 (or applicable
successor form) indicating no taxes will be required to be withheld by any
person with respect to any payments to be made to such purchaser in respect of
the Class C Certificates (other than withholding, if any, under Section 1446
of the Code) purchased by it, and it will, during the period in which such
Form is effective, report all interest payments received by it in respect of
such Class C Certificates as income effectively connected with the conduct
of a trade or business in the United States and pay all United States federal
income taxes imposed with respect to such income as required by law. Further,
such purchaser will provide the Transferor and the Trustee a new Form 4224 (or
applicable successor form) upon the expiration or obsolescence of any
previously delivered Form and comparable statements in accordance with
applicable U.S. laws and regulations and amendments duly executed and
completed by such purchaser, and it will comply from time to time with all
applicable U.S. laws and regulations with regard to such withholding tax
exemption. Each initial purchaser of a Class C Certificate or any interest
therein and any Assignee thereof must certify to the Transferor and the
Trustee that if it is not created or organized under the laws of the United
States or any State thereof (including the District of Columbia) it will, upon
written notice by the Transferor that the Transferor intends, pursuant to
Section 1446 or other applicable section of the Code, to withhold U.S. tax (a
"Withholding Tax") from amounts paid or accruing with respect to a Class C
Certificate to such purchaser (such determination being a "Withholding
Event"), such purchaser shall for tax years for which the purchaser has
already filed U.S. federal income tax returns (each a "Prior Tax Year") prior
to proper notice of such Withholding Event, provide (A) a signed officer's
certificate of such purchaser stating that amounts paid or accruing
hereunder have been included in such purchaser's U.S. federal income tax
returns for each such Prior Tax Year, which certificate may be relied on by
the Transferor in asserting to the Internal Revenue Service the applicability
of Section 1463 of the Code with respect to any Withholding Tax for each such
Prior Tax Year and (B) provide information to the Transferor or, at the option
of such purchaser, to the Internal Revenue Service in support of the
application of Section 1463 of the Code for each such Prior Tax Year.

                                      72
<PAGE>


                           (d) Each initial purchaser of a Class C Certificate
or any interest therein and any Assignee thereof shall further certify to the
Transferor and the Trustee that it has neither acquired nor will it Transfer
the Class C Certificates (or any interest therein) or cause the Class C
Certificates to be marketed on or through (i) an "established securities
market" within the meaning of Section 7704(b)(1) of the Internal Revenue
Code and any treasury regulation thereunder, including, without limitation,
an over-the-counter-market or an interdealer quotation system that regularly
disseminates firm buy or sell quotations or (ii) a "secondary market" within
the meaning of Section 7704(b)(2) of the Internal Revenue Code and any
treasury regulation thereunder, including a market wherein the Class C
Certificates (or any interest therein) are regularly quoted by any Person
making a market in such interests and a market wherein any Person regularly
makes available bid or offer quotes with respect to the Class C Certificates
(or any interest therein) and stands ready to effect buy or sell transactions
at the quoted prices for itself or on behalf of others. In addition, each
initial purchaser of a Class C Certificate or any interest therein and any
Assignee must certify, prior to any delivery or Transfer to it of a Class C
Certificate that, for so long as it holds an interest in a Class C
Certificate, it is not and will not become a partnership, Subchapter S
corporation or grantor trust for U.S. Federal income tax purposes. If an
initial purchaser of an interest in a Class C Certificate or an Assignee
cannot make the certification described in the preceding sentence, the
Transferor may, in its sole discretion, prohibit a Transfer to such entity;
provided, however, that if the Transferor agrees to permit such a Transfer,
the Transferor, the Servicer or the Trustee may require additional
certifications in order to prevent the Trust from being treated as a publicly
traded partnership. Each initial purchaser of an interest in a Class C
Certificate and Assignee acknowledges that the Opinion of Counsel to the
effect that the Trust will not be treated as a publicly traded partnership
taxable as a corporation is dependent in part on the accuracy of the
certifications described in this Section 10(d).

                           (e) Each Class C Certificate will bear legends
substantially in the following form:


                                      73
<PAGE>

                  EACH PURCHASER REPRESENTS AND WARRANTS
         FOR THE BENEFIT OF METRIS RECEIVABLES, INC.
         AND THE TRUSTEE THAT SUCH PURCHASER IS NOT (I)
         AN EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN (AS DEFINED IN SEC-
         TION 3(3) OF THE EMPLOYEE RETIREMENT INCOME
         SECURITY ACT OF 1974, AS AMENDED ("ERISA"))
         THAT IS SUBJECT TO THE PROVISIONS OF TITLE I
         OF ERISA, (II) A PLAN DESCRIBED IN SECTION
         4975(E)(1) OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF
         1986, AS AMENDED (THE "CODE"), (III) A GOVERN-
         MENTAL PLAN, AS DEFINED IN SECTION 3(32) OF
         ERISA, SUBJECT TO ANY FEDERAL, STATE OR LOCAL
         LAW WHICH IS, TO A MATERIAL EXTENT, SIMILAR TO
         THE PROVISIONS OF SECTION 406 OF ERISA OR SEC-
         TION 4975 OF THE CODE, (IV) AN ENTITY WHOSE
         UNDERLYING ASSETS INCLUDE PLAN ASSETS (AS DE-
         FINED IN 29 C.F.R. SECTION 2510.301-1 OR OTH-
         ERWISE UNDER ERISA) BY REASON OF A PLAN'S IN-
         VESTMENT IN THE ENTITY OR (V) A PERSON INVEST-
         ING PLAN ASSETS OF ANY SUCH PLAN (INCLUDING
         WITHOUT LIMITATION, FOR PURPOSES OF CLAUSE
         (IV) AND THIS CLAUSE (V), ANY INSURANCE COMPA-
         NY GENERAL ACCOUNT, BUT EXCLUDING ANY ENTITY
         REGISTERED UNDER THE INVESTMENT COMPANY ACT OF
         1940, AS AMENDED).

                  THIS CERTIFICATE MAY NOT BE ACQUIRED, SOLD,
         TRADED OR TRANSFERRED BY A PERSON WHO IS NOT EITHER
         (A)(I) A CITIZEN OR RESIDENT OF THE UNITED STATES,
         (II) A CORPORATION, PARTNERSHIP OR OTHER ENTITY
         ORGANIZED IN OR UNDER THE LAWS OF THE UNITED STATES
         OR ANY POLITICAL SUBDIVISION THEREOF OR (III) A
         PERSON NOT DESCRIBED IN (I) OR (II) WHOSE OWNERSHIP
         OF THE CLASS C CERTIFICATES IS EFFECTIVELY CONNECT-
         ED WITH SUCH PERSON'S CONDUCT OF A TRADE OR BUSI-
         NESS WITHIN THE UNITED STATES (WITHIN THE MEANING
         OF THE CODE) AND ITS OWNERSHIP OF ANY INTEREST IN A
         CLASS C CERTIFICATE WILL NOT RESULT IN ANY WITH-
         HOLDING OBLIGATION WITH RESPECT TO ANY PAYMENTS
         WITH RESPECT TO THE CLASS C CERTIFICATES BY ANY
         PERSON (OTHER THAN WITHHOLDING, IF ANY, UNDER SEC-
         TION 1446 OF THE CODE) OR (B) AN ESTATE THE INCOME
         OF WHICH IS INCLUDIBLE IN GROSS INCOME FOR UNITED
         STATES FEDERAL INCOME TAX PURPOSES OR ANY TRUST IF
         A COURT WITHIN THE UNITED STATES IS ABLE TO EXER-
         CISE PRIMARY SUPERVISION OVER THE ADMINISTRATION OF
         THE TRUST AND ONE OR MORE UNITED STATES FIDUCIARIES

                                      74
<PAGE>

         HAVE THE AUTHORITY TO CONTROL ALL SUBSTANTIAL DECI-
         SIONS OF THE TRUST.

                  THIS CERTIFICATE MAY NOT BE ACQUIRED,
         SOLD, TRADED, TRANSFERRED, ASSIGNED, PARTICI-
         PATED, PLEDGED, HYPOTHECATED OR OTHERWISE DIS-
         POSED, NOR MAY AN INTEREST IN THIS CERTIFICATE
         BE MARKETED, ON OR THROUGH (I) AN "ESTABLISHED
         SECURITIES MARKET" WITHIN THE MEANING OF SEC-
         TION 7704(b)(1) OF THE CODE AND ANY PROPOSED,
         TEMPORARY OR FINAL TREASURY REGULATION THERE-
         UNDER, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, AN OVER-
         THE-COUNTER-MARKET OR AN INTERDEALER QUOTATION
         SYSTEM THAT REGULARLY DISSEMINATES FIRM BUY OR
         SELL QUOTATIONS OR (II) A "SECONDARY MARKET"
         WITHIN THE MEANING OF SECTION 7704(b)(2) OF
         THE CODE AND ANY PROPOSED, TEMPORARY OR FINAL
         TREASURY REGULATION THEREUNDER, INCLUDING A
         MARKET WHEREIN INTERESTS IN THE CLASS C CER-
         TIFICATES ARE REGULARLY QUOTED BY ANY PERSON
         MAKING A MARKET IN SUCH INTERESTS AND A MARKET
         WHEREIN ANY PERSON REGULARLY MAKES AVAILABLE
         BID OR OFFER QUOTES WITH RESPECT TO INTERESTS
         IN THE CLASS C CERTIFICATES AND STANDS READY
         TO EFFECT BUY OR SELL TRANSACTIONS AT THE
         QUOTED PRICES FOR ITSELF OR ON BEHALF OF OTH-
         ERS.

                  THIS CERTIFICATE HAS NOT BEEN AND WILL
         NOT BE REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF
         1933, AS AMENDED (THE "SECURITIES ACT"), OR
         ANY STATE SECURITIES LAW.  THE HOLDER HEREOF,
         BY PURCHASING THIS CERTIFICATE, AGREES THAT
         THIS CERTIFICATE MAY BE REOFFERED, RESOLD,
         PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED ONLY IN COM-
         PLIANCE WITH THE SECURITIES ACT AND OTHER AP-
         PLICABLE LAWS AND ONLY (1) TO THE TRANSFEROR,
         (2) TO A LIMITED NUMBER OF INSTITUTIONAL "AC-
         CREDITED INVESTORS" (AS DEFINED IN RULE
         501(a)(1), (2), (3) OR (7) UNDER THE SECURI-
         TIES ACT) AND IN A TRANSACTION EXEMPT FROM THE
         REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES
         ACT (UPON DELIVERY OF THE DOCUMENTATION RE-
         QUIRED BY THE POOLING AND SERVICING AGREEMENT
         AND, IF THE TRUSTEE SO REQUIRES, AN OPINION OF
         COUNSEL SATISFACTORY TO THE TRUSTEE) OR (3)
         PURSUANT TO RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT

                                      75
<PAGE>

         TO A PERSON THAT THE HOLDER REASONABLY BELIEVE
         IS A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER WITHIN THE
         MEANING OF RULE 144A ("QIB") PURCHASING FOR
         ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR A QIB PURCHASING FOR THE
         ACCOUNT OF A QIB, WHOM THE HOLDER HAS IN-
         FORMED, IN EACH CASE, THAT THE REOFFER, RE-
         SALE, PLEDGE OR OTHER TRANSFER IS BEING MADE
         IN RELIANCE ON RULE 144A.  EACH CERTIFICATE
         OWNER BY ACCEPTING A BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN
         THIS CERTIFICATE IS DEEMED TO REPRESENT THAT
         IT IS EITHER A QIB PURCHASING FOR ITS OWN AC-
         COUNT, A QIB PURCHASING FOR THE ACCOUNT OF
         ANOTHER QIB OR AN INSTITUTIONAL "ACCREDITED
         INVESTOR" (AS DEFINED IN RULE 501(a)(1), (2),
         (3) OR (7) UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT).  THIS
         CERTIFICATE WILL NOT BE ACCEPTED FOR REGISTRA-
         TION OF TRANSFER EXCEPT UPON PRESENTATION OF
         EVIDENCE SATISFACTORY TO THE TRANSFER AGENT
         AND REGISTRAR THAT THE RESTRICTIONS ON TRANS-
         FER SET FORTH IN THE SERIES 1997-1 SUPPLEMENT
         HAVE BEEN COMPLIED WITH.  THIS CERTIFICATE MAY
         NOT BE REOFFERED, RESOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE
         TRANSFERRED WITHOUT THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT
         OF THE TRANSFEROR AND UNLESS AND UNTIL THE
         TRUSTEE SHALL HAVE RECEIVED THE CERTIFICATIONS
         REQUIRED BY THE SERIES 1997-1 SUPPLEMENT.

(f) Upon surrender for registration of transfer of a Class C Certificate at
the office of the Transfer Agent and Registrar, accompanied by a certifi-
cation by the Class C Certificateholder substantially in the form attached as
Exhibit C, executed by the registered owner, in person or by such Class C
Certificateholder's attorney thereunto duly authorized in writing, and
receipt by the Trustee of the written consent of the Transferor to such
transfer, such Class C Certificate shall be transferred upon the Certificate
Register, and the Transferor shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate
and deliver, in the name of the designated transferees one or more new
registered Class C Certificates of any authorized denominations and of a
like aggregate principal amount and tenor. Such transfers of Class C
Certificates shall be subject to the restrictions set forth in this Section
10, to such other restrictions as shall be set forth in the text of the
Class C Certificates and to such reasonable regulations as may be prescribed
by the Transferor. Successive registrations and registrations of transfers as 
afore-

                                      76
<PAGE>

said may be made from time to time as desired, and each such registration shall 
be noted on the Certificate Register.

                  (g) Each Class D Certificate will bear legends
substantially in the following form:

                  THIS CERTIFICATE WAS ORIGINALLY ISSUED IN A
         TRANSACTION EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE
         SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE "SECURITIES
         ACT").  THIS CERTIFICATE HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED
         UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR ANY APPLICABLE STATE
         SECURITIES LAW OF ANY STATE AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED,
         SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED UNLESS REG-
         ISTERED PURSUANT TO OR EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION
         UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AND ANY OTHER APPLICABLE
         SECURITIES LAW.  THE TRANSFEROR SHALL BE PROHIB-
         ITED FROM TRANSFERRING ANY INTEREST IN OR PORTION
         OF THIS CERTIFICATE.

                  EACH PURCHASER REPRESENTS AND WARRANTS FOR THE
         BENEFIT OF METRIS RECEIVABLES, INC. AND THE TRUSTEE
         THAT SUCH PURCHASER IS NOT (I) AN EMPLOYEE BENEFIT
         PLAN (AS DEFINED IN SECTION 3(3) OF THE EMPLOYEE
         RETIREMENT INCOME SECURITY ACT OF 1974, AS AMENDED
         ("ERISA")) THAT IS SUBJECT TO THE PROVISIONS OF
         TITLE I OF ERISA, (II) A PLAN DESCRIBED IN SECTION
         4975(E)(1) OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS
         AMENDED (THE "CODE"), (III) A GOVERNMENTAL PLAN, AS
         DEFINED IN SECTION 3(32) OF ERISA, SUBJECT TO ANY
         FEDERAL, STATE OR LOCAL LAW WHICH IS, TO A MATERIAL
         EXTENT, SIMILAR TO THE PROVISIONS OF SECTION 406 OF
         ERISA OR SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE, (IV) AN ENTITY
         WHOSE UNDERLYING ASSETS INCLUDE PLAN ASSETS (AS DE-
         FINED IN 29 C.F.R. SECTION 2510.3-101 OR OTHERWISE
         UNDER ERISA) BY REASON OF A PLAN'S INVESTMENT IN
         THE ENTITY OR (V) A PERSON INVESTING PLAN ASSETS OF
         ANY SUCH PLAN (INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION, FOR
         PURPOSES OF CLAUSE (IV) AND THIS CLAUSE (V), ANY
         INSURANCE COMPANY GENERAL ACCOUNT, BUT EXCLUDING
         ANY ENTITY REGISTERED UNDER THE INVESTMENT COMPANY
         ACT OF 1940, AS AMENDED).

SECTION 11. Compliance with Withholding Requirements. Notwithstanding any
other provision of the Agreement, the Trustee and any Paying Agent shall
comply with all Federal withholding requirements with respect

                                      77
<PAGE>

to payments to the Class C Certificateholders of interest, original issue 
discount, or other amounts that the Trustee, any Paying Agent, the Servicer or 
the Transfer or reasonably believes are applicable under the Internal Revenue 
Code. The consent of the Class C Certificate holders shall not be required 
for any such withholding. In the event the Trustee or the Paying Agent 
withholds any amount from payments made to any Class C Certificateholder 
pursuant to federal withholding requirements, the Trustee or the Paying Agent 
shall indicate to such Class C Certificateholder the amount withheld and all 
such amounts shall be deemed to have been paid to such Class C 
Certificateholders and the Class C Certificate holders shall have no claim 
therefor. 
                  SECTION 12. Tax Characterization of the Class C
Certificates. It is the intention of the parties hereto that the Class C
Certificates be treated for tax purposes as indebtedness. In the event that
the Class C Certificates are not so treated, it is the intention of the
parties that the Class C Certificates be treated as an interest in a
partnership that owns the Receivables. In the event that the Class C
Certificates are treated as an interest in a partnership, it is the intention
of the parties that interest payable on the Class C Certificates be treated
as guaranteed payment and, if for any reason it is not so treated, that the
holders of the Class C Certificates be specially allocated gross interest
income equal to the interest accrued during each Interest Accrual Period on
the Class C Certificates.

                  SECTION 13. Ratification of Agreement. (a) As supplemented
by this Series Supplement, the Agreement is in all respects ratified and
confirmed and the Agreement as so supplemented by this Series Supplement
shall be read, taken, and construed as one and the same instrument. The
Transferor hereby confirms the conveyance of the Trust Property to the Trustee
for the benefit of the Series 1997-1 Certificateholders.

                  (b) For so long as any of the Class C Certificates are
"restricted securities" within the meaning of Rule 144(a)(3) under the
Securities Act and during any period in which the Trust is not subject to
Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, each of the Transferor, the Servicer
and the Trustee agree to cooperate with each other to provide to any Class C 
Certifi-

                                      78
<PAGE>

cateholder, and to any prospective purchaser of Class C Certificates designated 
by such Class C Certificateholder upon the request of such Class C \
Certificateholder or prospective purchaser, the information required by Rule 
144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act.

                  SECTION 14. Registration of the Class A Certificates under
the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. The Transferor shall cause the Class A
Certificates to be registered under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as
amended, on or before March 31, 1998 and thereafter maintain such registration
until the Class A Invested Amount has been reduced to zero.

                  SECTION 15. Counterparts. This Series Supplement may be
executed in any number of counterparts, each of which so executed shall be
deemed to be an original, but all of such counterparts shall together con-
stitute but one and the same instrument.

                  SECTION 16. GOVERNING LAW. THIS SERIES SUPPLEMENT SHALL BE
CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE WITHOUT
REFERENCE TO ITS CONFLICT OF LAW PROVISIONS, AND THE OBLIGATIONS, RIGHTS AND
REMEDIES OF THE PARTIES HEREUNDER SHALL BE DETERMINED IN ACCORDANCE WITH SUCH
LAWS.

                  SECTION 17. Instructions in Writing. All instructions or
other communications given by the Servicer or any other person to the Trustee
pursuant to this Series Supplement shall be in writing, and, with respect to
the Servicer, may be included in a Daily Report or Settlement Statement.

                  SECTION 18. Amendment for FASIT Purposes. Each Series 1997-1
Certificateholder, by acquiring an interest in a Series 1997-1 Certificate, is
deemed to consent to any amendment to the Agreement or this Series Supplement
necessary for the Transferor to elect for the Trust or any portion thereof to
be treated as a financial asset securitization investment trust ("FASIT")
within the meaning of Section 860L of the Internal Revenue Code (or any
successor provision thereto), provided, that such election may not be made
unless the Transferor delivers an opinion to the Trustee and the Servicer to
the effect that such election will not adversely affect the Federal or 
Applicable Tax State income tax charac-

                                      79
<PAGE>

terization of any outstanding Series of Investor Certificates or the taxability 
of the Trust under Federal or Applicable Tax State income tax laws.

                  SECTION 19. Paired Series.    Subject to obtaining
confirmation by each Rating Agency of the then existing ratings of each class
of Certificates which is then rated, and prior to the commencement of the
Early Amortization Period, the Certificates may be paired with one or more
other Series (each a "Paired Series"). Each Paired Series either will be
pre-funded with an initial deposit to a pre-funding account in an amount up to
the initial principal balance of such Paired Series and primarily from the
proceeds of the sale of such Paired Series or will have a variable principal
amount. Any such pre-funding account will be held for the benefit of such
Paired Series and not for the benefit of the Certificateholders. As
principal is paid with respect to the Certificates, either (i) in the case of
a pre-funded Paired Series, an equal amount of funds on deposit in any
pre-funding account for such pre-funded Paired Series will be released
(which funds will be distributed to the Transferor) or (ii) in the case of a
Paired Series having a variable principal amount, an interest in such
variable Paired Series in an equal or lesser amount may be sold by the Trust
(and the proceeds thereof will be distributed to the Transferor) and, in
either case, the invested amount in the Trust of such Paired Series will
increase by up to a corresponding amount. Upon payment in full of the
Certificates, assuming that there have been no unreimbursed charge-offs with
respect to any related Paired Series, the aggregate invested amount of such
related Paired Series will have been increased by an amount up to an aggregate
amount equal to the Invested Amount paid to the Certificateholders since the
issuance of such Paired Series. The issuance of a Paired Series will be
subject to the conditions described in subsection 6.9(b) of the Agreement.

                                      80
<PAGE>


                  IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Transferor, the Servicer and the
Trustee have caused this Series 1997-1 Supplement to be duly executed by their
respective officers as of the day and year first above written.



                                      METRIS RECEIVABLES, INC.
                                           Transferor


                                      By:_______________________
                                           Name:
                                           Title:



                                      DIRECT MERCHANTS CREDIT CARD BANK,
                                       NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
                                           Servicer


                                      By:_________________________
                                           Name:
                                           Title:



                                      THE BANK OF NEW YORK (DELAWARE)
                                           Trustee


                                      By:_________________________
                                           Name:
                                           Title:


<PAGE>


                                                                    Exhibit A-1

                     FORM OF CLASS A INVESTOR CERTIFICATE


                  UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN
         AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST
         COMPANY, A NEW YORK CORPORATION ("DTC"), TO THE
         TRUSTEE OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER,
         EXCHANGE, OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS
         REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR IN SUCH
         OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRE-
         SENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE &
         CO. OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN
         AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER,
         PLEDGE, OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE
         BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE
         REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO. HAS AN INTEREST
         HEREIN.

 

No. ___                                                              $_________
                                                            CUSIP NO. _________


                              METRIS MASTER TRUST
                               ___% ASSET BACKED
                      CERTIFICATE, SERIES 1997-1, CLASS A

Evidencing an undivided interest in a trust, the corpus of which consists of
receivables generated from time to time in the ordinary course of business
from a portfolio of revolving consumer credit card accounts transferred or
to be transferred by Metris Receivables, Inc. (the "Transferor") and other
assets and interests constituting the Trust under the Agreement described
below.

                  (Not an interest in or a recourse obligation of Metris
Receivables, Inc., Direct Merchants Credit Card Bank, National Association or
any affiliate of either of them.)

                  This certifies that _________ (the "Certificateholder") is
the registered owner of a fractional

                                     A-1-1
<PAGE>

undivided interest in the Metris Master Trust (the "Trust") issued pursuant to
the Pooling and Servicing Agreement, dated as of May 26, 1995 (the "Pooling
and Servicing Agreement"; such term to include any amendment thereto) by and
between the Transferor, Direct Merchants Credit Card Bank, National
Association, as Servicer (the "Servicer"), and The Bank of New York (Delaware)
as Trustee (the "Trustee"), and the Series 1997-1 Supplement, dated as of
May __, 1997 (the "Series 1997-1 Supplement"), among the Transferor, the
Servicer and the Trustee. The Pooling and Servicing Agreement, as sup-
plemented by the Series 1997-1 Supplement, is herein referred to as the
"Agreement"). The corpus of the Trust consists of all of the Transferor's
right, title and interest in, to and under the Trust Property (as defined in
the Agreement).

This Certificate does not purport to summarize the Agreement and reference is
made to that Agreement for information with respect to the interests, rights,
benefits, obligations, proceeds, and duties evidenced hereby and the rights,
duties and obligations of the Trustee. To the extent not defined herein, the
capitalized terms used herein have the meanings ascribed to them in the
Agreement. This Certificate is one of a series of Certificates entitled
"Metris Master Trust ___% Asset Backed Certificates, Series 1997-1, Class A"
(the "Class A Certificates"), each of which represents a fractional undivided
interest in the Trust, and is issued under and is subject to the terms,
provisions and conditions of the Agreement, to which Agreement, as amended
from time to time, the Certificateholder by virtue of the acceptance hereof
assents and by which the Certificateholder is bound.

The Transferor has structured the Agreement, the Class A Certificates, the
Metris Master Trust ___% Asset Backed Certificates, Series 1997-1, Class B
(the "Class B Certificates" and collectively with the Class A Certificates the
"Offered Certificates") and the Metris Master Trust Floating Rate Asset Backed
Certificates, Series 1997-1, Class C (the "Class C Certificates") with the
intention that the Offered Certificates and the Class C Certificates will
qualify under applicable tax law as indebtedness, and both the Transferor and
each holder of a Class A Certificate (a "Class A Certificateholder") or any
interest therein by acceptance of its

                                     A-1-2
<PAGE>

Certificate or any interest therein, agrees to treat the Class A Certificates
for purposes of federal, state and local income or franchise taxes and any
other tax imposed on or measured by income, as indebtedness.

                  No principal will be payable to the Class A
Certificateholders until the earlier of the Expected Final Payment Date and,
upon the occurrence of a Pay Out Event, the Distribution Date following the
Monthly Period in which the Pay Out Event occurs. No principal will be
payable to the Class B Certificateholders, Class C Certificateholders or Class
D Certificateholders (other than with respect to Class D Excess Amounts) until
all principal payments have been made to the Class A Certificateholders.

                  Interest on the Class A Certificates will be payable on June
20, 1997 and on the 20th day of each month thereafter or, if such day is not a
business day, on the next succeeding business day (each, a "Distribution
Date"), in an amount equal to one-twelfth of the product of the Class A
Certificate Rate and the outstanding principal balance of the Class A
Certificates as of the close of business on the first day of such Interest
Accrual Period (or in the case of the initial Distribution Date, the Class A
Initial Invested Amount). Interest for the first Distribution Date will
include accrued interest at the applicable Certificate Rate (the "Certificate
Rates") from the Closing Date through June 19, 1997. Interest will be
calculated on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months.

                  Interest payments on the Class A Certificates
on each Distribution Date will be funded from Available
Series Finance Charge Collections with respect to the
preceding Monthly Period (or, with respect to the first
Distribution Date, such collections from and including
the Closing Date to and including May 31, 1997 plus the
amount of the initial deposit to the Interest Funding
Account to be made on the Closing Date) and from certain
other funds allocated as set forth in the Pooling and
Servicing Agreement to the respective classes of the
Certificates and deposited on each business day during
such Monthly Period in the Interest Funding Account.

                  "Class A Invested Amount" shall mean, when used with respect
to any Business Day, the greater of

                                     A-1-3
<PAGE>

(x) zero and (y) an amount equal to (a) the Class A Initial Invested Amount
less the Class A Percentage of the initial deposit to the Pre-Funding Account
plus the Class A Percentage of any withdrawals from the Pre-Funding Account
(i) during the Funding Period in connection with the addition of Receivables
to the Trust or (ii) at the end of the Funding Period for deposit into the Ex-
cess Funding Account, minus (b) the aggregate amount of principal payments
(except principal payments made from the Pre-Funding Account) made to Class A
Certificateholders through and including such Business Day, minus (c) the
aggregate amount of Class A Investor Charge-Offs for all prior Distribution
Dates, plus (d) the sum of the aggregate amount allocated with respect to
Class A Investor Charge-Offs and available on all prior Distribution Dates
pursuant to subsection 4.9(a)(vii) of the Agreement and, with respect to such
subsection, pursuant to subsections 4.10(a) and (b), 4.16(a), (b) and (c),
4.19(b) and 4.20(b), (c) and (d) of the Agreement, for the purpose of
reinstating amounts reduced pursuant to the foregoing clause (c).


During the period from and including the Closing Date to but excluding the
earlier of (x) the first day for which the Invested Amount equals the Full In-
vested Amount; (y) the first day on which a Pay Out Event is deemed to occur;
and (z) the first day of the September 1997 Monthly Period (the "Funding
Period"), the Pre-Funded Amount will be maintained in a trust account to be
established with The Bank of New York (the "Pre-Funding Account"). The
"Pre-Funded Amount" will equal the Initial Pre-Funded Amount, minus the
amounts of any increases in the Invested Amount during the Funding Period
pursuant to Section 4.15 of the Agreement, minus the amount of any principal
losses on funds on deposit in the Pre-Funding Account and minus the amount
withdrawn from the Pre-Funding Account and deposited in the Excess Funding
Account. On the Closing Date a cash deposit will be made to the Pre-Funding
Account such that the amount of Principal Receivables plus the amount of such
cash deposit on such date will at least equal the sum of the initial
outstanding principal balances of the Class A Certificates, the Class B
Certificates, the Class C Certificates and the Class D Certificates and the
sum of the then current outstanding principal balance of all Series
(excluding the Series 1997-1 Certifi-

                                     A-1-4
<PAGE>

cates). Funds on deposit in the Pre-Funding Account will be invested by the
Trustee at the direction of the Servicer in Cash Equivalents.

                  During the Funding Period, funds on deposit in the
Pre-Funding Account will be withdrawn and paid to the Transferor to the extent
of any increases in the Invested Amount as a result of the increase in the
amount of Receivables in the Trust. In the event of the occurrence of a Pay
Out Event during the Funding Period, the amounts remaining on deposit in the
Pre-Funding Account, will be payable as principal first to the Class A
Certificateholders until the Class A Invested Amount is paid in full and then
to the Class B Certificateholders until the Class B Invested Amount is paid
in full and then to the Class C Certificateholders until the Class C Invested
Amount is paid in full. Should the Pre-Funded Amount be greater than zero on
the first Business Day of the September 1997 Monthly Period, such amount will
be deposited in the Excess Funding Account, and the Class A Invested Amount,
Class B Invested Amount and Class C Invested Amount shall be increased pro
rata by such amount.

                  Subject to the Agreement, payments of principal are
limited to the unpaid Class A Invested Amount of the Class A Certificates,
which may be less than the unpaid balance of the Class A Certificates pursuant
to the terms of the Agreement. All principal on the Class A Certificates is
due and payable no later than the October 2005 Distribution Date (or if such
day is not a Business Day, the next succeeding Business Day) (the "Scheduled
Series 1997-1 Termination Date"). After the earlier to occur of (i) the
Scheduled Series 1997-1 Termination Date or (ii) the day after the
Distribution Date on which the Series 1997-1 Certificates are paid in full
(the "Series 1997-1 Termination Date") neither the Trust nor the Transferor
will have any further obligation to distribute principal or interest on the
Class A Certificates. In the event that the Class A Invested Amount is greater
than zero on the Series 1997-1 Termination Date, the Trustee will sell or
cause to be sold, to the extent necessary, an amount of interests in the
Receivables or certain of the Receivables up to 110% of the Class A Invested
Amount, the Class B Invested Amount, the Class C Invested Amount and the Class
D Invested Amount at the close of business on such date

                                     A-1-5
<PAGE>

(but not more than the total amount of Receivables allocable to the Investor
Certificates), and shall pay the proceeds to the Class A Certificateholders
pro rata in final payment of the Class A Certificates, then to the Class B
Certificateholders pro rata in final payment of the Class B Certificates, then
to the Class C Certificateholders pro rata in final payment of the Class C
Certificates and finally to the Class D Certificateholders pro rata in final
payment of the Class D Certificates.

                  Unless the certificate of authentication hereon has been
executed by or on behalf of the Trustee, by manual signature, this Certificate
shall not be entitled to any benefit under the Agreement, or be valid for any
purpose.


                                     A-1-6
<PAGE>


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Transferor has caused this Certificate to be duly
executed under its official seal.

 
                                               METRIS RECEIVABLES, INC.


                                               By:_____________________________
                                                  Name:
                                                  Title:


Dated:

                         CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION


                  This is one of the Class A Certificates referred to in the
within-mentioned Pooling and Servicing Agreement.


                                               THE BANK OF NEW YORK


                                               By: _______________________
                                                   Name:
                                                   Title:




                                     A-1-7
<PAGE>


                                                                    Exhibit A-2

                     FORM OF CLASS B INVESTOR CERTIFICATE


                  UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN
         AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST
         COMPANY, A NEW YORK CORPORATION ("DTC"), TO THE
         TRUSTEE OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER,
         EXCHANGE, OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS
         REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR IN SUCH
         OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRE-
         SENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE &
         CO. OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN
         AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER,
         PLEDGE, OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE
         BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE
         REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO. HAS AN INTEREST
         HEREIN.

                  EACH PURCHASER REPRESENTS AND WARRANTS FOR THE
         BENEFIT OF METRIS RECEIVABLES, INC. THAT UNLESS SUCH
         PURCHASER, AT ITS EXPENSE, DELIVERS TO THE TRUSTEE,
         THE SERVICER AND THE TRANSFEROR AN OPINION OF COUN-
         SEL SATISFACTORY TO THEM TO THE EFFECT THAT THE
         PURCHASE OR HOLDING OF THIS CERTIFICATE BY SUCH
         PURCHASER WILL NOT RESULT IN THE ASSETS OF THE TRUST
         BEING DEEMED TO BE "ASSETS OF THE BENEFIT PLAN" OR
         SUBJECT TO THE PROHIBITED TRANSACTION PROVISIONS OF
         ERISA AND THE CODE AND WILL NOT SUBJECT THE TRUSTEE,
         THE TRANSFEROR OR THE SERVICER TO ANY OBLIGATION IN
         ADDITION TO THOSE UNDERTAKEN IN THE POOLING AND
         SERVICING AGREEMENT, SUCH PURCHASER IS NOT (I) AN
         EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN (AS DEFINED IN SECTION 3(3) OF
         THE EMPLOYEE RETIREMENT INCOME SECURITY ACT OF 1974,
         AS AMENDED ("ERISA")) THAT IS SUBJECT TO THE PROVI-
         SIONS OF TITLE I OF ERISA, (II) A PLAN DESCRIBED IN
         SECTION 4975(e)(1) OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF
         1986, AS AMENDED (THE "CODE"), (III) A GOVERNMENTAL
         PLAN, AS DEFINED IN SECTION 3(32) OF ERISA, SUBJECT
         TO ANY FEDERAL, STATE OR LOCAL LAW WHICH IS, TO A
         MATERIAL EXTENT, SIMILAR TO THE PROVISIONS OF SEC-
         TION 406 OF ERISA OR SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE, (IV)
         AN ENTITY WHOSE UNDERLYING ASSETS INCLUDE PLAN
         ASSETS (AS DEFINED IN 29 C.F.R. SECTION 2510.3-101
         OR OTHERWISE UNDER ERISA) BY REASON OF APLAN'S
         INVESTMENT IN THE ENTITY OR (V) A PERSON INVESTING
         PLAN ASSETS OF ANY SUCH PLAN (INCLUDING FOR PURPOSES
         OF CLAUSE (IV) AND THIS CLAUSE (V) ANY INSURANCE
         COMPANY GENERAL ACCOUNT, BUT EXCLUDING ANY ENTITY

                                     A-2-1
<PAGE>

         REGISTERED UNDER THE INVESTMENT COMPANY ACT OF 1940,
         AS AMENDED).

No. ___                                                             $__________
                                                         CUSIP NO.


                              METRIS MASTER TRUST
                               ___% ASSET BACKED
                      CERTIFICATE, SERIES 1997-1, CLASS B

                  Evidencing an undivided interest in a trust, the corpus of
which consists of receivables generated from time to time in the ordinary
course of business from a portfolio of revolving consumer credit card accounts
transferred or to be transferred by Metris Receivables, Inc. (the
"Transferor") and other assets and interests constituting the Trust under the
Agreement described below.

                  (Not an interest in or a recourse obligation of Metris
Receivables, Inc., Direct Merchants Credit Card Bank, National Association or
any affiliate of either of them.)

                  This certifies that __________ (the "Certificateholder")
is the registered owner of a fractional undivided interest in the Metris
Master Trust (the "Trust") issued pursuant to the Pooling and Servicing
Agreement, dated as of May 26, 1995 (the "Pooling and Servicing Agreement";
such term to include any amendment thereto) by and between the Transferor,
Direct Merchants Credit Card Bank, National Association, as the Servicer (the
"Servicer"), and The Bank of New York (Delaware), as Trustee (the "Trustee"),
and the Series 1997-1 Supplement, dated as of May __, 1997 (the "Series
1997-1 Supplement"), among the Transferor, the Servicer and the Trustee. The
Pooling and Servicing Agreement, as supplemented by the Series 1997-1
Supplement, is herein referred to as the "Agreement". The corpus of the
Trust consists of all of the Transferor's right, title and interest in, to and
under the Trust Property (as defined in the Agreement).

                  This Certificate does not purport to summarize the Agreement
and reference is made to that Agreement for information with respect to the
interests, rights, benefits, obligations, proceeds, and duties evidenced
hereby and the rights, duties and obligations of the Trustee. To the extent
not defined herein, the capitalized terms used herein have the meanings
ascribed to them in the Agreement. This Certificate is one of a series of Cer-

                                     A-2-2
<PAGE>

tificates entitled "Metris Master Trust ___% Asset Backed Certificates, Series
1997-1, Class B" (the "Class B Certificates"), each of which represents a
fractional undivided interest in the Trust, and is issued under and is subject
to the terms, provisions and conditions of the Agreement, to which Agreement,
as amended from time to time, the Certificateholder by virtue of the
acceptance hereof assents and by which the Certificateholder is bound.

                  The Transferor has structured the Agreement, the Class B
Certificates, the Metris Master Trust ___% Asset Backed Certificates, Series
1997-1, Class A (the "Class A Certificates" and collectively with the Class B
Certificates the "Offered Certificates") and the Metris Master Trust Floating
Rate Asset Backed Certificates, Series 1997-1, Class C (the "Class C
Certificates") with the intention that the Offered Certificates will qualify
under applicable tax law as indebtedness, and both the Transferor and each
holder of a Class B Certificate (a "Class B Certificateholder") or any
interest therein by acceptance of its Certificate or any interest therein,
agrees to treat the Class B Certificates for purposes of federal, state and
local income or franchise taxes and any other tax imposed on or measured by
income, as indebtedness.

                  No principal will be payable to the Class B
Certificateholders until the earlier of the Expected Final Payment Date and,
upon the occurrence of a Pay Out Event, the Distribution Date following the
Monthly Period in which the Pay Out Event occurs but in no event earlier than
the Distribution Date either on or following the Distribution Date on which
the Class A Invested Amount had been paid in full. No principal will be
payable to the Class B Certificateholders until all principal payments have
been made to the Class A Certificateholders. No principal payments will be
made to the Class C Certificateholders or Class D Certificateholders (other
than with respect to Class D Excess Amounts) until the Distribution Date
either on or following the Distribution Date on which the Class B Invested
Amount has been paid in full.

                  Interest on the Offered Certificates will be payable on June
20, 1997 and on the 20th day of each month thereafter or, if such day is not a
business day,

                                     A-2-3
<PAGE>

on the next succeeding business day (each, a "Distribution Date"), in an
amount equal to (i) with respect to the Class A Certificates, one-twelfth of
the product of the Class A Certificate Rate and the outstanding principal
balance of the Class A Certificates as of the close of business on the first
day of such Interest Accrual Period (or in the case of the initial
Distribution Date, the Class A Initial Invested Amount) and (ii) with re-
spect to the Class B Certificates, one-twelfth of the product of the Class B
Certificate Rate and the outstanding principal balance of the Class B
Certificates as of the close of business on the first day of such Interest
Accrual Period (or in the case of the initial Distribution Date, the Class B
Initial Invested Amount). Interest for the first Distribution Date will
include accrued interest at the applicable Certificate Rate (the "Certif-
icate Rates") from the Closing Date through June 19, 1997. Interest will be
calculated on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months.

                  Interest payments on the Class A Certificates on each
Distribution Date will be funded from Available Series Finance Charge
Collections with respect to the preceding Monthly Period (or, with respect to
the first Distribution Date, such collections from and including the Closing
Date to and including May 31, 1997 plus the amount of the initial deposit to
the Interest Funding Account to be made on the Closing Date) and from certain
other funds allocated as set forth in the Pooling and Servicing Agreement to
the respective classes of the Certificates and deposited on each business day
during such Monthly Period in the Interest Funding Account.

                  Subject to the prior payment of interest on the Class A
Certificates, interest payments on the Class B Certificates on each
Distribution Date will be funded from the portion of Available Series Finance
Charge Collections with respect to the preceding Monthly Period and from
certain other funds allocated as set forth in the Pooling and Servicing
Agreement to the Class B Certificates and deposited on each business day
during such Monthly Period in the Interest Funding Account.

                  "Class B Invested Amount" shall mean, when used with respect
to any Business Day, the greater of (x) zero and (y) an amount equal to (a)
the Class B Initial Invested Amount less the Class B Percentage of the
initial

                                     A-2-4
<PAGE>

deposit to the Pre-Funding Account plus the Class B Percentage of any
withdrawals from the Pre-Funding Account (i) during the Funding Period in
connection with the addition of Receivables to the Trust or (ii) at the end of
the Funding Period for deposit into the Excess Funding Account, minus (b) the
aggregate amount of principal payments (except principal payments made from
the Pre-Funding Account) made to Class B Certificateholders through and
including such Business Day, minus (c) the aggregate amount of Class B
Investor Charge-Offs for all prior Distribution Dates, minus (d) the aggregate
amount of Reallocated Class B Principal Collections for which neither the
Class D Invested Amount nor the Class C Invested Amount has been reduced for
all prior Business Days, and plus (e) the sum of the aggregate amount allo-
cated and available on all prior Business Days pursuant to subsection
4.9(a)(x) of the Agreement and, with respect to such subsection, pursuant to
subsections 4.10(a) and (b), 4.16(a) and (b), 4.19(b) and 4.20(b), (c) and (d)
of the Agreement, for the purpose of reinstating amounts reduced pursuant to
the foregoing clauses (c) and (d).

                  During the period from and including the Closing Date to
but excluding the earlier of (x) the first day for which the Invested Amount
equals the Full Invested Amount; (y) the first day on which a Pay Out Event
is deemed to occur; and (z) the first day of the September 1997 Monthly Period
(the "Funding Period"), the Pre-Funded Amount will be maintained in a trust
account to be established with The Bank of New York (the "Pre-Funding
Account"). The "Pre-Funded Amount" will equal the Initial Pre-Funded Amount,
minus the amounts of any increases in the Invested Amount during the Funding
Period pursuant to Section 4.15 of the Agreement, minus the amount of any
principal losses on funds on deposit in the Pre-Funding Account and minus the
amount withdrawn from the Pre-Funding Account and deposited in the Excess
Funding Account. On the Closing Date a cash deposit will be made to the
Pre-Funding Account such that the amount of Principal Receivables plus the
amount of such cash deposit on such date will at least equal the sum of the
initial outstanding principal balances of the Class A Certificates, the Class
B Certificates, the Class C Certificates and the Class D Certificates and the
sum of the then current outstanding principal balance of all Series (excluding
the Series 1997-1 Certificates). Funds

                                     A-2-5
<PAGE>

on deposit in the Pre-Funding Account will be invested by the Trustee at the
direction of the Servicer in Cash Equivalents.

                  During the Funding Period, funds on deposit in the
Pre-Funding Account will be withdrawn and paid to the Transferor to the extent
of any increases in the Invested Amount as a result of the increase in the
amount of Receivables in the Trust. In the event of the occurrence of a Pay
Out Event during the Funding Period, the amounts remaining on deposit in the
Pre-Funding Account, will be payable as principal first to the Class A
Certificateholders until the Class A Invested Amount is paid in full and
then to the Class B Certificateholders until the Class B Invested Amount is
paid in full and then to the Class C Certificateholders until the Class C
Invested Amount is paid in full. Should the Pre-Funded Amount be greater than
zero on the first Business Day of the September 1997 Monthly Period, such
amount will be deposited in the Excess Funding Account, and the Class A
Invested Amount, Class B Invested Amount and Class C Invested Amount shall be
increased pro rata by such amount.

                  Subject to the Agreement, payments of principal are limited
to the unpaid Class B Invested Amount of the Class B Certificates, which may
be less than the unpaid balance of the Class B Certificates pursuant to the
terms of the Agreement. All principal on the Class B Certificates is due and
payable no later than the October 2005 Distribution Date (or if such day is
not a Business Day, the next succeeding Business Day) (the "Scheduled Series
1997-1 Termination Date"). After the earlier to occur of (i) the Scheduled
Series 1997-1 Termination Date or (ii) the day after the Distribution Date on
which the Series 1997-1 Certificates are paid in full (the "Series 1997-1
Termination Date") neither the Trust nor the Transferor will have any further
obligation to distribute principal or interest on the Class B Certificates. In
the event that the Class B Invested Amount is greater than zero on the Series
1997-1 Termination Date, the Trustee will sell or cause to be sold, to the
extent necessary, an amount of interests in the Receivables or certain of the
Receiv-ables up to 110% of the Class A Invested Amount, the Class B Invested
Amount, the Class C Invested Amount and the Class D Invested Amount at the
close of business on such date (but not more than the total amount of Receiv-
ables allocable to the Investor Certificates), and shall

                                     A-2-6
<PAGE>

pay the proceeds to the Class A Certificateholders pro rata in final payment
of the Class A Certificates, then to the Class B Certificateholders pro rata
in final payment of the Class B Certificates, then to the Class C
Certificateholders pro rata in final payment of the Class C Certificates and
finally to the Class D Certificateholders pro rata in final payment of the
Class D Certificates.

                  Unless the certificate of authentication hereon has been
executed by or on behalf of the Trustee, by manual signature, this Certificate
shall not be entitled to any benefit under the Agreement, or be valid for any
purpose.

                                     A-2-7

<PAGE>


                  IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Transferor has caused this
Certificate to be duly executed under its official seal.

 
                                        METRIS RECEIVABLES, INC.


                                         By:_______________________
                                            Name:
                                            Title:


Dated:

                        CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION


                  This is one of the Class B Certificates referred to in the
within-mentioned Pooling and Servicing Agreement.


                                        THE BANK OF NEW YORK


                                        By:______________________
                                           Name:
                                           Title:




                                     A-2-8
<PAGE>


                                                                    Exhibit A-3

                     FORM OF CLASS C INVESTOR CERTIFICATE

                  EACH PURCHASER REPRESENTS AND WARRANTS FOR THE
         BENEFIT OF METRIS RECEIVABLES, INC. AND THE TRUSTEE
         THAT SUCH PURCHASER IS NOT (I) AN EMPLOYEE BENEFIT
         PLAN (AS DEFINED IN SECTION 3(3) OF THE EMPLOYEE
         RETIREMENT INCOME SECURITY ACT OF 1974, AS AMENDED
         ("ERISA")) THAT IS SUBJECT TO THE PROVISIONS OF
         TITLE I OF ERISA, (II) A PLAN DESCRIBED IN SECTION
         4975(E)(1) OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS
         AMENDED (THE "CODE"), (III) A GOVERNMENTAL PLAN, AS
         DEFINED IN SECTION 3(32) OF ERISA, SUBJECT TO ANY
         FEDERAL, STATE OR LOCAL LAW WHICH IS, TO A MATERIAL
         EXTENT, SIMILAR TO THE PROVISIONS OF SECTION 406 OF
         ERISA OR SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE, (IV) AN ENTITY
         WHOSE UNDERLYING ASSETS INCLUDE PLAN ASSETS (AS DE-
         FINED IN 29 C.F.R. SECTION 2510.301-1 OR OTHERWISE
         UNDER ERISA) BY REASON OF A PLAN'S INVESTMENT IN THE
         ENTITY OR (V) A PERSON INVESTING PLAN ASSETS OF ANY
         SUCH PLAN (INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION, FOR PUR-
         POSES OF CLAUSE (IV) AND THIS CLAUSE (V), ANY INSUR-
         ANCE COMPANY GENERAL ACCOUNT, BUT EXCLUDING ANY EN-
         TITY REGISTERED UNDER THE INVESTMENT COMPANY ACT OF
         1940, AS AMENDED).

                  THIS CERTIFICATE MAY NOT BE ACQUIRED, SOLD,
         TRADED OR TRANSFERRED BY A PERSON WHO IS NOT EITHER
         (A)(I) A CITIZEN OR RESIDENT OF THE UNITED STATES,
         (II) A CORPORATION, PARTNERSHIP OR OTHER ENTITY
         ORGANIZED IN OR UNDER THE LAWS OF THE UNITED STATES
         OR ANY POLITICAL SUBDIVISION THEREOF OR (III) A PER-
         SON NOT DESCRIBED IN (I) OR (II) WHOSE OWNERSHIP OF
         THE CLASS C CERTIFICATES IS EFFECTIVELY CONNECTED
         WITH SUCH PERSON'S CONDUCT OF A TRADE OR BUSINESS
         WITHIN THE UNITED STATES (WITHIN THE MEANING OF THE
         CODE) AND ITS OWNERSHIP OF ANY INTEREST IN A CLASS C
         CERTIFICATE WILL NOT RESULT IN ANY WITHHOLDING OBLI-
         GATION WITH RESPECT TO ANY PAYMENTS WITH RESPECT TO
         THE CLASS C CERTIFICATES BY ANY PERSON (OTHER THAN
         WITHHOLDING, IF ANY, UNDER SECTION 1446 OF THE CODE)
         OR (B) AN ESTATE THE INCOME OF WHICH IS INCLUDIBLE
         IN GROSS INCOME FOR UNITED STATES FEDERAL INCOME TAX
         PURPOSES OR ANY TRUST IF A COURT WITHIN THE UNITED
         STATES IS ABLE TO EXERCISE PRIMARY SUPERVISION OVER

                                     A-3-1
<PAGE>

         THE ADMINISTRATION OF THE TRUST AND ONE OR MORE
         UNITED STATES FIDUCIARIES HAVE THE AUTHORITY TO
         CONTROL ALL SUBSTANTIAL DECISIONS OF THE TRUST.

                  THIS CERTIFICATE MAY NOT BE ACQUIRED,
         SOLD, TRADED, TRANSFERRED, ASSIGNED, PARTICI-
         PATED, PLEDGED, HYPOTHECATED OR OTHERWISE DIS-
         POSED, NOR MAY AN INTEREST IN THIS CERTIFICATE
         BE MARKETED, ON OR THROUGH (I) AN "ESTABLISHED
         SECURITIES MARKET" WITHIN THE MEANING OF SEC-
         TION 7704(b)(1) OF THE CODE AND ANY PROPOSED,
         TEMPORARY OR FINAL TREASURY REGULATION THEREUN-
         DER, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, AN OVER-
         THE-COUNTER-MARKET OR AN INTERDEALER QUOTATION
         SYSTEM THAT REGULARLY DISSEMINATES FIRM BUY OR
         SELL QUOTATIONS OR (II) A "SECONDARY MARKET"
         WITHIN THE MEANING OF SECTION 7704(b)(2) OF THE
         CODE AND ANY PROPOSED, TEMPORARY OR FINAL TREA-
         SURY REGULATION THEREUNDER, INCLUDING A MARKET
         WHEREIN INTERESTS IN THE CLASS C CERTIFICATES
         ARE REGULARLY QUOTED BY ANY PERSON MAKING A
         MARKET IN SUCH INTERESTS AND A MARKET WHEREIN
         ANY PERSON REGULARLY MAKES AVAILABLE BID OR
         OFFER QUOTES WITH RESPECT TO INTERESTS IN THE
         CLASS C CERTIFICATES AND STANDS READY TO EFFECT
         BUY OR SELL TRANSACTIONS AT THE QUOTED PRICES
         FOR ITSELF OR ON BEHALF OF OTHERS.

                  THIS CERTIFICATE HAS NOT BEEN AND WILL NOT
         BE REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933,
         AS AMENDED (THE "SECURITIES ACT"), OR ANY STATE
         SECURITIES LAW.  THE HOLDER HEREOF, BY PURCHAS-
         ING THIS CERTIFICATE, AGREES THAT THIS CERTIFI-
         CATE MAY BE REOFFERED, RESOLD, PLEDGED OR OTH-
         ERWISE TRANSFERRED ONLY IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE
         SECURITIES ACT AND OTHER APPLICABLE LAWS AND
         ONLY (1) TO THE TRANSFEROR, (2) TO A LIMITED
         NUMBER OF INSTITUTIONAL "ACCREDITED INVESTORS"
         (AS DEFINED IN RULE 501(a)(1), (2), (3) OR (7)
         UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) AND IN A TRANSACTION
         EXEMPT FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF
         THE SECURITIES ACT (UPON DELIVERY OF THE DOCU-
         MENTATION REQUIRED BY THE POOLING AND SERVICING
         AGREEMENT AND, IF THE TRUSTEE SO REQUIRES, AN
         OPINION OF COUNSEL SATISFACTORY TO THE TRUSTEE)
         OR (3) PURSUANT TO RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURI-
         TIES ACT TO A PERSON THAT THE HOLDER REASONABLY

                                     A-3-2
<PAGE>

         BELIEVE  IS A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER
         WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 144A ("QIB") PUR-
         CHASING FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR A QIB PURCHASING
         FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QIB, WHOM THE HOLDER HAS
         INFORMED, IN EACH CASE, THAT THE REOFFER, RE-
         SALE, PLEDGE OR OTHER TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN
         RELIANCE ON RULE 144A.  EACH CERTIFICATE OWNER
         BY ACCEPTING A BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN THIS
         CERTIFICATE IS DEEMED TO REPRESENT THAT IT IS
         EITHER A QIB PURCHASING FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT, A
         QIB PURCHASING FOR THE ACCOUNT OF ANOTHER QIB
         OR AN INSTITUTIONAL "ACCREDITED INVESTOR" (AS
         DEFINED IN RULE 501(a)(1), (2), (3) OR (7)
         UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT).  THIS CERTIFICATE
         WILL NOT BE ACCEPTED FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANS-
         FER EXCEPT UPON PRESENTATION OF EVIDENCE SATIS-
         FACTORY TO THE TRANSFER AGENT AND REGISTRAR
         THAT THE RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER SET FORTH IN
         THE SERIES 1997-1 SUPPLEMENT HAVE BEEN COMPLIED
         WITH.  THIS CERTIFICATE MAY NOT BE REOFFERED,
         RESOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED WITH-
         OUT THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF THE TRANSFEROR
         AND UNLESS AND UNTIL THE TRUSTEE SHALL HAVE RE-
         CEIVED THE CERTIFICATIONS REQUIRED BY THE SE-
         RIES 1997-1 SUPPLEMENT.


No. ___                                                              $_________


                              METRIS MASTER TRUST
                          FLOATING RATE ASSET BACKED
                      CERTIFICATE, SERIES 1997-1, CLASS C

                  Evidencing an undivided interest in a trust, the corpus of
which consists of receivables generated from time to time in the ordinary
course of business from a portfolio of revolving consumer credit card accounts
transferred or to be transferred by certain subsidiaries of Metris
Receivables, Inc. (the "Transferor") and other assets and interests
constituting the Trust under the Agreement described below.

                  (Not an interest in or a recourse obligation of Metris
Receivables, Inc., Direct Merchants Credit Card Bank, National Association or
any affiliate of either of them.)

                                     A-3-3
<PAGE>


                  This certifies that ___________________ (the
"Certificateholder") is the registered owner of a fractional undivided
interest in the Metris Master Trust (the "Trust") issued pursuant to the
Pooling and Servicing Agreement, dated as of May 26, 1995 (the "Pooling and
Servicing Agreement"; such term to include any amendment thereto) by and
between the Transferor, Direct Merchants Credit Card Bank, National
Association as the Servicer (the "Servicer"), and The Bank of New York
(Delaware), as Trustee (the "Trustee"), and the Series 1997-1 Supplement,
dated as of May __, 1997 (the "Series 1997-1 Supplement"), among the
Transferor, the Servicer and the Trustee. The Pooling and Servicing Agreement,
as supplemented by the Series 1997-1 Supplement, is herein referred to as
the "Agreement." The corpus of the Trust consists of all of the Transferor's
right, title and interest in, to and under the Trust Property (as defined in
the Agreement).

                  This Certificate does not purport to summarize the Agreement
and reference is made to that Agreement for information with respect to the
interests, rights, benefits, obligations, proceeds, and duties evidenced
hereby and the rights, duties and obligations of the Trustee. To the extent
not defined herein, the capitalized terms used herein have the meanings
ascribed to them in the Agreement. This Certificate is one of a series of Cer-
tificates entitled "Metris Master Trust Floating Rate Asset Backed
Certificates, Series 1997-1, Class C" (the "Class C Certificates"), each of
which represents a fractional undivided interest in the Trust, and is issued
under and is subject to the terms, provisions and conditions of the
Agreement, to which Agreement, as amended from time to time, the
Certificateholder by virtue of the acceptance hereof assents and by which the
Certificateholder is bound.

                  The Transferor has structured the Agreement, the Class C
Certificates, the Metris Master Trust ___% Asset Backed Certificates, Series
1997-1, Class A (the "Class A Certificates") and the Metris Master Trust ___%
Asset Backed Certificates, Series 1997-1, Class B (the "Class B Certificates")
with the intention that the Class A, Class B and Class C Certificates will
qualify under applicable tax law as indebtedness, and both the Transferor and
each holder of a Class C Certificate (a "Class C Certificateholder") or any
interest therein by

                                     A-3-4
<PAGE>

acceptance of its Certificate or any interest therein, agrees to treat the
Class C Certificates for purposes of federal, state and local income or
franchise taxes and any other tax imposed on or measured by income, as in-
debtedness.

                  No principal will be payable to the Class C
Certificateholders until the earlier of the Expected Final Payment Date and,
upon the occurrence of a Pay Out Event, the Distribution Date following the
Monthly Period in which the Pay Out Event occurs but in no event earlier than
the Distribution Date either on or following the Distribution Date on which
the Class A Invested Amount and the Class B Invested Amount have been paid in
full. No principal payments will be payable to the Class C Cer-
tificateholders until the Distribution Date either on or following the
Distribution Date on which the Class A Invested Amount and Class B Invested
Amount have been paid in full.

                  Interest on the Class C Certificates will be payable on June
20, 1997 and on each Distribution Date thereafter, in an amount equal to the
product of (i) the Class C Certificate Rate, (ii) a fraction the numerator of
which is the actual number of days in the related Interest Accrual Period and
the denominator of which is 360 and (iii) the Class C Invested Amount as of
the close of business on the first day of such Interest Accrual Period (or in
the case of the initial Distribution Date, an amount equal to the sum of (I)
the product of (u) the Class C Initial Invested Amount, (v) ___ divided by
360, and (w) the Class C Certificate Rate determined on ______ ___, 1997, plus
(II) the product of (x) the Class C Initial Invested Amount, (y) ___ divided
by 360, and (z) the Class C Certificate Rate determined on May 16, 1997);
provided, however, that with respect to any Distribution Date related to the
Funding Period the amount described in clause (iii) shall be the Class C
Outstanding Principal Amount at the close of business on the first day of
such Interest Accrual Period.

                  Subject to the prior payment of interest on the Class A
Certificates and Class B Certificates, interest payments on the Class C
Certificates on each Distribution Date will be funded from the portion of
Available Series Finance Charge Collections with respect to the preceding
Monthly Period and from certain other funds allocated as

                                     A-3-5
<PAGE>

set forth in the Pooling and Servicing Agreement to the Class C Certificates
and deposited on each business day during such Monthly Period in the Interest
Funding Account.

                  "Class C Invested Amount" shall mean, when used with respect
to any Business Day, the greater of (x) zero and (y) an amount equal to (a)
the Class C Initial Invested Amount less the Class C Percentage of the
initial deposit to the Pre-Funding Account plus the Class C Percentage of any
withdrawals from the Pre-Funding Account (i) during the Funding Period in
connection with the addition of Receivables to the Trust or (ii) at the end of
the Funding Period for deposit into the Excess Funding Account, minus (b) the
aggregate amount of principal payments (except principal payments made from
the Pre-Funding Account) made to Class C Certificateholders through and
including such Business Day, minus (c) the aggregate amount of Class C
Investor Charge-Offs for all prior Distribution Dates, minus (d) the aggregate
amount of Reallocated Class B Principal Collections and Reallocated Class C
Principal Collections for which the Class D Invested Amount has not been
reduced for all prior Business Days, and plus (e) the sum of the aggregate
amount allocated and available on all prior Business Days pursuant to
subsection 4.9(a)(xi) of the Agreement and, with respect to such subsection,
pursuant to subsections 4.10(a) and (b), 4.16(a), 4.19(b) and 4.20(b), (c) and
(d) of the Agreement, for the purpose of reinstating amounts reduced pursuant
to the foregoing clauses (c) and (d).

                  During the period from and including the Closing Date to
but excluding the earlier of (x) the first day for which the Invested Amount
equals the Full Invested Amount; (y) the first day on which a Pay Out Event
is deemed to occur; and (z) the first day of the September 1997 Monthly Period
(the "Funding Period"), the Pre-Funded Amount will be maintained in a trust
account to be established with The Bank of New York (the "Pre-Funding
Account"). The "Pre-Funded Amount" will equal the Initial Pre-Funded Amount,
minus the amounts of any increases in the Invested Amount during the Funding
Period pursuant to Section 4.15 of the Agreement, minus the amount of any
principal losses on funds on deposit in the Pre-Funding Account and minus the
amount withdrawn from the Pre-Funding Account and deposited in the Excess

                                     A-3-6
<PAGE>

Funding Account. On the Closing Date a cash deposit will be made to the
Pre-Funding Account such that the amount of Principal Receivables plus the
amount of such cash deposit on such date will at least equal the sum of the
initial outstanding principal balances of the Class A Certificates, the Class
B Certificates, the Class C Certificates and the Class D Certificates and the
sum of the then current outstanding principal balance of all Series (excluding
the Series 1997-1 Certificates). Funds on deposit in the Pre-Funding Account
will be invested by the Trustee at the direction of the Servicer in Cash
Equivalents.

                  During the Funding Period, funds on deposit in the
Pre-Funding Account will be withdrawn and paid to the Transferor to the extent
of any increases in the Invested Amount as a result of the increase in the
amount of Receivables in the Trust. In the event of the occurrence of a Pay
Out Event during the Funding Period, the amounts remaining on deposit in the
Pre-Funding Account, will be payable as principal first to the Class A
Certificateholders until the Class A Invested Amount is paid in full and
then to the Class B Certificateholders until the Class B Invested Amount is
paid in full and then to the Class C Certificateholders until the Class C
Invested Amount is paid in full. Should the Pre-Funded Amount be greater than
zero on the first Business Day of the September 1997 Monthly Period, such
amount will be deposited in the Excess Funding Account, and the Class A
Invested Amount, Class B Invested Amount and Class C Invested Amount shall be
increased pro rata by such amount.

                  Subject to the Agreement, payments of principal are limited
to the unpaid Class C Invested Amount of the Class C Certificates, which may
be less than the unpaid balance of the Class C Certificates pursuant to the
terms of the Agreement. All principal on the Class C Certificates is due and
payable no later than the October 2005 Distribution Date (or if such day is
not a Business Day, the next succeeding Business Day) (the "Scheduled Series
1997-1 Termination Date"). After the earlier to occur of (i) the Scheduled
Series 1997-1 Termination Date or (ii) the day after the Distribution Date on
which the Series 1997-1 Certificates are paid in full (the "Series 1997-1
Termination Date") neither the Trust nor the Transferor will have any further
obligation to distribute principal or interest on the Class C Certificates. In
the event

                                     A-3-7
<PAGE>

that the Class C Invested Amount is greater than zero on the Series
Termination Date, the Trustee will sell or cause to be sold, to the extent
necessary, an amount of interests in the Receivables or certain of the Receiv-
ables up to 110% of the Class A Invested Amount, the Class B Invested Amount,
the Class C Invested Amount and the Class D Invested Amount at the close of
business on such date (but not more than the total amount of Receivables
allocable to the Investor Certificates), and shall pay the proceeds to the
Class A Certificateholders pro rata in final payment of the Class A
Certificates, then to the Class B Certificateholders pro rata in final payment
of the Class B Certificates, then to the Class C Certificateholders pro rata
in final payment of the Class C Certificates and finally to the Class D
Certificateholders pro rata in final payment of the Class D Certificates.

                  Unless the certificate of authentication hereon has been
executed by or on behalf of the Trustee, by manual signature, this Certificate
shall not be entitled to any benefit under the Agreement, or be valid for any
purpose.


                                     A-3-8
<PAGE>


                  IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Transferor has caused this
Certificate to be duly executed under its official seal.


                                      METRIS RECEIVABLES, INC.


                                      By:________________________
                                          Name:
                                          Title:


Dated:


                         CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION


                  This is one of the Class C Certificates referred to in the
within-mentioned Pooling and Servicing Agreement.


                                      THE BANK OF NEW YORK


                                      By:_______________________
                                           Name:
                                           Title:




                                     A-3-9
<PAGE>


                                                                    Exhibit A-4

                     FORM OF CLASS D INVESTOR CERTIFICATE


                  THIS CERTIFICATE WAS ORIGINALLY ISSUED IN A
         TRANSACTION EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE
         SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE "SECURITIES
         ACT").  THIS CERTIFICATE HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED
         UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR ANY APPLICABLE STATE
         SECURITIES LAW OF ANY STATE AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED,
         SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED UNLESS REGIS-
         TERED PURSUANT TO OR EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION UNDER
         THE SECURITIES ACT AND ANY OTHER APPLICABLE SECURI-
         TIES LAW.  T            HE TRANSFEROR SHALL BE PROHIBITED FROM
         TRANSFERRING ANY INTEREST IN OR PORTION OF THIS
         CERTIFICATE.

                  EACH PURCHASER REPRESENTS AND WARRANTS FOR THE
         BENEFIT OF METRIS RECEIVABLES, INC. AND THE TRUSTEE
         THAT SUCH PURCHASER IS NOT (I) AN EMPLOYEE BENEFIT
         PLAN (AS DEFINED IN SECTION 3(3) OF THE EMPLOYEE
         RETIREMENT INCOME SECURITY ACT OF 1974, AS AMENDED
         ("ERISA")) THAT IS SUBJECT TO THE PROVISIONS OF
         TITLE I OF ERISA, (II) A PLAN DESCRIBED IN SECTION
         4975(E)(1) OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS
         AMENDED (THE "CODE"), (III) A GOVERNMENTAL PLAN, AS
         DEFINED IN SECTION 3(32) OF ERISA, SUBJECT TO ANY
         FEDERAL, STATE OR LOCAL LAW WHICH IS, TO A MATERIAL
         EXTENT, SIMILAR TO THE PROVISIONS OF SECTION 406 OF
         ERISA OR SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE, (IV) AN ENTITY
         WHOSE UNDERLYING ASSETS INCLUDE PLAN ASSETS (AS DE-
         FINED IN 29 C.F.R. SECTION 2510.3-101 OR OTHERWISE
         UNDER ERISA) BY REASON OF A PLAN'S INVESTMENT IN THE
         ENTITY OR (V) A PERSON INVESTING PLAN ASSETS OF ANY
         SUCH PLAN (INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION, FOR PUR-
         POSES OF CLAUSE (IV) AND THIS CLAUSE (V), ANY INSUR-
         ANCE COMPANY GENERAL ACCOUNT, BUT EXCLUDING ANY
         ENTITY REGISTERED UNDER THE INVESTMENT COMPANY ACT
         OF 1940, AS AMENDED).

No. ___                                                              $_________


                              METRIS MASTER TRUST
                                0% ASSET BACKED

                                     A-4-1
<PAGE>

                      CERTIFICATE, SERIES 1997-1, CLASS D

                  Evidencing an undivided interest in a trust, the corpus of
which consists of receivables generated from time to time in the ordinary
course of business from a portfolio of revolving consumer credit card accounts
transferred or to be transferred by Metris Receivables, Inc. (the
"Transferor") and other assets and interests constituting the Trust under the
Agreement described below.

                  (Not an interest in or a recourse obligation of Metris
Receivables, Inc., Direct Merchants Credit Card Bank, National Association or
any affiliate of either of them.)

                  This certifies that ______________ (the "Cer-
tificateholder") is the registered owner of a fractional undivided interest in
the Metris Master Trust (the "Trust") issued pursuant to the Pooling and
Servicing Agreement, dated as of May 26, 1995 (the "Pooling and Servicing
Agreement"; such term to include any amendment or Supplement thereto) by and
between the Transferor, Direct Merchants Credit Card Bank, National
Association as the Servicer (the "Servicer"), and The Bank of New York
(Delaware), as Trustee (the "Trustee"), and the Series 1997-1 Supplement,
dated as of May __, 1997 (the "Series 1997-1 Supplement"), among the
Transferor, the Servicer and the Trustee. The Pooling and Servicing Agreement,
as supplemented by the Series 1997-1 Supplement, is herein referred to as
the "Agreement." The corpus of the Trust consists of all of the Transferor's
right, title and interest in, to and under the Trust Property (as defined in
the Agreement).

                  This Certificate does not purport to summarize the Agreement
and reference is made to that Agreement for information with respect to the
interests, rights, benefits, obligations, proceeds, and duties evidenced
hereby and the rights, duties and obligations of the Trustee. To the extent
not defined herein, the capitalized terms used herein have the meanings
ascribed to them in the Agreement. This Certificate is one of a series of Cer-
tificates entitled "Metris Master Trust 0% Asset Backed Certificates, Series
1997-1, Class D" (the "Class D Certificates"), each of which represents a
fractional undivided interest in the Trust, and is issued under and is

                                     A-4-2
<PAGE>

subject to the terms, provisions and conditions of the Agreement, to which
Agreement, as amended from time to time, the Certificateholder by virtue of
the acceptance hereof assents and by which the Certificateholder is bound.

                  Metris Receivables, Inc. shall be prohibited from
Transferring any interest in or portion of the Class D Certificate.

                  No principal will be payable to the Class D
Certificateholders (other than with respect to Class D Excess Amounts) until
the earlier of the Expected Final Payment Date and, upon the occurrence of a
Pay Out Event, the Distribution Date following the Monthly Period in which the
Pay Out Event occurs but in no event earlier than the Distribution Date either
on or following the Distribution Date on which Class A Invested Amount, Class
B Invested Amount and the Class C Invested Amount have been paid in full. No
principal will be payable to the Class D Certificateholders until all
principal payments have first been made to the Class A Certificateholders,
Class B Certificateholders and Class C Certificateholders.

                  "Class D Invested Amount" shall mean, when used with respect
to any Business Day, the greater of (x) zero and (y) an amount equal to (a)
the initial principal balance of the Class D Certificates, minus (b) the
aggregate amount of principal payments made to Class D Certificateholders
through and including such Business Day, minus (c) the aggregate amounts by
which the Transferor has reduced the Class D Invested Amount pursuant to
subsection 4.12(d) of the Agreement, minus (d) the aggregate amount of Class
D Investor Charge-Offs for all prior Distribution Dates, minus (e) the
aggregate amount of Reallocated Principal Collections for all prior Business
Days, plus (f) the sum of the aggregate amount allocated and available on all
prior Business Days pursuant to subsection 4.9(a)(xii) of the Agreement and,
with respect to such subsection, pursuant to subsections 4.10(a) and (b),
4.19(b) and 4.20(b), (c) and (d) of the Agreement, for the purpose of
reinstating amounts reduced pursuant to the foregoing clauses (d) and (e).

                  Subject to the Agreement, payments of principal are limited
to the unpaid Class D Invested Amount of the

                                     A-4-3
<PAGE>

Class D Certificates, which may be less than the unpaid balance of the Class D
Certificates pursuant to the terms of the Agreement. All principal on the
Class D Certificates is due and payable no later than the October 2005
Distribution Date (or if such day is not a Business Day, the next succeeding
Business Day) (the "Scheduled Series 1997-1 Termination Date"). After the
earlier to occur of (i) the Scheduled Series 1997-1 Termination Date or (ii)
the day after the Distribution Date on which the Series 1997-1 Certificates
are paid in full (the "Series 1997-1 Termination Date") neither the Trust nor
the Transferor will have any further obligation to distribute principal or
interest on the Class D Certificates. In the event that the Class D Invested
Amount is greater than zero on the Series Termination Date, the Trustee will
sell or cause to be sold, to the extent necessary, an amount of interests in
the Receivables or certain of the Receivables up to 110% of the Class A
Invested Amount, the Class B Invested Amount, the Class C Invested Amount and
the Class D Invested Amount at the close of business on such date (but not
more than the total amount of Receivables allocable to the Investor
Certificates), and shall pay the proceeds to the Class A Certificateholders
pro rata in final payment of the Class A Certificates, then to the Class B
Certificateholders pro rata in final payment of the Class B Certificates, then
to the Class C Certificateholders pro rata in final payment of the Class C
Certificates and finally to the Class D Certificateholders pro rata in final
payment of the Class D Certificates.

                  Unless the certificate of authentication hereon has been
executed by or on behalf of the Trustee, by manual signature, this Certificate
shall not be entitled to any benefit under the Agreement, or be valid for any
purpose.


                                     A-4-4
<PAGE>


                  IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Transferor has caused this
Certificate to be duly executed under its official seal.


                           METRIS RECEIVABLES, INC.


                           By:________________________
                              Name:
                              Title:


Dated:


                         CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION


                  This is one of the Class D Certificates referred to in the
within-mentioned Pooling and Servicing Agreement.


                             THE BANK OF NEW YORK



                                      By:________________________
                                         Name:
                                         Title:



                                     A-4-5
<PAGE>

                                                                      EXHIBIT B
 
                           [Form of Monthly Certificateholders' Statement]


                                      B-1
<PAGE>

                                                                      EXHIBIT C
Metris Receivables, Inc.
4400 Baker Road, Suite F470
Minnetonka, Minnesota  55343

The Bank of New York (Delaware)
White Clay Center
Route 273
Newark, Delaware 19711


Re:      Metris Master Trust Floating Rate Asset Backed Cer-
tificates, Series 1997-1, Class C

Ladies and Gentlemen:

         In connection with our proposed purchase of $_________ in principal
amount of Metris Master Trust Floating Rate Asset Backed Certificates, Series
1997-1, Class C (the "Class C Certificates"), we confirm that:

         [To be included in each letter to be signed by the initial purchasers
from Bear, Stearns & Co. Inc.] [1. We have received a copy of the Private
Placement Memorandum dated April __, 1997 relating to the Class C Certif-
icates (the "Private Placement Memorandum") and such other information and
documentation as we deem necessary in order to make our investment decision.
We understand that the Private Placement Memorandum and any such other
information and documentation speaks only as of its date and that the
information contained in the Private Placement Memorandum and such other
information and documentation may not be correct or complete as of any time
subsequent to such date.]

         2. We agree to be bound by the restrictions and conditions set forth
in the Pooling and Servicing Agreement, dated as of May 26, 1995, as amended
(the "Pooling and Servicing Agreement") and as supplemented by the Series
1997-1 Supplement dated as of May __, 1997 (the "Series 1997-1 Supplement" and
together with the Pooling and Servicing Agreement, the "Pooling and Servicing
Agreement"), each by and between Metris Receivables, Inc., as Transferor,
Direct Merchants Credit Card Bank, National Association, as Servicer, and The
Bank of New York (Delaware), as Trustee, relating to the Class C Certificates
and agree to be bound by, and not reoffer,

                                      C-1
<PAGE>

resell, pledge, participate, hypothecate or otherwise dispose or transfer (any
such act, a "Transfer") the Class C Certificates except in compliance with,
certain restrictions and conditions including but not limited to those in
Section 10 of the Series 1997-1 Supplement. We understand that capitalized
terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein have the meanings given to
such terms in the Series 1997-1 Supplement.

         3. We understand that the Class C Certificates have not been and will
not be registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the
"Securities Act") or any state securities law and agree that the Class C
Certificates may be reoffered, resold, pledged or otherwise transferred only
in compliance with the Securities Act and other applicable laws and only (i)
to the Transferor, (ii) to a limited number of institutional "accredited
investors" (as defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities
Act) and in a transaction exempt from the registration requirements of the
Securities Act (upon delivery of the documentation required by the Pooling and
Servicing Agreement and, if the Trustee so requires, an opinion of counsel
satisfactory to the Trustee) or (iii) pursuant to Rule 144A under the Securi-
ties Act to a person that we reasonably believe is a qualified institutional
buyer within the meaning of Rule 144A ("QIB") purchasing for its own account
or a QIB purchasing for the account of a QIB, whom we have informed, in each
case, that the reoffer, resale, pledge or other transfer is being made in
reliance on Rule 144A.

         4. We have neither acquired nor will we Transfer any Class C
Certificate we acquire (or any interest therein) or cause any Class C
Certificate (or any interest therein) to be marketed on or through (i) an
"established securities market" within the meaning of Section 7704(b)(1) of
the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code") and any Treasury
regulation thereunder, including, without limitation, an over-the-counter
market or an interdealer quotation system that regularly disseminates firm buy
or sell quotations or (ii) a "secondary market" within the meaning of
Section 7704(b)(2) of the Code and any Treasury regulation thereunder,
including a market wherein the Class C Certificates (or any interest therein)
are regularly quoted by any person making a market in such interests and a
market wherein any person regularly makes available bid or offer quotes

                                      C-2
<PAGE>

with respect to the Class C Certificates (or any interest therein) and stands
ready to effect buy or sell transactions at the quoted prices for itself or
on behalf of others.

         5. We are not and will not become, for so long as we own any interest
in the Class C Certificates, a partnership, Subchapter S corporation or
grantor trust for United States federal income tax purposes. If this
representation cannot be made, the Transferor may, in its sole discretion,
prohibit a Transfer to such entity; provided, however, that if the Transferor
agrees to permit such a Transfer, the Transferor or the Trustee may require
additional certifications and representations in order to prevent the Trust
from being treated as a publicly traded partnership.

         6. We are a person who is either (A)(i) a citizen or resident of the
United States, (ii) a corporation or other entity organized in or under the
laws of the United States or any political subdivision thereof or (iii) a
person not described in (i) or (ii) whose ownership of the Class C
Certificates is effectively connected with such person's conduct of a trade or
business within the United States (within the meaning of the Code) and our
ownership of any interest in a Class C Certificate will not result in any
withholding obligation with respect to any payments with respect to the Class
C Certificates by any person or (B) an estate the income of which is
includible in gross income for United States federal income tax purposes or
any trust if a court within the United States is able to exercise primary
supervision over the administration of the trust and one or more United States
fiduciaries have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the
trust. We agree that (a) if we are a person described in clause (A)(i) or
(A)(ii) above, we will furnish to the person from whom we are acquiring a
Class C Certificate, the Transferor, the Servicer and the Trustee, a properly
executed U.S. Internal Revenue Service Form W-9 and a new Form W-9, or any
successor applicable form, upon the expiration or obsolescence of any
previously delivered form or (b) if we are a person described in clause
(A)(iii) above, we will furnish to the person from whom we are acquiring a
Class C Certificate, the Transferor, the Servicer and the Trustee, a properly
executed U.S. Internal Revenue Service Form 4224 and a new Form 4224, or any
successor applicable form, upon the

                                      C-3
<PAGE>

expiration or obsolescence of any previously delivered form (and, in each case, 
such other certifications, representations or opinions of counsel as may be 
requested by the Transferor, the Servicer or the Trustee). We recognize that if 
we are a tax-exempt entity, payments with respect to the Class C Certificates 
may constitute unrelated business taxable income.

         7. We understand that no subsequent Transfer of a Class C Certificate
is permitted unless the Transferor and the Servicer each consent in writing to
the proposed Transfer, which consent shall be granted (assuming that all other
conditions to such Transfer are satisfied) unless either the Transferor or the
Servicer determines in its sole and absolute discretion that such Transfer
would create more than an insubstantial risk that the Trust would be
classified for federal or any applicable state tax purposes as an association
or publicly traded partnership taxable as a corporation; provided, that any
attempted Transfer that would cause the number of Targeted Holders to exceed
one-hundred shall be void; and provided, further, that there shall not at
any time be more than 10 holders of Class C Certificates of Series 1997-1 or
such other number as may be consented to by the Transferor, which consent
may be withheld in its sole and absolute discretion.

         "Targeted Holder" means (i) each holder of a
         right to receive interest or principal with
         respect to the Class C Certificates (or other
         interests in the Trust), other than certifi-
         cates (or other such interests) with respect to
         which an opinion is rendered that such certif-
         icates (or other such interests) will be treat-
         ed as debt for Federal income tax purposes, and
         (ii) any holder of a right to receive any
         amount in respect of the Transferor Interest;
         provided, that any person holding more than one
         interest each of which would cause such person
         to be a Targeted Holder shall be treated as a
         single Targeted Holder.

         8. We understand that the opinion of tax counsel that the Trust will
not be subject to tax at the entity level is dependent in part on the accuracy
of the representations in paragraphs 4, 5, 6 and 7 and that, if such 
representations are not accurate, in addition to our

                                     C-4
<PAGE>

being subject to having our purchase rescinded, we will be liable for damages.

         9. We understand that if we are not created or organized under the
laws of the United States or any State thereof (including the District of
Columbia), we will, upon written notice by the Transferor that the Transferor
intends, pursuant to Section 1446 or other applicable section of the Code, to
withhold U.S. tax (a "Withholding Tax") from amounts paid or accruing to us
with respect to our interest in a Class C Certificate (such determination
being a "Withholding Event"), for tax years for which we have already filed
U.S. federal income tax returns (each a "Prior Tax Year") prior to proper no-
tice of such Withholding Event, provide (A) a signed officer's certificate
stating that amounts paid or accruing to us with respect to our interest in
a Class C Certificate have been included in our U.S. federal income tax
returns for each such Prior Tax Year, which certificate may be relied on by
the Transferor in asserting to the Internal Revenue Service the applicability
of Section 1463 of the Code with respect to any Withholding Tax for each such
Prior Tax Year and (B) provide information to the Transferor or, at our
option, to the Internal Revenue Service in support of the application of
Section 1463 of the Code for each such Prior Tax Year.

         10. We are (a) an institutional "accredited investor" (as defined
in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3), or (7) of Regulation D under the Securities Act)
and have such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters as
to be capable of evaluating the merits and risks of our investment in the
Class C Certificates, and we are acquiring each of the Class C Certificates
purchased by us for our own account or for a single account (which is an
institutional "accredited investor") as to which we exercise sole investment
discretion and we and any such account for which we are acting are each able
to bear the economic risk of our or its investment or (b) a "qualified
institutional buyer" (as defined in Rule 144A under the Securities Act)
purchasing for our own account or for the account of a "qualified
institutional buyer" and we understand that the sale to us is being made in
reliance on Rule 144A under the Securities Act.

         11. We are not (i) an employee benefit plan (as defined in Section
3(3) of the Employee Retirement Income
                                      C-5
<PAGE>

Security Act of 1974, as amended ("ERISA") that is subject to the provisions 
of Title I of ERISA, (ii) a plan described in Section 4975(e)(1) of the Code, (
iii) a governmental plan, as defined in Section 3(32) of ERISA, subject to any 
federal, state or local law which is, to a material extent, similar to the 
provisions of Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code, (iv) an entity 
whose underlying assets include plan assets (as defined in 29 C.F.R. Section 
2510.3-101 or otherwise under ERISA) by reason of a plan's investment in the 
entity or (v) a person investing plan assets of any such plan (including, 
without limitation, for purposes of clause (iv) or this clause (v), any 
insurance company general account, but excluding any entity registered under 
the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended).

         12. We understand that any purported Transfer of any Class C
Certificate in contravention of the restrictions and conditions in
paragraphs 1 through 12 above (including any violation of the representation
in paragraph 5 by an investor who continues to hold a Class C Certificate
occurring any time after the Transfer in which it acquired such Class C
Certificate) shall be null and void and the purported transferee shall not be
recognized by the Trust or any other person as a Class C Certificateholder
for any purpose.

         13. We further understand that, on any proposed resale, pledge or
transfer of any Class C Certificates, we will be required to furnish to the
Trustee and the Registrar, such certification and other information as the
Trustee or the Registrar may reasonably require to confirm that the proposed
sale complies with the foregoing restrictions and with the restrictions and
conditions of the Class C Certificates and the Pooling and Servicing Agreement
pursuant to which the Class C Certificates were issued and we agree that if we
determine to Transfer any Class C Certificate, we will cause our proposed
transferee to provide the Transferor, the Servicer and the Trustee with a
letter substantially in the form of this letter. We further understand that
Class C Certificates purchased by us will bear a legend to the foregoing
effect.

         14. The person signing this letter on behalf of the ultimate
beneficial purchaser of the Class C Certificates

                                      C-6
<PAGE>

has been duly authorized by such beneficial purchaser of the Class C 
Certificates to do so.

         15. The Class C Certificates purchased by us should be registered in
the name and issued in the denominations set forth on Schedule 1 hereto. All
payments on the Class C Certificates held by us should be wired to us in
accordance with the instructions set forth on Schedule 1 hereto unless we
otherwise notify the Transferor, the Servicer and the Trustee in writing.

         You are entitled to rely upon this letter and are irrevocably
authorized to produce this letter or a copy hereof to any interested party in
any administrative or legal proceeding or official inquiry with respect to the
matters covered hereby.


                                                     Very truly yours,

                                                     [NAME OF TRANSFEREE]


                                                     By:________________________
                                                        Name:
                                                        Title:


                                      C-7







<PAGE>

                                     May 1, 1997



Metris Receivables, Inc.
4400 Baker Road
Suite F470
Minnetonka, MN 55343

                           Re:      Registration Statement on Form S-3
                                    Registration No. 333-23045

Ladies and Gentlemen:

                  We have acted as special counsel to Metris Receivables,
Inc., as transferor (the "Transferor"), in connection with (a) the transfer
and assignment of a portfolio of MasterCard or other revolving consumer credit
card accounts, and all monies due or to become due in payment of such
receivables (collectively, the "Receivables"), by the Transferor to The Bank
of New York (Delaware), as trustee (the "Trustee") for the Metris Master Trust
(the "Trust"), formed pursuant to a Pooling and Servicing Agreement dated as
of May 26, 1995, as amended (the "Pooling and Servicing Agreement") by and
among the Transferor, Direct Merchants Credit Card Bank, National Association,
as servicer (the "Servicer") and the Trustee, to be allocated by the Trust
among the interests of the holders of certain Series of Certificates to be
outstanding from time to time including the Series 1997-1 Class A
Certificateholders' Interests (the "Class A Certificates"), Class B
Certificateholders' Interests (the "Class B Certificates" together with the
Class A Certificates, the "Offered Certificates"), the Class C
Certificateholders' Interest (the "Class C Certificates") and the Class D
Certificateholders' Interest (the "Class D Certificates") (together, the
"Certifi-


<PAGE>


Metris Receivables, Inc.
May 1, 1997
Page 2




cates") and (b) the sale of the Offered Certificates to the underwriters (the
"Underwriters") party to an Underwriting Agreement (the "Underwriting
Agreement"), by and among the Transferor, Metris Companies Inc. and Bear,
Stearns & Co. Inc., as representative of the Underwriters.

                  In connection with our engagement, we have examined and
relied upon the forms of the Pooling and Servicing Agreement and the
Underwriting Agreement included as exhibits to the Registration Statement
(Registration No. 333-23045) (as amended, the "Registration Statement"). In
addition, we have examined and considered executed originals or counterparts,
or certified or other copies identified to our satisfaction as being true
copies of such certificates, instruments, documents and other corporate
records of the Transferor and matters of fact and law as we deem necessary for
the purposes of the opinion expressed below. Capitalized terms not otherwise
defined herein have the respective meanings assigned to such terms in the
Underwriting Agreement.

                  In our examination we have assumed the genuineness of all
signatures, the authenticity of all documents submitted to us as originals,
the conformity to original documents of all documents submitted to us as
certified or photostatic copies and the authenticity of the original of such
latter documents. As to any facts material to the opinions expressed herein
that we did not independently establish or verify, we have relied upon
statements and representations of officers and other representatives of the
Transferor and others.

                  We express no opinion as to the laws of any jurisdiction
other than the laws of the State of Delaware and the laws of the United States
of America to the extent specifically referred to herein.

                  Based upon and subject to the foregoing, we are of the
opinion that, when the Offered Certificates to be issued pursuant to the
Pooling and Servicing Agreement have been duly and validly authorized by the
Transferor and when the Offered Certificates are executed and delivered by the
Transferor and authenticated by the Trustee




<PAGE>


Metris Receivables, Inc.
May 1, 1997
Page 3



in accordance with the provisions of the Pooling and Servicing Agreement, and
when the Offered Certificates are paid for by the Underwriters in accordance
with the terms of the Underwriting Agreement, the Offered Certificates will be
legally issued, fully paid and non-assessable.

                  We consent to the filing of this opinion as an exhibit to
the Registration Statement and to the reference to Skadden, Arps, Slate,
Meagher & Flom (Delaware) under the caption "Legal Matters" in the Prospectus
included in the Registration Statement.

                                        Very truly yours,


                                        /s/Skadden, Arps, Slate,
                                            Meagher & Flom (Delaware)




<PAGE>

                                     May 1, 1997



Metris Receivables, Inc.
4400 Baker Road
Suite F470
Minnetonka, MN 55343

                           Re:      Metris Master Trust
                                    Series 1997-1 Certificates

Ladies and Gentlemen:

                  We have acted as special counsel to Metris Receivables,
Inc., as transferor (the "Transferor"), in connection with (a) the transfer
and assignment of a pool of certain receivables generated or acquired from
time to time in the ordinary course of business in a portfolio of MasterCard
or other revolving consumer credit card accounts, and all monies due or to
become due in payment of such receivables, (collectively, the "Receivables")
by the Transferor to The Bank of New York, as trustee (the "Trustee") for the
Metris Master Trust, (the "Trust") to be formed pursuant to a Pooling and
Servicing Agreement dated as of May 26, 1995, as amended (the "Pooling and
Servicing Agreement") by and among the Transferor, Direct Merchants Credit
Card Bank, National Association, as servicer (the "Servicer") and the Trustee,
to be allocated by the Trust among the Class A Certificateholders' Interests
(the "Class A Certificates"), Class B Certificateholders' Interests (the
"Class B Certificates"), the Class C Certificateholders' Interest (the "Class
C Certificates") and the Class D Certificateholders' Interest (the "Class D
Certificates") (together, the "Certificates") and (b) the sale of the
Certificates



<PAGE>


Metris Receivables, Inc.
May 1, 1997
Page 2


to the underwriters (the "Underwriters") party to an Underwriting Agreement
(the "Underwriting Agreement"), by and among the Transferor, Metris Companies
Inc. and Bear, Stearns & Co. Inc., as representative of the Underwriters.

                  In connection with our engagement, we have examined and
relied upon the forms of the Pooling and Servicing Agreement and the
Underwriting Agreement included as exhibits to the Registration Statement
(Registration No. 333-23045) (as amended, the "Registration Statement"). In
addition, we have examined and considered executed originals or counterparts,
or certified or other copies identified to our satisfaction as being true
copies of such certificates, instruments, documents and other corporate
records of each of the Transferor and the Servicer and matters of fact and law
as we deem necessary for the purposes of the opinion expressed below, and we
have assumed (i) that such documents will not be amended and (ii) that the
parties to such documents will comply with the terms thereof. Capitalized
terms not otherwise defined herein have the respective meanings assigned to
such terms in the Registration Statement.

                  In our examination, we have assumed the genuineness of all
signatures, the authenticity of all documents submitted to us as originals,
the conformity to original documents of all documents submitted to us as
certified or photostatic copies and the authenticity of the originals of such
latter documents. As to any facts material to the opinions expressed herein
which were not independently established or verified, we have relied upon
statements, representations, and certifications of officers and other
representatives of the Transferor, the Servicer, the Underwriters, and others.

                  In rendering our opinion, we have also considered and relied
upon the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and administrative
rulings, judicial decisions, regulations, and such other authorities as we
have deemed appropriate, all as in effect as of the date hereof. The statutory
provisions, regulations, interpretations, and other authorities upon which our
opinion is based are subject to change, and such changes could apply
retroactively. In addition, there can be no assurance



<PAGE>


Metris Receivables, Inc.
May 1, 1997
Page 3

that positions contrary to those stated in our opinion will not be taken by
the Internal Revenue Service.

                  We express no opinions as to the laws of any jurisdiction
other than the federal laws of the United States of America to the extent
specifically referred to herein.

                  Based upon and subject to the foregoing, we are of the
opinion that the statements in the Prospectus under the headings "Summary--Tax
Status" and "Certain Federal Income Tax Consequences," subject to the
qualifications set forth therein, accurately describe the material federal
income tax consequences to holders of the Certificates, under existing law and
the assumptions stated therein.

                  We consent to the filing of this opinion as an exhibit to
the Registration Statement and to the references to Skadden, Arps, Slate,
Meagher & Flom LLP under the captions "Certain Federal Income Tax Consequences"
and "Legal Matters" in the Prospectus.

                                         Very truly yours,


                                         /s/Skadden, Arps, Slate,
                                               Meagher & Flom LLP





© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission